ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for PAR … · ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for PAR H. E....

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

for

PAR H. E. PROJECT (52 MW)

Papum Pare Distt., Arunachal Pradesh

APRIL 2017

Prepared for:

KVK Par Power Private Limited

Prepared by:

R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 402, Bestech Chambers Commercial Plaza,

B-Block, Sushant Lok-I, Gurgaon

Ph: +91-124-4295383 : www.rstechnologies.co.in

http://www.rstechnologies.co.in/

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically) Rev. 51 March 07, 2017 Page 1

List A – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations complying with Version 3

of the Scheme - as on March 07, 2017 (#)

S. No. Consultant Organization

Scope of Accreditation

As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as

per Schedule of

MoEFCC Notification

dated September 14,

2006 and subsequent

Amendments

Sector

Number Name of Sector Category

1

Aadhi Boomi Mining and Enviro Tech

Private Limited (formerly known as Suriya Mining

Services.)

Address:3/216, K.S.V.Nagar, Narasothipatti, Salem-

636004

Email:[email protected]

Tel.:09842729655, 09443290855

Conditions apply

38 Building and construction projects B 8(a)

2

Aarvee Associates Architects Engineers &

Consultants Pvt. Ltd.

Address: 8-2-5, Ravula Residency

Srinagar Colony, Hyderabad

E.mail: [email protected], [email protected],

[email protected]

34 Highway A 7 (f)

mailto:[email protected]









per Schedule of

MoEFCC Notification

dated September 14,

2006 and subsequent

Amendments

Sector


E-mail: [email protected] , [email protected]

Tel.: 03262350801,

09431777483

Conditions apply

parks/ sanctuaries/coral reefs

/ecologically sensitive Areas

including LNG terminal

28

Isolated storage & handling of

hazardous chemicals (As per

threshold planning quality indicated

in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of

MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000)

B 6 (b)

29 Air ports A 7 (a)

122

R. K. Consultants

Address:17-E/ 403, C. H.B, Jodhpur- 342008

E.mail:[email protected],

[email protected]

Tel.:0291- 2706098, 09829021098

Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals including Open

cast/ Underground mining A 1 (a) (i)

38 Building and construction projects B 8 (a)

123

R. S. Envirolinks Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

Address: 402, Radisson Suites Commercial Plaza, B

Block, Sushant Lok 1, Gurgaon – 122009

1 Mining of minerals (Open cast only) A 1 (a) (i)

3 River Valley projects A 1 (c)

27

Oil & gas transportation pipeline

(crude and refinery/ petrochemical

products), passing through national

A 6 (a)










per Schedule of

MoEFCC Notification

dated September 14,

2006 and subsequent

Amendments

Sector


e. mail:

[email protected]

Tel.: 0124 – 4295383

09810136853

Conditions apply




33 Jetties only B 7 (e)

34 Highways A 7 (f)

40 (i) Automobile and Auto Components - -

124

Ramans Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.

Address: SF 23 & 24, Camps Corner, Nr. AUDA

Garden, Prahladnagar, Ahmedabad – 380015

e. mail:

[email protected]

[email protected]

Tel.: 079 – 26937472, 26937411

09824034495

Conditions apply

4 Thermal power plants B 1 (d)

21

Synthetic organic chemicals industry

(dyes & dye intermediates; bulk

drugs and intermediates excluding

drug formulations; synthetic

rubbers; basic organic chemicals,

other synthetic organic chemicals

and chemical intermediates)

A 5 (f)

28






B 6 (b)

32

Common hazardous waste

treatment, storage and disposal

facilities (TSDFs)

B 7 (d)

36 Common effluent treatment plants

(CETPs) B 7 (h)



April 2017

CONTENTS

Page No.

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL 1.1

1.2 PAR H.E. PROJECT 1.1

1.2.1 Purpose of the Study 1.1

1.3 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES 1.2

1.4 POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 1.2

1.5 EIA NOTIFICATION, 2006 1.5

1.6 FOREST CLEARANCE 1.6

1.7 WILDLIFE CLEARANCE 1.6

1.8 DISCLOSURE BY THE CONSULTANT 1.7

1.9 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT 1.7

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION & INFRASTRUCTURE

2.1 PROJECT LOCATION & ACCESSIBILITY 2.1

2.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 2.1

2.3 PROJECT COMPONENTS 2.1

2.3.1 Barrage Complex 2.1

2.3.2 Head Race Tunnel 2.3

2.3.3 Pressure Shaft/ Penstock 2.3

2.3.4 Power House 2.3

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 2.6

2.4.1 Approach to the Project 2.6

2.4.1.1 Transportation by Railway 2.6

2.4.1.2 Transportation by Air 2.6

2.4.1.3 Transportation by road 2.6

2.4.2 Project Roads 2.7

2.4.3 Project Colonies 2.7

2.4.4 Muck Disposal Areas 2.8

2.4.5 Aggregate Processing Plants/Batching and Mixing Plants 2.9

2.4.6 Quarry Areas 2.9

2.4.7 Explosive Magazine 2.9

2.4.8 Land Requirement 2.10

2.4.9 Construction Power 2.11

2.4.10 Tele-Communication and Other Facilities 2.11

2.5 PROXIMITY TO PROTECTED AREA 2.11

CHAPTER 3: METHODOLOGY

3.1 INTRODUCTION 3.1

3.2 METHODOLOGY 3.2

3.2.1 Study Area 3.2

3.2.2 Scoping Matrix 3.4

3.2.3 Baseline Status Primary Data Collection 3.5

3.2.4 Secondary Data 3.5

3.2.4.1 Physiography 3.5

3.2.4.2 Geology 3.6

3.2.4.3 Meteorology 3.6

3.2.4.4 Hydrology 3.6

3.2.4.5 Forest Types & Forest Cover 3.6

3.2.4.6 Infrastructure Facilities 3.6

3.2.5 Primary Data Collection – Field Surveys 3.7

3.2.5.1 Soil 3.7

3.2.5.2 Ambient Air Quality 3.9

3.2.5.3 Ambient Noise levels & Traffic Density 3.11

3.2.5.4 Land use/ Land cover 3.12

3.2.5.5 Forest Type and Forest Cover 3.12

3.2.5.6 Community Structure/ Floristic Surveys 3.12

3.2.5.7 Faunal Elements 3.16

3.2.5.8 Water Quality 3.18

3.2.5.9 Aquatic Ecology 3.19

3.2.5.10 Socio-economic Surveys 3.20

3.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES 3.22

3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 3.22

3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 3.23

CHAPTER 4: HYDROLOGY


4.2 ADOPTED CONENTIONS 4.1

4.3 THE CATCHMENT 4.1

4.4 PROJET PROPOSAL 4.1

4.5 DISCHARGE DATA 4.3

4.6 WATER AAILABILITY 4.6

4.7 DESIGN FLOOD FOR SPILLWAY 4.6

4.8 DESIGN FLOOD FOR RIER DIERSION WORKS 4.7

4.9 SEDIMENTATION STUDY 4.8

4.10 RESERVOIR AREA ELEVATION CAPACITY CURVE 4.8

CHAPTER 5: GEOOLOGY


5.2 REGIONAL GEOLOGICAL FRAMEWORK 5.1

5.2.1 Physiography 5.1

5.2.2 Regional Geology 5.3

5.2.3 Geomorphology 5.6

5.3 GEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA 5.6

5.4 GEOTECHNICAL APPRAISAL OF PROJECT COMPONENT AREA 5.7

5.4.1 Diversion Site 5.7

5.4.2 Reservoir Area 5.8

5.4.3 Intake 5.8

5.4.4 Feeder Tunnels and Desilting Arrangement 5.8

5.4.5 Head Race Tunnel 5.8

5.4.6 Power House Complex 5.9

5.5 SEISMO-TECTONICS & SEISMICITY 5.10

5.6 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 5.11

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS: PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS


6.2 DRAINAGE 6.1

6.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY 6.1

6.4 SOIL 6.6

6.4.1 Soil Taxonomic Classification 6.6

6.4.2 Soil Fertility Status 6.6

6.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT 6.10

6.5.1 Ambient Air Quality 6.10

6.6 NOISE & TRAFFIC 6.12

6.6.1 Noise Level 6.12

6.6.2 Traffic Density 6.13

CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS: BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS


7.2 LAND USE/ LAND COVER 7.1

7.3 FOREST TYPES 7.5

7.4 FLORISTICS 7.7

7.4.1 Objectives 7.7

7.4.2 Taxonomic Diversity 7.7

7.4.3 Economically Important Plant Species 7.8

7.4.4 RET Species 7.8

7.4.5 Community Structure 7.9

7.4.6 Density 7.19

7.4.7 Diversity & Dominance 7.19

7.4.7.1 Diversity 7.19

7.4.7.2 Dominance 7.20

7.5 TERRESTRIAL FAUNA 7.21

7.5.1 Mammals 7.21

7.5.2 Avifauna 7.22

7.5.3 Herpetofauna 7.23

7.5.4 Insects and Butterflies 7.24

7.5.5 Threatened and Endangered Fauna 7.25

7.6 WATER QUALITY 7.25

7.6.1 Physico-chemical Characteristics 7.25

7.6.2 Biological Characteristics 7.28

7.6.2.1 Phytobenthos 7.28

7.6.2.2 Phytoplankton 7.30

7.6.2.3 Zooplankton 7.33

7.6.2.4 Macro-Invertebrates 7.34

7.6.2.5 Water Quality Assessment 7.36

7.7 FISH AND FISHERIES 7.37

CHAPTER 8: DESCRIPTION OF THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

8.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 8.1

8.2 THE STUDY AREA 8.2

8.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 8.4

8.3.1 Demographic Profile 8.4

8.3.2 Literacy 8.4

8.3.3 Occupation Pattern 8.7

8.3.4 Healthcare and Education facilities 8.11

8.3.5 Culture & Tourism 8.11

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES 8.11

8.4.1 Demographic Profile 8.12

8.4.2 Literacy 8.14

8.4.3 Occupation Pattern 8.15

8.4.4 Education Facilities 8.17

8.4.5 Health Care Facilities 8.17

8.4.6 Road Network and Transport 8.17

8.4.7 Amenities 8.18

8.4.8 Agriculture & Cropping Pattern 8.18

8.4.9 Livestock 8.18

CHAPTER 9: ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

9.1 GENERAL 9.1

9.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.2

9.2.1 Impacts due to immigration of Construction Workers 9.2

9.2.2 Construction of Main Project Components 9.3

9.2.3 Quarrying Operations 9.4

9.2.4 Operation of Construction Plant and Equipment 9.4

9.2.5 Muck Disposal 9.5

9.2.6 Road Construction 9.6

9.2.7 Acquisition of Land 9.7

9.2.8 Impact on Water Quality 9.7

9.2.9 Impact on Terrestrial Flora 9.8

9.2.10 Impact on Terrestrial Fauna 9.9

9.2.11 Impact on Aquatic Ecology 9.10

9.2.12 Impact on Noise Environment 9.11

9.2.13 Impact on Air Quality 9.14

9.2.14 Traffic Analysis 9.16

9.2.15 Impact on Socio-economic Environment 9.17

9.2.16 Impacts Summary 9.18

9.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE 9.18

9.3.1 Impact on Water Resources 9.19

9.3.2 Terrestrial Fauna 9.24

9.3.3 Aquatic Ecology 9.24

CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS


10.2 NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL FLOW 10.1

10.3 EAC’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PAR HEP 10.2


10.5 ESTABLISHING WATER REQUIREMENT 10.5

10.6 FLOWS AVAILABLE 10.9

10.7 INTERMEDIATE CATCHMENT AND ITS CONTRIBUTION 10.11

10.8 SIMULATION OF RELEASES FROM THE BARRAGE 10.12

10.9 FLOW RELEASE RECOMMENDATION 10.14

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1: Key Environmental Legislations in India 1.4

Table 2.1: Salient features of the Par HE project 2.3

Table 2.2: Quantity of muck to be generated from different project construction activities 2.8

Table 2.3: Detail of Muck disposal sites 2.8

Table 2.4: Size and location of aggregate processing and batching plants 2.9

Table 2.5: Total requirement of concrete for the Project 2.9

Table 2.6: Land Requirement of Par H.E. Project 2.10

Table 3.1: Scoping matrix for EIA study of Par H.E. Project 3.4

Table 3.2: Sampling schedule for various Environmental Parameters 3.7

Table 3.3: Soil sampling locations in the study area 3.7

Table 3.4: Monitoring locations for ambient air quality in the study area 3.10

Table 3.5: Noise and traffic density monitoring locations 3.11

Table 3.6: Sampling Locations for terrestrial ecology 3.15

Table 3.7: Number of quadrats studied during field surveys for trees, shrubs and herbs 3.15

Table 3.8: Transects and trails for faunal elements 3.16

Table 3.9: Water sampling locations 3.18

Table 3.10: Source of data for various Environmental Parameters 3.21

Table 4.1: Available Discharge Data 4.3

Table 4.2: 10-Daily Average Flow Series (m3/s) at Par Project Site 4.4

Table 4.3: Annual Yields in Dependable Year 4.6

Table 4.4: Co putation of Dependability’s of Annual Inflow 4.6

Table 4.5: 50 and 100-Year Return Period flood and SPF Hydrograph Values 4.7

Table 4.6: 25 Year Non-Monsoon Return Period Flood 4.8

Table 4.7: Area-Capacity Values 4.9

Table 5.1: Stratigraphic Succession in Arunachal Himalayan Belt 5.4

Table 5.2: Litho – Tectonic belts in western Arunachal Pradesh 5.11

Table 6.1: Areas falling under different slope categories in the study area 6.2

Table 6.2: Area under different Soil Classes in the study area 6.6

Table 6.3: Physico-chemical Composition of Soil in the Study Area 6.9

Table 6.4: National Ambient Air Quality Standard by (CPCB) 6.10

Table 6.5: Air Quality Monitoring of the Study Area (unit: µg/m3) 6.11

Table 6.6: Ambient Noise Standards 6.12

Table 6.7: Equivalent Noise levels in study area during day time [Leq dB(A)] 6.12

Table 6.8: Traffic density in the study area 6.13

Table 7.1: Land use pattern 7.1

Table 7.2: Plant Species used as timber, fodder and fuel wood 7.8

Table 7.3: List of Plants Categorized under IUCN Red list of Threatened Species 7.9

Table 7.4: Community structure –Trees at sampling site V1 7.10

Table 7.5: Community structure –Shrubs at sampling site V1 7.10

Table 7.6: Community structure –Herbs at sampling site V1 7.10

Table 7.7: Community structure – Trees at sampling site V2 7.12

Table 7.8: Community structure – Shrubs at sampling site V2 7.12

Table 7.9: Community structure – Herbs at sampling site V2 7.12













Table 7.22: Density (plants per ha) of Trees 7.19

Table 7.23: Shannon Weiner Diversity Index (H) 7.20

Table 7.24: Importance Value Index of dominant tree species at different sampling locations 7.20

Table 7.25: A list of Mammalian species reported in the study area of Par HEP 7.21

Table 7.26: List of avifauna sighted in the study area with their conservation status 7.22

Table 7.27: Herpetofaunal composition of the Study area 7.23

Table 7.28: List of commonly found amphibians in the area 7.24

Table 7.29: A list of Butterflies found in the Study Area of Par HEP 7.24

Table 7.30: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water at Different Sampling Sites in the Study Area 7.27

Table 7.31: List of phytobenthos species found in Study Area 7.29

Table 7.32: Density, Species Diversity (H) and Evenness Index (E) of phytobenthos 7.30

Table 7.33: List of Phytoplankton found in Study Area 7.31

Table 7.34: Density and Species Diversity (H) of phytoplankton in study area 7.32

Table 7.35: Zooplankton density and diversity in study area (Winter Season) 7.33

Table 7.36: Zooplankton density and diversity in study area (Pre Monsoon Season) 7.33

Table 7.37: Zooplankton density and diversity in study area (Monsoon Season) 7.34

Table 7.38: Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations

(Winter Season) 7.35


(Pre Monsoon Season) 7.35


(Monsoon Season) 7.35

Table 7.41: Density (ind./m2) of macro-invertebrates at different locations 7.36

Table 7.42: Biological Water Quality at different locations 7.37

Table 7.43: Fish diversity of Pare river 7.38

Table 8.1: Population and Literacy - Circle Wise 8.2

Table 8.2: Demographic profile of Study Area 8.5

Table 8.3: Occupational Pattern in Study Area 8.7

Table 8.4: Main Workers Classification in Study Area 8.9

Table 8.5: Health Care facilities in the study area 8.11

Table 8.6: Educational institutes in the Study Area 8.11

Table 8.7: Demographic Profile of the Affected Villages 8.12

Table 8.8: Literacy Rate in project affected villages 8.15

Table 8.9: Working population in the project affected villages 8.16

Table 8.10: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages 8.16

Table 8.11: Education facilities in the in the Project Affected Villages 8.17

Table 8.12: Health Care facilities in the Project Affected Villages 8.17

Table 8.13: Nearest distance from village upto corresponding amenities (in km) 8.18

Table 9.1: Calculation of Total Migratory Population 9.2

Table 9.2: List of Construction Equipment at Construction Stage of Par HEP 9.5

Table 9.3: Noise Levels due to Operation of Construction Equipment 9.11

Table 9.4: Decrease in Sound Levels with Distance from Source 9.12

Table 9.5: Transmission loss for common construction materials 9.12

Table 9.6: Maximum Exposure Periods Specified by OSHA 9.14

Table 9.7: Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service (LOS) 9.16

Table 9.8: Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS 9.17

Table 9.9: Summary of Impacts during Construction Phase 9.20

Table 9.101: Summary of Impacts during Operation Phase 9.23

Table 10.1: Habitat requirement of Golden Mahseer (Tor putitora) 10.6

Table 10.2: Habitat requirement of Silver Mahseer (Tor tor) 10.7

Table 10.3: Habitat requirement of Snow trout (Schizothorax richardsonii) 10.8

Table 10.4: 10-Daily Flow Series for 90% Dependable Year 10.9

Table 10.5: Seasonal Average Discharge Values in 90% Dependable Year 10.10

Table 10.6: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (lean season) 10.13

Table 10.7: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (monsoon season) 10.13

Table 10.8: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (other months) 10.14

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1: Location Map of Par HE Project 1.3

Figure 2.1: Layout map of Par H.E. Project 2.2

Figure 2.2: Map showing distance of Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary from Par HEP 2.12

Figure 3.1: Study area map delineated as per approved TOR of Par H.E. Project showing sampling

locations for various environmental parameters 3.3

Figure 3.2: Study area map showing sampling locations for various physical environmental parameters 3.8

Figure 3.3: Study area map showing sampling locations for various biological environmental parameters 3.13

Figure 4.1: Drainage Map of Par HEP Catchment Area 4.2

Figure 4.2: Elevation-Area-Capacity Curve 4.9

Figure 5.1: Regional Geological Map of Arunachal Pradesh after G.K. Kesari, GSI 2010 5.2

Figure 5.2: Map showing physiographic divisions of Arunachal Pradesh 5.3

Figure 6.1: Drainage map of Pare river in study area of Par HE project 6.3

Figure 6.2: Relief map of Par HEP Study area generated from ASTER GDEM Version 2 data 6.4

Figure 6.3: Slope map of the study area of Par HEP 6.5

Figure 6.4: Soil Series and their description in the Study Area 6.7

Figure 6.5: Map showing sampling sites for physical parameters in the study area 6.8

Figure 7.1: FCC generated from satellite data showing study area 7.2

Figure 7.2: Land Use/ Land Cover Map of the project Study Area 7.3

Figure 7.3: Study area map showing sampling locations for various biological environmental parameters 7.4

Figure 8.1: Project Location Map 8.1

Figure 8.2: Map showing villages in the Study Area 8.3

Figure 8.3: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Study Area 8.4

Figure 8.4: Working population in the Study Area 8.7

Figure 8.5: Main Workers Classification 8.9

Figure 8.6: Project Affected Villages 8.13

Figure 8.7: Sex Ratio in the Project Affected Villages 8.14

Figure 8.8: Percent composition of Scheduled Tribes (ST) population 8.14

Figure 8.9: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Project Affected Villages 8.15

Figure 8.10: Working population (%) in the Project Affected Villages 8.16

Figure 8.11: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages 8.16

Figure 10.1: Discharge in 90% Dependable Year 10.10

Figure 10.2: Intermediate Catchment of Par HEP 10.11

Figure 10.3: Profile of Intermediate Stretch 10.12

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure IA: Approved Scoping and TOR by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-12011/18/2012-IA.I dated

October 17, 2012

Annexure IB: Revised TOR by MOEF, letter No. J-12011/28/2014-IA.I dated February 12, 2014

Annexure II: Compliance to TOR file

Annexure III: Letter issued by Wildlife and Biodiversity, Itanagar dated January 05, 2015

Annexure IV: Inventory of Plant Species

Annexure V: Drinking Water Quality Standard (as per IS: 10500: 2012)

Bibliography

Photo Plates

KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. EIA Report Par HEP

RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 1.1

1.1 GENERAL

State of Arunachal Pradesh has vast hydropower potential as its topography provides ideal

conditions for development of hydropower projects. Five major river basins in state viz.

Lohit, Dibang, Siang, Subansiri and Kameng and several smaller river systems offer

conducive conditions for hydropower development. As per the preliminary ranking study

done by the Central Electricity Authority (CEA), the total power potential from hydro

projects in the north-eastern region is estimated to be about 58,971 MW, of which 50328

MW is in Arunachal Pradesh. Keeping in view the large hydropower potential in the state

and power requirement of the country, Par HEP has been planned to be developed on Pare

River in Papum Pare district of Arunachal Pradesh. State Government has allotted the

project for development to KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. under the Memorandum of Agreement

(MoA) signed on 26th Dec 2007.

1.2 PAR H.E. PROJECT

The proposed Par HEP, a run-of-the-river project on Pare river with installed capacity of

52MW by utilizing the available head between the river elevations at El 848m (FRL) & El

630.0m (TWL). The project scheme comprises a barrage which diverts the water into an

intake placed on the left bank of the river. The diverted water is planned to be passed

through two desilting basins which are proposed on a terrace close to the intake and the

desilted water then enters the underground water conductor system comprising the

headrace tunnel, the surge shaft and the steel lined pressure shaft. A surface powerhouse

is proposed, and is suitably located on a terrace close to the river. Tail water from the

powerhouse will be discharged back into Pare river.

The project is located in Papum Pare district of Arunachal Pradesh, a large sparsely

populated state situated in the north-eastern part of India. Refer Figure 1.1 for Project

Location. The project site is about 75km from Itanagar, the state capital. Naharlagun, the

twin town of Itanagar, is the main gateway to the project and would also be the closest

railhead. Nearest airport, Guwahati is connected to Naharlagun by National Highway 52.

Other airports near the project area are at Dibrugarh and North Lakhimpur, both in Assam.

The project area is well connected to Naharlagun by road. Kheel and Sagalee are the two

villages in the vicinity of the project area. The road runs along the left bank of Pare river

and all project components are easily accessible from this road.

1.2.1 Purpose of the Study

The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making

process and to ensure that the project options under consideration are environmentally

sound and sustainable. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study has been

conducted to identify possible environmental impacts and to suggest ways for mitigating or

minimizing them. The EIA also identifies the possible benefits and adverse impacts on the

environment as a result of construction and operation of the project.

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) provides a plan, which upon implementation, will

Chapter

1 INTRODUCTION



reduce negative impacts of the project during construction and operational phase and

minimize environmental degradation. This minimization may be a result of implementation of

a project alternative or project modifications or environmental protection measures which

simply reduces the severity or magnitude of impacts.

The purpose of the study is to ensure the compliance to the requirements of EIA Notification

dated September 14, 2006 issued by Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), Government of India making the EIA study mandatory for hydropower projects of

25 MW and more installed capacity.

1.3 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES

As per the MoA with the state government, allotted reach of the project is between

elevations at El 848 m (FRL) & El 630.0 m (TWL) and during detailed investigations leading to

the preparation of the DPR, it was found feasible to develop the 52 MW Par HEP within the

allotted reach; therefore no additional alternatives were considered with respect to location

of the project.

During the initial investigation and preparation of the FSR, the installed capacity of the project

was worked out as 60 MW and scoping clearance was sought from MoEF&CC for 60 MW Par

HEP. While according scoping clearance to Par HEP (60 MW) during October 2012, MoEF&CC

has stipulated environment flow release requirements during different seasons. During the

preparation of DPR, such conditions were incorporated in the project design and power

potential was revised, resulting in adoption of second alternative with reduced installed

capacity of 52 MW.

1.4 POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

In the emerging scenario of rapid economic growth, sustainability of existing resources for

the present and future generations requires an integrated approach so that, the existing

resources are optimally utilized without causing undue damage to the environment. To

achieve this objective, the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), Government of India has enacted Acts, Legislations, Guidelines and Standards

to ensure sustainable development and conserve the environment. These are required to

be complied by the Project proponents while executing the development of Project. The

Project proponent thus prepares the EIA report, incorporating management plans to

mitigate the adverse impacts (if any) for perusal of the MoEF&CC. The MoEF&CC in turn

evaluates the proposal and suggests stipulations for mitigation of adverse impacts while

granting the clearance for execution of the Project. The important Environmental

legislations laid down for conservation of environment are presented in Table 1.1.



Figure1.1: Location Map of Par H.E. Project



Table1.1: Key Environmental Legislations in India

Name Scope and Objective Key Areas

Operational

Agencies/ Key

Players

Water (prevention

and Control of

Pollution) Act, 1974,

1988

To provide for the

prevention and control

of water pollution and

enhancing the quality of

water

Controls sewage and

industrial effluent

discharges

Central and State

Pollution Control

Boards

Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution)

Act 1981, 1987

To provide for the

prevention and control

of air pollution

Controls emissions of

air pollutants

Central and State

Pollution Control

Boards

Forest

(Conservation) Act,

1980, 1988

To consolidate

acquisition of common

property such as

forests; halt I dia s rapid deforestation and

resulting Environmental

degradation

Regulates access to

natural resources, state

has a monopoly right

over land; Restriction

on de-reservation and

using forest for non-

forest purpose

State Government

and Central

Government

Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972,1993

To protect wildlife Creates protected areas

(National Parks/

sanctuaries) categories

of wildlife which are

protected

Wildlife Advisory

Boards; Central Zoo

Authorities

Environment

(Protection) Act,

1986

To provide for the

protection and

improvement of

Environment

An umbrella legislation;

supplements pollution

laws

Central Government

nodal agency

MoEF&CC can

delegate powers to

state departments of

Environments

The Right to Fair

Compensation and

Transparency in Land

Acquisition,

Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act

2013;

Arunachal

Pradesh State R&R

Policy 2008

Resettlement and

Rehabilitation of Project

affected people/families

Social issues and

rehabilitation

Central Government

EIA Notification,

2006

Environmental Impact

Assessment

Environmental

Protection

Project Developer,

State and Central

government

(Source: Government of India Publications)

Like many other developmental activities, the proposed Project, while providing planned

power generation could also lead to a variety of adverse environmental impacts. However,

by proper planning at the inception stage and by incorporating appropriate mitigation

measures in the planning, design, construction and operation phases, the adverse impacts

can be minimized to a large extent, whereas the beneficial impacts could be maximized.

The main objective of the EIA study is to assess the positive and negative impacts likely to

accrue as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed Project and to suggest

suitable Environmental Management Plans (EMP) to ameliorate the adverse impacts, if



any. A well-designed environmental monitoring programme covering various critical

parameters to be covered in the Project construction and operation phase would also be

required. The present EIA for Par HEP has been prepared based on the analysis of baseline

data, impact assessment based on project parameters and accordingly Environment

Management Plan has been prepared for seeking Environment Clearance.

The principal Environmental Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment Forest

and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). MoEF&CC formulates environmental policies and accords

environment, forest and wildlife clearances under relevant Acts and Rules, as applicable.

1.5 EIA NOTIFICATION, 2006

Par HEP (52 MW) is a Category A projects (>50 MW), as per item 1 (c) of Schedule attached

to EIA notification of September, 2006 and require environmental appraisal from the

Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India. The

environmental clearance process for such projects involves three stages:

Scoping

Public Consultation

Appraisal

As per MoEF&CC, EIA Notification, dated 14th

September, 2006 (and amendments

thereafter), under Activity 1(c)-River Valley projects; if, the capacity of power generation of

any HEP is greater than equal to 50MW,the project falls under Category A. EIA study needs

to be undertaken as per the Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by MoEF&CC, report

prepared goes for Public Consultation process coordinated by the State Pollution Control

Board, followed by preparation of Final report, which is appraised by Expert Appraisal

Committee (EAC) for environmental clearance.

Scoping:

First Scoping clearance of Par HEP with 60 MW installed capacity was accorded by

MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-12011/18/2012-IA.I dated October 17, 2012 (Refer Annexure

Ia). Extension of scoping clearance was revalidated by MoEF&CC for downward revision of

52 MW installed capacity vide letter no. J-12011/28/2014-IA.I dated February 12, 2015

(Refer Annexure-Ib). Again extension was recommended during the Expert Appraisal

Committee (EAC) meeting held on 23-24th

September, 2015 for one year. Approval of

validity of ToR was further extended by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-12011/28/2014-IA-I

dated 28.02.2017 for one year from the date of issue of letter (Annexure IIc). Compliance

to TOR is given at Annexure II.

Public Consultation: On completion of draft EIA report and its executive summary, Public

consultation process was initiated as per stipulated public consultation process by

Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (APSPCB). Public hearing was held on 14

October, 2015 at Nimte Village Football Ground, under Sagalee Circle of Papum Pare District

Arunachal Pradesh. The proceedings of the same have been appended as a separate

document. The outcome of the Public Consultation process in the form of report detailing

the proceedings and video of the entire event is submitted to MoEF&CC by APSPCB. Major

issues raised during Public Consultation process and response is given at Chapter 15 of EMP.



Environmental Clearance:

The final EIA report prepared as per the approved ToR after incorporating the concerns and

suggestions received during the Public Hearing shall be submitted to the concerned

regulatory authority i.e. MoEF&CC for appraisal and grant of Environment Clearance.

1.6 FOREST CLEARANCE

Forest Clearance under the Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 from Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change, Government of India is one of major step in project

development as the construction of the project requires a total of 63.61 ha land, out of

which 42.74 ha is identified as Forest Land requiring diversion under FCA. Rest is under

Agriculture, Horticulture, etc.

The proposal to diversify forestland for PAR HEP has been submitted in the month of

February 2014 for the total forest land estimation of 47.05 ha at that time. This proposal

was submitted after cancelling earlier proposal submitted in the month of August 2013.

Range officer has completed his field survey in the month of August 2014, based on which

the CCF & DFO has asked certain additional details on the project. However, based on the

final land classification report, total forest land requiring diversion is 42.74 ha, out of 63.61

ha of total land required for the project. The proposal is being updated for the revised

reduced requirement of diversion.

E viro e t Cleara ce is li ked to the Forest cleara ce vide MoEF&CC s circulars dated September 09, 2011 and May 18, 2012. It requires that project proponent will inform EAC

about the status of application of diversion of forest land along with necessary documents

at the time of appraisal of final EIA report. On recommendation of environment clearance

by EAC and processing the case by MoEF&CC, the project proponent will be given a time of

12 months (extendable to 18 months under exceptional circumstances) to submit the

stage-I forest clearance. In the case of non-compliance by project proponent within the

stipulated time frame, the case will be referred to EAC as and when the Stage I forest

clearance is submitted. EAC may either reiterate its earlier recommendation or decide on

the need for re-appraisal along with the requirement of documents to be submitted and

need for fresh public hearing.

1.7 WILDLIFE CLEARANCE

Components of Par HEP are in Proximity to Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary and shortest distance

is 7 Km between the boundary of the protected area and the powerhouse. Supreme Court

Order dated December 04, 2006 made it mandatory for projects within the Eco-sensitive

Zones (ESZs) of Protected Areas to obtain Wildlife Clearance from Standing Committee of

National Board of Wildlife (NBWL) and in the absence of notified ESZs it is to be considered

as 10 Km all around the boundary. Keeping this order in view and in the absence of notified

ESZ of Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary, KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. has initiated the process of

getting wildlife clearance and submitted a proposal in the month of April 2014. DFO

(WL&BD) has carried out the field survey in the month of May 2014 following which proposal

was discussed by State Board of Wildlife. It was communicated by the Office of the Principal

Chief Conservator of Forests vide their letter no. CWL/D/21/171/2014-15/1900-1901 dated

January 05, 2015 that MoEF&CC vide their F.No. 10-151/2013 WL dated October 22, 2014

has considered zero meter ESZ around Itanagar WLS, therefore proposal is not required to be



submitted to NBWL. A copy of the letter is enclosed as Annexure III.

1.8 DISCLOSURE BY THE CONSULTANT

Final EIA/EMP reports have been prepared by M/s RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd.,

(RSET) Gurgaon which is a QCI-NABET accredited company to undertake River Valley Projects

Category A A copy of the accreditation certificate along with the list of experts involved is

appended at the beginning of the report.

1.9 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT

The Comprehensive EIA for the proposed Par hydroelectric project has been presented in

two parts - First part presents the findings of EIA study and the second part includes

various mitigation measures under the Environmental Management Plan.

The contents of Part - I of the document are organized as follows:

PART – I: Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report

Chapter-1: Introduction: The Chapter gives brief of the project. The Environmental

Clearance procedure and the related policies, legal and administrative framework for the

same have been summarized in this chapter.

Chapter-2: Project Description & Infrastructure: It gives the salient features of the project

and also the brief of major components of the project. In addition, the details of various

infrastructural facilities including land requirement for different components of the project

and equipment to be deployed for construction has been covered.

Chapter-3: Methodology: It includes the methodology adopted for conducting the

Comprehensive EIA study. The details of selected sampling sites and specific methodology

adopted for each environmental parameter have been given.

Chapter-4: Hydrology: It covers aspects like river system, drainage, basin characteristics,

hydro-meteorology, water availability, etc. This chapter is based on the information

available in the Detailed Project Report (DPR) of the project.

Chapter-5: Geology: It includes details on regional geology of the area, geomorphology,

and geological details of various project components along with their geotechnical

appraisal. In also covers seismo-tectonic environment of the project area. This chapter is

also based on the information available in the Detailed Project Report (DPR) of the project.

Chapter-6: Environmental Baseline Status: Physico-chemical Parameters: Presents physic-

chemical aspects of environment. The study is based on collection of data from various

primary and secondary data sources and includes data analysis.

Chapter-7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources: Presents biological

aspects of environment. The study is based on collection of data from various primary and

secondary data sources. As a part of the Comprehensive EIA study, detailed ecological

survey was conducted for various seasons. The findings of the study were analyzed and

ecological characteristics of the study area have been described in this Chapter.



Chapter-8: Description of the Social Environment: It includes the details of social, and

demography status of the study area and Project affected area.

Chapter-9: Assessment of Impacts: It describes the anticipated positive and negative

impacts as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed Par hydro-power

project. It is essentially a process to forecast the future environmental conditions of the

project area that might be expected to occur as a result of the construction and operation

of the proposed project. An attempt was made to forecast future environmental conditions

quantitatively to the extent possible. But for certain parameters, which cannot be

quantified, the general approach has been to discuss such intangible impacts in qualitative

terms so that planners and decision makers are aware of their existence as well as their

possible implications.

Chapter-10: Environmental Flows: Assessment of environment flow is and essential

requirement to reduce the impact of reduced flow in the dewatered stretch i.e. the river

stretch between diversion of water till the time it is brought back to the main channel

through tailrace after generation of power. Habitat simulation and hydraulic modelling

technique is used for the assessment of environment flow.

The contents of Part - II of the document are organized as follows:

PART – II: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Report

The Part-II of the report deals with different Environmental Management Plans prepared to

mitigate the adverse environmental impacts. The contents of the Part-II are organized as follows:

Chapter-1: Biodiversity Conservation &Wildlife Management Plan: It delineates the plan

for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts likely to accrue as a result of the proposed

project on the biodiversity of the area. The approach for formulation of Biodiversity

Conservation Plan is to maximize the positive environmental impacts and minimize the

negative ones. After suggesting environmental mitigation measures, the cost required for

implementation of various measures is also estimated.

Chapter-2: Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plan: CAT plan methodology suggested by

SLUSI based on Silt yield Index (SYI) method has been used for categorization of sub-

watersheds into priority classes. Treatment measures for very severe and severe categories

of sub-watersheds have been formulated. Cost required for implementation of CAT Plan

has been estimated.

Chapter-3: Fisheries Conversation and Management Plan: It describes the various

measures to be undertaken for the Conservation & Management of the fish fauna.

Chapter-4: Solid Waste Management Plan: This chapter describes the management of

solid waste that is expected to be generated due to congregation of the labour force during

construction period.

Chapter-5: Public Health Delivery System: This chapter proposes a plan to mitigate



impacts on existing healthcare infrastructure due to congregation of labour force in the

area by way of improvement of existing infrastructure along with the cost estimates.

Chapter-6:Energy Conservation Measures: It deals with the provisions for reduction of

pressure on the forest area in terms of indiscriminate tree cutting to meet cooking and

space heating requirement of labour force during the construction period. Energy

conservation measures such as provision of subsidised fuel, solar cooking and lighting, etc.

are considered.

Chapter-7: Muck Dumping Plan: It deals with the mitigation of impacts of muck that is

likely to be generated during the construction of various project components and suggests

engineering and biological measures for restoration of muck disposal sites in

environmentally sustainable manner.

Chapter-8: Landscaping Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan: This chapter covers

adverse impact of construction activities on the landscape and suggests measures for

restoration of the disturbed area back to their similar or near-similar pre-construction

conditions and land use. It also includes green belt development along reservoir periphery

and around the colony areas.

Chapter-9: Air & Water Management Plan: This chapter covers various environmental risks

that are foreseen during the construction on air, water and noise environment in the

project area and also deals with mitigation measures during the construction and

operational phase.

Chapter-10: Compensatory Afforestation Plan: This Chapter discusses various aspects of

Compensatory Afforestation Programme to be implemented by the State Forest

Department.

Chapter-11: Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan: The Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan

for Project Affected Families has been formulated as a part of this Chapter based upon the

socio-economic status assessed through the surveys conducted for the same.

Chapter-12: Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan: This Chapter describes the possibility of slope

failures, land slips, etc. due to fluctuation in water level along the reservoir periphery. In

order to mitigate the same, Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan and measures for treatment of

existing landslides/ slips, and prevention of further slides by undertaking engineering as

well as biological measures have been suggested. The cost estimation for various activities

involved has also been made.

Chapter-13: Environmental Monitoring Plan: This chapter deals with the issues of

implementation of various mitigation measures and environmental management plans

during project construction and operation phases. The environmental monitoring plan has

been suggested to assess the adequacy of various environmental safeguards and to

compare the predicted and actual scenario during construction and operation phases. This

will help the project proponents to formulate remedial measures not foreseen during the

planning stage but arising during these phases and to generate data for further use.



Chapter-14: Dam Break Modelling: Dam Break Modeling using MIKE11 model has been

conducted. The results of the modeling exercise are outlined in this Chapter. Disaster

Management Plan (DMP) too has been outlined for implementation in case of

Barrage/Dam Break.

Chapter-15: Cost Estimates: It summarizes the cost to be incurred for implementation of

the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and the Environmental Monitoring

Programme.

KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. EIA Report PAR HEP


2.1 PROJECT LOCATION & ACCESSIBILITY

Par Hydroelectric project is a run-of-the river project located on Pare river in the Papum

Pare District of Arunachal Pradesh State and developed by KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. The Par

hydroelectric project is the first project from upstream in the cascade development of

hydroelectric projects on the Pare River. From upstream to downstream of Pare River, the

development of the projects are in this order – Par Hydroelectric Project, Turu

Hydroelectric Project, Dardu Hydroelectric Project and Pare Hydroelectric Project (project

under construction by NEEPCO).

The diversion site is well connected by Sagalee road from Itanagar/ Naharlagun. The head

works area and powerhouse site are about 77 km and 64 km away from Naharlagun

respectively.

Project site is accessible by railway up to Naharlagun railway station which is about 8 km

from Naharlagun. Nearest airport Guwahati is also connected by National Highway 52 to

Naharlagun and this airport caters to some international flights as well. Other airports

near the project area are at Dibrugarh and North Lakhimpur, both in Assam.

Existing approach roads are built by PWD presented on the left bank of the Pare river and

project components of Par HEP are also proposed on the left bank.

2.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

Par HEP (2 X 26 MW) is a run-of-the-river project that will be using the water of Pare river

in Papum Pare District of Arunachal Pradesh. It envisages construction of a 26.5m high

barrage from foundation level, an upstream short water conductor system, a surface

powerhouse on the left bank downstream of barrage axis and a tail race system.

The salient features of the project are given at Table 2.1. The layout map of the Par HE

project is given at Figure 2.1.

2.3 PROJECT COMPONENTS

2.3.1 Barrage Complex

A 26.5 high (from crest level) barrage is proposed at this location to divert water of Pare

river into the water conductor system. The top level of the barrage is at El 850.0 m. The

crest level of barrage is around El 823.50 m.

Chapter

2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION &

INFRASTRUCTURE



Figure 2.1: Layout map of Par H.E. Project

E



The Full Reservoir Level (FRL) and Minimum Draw Down Level (MDDL) of the reservoir are

El 848.0m and El 845.0m, respectively, with gross storage at FRL is 1.17 MCM and live

storage is 0.35 MCM for diurnal peaking capabilities.

The intake is located on the left bank of Pare river, upstream of the barrage axis. The intake

system consists of two (2) inlet trash rack bays connect with desilting basin and which later

connect with the headrace tunnel.

2.3.2 Head Race Tunnel

One headrace tunnel of 8636 m length with design discharge of 28.49 cumec is proposed.

2.3.3 Pressure Shaft/ Penstock

One steel lined pressure shaft of 2.5m diameter of 481 m length and two 1.8 m diameter

size penstock with 27 m length for 2x26 MW unit.

2.3.4 Power House

A surface Powerhouse is proposed with Francis turbines at axis level of El. 626.25 m. The

reservoir to be created by the barrage will operate between FRL 848.0 m & MDDL 845.0 m

with net head of 202m. The installed capacity of the power house will be 52 MW (2 X 26

MW). The design energy is 190.25 MU at 90% dependable energy.

Table 2.1: Salient features of the Par HE project

1 Project Location

i State Arunachal Pradesh

ii District Papum Pare

iii River Pare

iv Vicinity Sagalee village

2 Hydrology

i Catchment area 420 km2

ii Max Discharge -10-Daily 133.23 cumec

iii Min discharge -10-Daily 3.96 cumec

iv Standard Project Flood (SPF) 3060 cumec

v 100 Year Flood 2759 cumec

3 Reservoir

i Full Reservoir Level (F.R.L) El. 848.0 m

ii Minimum Draw-down Level (M.D.D.L) El 845.0 m

iii Gross Storage at FRL 1.17 MCM

iv Live storage 0.35 MCM

v Length of submergence 2000m

vi Area under submergence at FRL 16.53 Ha

4 River Diversion (During Construction)

i

Diversion Arrangement Diversion channel on right bank

ii

Diversion Discharge 424 cumec

5 Barrage (Founded on Rock)

i Latitude 7° ’ 33” N

ii Longitude 93° 3 ’ 3” E

iii Top of Barrage El 850.0m

iv Crest Level of Barrage El 823.50m

v Barrage Foundation Level (Lowest) El 811.0



vi Barrage Height from crest Level 26.5m

vii Gate Type and Size (WxH)

4 nos. Radial Gates; 6.5m x 10.6m

viii Hoist Type and Capacity Twin Hydraulic Hoist (2 x 65 MT)

ix Stop log Type and Size (WxH)

Vertical lift slide type, 6.5m x 12.8m

x

Hoist Type and Capacity Gantry Crane, 20 MT

Gantry Crane, 20 MT

6 Intake

i

Design Discharge (Including flushing discharge)

34.19 cumec

ii No. of Trash rack bays & height 2 nos (3.5m x 12m)

iii Sill level of Trash rack El 838.0m

iv Trash rack panel size 3.78m (W) x 2.031m (H)

v Total number of panels 2 x 6

vi Intake Gate Stop log, Vertical lift wheel type

vii Bottom elevation of intake Gate El 840.00m

viii Intake Gate Size (WxH) 1 no. (3.5m x 9.76m) each bay

ix Hoist Type and Capacity Rope drum hoist, 16 MT

x Number of Feeder Channels 2 nos.

xi Size of Feeder channels (WxH) 3.5m x 10.00m

7 Desilting Basins

i Desilting Basin Size (LxWxH) 2 nos. (100m x 8.50m x 13.0m)

ii Size of Particle to be Removed >0.2mm

iii Design Discharge for each Basin 17.09 cumec

iv Flushing Discharge for each Basin 2.85 cumec

v Flushing Duct Size (WxH)

0.7m (W) x 1.2m (H) depth variable

vi No. of Trash rack bays at end of Desilting 4 Nos.

vii Size of Trash rack (W x H) 3.75m x 10.00m

viii Bottom level of Trash rack El 840.00m

ix Desilting Chambers outlet Gate Vertical lift Slide type

x Gate Size (WxH) 1 no. (5.0m x 9.76m)

xi Hoist Type and Capacity Mono rail hoist, 18 T

xii Nos. of Flushing Ducts 2 Nos

xiii Flushing Duct Gate Vertical lift slide type

xiv Flushing Channel Gate Size (WxH)

2 nos. in each duct (0.7m x 1.2m)

8 Headrace Tunnel

i Concrete Lined

a. Shape of HRT Modified D-Shape

b. Diameter of the Tunnel 3.5m (W) x 4.25 (H)

c. Concrete Lining Thickness 250mm

ii Steel Lined

a. Diameter of the Tunnel 3.6m

b. Total Length of HRT 8636

c. Design Discharge 28.49 cumec

9 Adit

i Intermediate Adit to HRT 5m (W) x 6m (H), 394m long

10 Surge Shaft

i

Type Open to the surface Restricted Orifice type, Vertical Shaft

ii Diameter 7.5 m



iii Orifice 1500mm dia circular orifice

iv Total Height 81.0m

v Top elevation El. 876.5m

vi Bottom elevation El. 795.50m

11 Pressure Shaft

i Number and Diameter One / 2.5m

ii Thickness of Liner 12-22mm

iii Type of Steel ASTM A537 Class II

iv Total Length of Main Pressure Shaft 481m

v Design Discharge through Pressure Shaft 28.49 cumec

12 Unit Penstocks (After Bifurcation)

i Number and Diameter 2 nos., 1.8m

ii Thickness of Liner 22mm

iii Type of Steel ASTM A537 Class II

iv Length of unit penstock 27m

v Design Discharge through each Penstock 14.25 cumec

13 Main Inlet Valve

vii Type Spherical valve

viii Number 2 nos.

ix Axis Elevation 626.25m a.s.l.

x Diameter 1.4m

14 Surface Powerhouse

i Latitude 7° 3’ ”N

ii Longitude 93° 3 ’ ”E

iii Dimensions (L X W X H) 48.5m x 17.0m x 30.35m

iv Turbine Type Francis

v Number of Units 2 nos.

vi Elevation of Turbine Center Line El 626.25m

vii Rated Discharge per Unit 14.25 cumec

viii Turbine Speed 500 rpm

ix Net Head 202 m

x Installed Capacity 2 x 26 MW

xi EOT Crane capacity (Power House) 1 No. 80/ 20 MT

15 Draft Tube Gates

i Type of Gate Vertical Lift Slide Type

ii Gate Size (WxH) 2 nos., 4.5m x 2.22m

iii Hoist Type and Capacity Gantry Crane, 10 MT

16 Generator

i Type Suspended type

ii Number 2 nos.

iii Rated Capacity 28.89 MVA

iv Generator Voltage / Frequency 11 kV / 50Hz

v Power Load Factor (CosØ) 0.9

17 Step Up Transformer

i Voltage Ratio 11kV/ 132kV

ii Rating 3Ф, 3 MVA

iii Tailrace Channel

iv Length 32.86m

v Width 20m

vi Slope 1V: 4H



vii Outlet Sill Elevation 630.0m. a.s.l

18 Switch Yard

i Type Out door

ii Area (L x W) 40m x 50m

19 Estimated Cost

i Civil Works including HM works 277.75 Crores

ii E&M Works 70.06 Crores

iii Total Basic Cost 347.81 Crores

iv Escalation Cost 82.31 Crores

v IDC and Financing Charges 64.42 Crores

vi Total Project Cost 494.54 Crores

vii Cost per MW 9.51 Crores

viii Cost per MU 2.60 Crores

20 Power Benefits

i 90% dep. Energy 190.25 MU

ii 50% dep. Energy 295.01 MU

21 Construction Period 4 Years 6 Months after 1 year of pre-construction period

Source: DPR Par HEP

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

This part outlines the preliminary planning of infrastructure facilities.

2.4.1 Approach to the Project

The project can be approached through various routes and modes of transportation like

railways, airways, waterways and roadway.

2.4.1.1 Transportation by Railway

Project site is accessible by railway up to Nahalagun railway station about 8 km from

Naharlagun town. The transportation of project cargo by railway is possible up to

Naharlagun. It is proposed to use nearest railway station for transportation of equipment

and ODC’s for Par hydroelectric project. Bulk consignments would be received at Station

and after unloading the rail wagons, the consignments would be transported to the project

site in trucks/trailers as required.

2.4.1.2 Transportation by air

Nearest airport Guwahati is also connected by National Highway 52 to Naharlagun and this

airport caters to some international flights as well. Other airports near the project area are

at Dibrugarh and North Lakhimpur, both in Assam.

2.4.1.3 Transportation by road

The diversion site and powerhouse site is about 77km and 64km away from the

Naharlagun respectively. Naharlagun town is approachable from Guwahati (the capital city

of Assam and largest city in North East) by road and is at a distance of about 410 km from

Guwahati. The project is connected from Guwahati to Tejpur by National Highway No. 52

and from Tejpur to Naharlagun on same Highway. From Naharlagun the project site is

connected through an all-weather road.



The diversion site and powerhouse are approachable by road from left bank. Existing

approach roads are built by PWD presented on the left bank of the Pare river and project

components of Par HEP also proposed on the left bank. The locations of various

component structures of the project such as diversion structure, powerhouse, switchyard,

tailrace channel, quarries, muck dump yards etc are accessible through the approach

roads to be built on the left bank. The other locations are reachable through the existing

PWD road.

2.4.2 Project Roads

The construction of roads would be done on priority as access is the first requisite of any

job. A network of roads is also required to approach various locations of project site such

as barrage sites, Adits, Powerhouse, Main Access Tunnel (MAT) and Tailrace Tunnel (TRT)

portal, Dumping yards, quarry locations etc. It has been assessed that about 7.8 Km length

of new road is required to be constructed to facilitate construction of various components.

Apart from the construction of new project roads stretch of existing approach road from

Naharlagun to Sagalee needs to be widened and strengthened for the movement of heavy

equipment and machinery in all weathers and round the year. Bulldozers would be

deployed to make a preliminary/ pilot cut about 5-6m wide. Minor drilling and blasting, if

required, would also be carried out. After a lag of about 200 to 300m, equipment would be

deployed to complete the road section to the final grade. The construction of the drainage

system as well as the breast/retaining/parapet walls would follow to make the road fit for

use.

2.4.3 Project Colonies

In order to execute the project, it has been envisaged that proper infrastructure works are

required as permanent and temporary staff residential buildings, administrative building,

dispensary, guest house, canteen, model room, fire station, workshop, DG building, quality

control laboratory etc.

a.) Owner’s Colony Two colonies would provide for residential as well as office accommodation, both for

pre and post construction stages. A Project colony is planned for accommodation

during construction stage and is located in zone-6 (refer figure 2.1) near proposed

barrage site in an area of 0.30 ha. One Permanent colony in an area 1.20 ha located in

zone-11 (refer figure 2.1) near proposed power house area has also been planned for

accommodation of permanent staff for operation of the Plant. In addition to residential

purposes, the colonies would also house facilities for medical aid, places of worship,

fire station, educational and vocational facilities, banking and telecom facilities,

shopping, sports and recreational activities including community functions, fuel

dispensing outlet, material testing laboratory, etc. A small workshop or auto shop for

up keep of automobiles in the post construction period would also be located in the

colony.

The planning of the Permanent colony will be carried out by professional town planners

and architects to provide for all amenities in accordance with established norms and

practices in respect of town planning and building architecture. Proper arrangements

would be made for water supply and sanitation of the colony.



b.) Contractors’ Colonies Two separate colonies for the contractor are planned; one for the Head works area and

the other for the Powerhouse area shown as zone-6 and zone-14 respectively (Refer

figure 2.1). These colonies would be temporary in nature and would provide for

residences and offices, facilities for social activities like shopping, schooling, religious

activities, medical aid, etc. The area of colony located in zone-6 is 0.3 ha and that of

located in zone-14 is 0.5 ha (refer figure 2.1).

2.4.4 Muck Disposal Areas

The total quantity of muck generated from soil and rock excavation is about 158184 cum

and 81742 cum respectively. From underground excavation work it is estimated that a total

of 193111 cum muck will be generated (Table 2.2). The total muck (including swell factor)

to be generated is about 565616 cum (5.6 lakh cum).

About 40% of rock excavation is expected to be used for producing coarse and fine

aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for construction

facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and quantity of rock excavation

would have to be disposed in designated muck disposal area (Table 2.3).

Table 2.2: Quantity of muck to be generated from different project construction activities

S.No. Component

Open Excavation

(m3)

Underground

Excavation (m3)

In Soil In Rock

1 Diversion Structure, Intake

& Feeder Channel 80318 34422

2 Desilting Basin 12536 8357

3 HRT 166961

4 Construction Adit 8200 3500 13200

5 Valve House 7335 4890

6 Surge Shaft 2378 1586 6250

7 Pressure Shaft 6700

8 Powerhouse 32956 21971

9 Tailrace Channel 6586 4391

10 Switch Yard 7875 2625

Total (m

3) 158185 81741 193111

Keeping the above requirement and vicinity of the excavation sites in view, four muck

disposal areas named as DS-1, DS-2, DS-3 and DS-4 have been identified (refer figure 2.1).

Total capacity of these sites is about 600113 cum (Table 2.3).

Table 2.3: Detail of Muck disposal sites

S.No. Dumping Yard Plan Area (Ha) Capacity (cum)

1 D1 4.75 311145

2 D2 2.08 110915

3 D3 2.21 121328

4 D4 1.98 56725

Total 11.02 600113



2.4.5 Aggregate Processing Plants/Batching and Mixing Plants

Based on the construction planning, methodology & schedule the peak requirement of

concrete and raw aggregates has been estimated to decide the plant capacities for

Aggregate Processing (APP) and Batching & Mixing (BM). The location and capacities of

aggregate processing and concrete batching & mixing plants are given in table 2.4.

Table 2.4: Size and location of aggregate processing and batching plants

S.No. *Zone Component Capacity Remarks

1 Zone-3 APP-1 100 TPH For Headworks area & HRT 2 Zone-3 BMP-1 60m3/hr For Headworks area & HRT 3 Zone-13 APP-2 100 TPH For Powerhouse area & HRT 4 Zone-13 BMP-2 45m3/hr For Powerhouse area & HRT

Source: DPR Par HEP (* Zone: see Figure 2.1 Layout Par HEP)

2.4.6 Quarry Areas

For the construction of various project components approximately 1.47 lakh m3 of coarse

aggregate and 0.92 lakh m3 fine aggregate is required. Estimated quantity of concrete required

for construction of project component is approx. approximately 93462 m3 (table 2.5)

Aggregate for concreting shall predominantly be used from in-situ rock and river bed

material, about 40% of the excavated muck from head works and tunnels shall also be used

for coarse and fine aggregate production.

One rock quarry has been identified. The proposed quarry is located on left bank of Pare

river.

Table 2.5: Total requirement of concrete for the Project

S.No. Project Component Quantity (m3)

1 River Diversion works 1350

2 Barrage, Intake and Feeder channel 81265

3 De-silting Basin, Silt Flushing tunnel & cut

and cover Steel conduit near desilting basin 22193

4 Headrace Tunnel including Steel pipe

conduit cut and cover section 51440

5 Construction Adits 2000

6 Surge Shaft 2225

7 Butterfly Valve house 230

8 Pressure Shaft/ Penstock 5200

9 Surface Powerhouse 7959

10 Tail race Channel 465

11 Switch Yard 1750

Total 176077

2.4.7 Explosive Magazine

For the storage and handling of explosives and detonators required for the drilling and

blasting operations, permanent magazine will be constructed for which necessary

approvals will be taken from the concerned authorities. All safety codes and regulations

prescribed by the central and state government in this respect will be followed and

magazines will be suitably guarded round the clock.



It has been assessed that one magazine of 30 MT capacity would be sufficient to meet the

requirement of the project. The explosive magazine complex has been planned to be

located at downstream of Barrage axis on left bank. The location of the magazine has been

indicated in Zone-8 and shown in Figure 2.1. Estimated land requirement of Magazine site

is 0.50 ha.

As laid down in the Explosive Rules of 1983, a safe distance of 300m is required to be

maintained from public roads, etc.

2.4.8 Land Requirement

For the development of Par hydroelectric project, land requirement has been finalized as

63.61 ha (Table 2.6). Component wise land requirement for Par HEP is given in Table 2.6.

Table 2.6: Land Requirement of Par H.E. Project

S.No Intended Utilization Area (Ha)

1 Reservoir Area (River Bed) 16.53

2 Reservoir Area (Above River Bed) 4.87

3 Head Works 3.00

4 Batching Mixing Plant, Aggreagte Processing Plant 0.50

5 Stores -1 0.30

6 Workshop, Ware house, Fabrication yard, Repair Facility 0.30

7 Temp Colony 0.30

8 Portal for Adit 0.82

9 Explosive Magazine 0.06

10 Steel conduit 0.43

11 Surge shaft, Penstock, Power house & TRC area 1.75

12 Permanent Colony, Dispensary and Material testing 1.20

13 Store-2, Workshop, Aggregate processing plant, fabrication yard 1.00

14 Batching Mixing Plant, Crushing Plant 0.32

15 Temp Colony, EM Package 0.50

16 Notional Area 3.34

Dumping Area

17 Dumping Area - D1 4.75




21 Quarry Area down stream spillway 1.13

22 RBM quarry near Power House 0.62

Road

23 Road Details 15.61

Total Area 63.61

Source: DPR Par HEP

It is proposed that out of the total extent of area of land required, some would be acquired

permanently while the balance can be obtained on lease from the owners for a definite

time period, it would be restored to its original condition as far as possible and returned to

them after the project is completed. Land would be acquired on permanent basis for

reservoir area, barrage area, power house, muck disposal, borrow areas/ quarries, road,

explosive magazine, colony and offices etc. For storage facilities, workshop, contractor

colony land will be taken on lease basis.



2.4.9 Construction Power

The power requirement for construction activities is estimated about 4.0 MVA, taking into

consideration the capacity of electric driven equipments which are work during the

construction period and lighting. The requirement of construction power would vary at

each individual site depending upon the equipment deployed.

Construction power would not be available for the project from any resources in the state.

The requirement would have to be met only by installing diesel generating sets.

The provision for DG sets has been made as standby arrangement in case of non-supply

from grid.

500 KVA DG sets – 2 no.

250 KVA DG sets – 2 no.

62.5 KVA DG sets - 2 no.

2.4.10 Tele-Communication and Other Facilities

To ensure efficient coordination of works at various sites during construction, adequate

and reliable telecommunication network is necessary. It is proposed to take about 5/6

dedicated lines from the nearest P&T exchange of BSNL by laying cables from the exchange

to the project area. It is also proposed to provide an independent 100 line exchange

(EPABX) for the project works. The lines from this exchange will be extended to all project

camp and work sites.

2.5 PROXIMITY TO PROTECTED AREA

Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary is about 7.35 km from the proposed power house site of the Par

HE Project. The location of Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary (IWLS) in relation to Par HE Project is

shown in Figure 2.2.



Figure 2.2: Map showing distance of Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary from Par HEP



3.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a tool used to identify the environmental, social

and economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It aims to predict

environmental impacts at an early stage in project planning and design, find ways and

means to reduce adverse impacts, shape the project to suit the local environment, and

offer options to the decision-makers. EIA provides environmental and economic benefits,

such as it may reduce cost and time of project implementation and design, avoid

treatment/clean-up costs, and visualize impacts of laws and regulations.

EIA is a location specific study; with a common basic structure of understanding the

baseline status of relevant environmental components and impact prediction due to

proposed development. However, the process varies from project to project based on

location, type and magnitude of the operations. EIA studies give emphasis on the

assessment and prediction of impacts of development on natural ecosystems and their

species along with concentrating on geophysical features, which mostly cover reversible

impacts. EIA studies need a significant amount of primary and secondary environmental

data. The primary data are those which need to be collected in the field to define the status

of environment (like air quality data, water quality data, etc.). The secondary data are

those data which have been collected over the years and can be used to understand the

existing environmental scenario of the study area. The EIA studies are conducted over a

short period of time and, therefore, understanding the environmental trends based on few

months of primary data has its own limitations. Ideally, the primary data has to be

considered along with the secondary data for complete understanding of the existing

environmental status of the area.

The principal phenomenon or pathways of impacts - are land/soil , air pollution , noise and

Health, ecology including endangered species assessment, geological hazards assessment,

water pollution and aquatic, etc.; whereas related analysis of social impacts is achieved

through its assessment wherever necessary. Integration of these parameters gives an

overall perception of both positive and negative impacts due to project construction. With

reference to hydropower development in our country, it is worth mentioning that EIA is

now a mandatory requirement and is to be carried out according to the Terms of Reference

(ToR) approved by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of the Ministry of Environment,

Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India.

The Environmental Appraisal (EA) of Par HEP has following objectives which are proposed

to be covered through various phases of development.

Provide information on baseline environmental settings based on primary survey

and secondary data sources;

Preliminary assessment of impacts likely to accrue during construction and

operation phases;

Chapter

3 METHODOLGY



Identify key issues which need to be studied in detail during subsequent

environmental studies and other detailed studies.

3.2 METHODOLOGY

A brief account of the methodology followed in the present study is given below under

different headings. The methods are structured for collection and organization of

environmental baseline data and identification of environmental impacts. The information,

thus, gathered is analyzed and presented in form of a number of visual formats for easy

interpretation and decision-making.

3.2.1 Study Area

Study area for environmental study has been delineated as:

Catchment area up to barrage site

Submergence area

Project area/Direct impact area falls within 10 km radius from periphery of

reservoir, land coming under submergence and area downstream of barrage up to

point where Tail Race Tunnel (TRT) meets the river.

Downstream up to 10 km from tip of Tail Race Tunnel (TRT).

A map of the study area prepared based on the above criteria is given at Figure 3.1. The

study area was further demarcated into Direct Impact Zone and Indirect Impact Zone as

follows:

Direct Impact Zone

The Direct Impact Zone (DIZ) is defined as all areas which are directly affected by the

project components, such as the reservoir area, project access roads and areas affected by

any construction work on the ground (quarries, borrow proposed dumping sites, working

areas, etc.). The direct impact zone also includes the stretch of river bypassed by the tunnel

system. New road alignments necessitated by the siting of project structures as they also

will have a direct impact, and have been considered as part of the direct impact zone.

The sampling for generation of field data was primarily concentrated around project works

in the DIZ.

Indirect Impact Zone

The Indirect Impact Zone (INDIZ) covers a larger area not directly affected, but where the

project nevertheless has significant impacts on people and biodiversity. It includes also

downstream areas where the river regulation changes the river flow regime. Examples of

indirect impacts are increased health hazards due to population movements, fish migration

interruptions, etc.



Figure 3.1: Study area map delineated as per approved TOR of Par H.E.



3.2.2 Scoping Matrix

Scoping is a tool which gives direction for selection of impacts due to the project activities

on the environment. As part of the study, scoping exercise was conducted selecting various

types of impacts which can accrue due to hydroelectric project. Based on the project

features, site conditions, the scope of studies were approved by MoEF&CC (Refer

Annexure – Ia & Ib). The approved Terms of Reference (TOR) specified for various

parameters to be covered during the EIA study.

Based on the Scoping matrix (Table 3.1), the environmental baseline data have been

collected and the project details superimposed on environmental baseline conditions to

understand the beneficial and deleterious impacts due to the construction and operation

of the proposed project.

Table 3.1: Scoping matrix for EIA study of Par H.E. Project

Environmental Parameter Likely Impacts

Land Environment

Construction phase

Increase in soil erosion Pollution by construction spoils Acquisition of land for construction works colonies Solid waste from construction works colonies Acquisition of land for various project appurtenances Change of land use

Water Resources and Water Quality

Construction phase Increase in turbidity of nearby receiving water bodies Degradation of water quality due to disposal of wastes from construction works colony and construction sites

Operation phase

Disruption of hydrologic regime Sedimentation and siltation risks Impacts on D.O. due to reservoir stratification Risk of eutrophication Reduced flow impacting downstream users

Aquatic Ecology

Construction phase

Increased pressure on aquatic ecology as a result of indiscriminate fishing. Reduced productivity due to increase in turbidity and pollution of the river body

Operation phase

Impacts on migratory fish species Impacts on spawning and breeding grounds Degradation of riverine ecology Shift in species density and diversity due to change in aquatic ecosystem from lotic to lentic. Increased potential for reservoir fisheries

Terrestrial Ecology

Construction phase

Increased pressure from construction works to meet their fuel wood and timber requirements Adverse impacts due to increased accessibility of the area Loss of vegetation and forest area

Operation phase

Impacts on wildlife movement Loss of forest area due to submergence Impact on Rare, Endangered and Threatened (RET) species, if any

Socio-Economic Aspects

Construction phase

Improved employment potential during the project construction phase Development of allied sectors leading to greater employment Pressure on existing infrastructure facilities



Environmental Parameter Likely Impacts

Friction between the construction works and the native population

Operation phase

Loss of land Loss of private properties Increased revenue from power generation Increase in employment opportunities and standard of living

Public Health

Construction phase Impacts due to disposal of untreated sewage from construction works camps Increase in incidence of communicable diseases

Operation phase Increased incidence of vector borne disease due to increase in water spread area

Air Environment

Construction phase Emissions due to fuel combustion in construction equipment Increased vehicular movement Entrainment of fugitive emissions

Noise Environment

Construction phase Increased noise level due to operation of various equipment Increased vehicular movement

3.2.3 Baseline Status Primary Data Collection

The data on baseline status of various environmental parameters in the study area was

collected through primary surveys for three seasons (Pre-monsoon, Monsoon and Winter

seasons) as specified in the approved Term of Reference (ToR) for the Par HEP.

3.2.4 Secondary Data

In addition to primary surveys, substantial secondary data was also collected through

interaction with various state and project officials. Sources and data so collected have been

mentioned below:

Department of Statistics, Papum Pare: District Statistical Handbook published by

Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh.

Office of Divisional Forest Officer, Sagalee Forest Division: Forest Working Scheme.

Consultation with villagers and panchayat head to gather information on the basic

infrastructural facilities in their concerning villages.

A revised survey of The Forest Type of India” by Cha pion and Seth for forest classification of the study area.

Census of India 2011: Demography of the study area

Soil Atlas by National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning (NBSS & LUP).

3.2.4.1 Physiography

The spatial database on physiographic features like drainage, roads, settlements and

villages, etc. was created from maps of topographic sheets and satellite data followed by

ground truth verification and data analysis with Geographic Information System (GIS) tools.

The contours of study area including that of catchment area were digitized from Survey of

India 1:50,000 scale topo-sheets to calculate slope category for the entire catchment.

Percent area under various slope categories namely gently sloping, moderately sloping,



strongly sloping, moderately steep to steep, steep, very steep and escarpments were also

calculated for the entire catchment.

GIS based maps have been provided for the following themes:

General Features (Villages, roads, tributaries)

Hydrology: Drainage of Pare river along with their tributaries

Geology

Erosion

Elevation profile

Slope

Land use in study area

3.2.4.2 Geology

The regional geology around the project area highlighting geology, stratigraphy and

structural features, based on the existing information on these aspects contained in

Detailed Project Report (DPR) of the project. In addition the important parameters of

seismicity were assessed using published literature on seismic history and seismo-tectonic

nature of the regional rock types in the area.

3.2.4.3 Meteorology

The Meteorological factors like precipitation, temperature and evapo-transpiration are

important, as they have a profound impact on the water availability, cropping pattern,

irrigation and drainage practices, soil erosion, public health, etc. Meteorological data have

been collected and analyzed as part of the DPR preparation by DPR consultants and the

same has been used in preparation of the EIA study.

3.2.4.4 Hydrology

Hydrological data for Pare River available as Hydrology Volume in the DPR of Par HE project

has been appropriately compressed and duly incorporated in the EIA report as a separate

Chapter on Hydrology. The discharge data given in this Chapter has been used for the

estimation of minimum environmental flow requirement and the discharge pattern in the

river.

3.2.4.5 Forest Types & Forest Cover

The details on forest types and forest cover in the catchment area were based on field

surveys in the area supplemented with the working plans of the forest divisions of the

study area. Major forest types in the study area have been described based upon the

classification of Champion and Seth (1968).

3.2.4.6 Infrastructure Facilities

The present status of infrastructure facilities, status and availability of electricity, drinking

water, communication, residential and non-residential buildings, construction plant areas,

water supply, construction power, telecommunication etc. were collected through

household and village level demographic survey and using secondary data from Census of

India 2011, District Statistical Handbook.



3.2.5 Primary Data Collection –Field Surveys

The field surveys for the collection of primary data commenced from January 2013 up to

April 2014 and were conducted in different seasons of the year i.e. winter/lean season,

pre-monsoon/summer and monsoon to collect data/ information on flora, fauna, forest

types and ecological parameters as well as sociological aspects. In addition, surveys and

studies were also conducted for understanding aquatic ecology and fish diversity of Pare

River. The details of sampling are given in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: Sampling schedule for various Environmental Parameters

Parameters Winter Summer Monsoon

Air environment January 2013 April 2014 June-July 2013 Noise & Traffic January 2013 April 2014 June-July 2013 Vegetation sampling January 2013 April 2014 June-July 2013 Faunal surveys January 2013 April 2014 June-July 2013 Water sampling and Aquatic Ecology January 2013 April 2014 June-July 2013 Soil sampling January 2013 Socio-economic survey of study area villages June 2013 to April 2014 Socio-economic survey of project affected families June 2013 to April 2014

Field surveys in the study area were also conducted for the purpose of ground truthing and

augmenting the remote sensing data. For this purpose various attributes such as land

features, rivers, forests and vegetation types were recorded on the ground.

3.2.5.1 Soil

The soil samples were collected from various locations in the project study area. The

monitoring was conducted at different locations during field visits. Soil map of the study

area and free draining catchment area were prepared from the soil map prepared by

National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS & LUP), Nagpur.

Table 3.3: Soil sampling locations in the study area

Sampling Site Location in Study Area

Site 1 Sagalee town

Site 2 Near Proposed barrage site

Site 3 Debeh Village

Site 4 Raddar Village

Site 5 Nimte Village near proposed power

house site

Site 6 Balapu village

The location of sampling sites is given in Figure 3.2. The soil samples were taken with the

help of a khurpi from a depth of about 25 - 30 cm. Physico-chemical analysis of soil samples

was carried out at the laboratory of Hi-tech Research Centre, New Delhi which is a NABL

accredited laboratory.



Figure 3.2: Study area map showing sampling locations for various physical environmental parameters



The following parameters were analyzed.

Physical parameters included:

Bulk density (gm/cc)

Water holding capacity (%w/w)

Porosity

Soil texture

Electrical conductivity (µS/cm)

Chemical Parameters included:

pH

Organic matter (%w/w)

Nitrogen as N (kg/ha)

Available Phosphorus as P (kg/ha)

Potassium as K (kg/ha)

Available Potassium as K (kg/ha)

Magnesium as Mg (mg/100g)

Chloride as Cl (mg/100g)

Sodium as Na (mg/100g)

Calcium as Ca (mg/100g)

Total Alkalinity (mg/L)

SAR (Sodium Adsorption Ratio)

Salinity (ppt)

3.2.5.2 Ambient Air Quality

Identification of Sampling Locations

Sampling locations are identified keeping in view the following:

• Potential source of pollution - location of construction machinery and equipment, DG

sets, material storage and handling areas

• Receptors - populated area or habitation, typically villages in the vicinity

• Predominant wind direction – typically winds in mountainous regions that change

direction twice daily: - In the daytime the air over the mountain ridges and valleys

becomes warmer than the air at the same levels over the plains and expands more.

Consequently, at the higher levels the downward pressure from the mountains to the

valleys is reduced and air travels in that direction. At night the temperature and

pressure factors are reversed, so that mountain winds result. In addition to this

circulation of air between the valleys and mountains, there is a down flow of cooled air

along the mountain slopes at night and an upward flow of warmed air along the slopes

during the day.

• Accessibility – Based on the above analysis sampling locations are identified, however,

they are finalized keeping in the view the accessibility of the identified sites;

acceptance of the locals to monitoring, safety of equipment and source of power

supply.

The ambient air quality was monitored at six locations in the study area and the monitoring

locations are given at Figure 3.2 and Table 3.4.



Table 3.4: Monitoring locations for ambient air quality in the study area

Site Code Monitoring location

AQ 1 Sagalee town: upstream of proposed barrage site

AQ 2 Proposed Barrage site

AQ 3 Raddar Village

AQ 4 Nimte Village near proposed power house site

AQ 5 Balapu village

AQ 6 Hoj village

Air quality monitoring in study area has been conducted during winter, pre-monsoon, and

monsoon seasons at Sagalee town, proposed barrage site, Raddar village, Nimte village,

Balapu village and Hoj village in the downstream of project site. The monitored pollutants,

viz., SO2, NO2, PM10 and PM2.5 were estimated by methods described below.

Sampling and Analysis

Sulphur dioxide (Modified West and Gaeke method (IS-5182 Part-II, 1969)

Placed 30 ml of absorbing solution in an impinger and sample for four hours at the flow

rate of 1 L/min in High Volume Sampler. After sampling measured the volume of sample

and transferred to a sample storage bottle.

Sulphur dioxide from air is absorbed in a solution of potassium tetrachloromercurate

(TCM). A dichlorosulphitomercurate complex, which resists oxidation by the oxygen in the

air, is formed, which is stable to strong oxidants such as ozone and oxides of nitrogen and

therefore, the absorber solution was stored for some time prior to analysis. The complex

was made to react with para-rosaniline and formaldehyde to form the intensely coloured

pararosaniline methylsulphonic acid. The absorbance of the solution was measured by

means of a suitable spectrophotometer and SO2 concentration was calculated using the

standard calibration graph.

Nitrogen dioxide (Jacobs Hochheiser method (IS 5182 Part-VI, 1975))

Place 30 ml of absorbing solution in an impinger and sample for four hour at the flow rate

of 0.2 to 1 L/min in High Volume Sampler. After sampling measure the volume of sample

and transfer to a sample storage bottle.

Ambient nitrogen dioxide (NO2) is collected by bubbling air through a solution of sodium

hydroxide and sodium arsenite. The concentration of nitrite ion (NO2-) produced during

sampling is determined colorimetrically by reacting the nitrite ion with phosphoric acid,

sulfanilamide, and N-(1-naphthyl)-ethylenediamine di-hydrochloride (NEDA) and measuring

the absorbance of the highly coloured azo-dye at 540 nm using spectrophotometer and

concentration is calculated using the standard calibration graph.

Particulate Matter (PM10) - Gravimetric Method

Air is drawn through a size-selective inlet and through 8” X ” filter at a flow rate, which is typically 1132 L/min using High Volume Sampler for 8 hours. Particles with aerodynamic

diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected, by the filter. The mass of these

particles was determined by the difference in filter weights prior to and after sampling. The



concentration of PM10 in the designated size range was calculated by dividing the weight

gain of the filter by the volume of air sampled.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) - Gravimetric Method

An electrically powered air sampler draws ambient air at a constant volumetric flow rate

(16.7 lpm) maintained by a mass flow / volumetric flow controller coupled to a

microprocessor into specially designed inertial particle-size separator (i.e. cyclones or

impactors) where the suspended particulate matter in the PM2.5 size ranges is separated

for collection on a 47 mm polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) filter over a specified sampling

period. Each filter is weighed before and after sample collection to determine the net gain

due to the particulate matter. The mass concentration in the ambient air is computed as

the total mass of collected particles in the PM2.5 size ranges divided by the actual volume

of air sa pled, and is e pressed in μg/ 3. The icroprocessor reads averages and stores five-minute averages of ambient temperature, ambient pressure, filter temperature and

volumetric flow rate.

3.2.5.3 Ambient Noise levels & Traffic Density

As a part of the EIA study, to assess the background noise levels in the study area ambient

noise monitoring was conducted in the study area. A total six location in the study corridor

were identified for the measurement of present ambient noise level, covering residential

blocks and along the road side of the study area. Noise monitoring sites were selected

judiciously based on following consideration.

Away from temporary noise generating source

Accessibility of the location

The location of ambient noise monitoring sites and traffic density are given in Figure 3.2 &

Table 3.5.

Sound Level monitoring was carried out by digital sound level meter in terms of dB(A)

levels along with time of the day and source of sound, if any, to establish baseline data.

Table 3.5: Noise and traffic density monitoring locations

S. No. Monitoring location

NT1 Upstream of Barrage Site near Sagalee town

NT2 Near Barrage Site

NT3 Near Raddar Village

NT4 Near Nimte Village

NT5 Near Proposed Power House Site

NT6 Near Balapu Village

Monitoring locations are selected keeping in view the project activity area which are likely

to be potential source of noise in the area during the construction phase; location of

receptors i.e. habitation for human population and nearby forest areas to assess the

impact on fauna due to increased sound levels in the region. Existing sources of noise such

as river flow and accessibility of the identified location are also considered during the

finalization of sound level monitoring location.



Hourly monitoring is carried out where levels are recorded using hand held digital sound

level meter for 6-8 hours during the day time. Night time readings are not practical as the

accessibility and security at night time is always a cause of concern in remote areas. Data

collected is compiled and analyzed to establish baseline equivalent levels.

Traffic density data was recorded by physically counting the number of different types of

vehicles passing through a particular point in a fixed time interval. Some major villages

along the road were considered as nodes for monitoring movement of traffic.

3.2.5.4 Land use / Land cover

Land use and land cover map of the study area was prepared from the satellite data

prepared by National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Indian Space Research Organisation

(ISRO) of Dept. of Space, extracting the project area from the full scene. It was

supplemented with the ground truth, which was carried out during the field visits.

False Color Composite (FCC) of the entire study area was generated from digital satellite

data of IRS-1D LISS-III with Bands 2, 3 and 4. In addition Landsat ETM+ data was also

downloaded from Global Land Cover Facility web site.

3.2.5.5 Forest Type and Forest Cover


surveys supplemented with the working scheme of the Sagalee Forest Division which falls

in the study area. Major forest types based on the classification of Champion and Seth

(1968) in the area are Tropical semi ever green forest.

3.2.5.6 Community Structure/ Floristic Surveys

The objectives of the present floristic study are as follows:

To prepare an inventory of various groups plants (Angiosperms, Gymnosperms,

Pteridophytes, Bryophytes, and Lichens) in the study area

To assess the community structure in the study area

To Determine Importance Value Index and

Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for trees, shrubs and herbs present in the study

area.

The detailed account of floristic diversity and ecology has been described based on the

primary surveys in the catchment area and study area of the proposed project. These surveys

were undertaken during different seasons of the year to assess the vegetation structure and

to prepare inventory of plant species belonging to different plant groups like angiosperms,

gymnosperms, pteridophytes, bryophytes and lichens found in the study area.

The community structure of the study area was studied by Quadrat method. The size and

number of quadrats needed were determined using the species-area curve (Misra, 1968).

The data on vegetation were quantitatively analyzed for abundance, density, frequency as

per the methodology given in Curtis & McIntosh (1950). The Importance Value Index (IVI) for

trees was determined as the sum of relative density, relative frequency and relative

dominance (Curtis, 1959).



Figure 3.3: Study area map showing sampling locations for various biological environmental parameters



Identification of plants was made with the help of floras, research papers, reports and

University herbarium. To record the natural resource utilization pattern of villages (Kheel

Village, Nimte Village, Sagalee town, Itanagar town, etc.), knowledgeable persons from

villages were interviewed. Field visits were made with local inhabitants to identity species

of economic importance. Botanical names, citation, family, local name, flowering period,

status, uses and presence in influence and non-influence zone was noted. Status of plants

was analyzed on the basis of habitat, population, distribution range and utility. Distribution

of the species as uncommon, common and abundant has been recorded as observed on

the sites of study area irrespective of its national and international status.

Sampling Site Selection

The entire area is divided in grids of 5km X 5km on a GIS domain.Thereafter 25% of the

grids are randomly selected for sampling of which half are in the directly affected area

(grids including project components such as reservoir, barrage, powerhouse, tunnel, etc.)

and the remaining in the rest of the area (areas of influence in 10 km radius form project

components). At such chosen location, the size and number of sampling units (e.g.

quadrats in case of flora/transects in case of fauna) are decided by species area curves.

Some of the grids on the edges are not completely overlapping with the study area

boundaries. However these are counted and considered for selecting 25% of the grids.

Six sampling locations were selected for carrying out phyto-sociological surveys of the

vegetation and in addition an inventory of various floristic elements was also prepared by

walking along different transects around these sampling sites. The location of sampling

sites has already been described in Table 3.6. In order to understand the composition of

the vegetation, most of the plant species were identified in the field itself whereas the

species that could not be identified a herbarium specimen was made along with their

photographs for identification later with the help of available published literature and

floras of the region.

Detailed list of sampling locations along with their coordinates is given at Table 3.6 and

their location on the study area map of Par HE project has marked as shown in Figure 3.3.

Sampling Methodology

To understand community structure, quadrat sampling mode was followed. The vegetation

sampling was done at eight locations. Sampling was carried out by randomly placed quadrats

of 10m x 10m size for trees, 5m x 5m size for shrubs and 1m x 1m for herbs. The size and

number of quadrats needed were determined using the species area curve (Misra, 1968).

The forest communities have been identified on the basis of Importance Value Index (IVI)

values of trees. The single tree species representing >50% of the total IVI was designated as

a single species dominated community, whereas two or more species contributing 50 or

>50% of the total IVI were named as a mixed community.

Basal Cover is a measure of the proportion of the plant that extends into the soil.

Species diversity and species evenness index is calculated by using the Shannon-Wiener

Diversity Index formula and Evenness Index formula, respectively.



Standard methodology of vegetation sampling was used for community structure. Nested

quadrat sampling method was used for the study of community structure of the

vegetation. Each sampling unit consisted of randomly placed quadrats of 10 x 10 m2 for

trees, 5 x 5m2 for shrubs and 1 x 1m2 for herbs. For sampling of vegetation, number of

quadrats laid varied from minimum of 10 quadrats to 15 quadrats during seasonal surveys

at a particular sampling site/ area depending upon the heterogeneity/ homogeneity of the

vegetation encountered in a particular site/ area (see Table 3.7). At each site the quadrats

were laid along the altitudinal gradient beginning from the vegetation along the river

bank/riverine vegetation and further up along the slope ensuring maximum possible

representative coverage of the vegetation of a particular sampling location. Each sampling

location/ area was divided into grids vertically as well as horizontally along the slopes

thereby capturing the maximum diversity of vegetation. In case of trees total basal

area/cover per unit area was calculated by measuring the cbh (circumference at breast

height) of each individual tree belonging to different species which was then converted

into basal area using the formula given in the following paragraph. However in case of

shrubs the circumference of at least 10-20 was measured by bunching them together

which was then converted into circumference of total number of individuals which was

then further used to calculate basal area of shrubs per unit area as per the formula given

below. As already mentioned the number of individuals of herbs and shrubs to be bunched

together depends upon the thickness of their stems.

Table 3.6: Sampling Locations for terrestrial ecology

Site Sampling Location

V1 Upstream of reservoir site near Sagalee town (left bank of Pare river)

V2 Proposed Reservoir area (Right bank of Pare river)

V3 Intermediate zone between barrage site and power house near Joteh Village (left bank of Pare river)

V4 Intermediate zone between barrage site and power house along Langbhag nala (Right bank of Pare River)

V5 Power House Site near Nimte village V6 Downstream of Power House near Balapu village

Table 3.7: Number of quadrats studied during field surveys for trees, shrubs and herbs

Sampling Site

Trees Shrubs Herbs (1x1) m2

(10x10) m2 (5x5) m

2 Winter Pre Monsoon Monsoon

V1 10 10 12 12 15 V2 10 10 12 12 15 V3 10 10 12 12 15 V4 10 10 12 12 15 V5 10 10 12 12 15 V6 10 10 12 12 15

Calculation of Dominance & Diversity Indicies

Based on the quadrat data, frequency, density and cover (basal area) of each species were

calculated. The data on density and basal cover are presented on per ha basis.

The Importance Value Index (IVI) for different tree species was determined by adding up

the Relative Density, Relative Frequency and Relative Dominance/ Cover values. The



Relative Density and Relative Frequency values were used to calculate the IVI of shrubs and

herbs.

For the calculation of dominance, the basal area was determined by using following

formula.

Basal area = π r2

Species diversity and evenness index was calculated by using the Shannon-Wiener Diversity

Index (1963) and Evenness Index, respectively.

The index of diversity was computed by using Shannon Wiener Diversity Index (Shannon

Wiener, 1963) as:

H = - Σ (ni/n) x ln (ni/n)

Where, ni is individual density of a species and n is total density of all the species

The Evenness Index (E) is calculated by using Shannon's Evenness formula (Magurran,

2004).

Evenness Index (E) = H / ln(S)

Where, H is Shannon Wiener Diversity index; S is number of species

3.2.5.7 Faunal Elements

Thick and dense forests provide suitable habitat for a variety of animals and birds. The

fauna of the study area has been compiled with the help of secondary sources

supplemented with information provided by local people during field surveys in the study

area. For the preparation of checklist of animals, Forest Working Scheme of Sagalee Forest

Division, as well as State Biodiversity Management Action Plan prepared by SFRI, Itanagar

were consulted. In addition data was compiled from published literature like Chetri &

Chetri (2007), De et al. (2006), Sanyal & Gayen (2006), Sarkar & Ray (2006), Ali & Ripley

(1983), Grewal et al. (2002), Grimmett et al. (1998), Fleming et al. (1984), Sumit Sen (2007).

Sampling Methodology & Constraints

Since observations of fauna and wildlife take long time, primary surveys were limited to

field visits and direct and indirect sightings of animals. The presence of wildlife was also

confirmed from the local inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency

of their visits in the catchment area at locations given in Table 3.8.

Table 3.8: Transects and trails for faunal elements

Transect Location

Tr1 Upstream of reservoir Site: between Sagalee and Chumbang village Tr2 Right Bank of proposed reservoir area: opposite to Sagalee town

Tr3 Left bank of Pare river: downstream of Barrage site between Raddar and Joteh village

Tr4 Right Bank of Pare river: downstream of Barrage site Along Langbah Nala Tr5 Left Bank of Pare river: along Nimte Nala near proposed Power House

Tr6 Left Bank of Pare river: along Pombung Nala downstream of proposed project area



The study area was divided into different strata based on vegetation and topography.

Sampling for habitat and animals was done in different strata. Transect walks along the

village and forest trail in the study area (as shown in Figure 3.3) were performed to

observe wildlife status in each forest areas that belong to the impact or activity area of

proposed hydropower project.

Due to the hilly topography of the area surveyed, it was not possible to follow the

traditional line transect methodology (Buckland et al 1993; Buckland et al 2001). Therefore,

we controlled time and distance walking for a fixed two hour (6:00 am to 8:00 am and 3:00

pm to 5:00 pm) time at a constant pace. The trails along drainages, gullies on hill slope and

village trails were used for sampling, as no animal trails were present.

The trails invariably started from the base of a hill and ended at the peak. Thus, the survey

was done along an altitudinal gradient. Separate walks were done along both the banks of

Pare River and their tributaries to collect information on riverine tract. Taking aid from

Prater (1980), direct sighting and indirect evidences such as scats, pugmarks, claw marks,

pellets, hoof marks, scrapping and vocalizations and trophies of mammals were recorded

along the survey routes.

Scanning the hills

The scanning was carried out in the morning and evening (two hours each) from suitable vantage

points to ascertain the mammalian presence. The scanning was done with the help of a standard

Nikon 8x × 40x binocular. The adjoining hills and prospective areas were intensively scanned.

Interviewing local people

Since all the areas surveyed were scattered with human habitations, interviews of local

villagers were conducted for the presence and relative abundance of various animal

species within each locality. Information from local people and forest personnel was

gathered regarding the presence of mammalian species, hunting and poaching pressures

and attitude of local people towards wildlife.

The birds were also sighted on the same transect and trails marked for mammals. Birds

were surveyed using a time constraint approach (Javed & Kaul 2002). While walking slowly

and quietly, all bird species with time were recorded continuously for 2hr. The exercise was

carried out in the morning and in the evening. All observations of birds were made within

50 m distance from observer. A prismatic field binocular (10 × 50) was used for bird

watching during transect survey and nearby the human habitation of study area. Bird

species were identified with the help of field guide of Ali (2002), Krys Kazmierczak (2006)

and Grimmett, Inskipp and Inskipp (2007).

To assess the butterfly diversity transects were laid based on time constraints efforts along

the Pare river and tributaries. Transect were also run along the road, village trails and

forest trails and near to water bodies on the hillside.

The herpetofauna were sampled on the same transect marked for mammals and birds. The

sampling also carried along river banks and the sampling was repeated during late morning

and evening.



3.2.5.8 Water Quality

The data on water quality has been collected to:

Assess the quantitative and qualitative nature of effluent discharges to the river and its

tributaries.

Evaluate river water quality on upstream and downstream of the project site and also

in the intermediate stretch between proposed barrage and powerhouse sites.

Selection of Sampling Sites

The sampling was carried out at 6 different locations (4 on Pare river and two on tributary)

during three seasons as described below in the table to study various physico-chemical and

biological characteristics of Pare River (Table 3.9 & Figure 3.3). Water samples were

collected during each sampling season for physico-chemical as well as biological

parameters. The sampling sites in the Pare River were located near the area where major

project components are proposed like barrage site, powerhouse, muck dumping sites,

working area, near the confluence of major tributaries of Pare River and near settlements.

Sampling Parameters

Analysis of physico-chemical parameters included temperature, turbidity, total suspended

solids, TDS, pH, dissolved oxygen, total alkalinity, total hardness, electrical conductivity, Do,

BOD, COD, chloride, nitrate, phosphate, silicates, total coliforms, oil and grease & phenolic

compounds, Residual sodium carbonate and heavy metals in the water samples collected

during the field visit of the proposed project site. The samples were taken in the replicates

at each site of the river and the average value was calculated for the result. The sites at

which sampling was done are as listed in Table 3.9 and also shown in Figure 3.3.

Table 3.9: Water sampling locations

Sites Location

W1 Pare river: Sagalee town W2 Pare river: Near proposed barrage site W3 Langbah nala: Right bank tributary of Pare river W4 Nimte nala: Left bank tributary of Pare river W5 Pare river: Near proposed Power house site W6 Pare river: Near Pombung nala and Pare river confluence

Some of the physico-chemical parameters of water necessary for the ecological studies

were measured in the field with the help of different instruments. The water temperature

was measured with the help of graduated mercury thermometer. The hydrogen ion

concentration (pH), electrical conductivity and total dissolved solids were recorded with

the help of a pH, EC and TDS probes of Hanna instruments (Model HI 98130) in the field.

Dissolved oxygen (DO) was measured with the help of Digital Dissolved Oxygen meter

(Eutech ECDO 602K). The water samples were collected in polypropylene bottles from the

different sampling sites and brought to the laboratory for further analysis after adding

formalin as preservative. The turbidity was measured with the help of Digital Turbidity

meter and other parameters such as total alkalinity, total hardness, chloride, nitrate,

phosphate and silicates were analyzed at the Hitech Labs Limited, Okhla, New Delhi. These

parameters were analysed as per the standard procedures given by Adoni (1980) and APHA

(1992).



3.2.5.9 Aquatic Ecology

Sampling of Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Phytobenthos (Periphyton)

For the quantification of phytoplankton and zooplankton 50 liters of water for each

community was filtered at each site by using plankton net made up of fine silk cloth (mesh

size 25 m). The study was repeated three times at each site and samples were pooled.

The filtrate collected for phytoplankton was preserved in 1% Lugol’s Iodine solution.

For phytobenthos sampling was performed across the width of the river at the depth of 15

- 30 cm. The samples were taken from the accessible banks only. The pebbles (64 - 128 mm

size) usually 4 - 5 in number, were picked from the riffle and pools, in apparently different

flows such as stones above and below gushing waters, swift flow and slow flow conditions

so as to obtain a representative sample. Benthic diatom samples were collected by

scratching the pebbles with a brush of hard bristles in order to dislodge benthos from

crevices and minute cavities on the boulder surface from an area of 3 x 3 cm2, using a sharp

edged razor. The scrapings from each cobble were collected in 25µ mesh and transferred

to storage vessels. The sa ples were preserved in % Lugol’s iodine solution.

For preparing permanent mounts from the treated samples, the slide was first smeared

with Mayer’s albu en. The sa ple was then agitated to render it ho ogeneous. Quickly a drop of known volume (0.04 ml) of processed material was placed on the slide and heated

gently till it dried. It was dehydrated using 95% and 100% alcohol, consecutively. The

dehydrated material was transferred to Xylol twice before finally mounting in Euparol.

Identification of Phytoplankton & Zooplankton

The permanent mounts were then subjected to analysis under a phase contrast binocular

microscope using an oil immersion lens of x 100 magnification. For identifying the various

diatom species, varieties and forms, the morphological characteristics used included

length, width (µm), number of striae, raphe, axial area, central area, terminal and central

nodules. Identifications were made according to standard literature (Schmidt 1914 - 1954,

Hustedt 1985, Krammer & Lange - Bertalot 1986, 1991, 1999, 2000 a & b, Lange - Bertalot,

H. Krammer, K. 2002, Metzeltin & Lange - Bertalot 2002, Krammer 2000, 2003, Lange

Bertalot et al., 2003, Werum & Lange - Bertalot 2004., Metzeltin et al., 2005). Sarode &

Kamat (1984), Prasad (1992) and Gandhi (1998) were also consulted for the Oriental

species. The slide preparation and identification of benthos was done at CISMHE,

University of Delhi, Delhi and the permanent mounts have been adequately stored there.

The identification of zooplankton was made with the help of Ward and Whipple (1959) and

Battish (1997).

For sa ples were preserved in % Lugol’s iodine solution acid treatment was done

according to Reimer (1962) method adopted earlier by Nautiyal & Nautiyal 1999, 2002 to

process the samples for light microscopy. The treated samples were washed repeatedly to

remove traces of acid. Samples were treated with hydrogen peroxide with high organic

content to clean the diatom frustules. The permanent mounts were prepared in Naphrax

for further analysis. They were examined using a BX-40 Trinocular Olympus microscope

(x10 and x15 wide field eyepiece) fitted with Universal condenser and PLANAPO x 100 oil

immersion objective under bright field using appropriate filters to identify the species.



Sampling & Identification of Macro-invertebrates

The Macro-invertebrate samples were collected from quadrats of 1 sq ft area by lifting of

stones and sieving of substratum from the wide able portion of the river. The material was

sieved through 125 µm sieve and preserved in 70% ethyl alcohol. Samples were collected in

three replicates and pooled for further analysis. The organisms obtained were then

counted after identifying them up to family level. Standard keys were used for the

identification of macro invertebrate samples (Pennek 1953 and Edmondson 1959).

Crude density (Indiv./m2) = total numbers of individuals

in each quadrat/ total quadrats × 11

Sampling for Fishes

The data on the occurrence of fish species was collected through literature review as well.

In addition experimental fishing was done with the help of local fishermen at various sites

in the study area and river stretches both upstream and downstream of the project site to

ascertain the distribution pattern of fish species.

3.2.5.10 Socio-economic Surveys

To assess the baseline socio-economic status of the study area Census, 2011 was used

while for the status of affected villages’ primary as well as secondary data was collected.

For this data was collected at two levels i.e. at village level and at household level.

The data for affected villages which are going to be directly affected by acquisition of land

for project construction was collected was through questionnaire based surveys as well as

from Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh.

For the collection of data on Project Affected Families (PAFs) door-to-door Socio-economic

survey was conducted. For this questionnaire was designed which included questions on

demographic, ethnographic, economic, literacy, development, agricultural, cultural and

aesthetic site, infrastructure facilities: education, health and hygiene, communication

network, etc.

Source/s of Data

The details of source of different Environmental parameters are given at Table 3.10.



Table 3.10: Source of data for various Environmental Parameters

Aspect Mode of Data

collection Parameters covered/ monitored Frequency Sources

Meteorology Secondary Temperature, Humidity, Rainfall - Detailed Project Report (DPR) Hydrology/ Water Resources

Secondary Flow, Design, hydrograph, and design flood hydrograph

- Detailed Project Report (DPR)

Geology and seismo-tectonics

Primary and Secondary

Regional Geology, Tectonics and Earthquakes - Detailed Project Report (DPR)

Land use Primary and secondary

Land use pattern - Remote Sensing and GIS Studies

Ambient Air Quality Primary PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx Seasonal On-site monitoring and analysis Water Quality Primary Physico-chemical and biological parameters Seasonal On-site monitoring and analysis Ambient Noise Levels Primary Leq (Day only), and Mean noise level in dB (A) Seasonal On-site monitoring and analysis Soil Primary and

Secondary Soil Map of study area Physico-chemical parameters

Seasonal National Bureau of Soil Survey and Landuse Planning (NBSS&LUP), Nagpur On-site monitoring and analysis

Terrestrial Ecology Primary and secondary

Floral and faunal diversity, density and species composition

Seasonal On-site data collection, Forest Department, State Forest Research Institute, Itanagar, Zoological Survey of India, Itanagar and Literature review.

Aquatic Ecology and Fisheries

Primary and secondary

Diversity, density and species composition of planktons and fishes

Seasonal On-site data collection, Fishery Department, Itanagar, and Literature review

Socio-economic aspect Primary and secondary

Demographic profile, Ethnographic profile, Economic structure, Literacy profile, Development profile, Agricultural practices, Cultural and aesthetic sites, Infrastructure facilities: education, health and hygiene, communication network, etc., Impact on socio-cultural and ethnographic aspects due to barrage building activity

- Field Survey, Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh, Itanagar, Census of India 2011, and Literature review



3.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

Prediction is essentially a process to forecast the environmental conditions of the project

area that might be expected to occur because of implementation of the project. Impacts of

project activities have been predicted using overlay technique (super-imposition of activity

on environmental parameter). For intangible impacts qualitative assessment has been

done. The environmental impacts predicted are as follows:

Loss of cultivable land and forests

Impacts on land use pattern

Impact on socio-economic aspects

Displacement of population, if any, due to acquisition of private and community

properties

Impacts on hydrologic regime

Impacts on water quality

Increase in incidence of water-related diseases including vector-borne diseases

Effect on riverine fisheries, including migratory fish species

Increase in air pollution and noise level during project construction phase

Impact due to sewage generation from construction works camps

Impact due to acquisition of forest land

Impacts on terrestrial and aquatic ecology due to increased human interferences

during project construction and operation phases

Impact due to blasting

3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Based on the environmental baseline conditions and project inputs, the adverse impacts

were identified and a set of measures have been suggested as a part of Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) for their mitigation.

The management measures have been suggested for the following aspects:

o Biodiversity Conservation & Management Plan

o Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plan

o Fisheries Development Management Plan

o Solid Waste Management Plan

o Public Health Delivery System

o Energy Conservation Measures

o Muck Dumping Plan

o Landscaping, Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan

o Air and Water Management Plan

o Compensatory Afforestation Programme

o Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan

o Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan

o Environmental Monitoring Plan

o Dam Break Modelling



The expenditure required for implementation of R&R Plan, CAT Plan and other components

of EMP have been estimated and proposed as part of the study report.

3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

It is necessary to continue monitoring of certain parameters to verify the adequacy of

various measures outlined in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and to assess the

implementation of mitigation measures. A comprehensive environmental monitoring

programme including monitoring frequency for critical parameters has been suggested for

implementation during project construction and operation phases. The staff, necessary

equipments and agencies to be involved for implementation of the Environmental

Monitoring Programme and costs have also been indicated.

KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd EIA Report of Par HEP

RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd 4.1

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Hydrological inputs play a vital role in planning, execution and operation of any water

resources development project. The hydrological investigations and analysis have been

carried out for the Project with a view to:

Assess the availability of water for power generation by establishing a series of average

10-daily discharges at the project site;

Establish design flood and diversion flood required for hydraulic design of barrage and

temporary diversion structure as well as for safety of the structure.

4.2 ADOPTED CONVENTIONS

The following conventions have been adopted for the hydrological calculations carried out

in this study:

The hydrological year runs from June to May of the following calendar year;

The monsoon season is defined from June to September;

The non-monsoon season is defined from October to May of the following calendar

year.

4.3 THE CATCHMENT

The catchment area at the proposed diversion site of the project is 420km2. A plan of the

catchment area map is shown in Figure 4.1. The length of the Pare river up to the proposed

diversion structure is estimated as around 45.98km. All the catchment area of the project

lies below the elevation of 3000m and hence it is expected that there is no snowbound

area in the region.

4.4 PROJECT PROPOSAL

The project envisages utilization of Pare river water by having a barrage of about 26.5m

height (from crest level) to divert the river water. It is a run of the river scheme. The details

of project are given below:

Nearest village/town Sagalee Town

District Papum Pare

Latitude 7° ’ 33” N

Longitude 93° 3 ’ 3” E

River basin Pare

River/Tributary Pare

Catchment area (km2) 420

Full Reservoir Level FRL, m) 848

Gross storage at FRL 1.17 MCM

Chapter HYDROLOGY 4



Figure 4.1: Drainage Map of Par HEP Catchment Area



4.5 DISCHARGE DATA

The measurement of the discharge data near the barrage location of the project is in

progress from November 2011 onwards. However, a firm conclusion on the water

availability study of the project based on this li ited data can’t be derived. Long term flow

data is available at Par diversion site on for the periods June 1978 to May 2005, April 2005-

September 2008 and Nov 2011 to October 2013 (Table 4.1). The daily flow records are

available which are very useful for the water availability planning of the Project. The

transposed series at Pare site is presented in Table 4.2.

Table 4.1: Available Discharge Data

Station Period of Availability Name of the

River Basin

Catchment

Area (km2)

Remarks

Pare Dam Site 1978-79 to 2004-05 Pare 824 CWC Approved

10-Daily Average

Hoz G&D Site Apr 2005-Sep 2008 Pare 803.35 Daily

Par Project Site Nov 2011- Oct 2013 Pare 420 Daily



Table 4.2: 10-Daily Average Flow Series (m3/s) at Par Project Site

Months 1978-79 1979-80 1980-81 1981-82 1982-83 1983-84 1984-85 1985-86 1986-87 1987-88 1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93 1993-94

Jun

I 28.06 7.17 21.22 11 18.52 19.51 12.8 40.32 27.33 56.79 73.03 30.06 45.94 38.84 16.61 48.64

II 43.36 26.13 43.17 11.77 49.43 34.31 33.6 34.24 40.48 48.37 72.4 63.94 26.26 45.26 17.09 53.73

III 89.3 26.95 32.22 19.18 69.51 28.33 27.66 27.22 67.95 59.03 78.46 22.41 60.6 50.02 50.19 70.64

Jul

I 52.47 103.3 28.39 27.2 20.59 44.61 36.41 127.41 19.45 86.08 100.48 28.25 35.54 52.57 30.12 46.42

II 41.69 38.36 48.29 46.08 18.94 18.55 27.76 38.94 35.61 63.38 85.99 47.47 45.27 45.31 54.91 31.7

III 36.81 39.87 19.77 23.7 31.25 25.9 43.39 60.14 46.86 83.12 114.67 67.3 45.64 31.78 57 28.75

Aug

I 33.94 22.56 26.13 22.26 15.32 14.95 18.8 28.89 61.7 63.16 18.22 28.47 29.17 39.85 44.5 30.13

II 36.71 22.17 31.54 27.73 12.73 14.25 19.39 19.35 37.72 86.12 23.02 30.01 28.92 43.39 30.7 35.88

III 26.06 37.32 20.23 24.79 14.35 24.04 33.03 33.53 54.22 96.12 60.22 46.59 35.95 37.83 38.18 33.98

Sep

I 28.57 52.66 13.94 18.52 11.66 24.75 39.75 33.48 36.75 85.35 29.14 27.26 26.73 43.08 21.28 37.93

II 45.81 38.58 13.48 19.79 37.87 62.24 123.49 19.33 69 77.9 23.41 47.84 38.22 35.49 22.42 32.13

III 36.35 18.74 18.8 15.37 28.04 30.29 28.6 25.89 41.58 112.71 25.74 39.52 53.75 34.74 21.73 35.78

Oct

I 28.43 39.52 10.61 15.35 12.43 15.58 18.33 17.78 38.71 80.14 23.35 34.84 50.01 23.43 16.81 33.45

II 21.61 21.56 8.89 10.88 10.54 35.97 20.92 36.58 37.7 41.14 15.15 37.37 40.15 32.68 30.54 28.98

III 15.15 13.89 11 10.88 12.31 17.48 18.01 32.85 42.87 18.33 28.17 25.36 24.96 20.59 17.15 29.77

Nov

I 17.36 11.29 16.17 9.9 9.57 12.34 11.82 26.8 27.14 13.96 12.19 23.75 18 15.93 11.7 16.41

II 14.57 11.48 14.74 9.18 9.3 11.25 10.95 23.63 22.47 11.96 10.79 21.23 15.3 13.59 10.88 13.1

III 17.9 12.97 10.01 8.77 8.79 10.08 9.98 21.51 19.03 11.07 11.37 15.06 12.76 11.88 9.92 12.66

Dec

I 10.01 13.26 9.69 8.55 8.67 9.55 9.63 20.26 17.89 10.14 10.3 10.96 9.46 10.93 10.16 12.52

II 8.31 10.68 9.44 11.41 8.94 9.08 10 19.76 17.76 10.29 9.67 9.56 10.27 9.77 7.97 12.78

III 8.45 11.46 10.12 9.39 9.57 10.62 10.05 21.35 18.3 10.45 10.31 12.44 10.56 11.93 7.88 12.6

Jan

I 7.09 10.15 9.64 8.5 8.21 8.81 9.19 18.97 15.9 9.28 8.94 9.5 9.46 8.84 10.17 12

II 6.68 9.98 8.91 8.55 8.01 9.15 8.94 18.32 15.35 9.21 9.27 9.3 8.23 8.72 10.97 12.38

III 7.53 11.56 9.96 9.18 9.18 10.08 9.55 19.56 16.03 9.94 10.02 11.9 8.33 8.85 8.95 11.84

Feb

I 7.48 10.03 8.89 8.43 7.87 8.63 8.86 18.64 18.91 9.33 8.97 13.98 7.42 8.61 7.64 11.73

II 6.51 10.18 8.77 9.81 7.7 8.49 8.93 18.06 18.74 9.39 10.95 13.22 10.49 9.33 18.34 11.81

III 5.15 9.37 7.36 6.73 6.44 7.5 9.26 14.2 18.11 9.05 9.26 14.6 7.88 8.1 7.38 11.84

Mar

I 6.27 13.28 8.69 8.98 7.7 9.41 13.14 17.37 21.69 10.77 10.23 15.2 8.11 35.34 7.52 13.7

II 6.22 10.9 10.64 8.72 8.84 13.9 7.87 21.33 32.84 15.39 12.36 15.31 10.49 14.24 11.64 15.79

III 6.85 10.81 11.24 10.42 9.66 11.63 11.31 18.38 32.96 12.62 14.62 19.76 9.59 21.66 12.29 24.96

Apr

I 7.79 10.81 12.41 13.84 8.91 16.28 12.06 17.52 44.9 12.63 17.7 17.58 23.37 13.93 8.34 25.86

II 7.28 11.31 12.14 14.35 9.88 13.19 14.72 31.83 35.97 16.92 11.64 26.58 10.29 23.94 15.67 12.34

III 8.64 27.68 10.15 14.91 15.35 11.01 13.26 35.56 48.03 14.67 10.63 35.54 11.07 13.98 11.15 23.82

May

I 15.64 19.47 11.1 15.2 34.86 12.2 21.34 42.05 40.48 19.74 13.64 21.95 44.96 17.24 34.96 14.27

II 18.67 20.39 12.55 12.02 25.15 41.28 13.87 36.56 38.26 56.61 8.33 26.66 32.19 26.88 24.4 15.03

III 8.43 15.76 16 8.6 17.38 33.65 37.75 32.19 44.97 110.4 15.42 22.72 22.36 19.23 16.98 17.64

Annual (MCM) 671.4 685.8 505.1 456.5 529.2 605.4 672.9 940.7 1076.2 1282.0 891.3 830.5 779.2 778.8 646.7 783.3

Runoff Depth

(mm) 1598 1633 1203 1087 1260 1442 1602 2240 2562 3052 2122 1977 1855 1854 1540 1865

ta le ontinue…..



Months 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-00 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

Jun

I 80.19 24.58 33.68 45.85 36.24 31.63 32.62 38.07 48.51 48.51 23.3 17.12 30.47 54.12

II 32.53 42.69 22.39 55.32 53.66 25.94 50.22 33.34 62.68 62.68 27.17 11.29 71.74 64.63

III 40.81 50.78 53.89 45.75 55.53 21.81 55.39 36.83 40.23 32.29 88.48 16.99 37.2 51.17

Jul

I 55.74 94.09 53.67 40.74 51.39 44 39.75 20.95 75.5 43.89 60.15 13.37 27.37 28.27

II 27.51 81.63 58.85 45.97 52.32 45.3 45.12 33.24 60.02 32.16 65 54.56 30.62 36.9

III 28.21 43.85 37.9 37.55 48.04 41.8 30.05 42.28 123.81 36.5 43.61 19.24 32.87 87.66

Aug

I 28.97 35.32 33.1 38.45 46.4 30.76 51.44 38.34 58.42 35.4 35.56 133.23 16.03 35.1

II 37.45 55.96 52.16 43.69 54.72 41.81 40.41 29.86 54.85 34.4 23.69 23.1 12.04 32.63

III 35.62 36.08 37.64 34.29 46.47 47.67 33.04 56.39 42.47 30.37 22.38 84.31 17.41 37.08

Sep

I 26.93 44 36.72 33.93 45.53 49.01 38.49 47.64 29.8 39.78 35.75 22.9 11.14 32.27

II 32.54 31.07 30.7 41.86 36.41 37.85 42.45 44.97 27.21 27.6 23.16 18.85 22.9 36.56

III 29.21 48.1 44.38 41.55 37.63 28.71 37.17 37.32 34.93 24.9 20.45 78.67 12.07 33.9

Oct

I 23.04 32.52 40.29 32.08 33.62 41.94 24.29 48.81 31.84 24.58 53.72 25.22 9.03 22.83

II 32.43 28.89 28.18 24.14 31.18 43.35 14.58 36.33 23.85 26.23 28.09 18.87 7.54 30.46

III 17.97 26.47 32.76 21.87 36.31 49.4 12.19 26 21.86 17.52 16.9 18.43 6.54 14.28

Nov

I 22.12 24.11 29.03 20.56 29.69 33.29 10.79 23.81 18.02 13.72 11.77 14.32 5.92 11.63

II 17.03 26.43 25.14 19.85 26.79 31.35 11.73 20.55 19.17 9.98 10.6 12.56 6.88 10.83

III 15.76 16.12 25.16 19.15 25.44 25.5 10.88 18.45 13.93 8.97 8.21 11.62 10.62 9.48

Dec

I 16.9 14.97 20.04 18.17 22.83 22.27 5.72 18.23 11.37 8.25 6.61 8.75 7.09 8.84

II 15.15 15.53 18.45 14.58 20.15 17.79 5.6 18.07 9.88 5.92 5.78 7.97 6.99 7.1

III 13.68 14.43 16.54 16.31 18.03 13.64 6.14 12.25 10.38 4.39 5.56 6.81 6.7 6.36

Jan

I 13.75 12.15 15.94 15.62 16.11 12.28 5.72 10.87 9.59 3.96 6.25 6.23 6.43 6.43

II 13.64 12.61 13.97 16.15 14.61 11.91 5.6 10.21 7.72 4.42 5.04 6.01 6.1 8.05

III 13.76 12.4 13.18 15.98 13.02 12.15 6.14 11.32 7.24 5.9 4.92 5.91 6.2 7.15

Feb

I 13.02 11.43 13.95 15.68 12 12.56 5.37 7.99 8.64 4.61 5.47 5.42 8.09 7.6

II 17.16 11.38 14.8 15.79 10.9 12.41 5.12 7.68 7.62 4.74 9.15 5.45 9.4 7.86

III 14.29 11.95 13.62 17.78 10.44 13.05 6.5 7.57 8.21 6.35 9.32 10.69 7.93 7.82

Mar

I 15.03 11.6 12.51 17.19 10.14 16.03 5.98 8.2 7.7 8.02 11.23 5.88 7.78 11.21

II 12.96 22.76 29.44 16.52 8.8 15.65 5.64 14.79 16 5.36 12.79 5.5 10.03 12.77

III 12.8 13.74 21.53 25.78 8.4 14.06 11.77 17.98 11.8 18.66 13.88 5.33 7.96 13.73

Apr

I 13.93 12.19 27.09 26.18 9.52 18.63 11.81 60.32 21.02 11.01 9.03 5.88 15.56 10.15

II 16.82 16.1 21.01 32.92 8.23 16.65 7.22 58.37 27.09 27.03 7.54 8.07 9.88 10.14

III 15.38 17.74 16.11 21.03 25.12 29.34 25.96 42.02 21.9 15.87 9.88 7.09 9.46 10.75

May

I 21.97 43.1 22.2 19.88 30.34 32.14 18.41 23.75 14.25 11.38 10.12 10.62 7.76 22.17

II 22.27 47 23.77 18.35 24.52 12.14 15.09 26.05 10.74 39.01 14.9 14.48 11.3 23.8

III 39.08 32.27 37.24 27.42 35.75 40.14 28.62 29.96 25.42 33.92 13.62 17.16 44.16 30.27

Annual (MCM) 776.6 943.1 902.0 871.2 920.0 875.5 669.2 895.9 904.0 675.4 664.7 649.3 490.6 743.1

Runoff Depth

(mm) 1849 2246 2148 2074 2190 2084 1593 2133 2152 1608 1583 1546 1168 1769



4.6 WATER AVAILABILITY

The annual yield found in dependable year is given in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3: Annual Yields in Dependable Year

Year Dependable Year Annual Runoff at Project Site (MCM)

1994-95 50% 777

2005-06 75% 649

2005-06 90% 505

Table 4.4: Computation of Dependability’s of Annual Inflow

S.No. Period Runoff

(MCM) Period

Runoff (MCM) in

descending order m/(n+1)

1 1978-79 671 1987-88 1282 0.03

2 1979-80 686 1986-87 1076 0.06

3 1980-81 505 1995-96 943 0.10

4 1981-82 456 1985-86 941 0.13

5 1982-83 529 1998-99 920 0.16

6 1983-84 605 2002-03 904 0.19

7 1984-85 673 1996-97 902 0.23

8 1985-86 941 2001-02 896 0.26

9 1986-87 1076 1988-89 891 0.29

10 1987-88 1282 1999-00 875 0.32

11 1988-89 891 1997-98 871 0.35

12 1989-90 830 1989-90 830 0.39

13 1990-91 779 1993-94 783 0.42

14 1991-92 779 1990-91 779 0.45

15 1992-93 647 1991-92 779 0.48

16 1993-94 783 1994-95 777 0.52 50% dependable

17 1994-95 777 2007-08 743 0.55

18 1995-96 943 1979-80 686 0.58

19 1996-97 902 2003-04 675 0.61

20 1997-98 871 1984-85 673 0.65

21 1998-99 920 1978-79 671 0.68

22 1999-00 875 2000-01 669 0.71

23 2000-01 669 2004-05 665 0.74

24 2001-02 896 2005-06 649 0.77 75% dependable

25 2002-03 904 1992-93 647 0.81

26 2003-04 675 1983-84 605 0.84

27 2004-05 665 1982-83 529 0.87

28 2005-06 649 1980-81 505 0.90 90% dependable

29 2006-07 491 2006-07 491 0.94

30 2007-08 743 1981-82 456 0.97

4.7 DESIGN FLOOD FOR SPILLWAY

The tabulation of 50-year return period, 100-year return period and Standard Project Flood

hydrograph has been given in the following Table 4.5.



Table 4.5: 50 and 100-Year Return Period flood and SPF Hydrograph Values

Hours

50-Year RP Flood

Values (m

3/s)

100-Year RP Flood Values (m

3/s)

SP Flood Values (m

3/s)

Hours

50-Year RP Flood

Values (m

3/s)

100-Year RP Flood Values (m

3/s)

SP Flood Values (m

3/s)

0 21 21 21 26 1765 2051 2279 1 21 22 22 27 1408 1638 1822 2 21 23 26 28 1043 1213 1350 3 21 26 32 29 747 869 965 4 22 33 44 30 527 612 679 5 26 43 61 31 360 417 463 6 35 59 82 32 235 272 301 7 59 92 120 33 154 176 195 8 110 154 191 34 101 115 126 9 194 253 302 35 67 75 81

10 308 385 448 36 44 48 51 11 417 511 587 37 29 31 32 12 490 595 679 38 25 25 26 13 445 544 624 39 22 22 23 14 386 477 550 40 21 21 21 15 376 463 535 41 21 21 21 16 448 546 626 17 533 645 735 18 623 747 848 19 754 898 1013 20 969 1144 1284 21 1294 1515 1692 22 1716 1998 2223 23 2118 2457 2728 24 2382 2759 3060 25 2142 2484 2756

4.8 DESIGN FLOOD FOR RIVER DIVERSION WORKS

As per IS 14815:2000, the diversion capacity for concrete dam and barrage must be the

higher of the following criteria:

Maximum non-monsoon flow observed at the barrage site;

25 years non-monsoon flow, calculated on the basis of non-monsoon yearly peaks.

The non-monsoon season for this project has been taken as October to May which can be

used for construction activities at project site. At present there is only one complete water

year (2012-13) data at the Par project site is available. However, non-monsoon flood peaks

are available at Hoz-barrage site (CA = 803.35km2) which is downstream of the proposed

site at Par. Hence, it has been proposed to transpose the flood peaks of Hoz G&D site to

the proposed project site by Dicken’s for ula and enhanced it by enhanced by % for instantaneous peak factor. The peaks thus obtained have been subjected to frequency

analysis to derive the different return period floods at the Project site. The formula thus

used for deriving the final flood peaks at Par project site is as follows:

QPar = 1.15*(APar / AHOZ G&D)0.75 * Q HOZ G&D

where,

QPar = Final peak flow at Par

Q HOZ G&D = Observed flood peak at Hoz G & D



APar = Catchment area of Par (=420 km2)

AHOZ G&D = Catchment area at Hoz G&D Site

The details of non-monsoon peak flows thus arrived at project site have been given in

Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: 25 Year Non-Monsoon Return Period Flood

S. No. Distribution Estimated

Maximum Instantaneous

Peak (Transposed to Project

Site)

1 Log Pearson Type-III 375

424.24 2 Log-Normal 355

3 EV1 (Gumbel) 419

From the above table and as per BIS criteria, the flood value of 424.24 m3/s say 424 m3/s is

adopted for planning of diversion works during construction.

4.9 SEDIMENTATION STUDY

The sedi entation studies for run-of–the-river” sche e is generally not warranted as no large storage is planned behind the structure i.e., the ratio of storage vs. mean annual

inflow at the site is negligible. The gross storage at FRL is about 1.17 MCM (refer section

Reservoir Elevation-Area-Capacity) and the mean annual inflow is 770.5 MCM. Thus the

ratio is only 0.0015.

Further, the barrage crest level is kept at riverbed and accumulated sediment in front of

intake will be flushed out by gate opening. The intake crest is kept sufficiently above the

riverbed to withdraw relatively clear water from reservoir. To remove the particles of

0.2mm and above, desilting basins are provided. Suspended particles entered through

intake will be settled down in surface desilting basin. Hence, sedimentation study is not

required for Par hydroelectric project.

4.10 RESERVOIR AREA ELEVATION CAPACITY CURVE

The reservoir elevation-area-capacity curves have been prepared from the contour map of

the reservoirs. The area enclosed within the contours has been evaluated using AutoCAD.

The volume between any two elevations is calculated using the cone formula:

2121*3

AAAAHV

Where,

V =Volume between two contours

H =Contour interval

A1 =Area at level of first contour

A2 =Area at level of second contour



Table 4.7: Area-Capacity Values

Elevation (m)

Area (Sqm)

Area (Hect.)

Volume (m

3)

Cumulative Volume (m

3)

Cumulative Volume (MCM)

824 0.00 0.00 0 0 0.00 826 6488.68 0.65 4326 4326 0.00 828 12611.98 1.26 18765 23090 0.02 830 17807.96 1.78 30271 53361 0.05 832 25280.54 2.53 42871 96232 0.10 834 34216.91 3.42 59272 155505 0.16 836 42620.05 4.26 76683 232188 0.23 838 53167.52 5.32 95593 327781 0.33 840 62676.41 6.27 115714 443495 0.44 842 71557.53 7.16 134136 577631 0.58 844 85589.04 8.56 156937 734568 0.73 845 94439.47 9.44 89978 824546 0.82 846 103289.91 10.33 98832 923378 0.92 848 144353.02 14.44 246500 1169878 1.17 850 196840.12 19.68 339839 1509717 1.51

Figure 4.2: Elevation-Area-Capacity Curve



5.1 INTRODUCTION

Par Hydro Electric Project has been conceived as a run-of-the river project, across Pare river, in

Papum Pare district of Arunachal Pradesh. The project envisages construction of a 26.5 m high

barrage across the Pare river near Sagalee town, about 77 km from Naharlagun and can be

approached by well connected by Sagalee road from Itanagar/ Naharlagun. The Power house

site is about 64 km from Naharlagun town near Nimte Village. A 8636m long Head Race Tunnel

(HRT) has been proposed to carry the diverted water to the surface power house located on

left bank of the Pare river terrace near Nimte village. The project aims at generating 52MW

(26X2MW) power in a 90% dependable year utilizing a net head of 202m.

The detailed aspects of geological and geotechnical investigation of different project

components viz. Barrage, Reservoir, Head Race Tunnel, Surge Shaft and Penstock slope and

Power house components are presented in a the Detailed Project Report. The overview of the

same has been presented in this chapter. Geological map of the region is shown in Figure 5.1.

5.2 REGIONAL GEOLOGICAL FRAMEWORK

5.2.1 Physiography

Physiographically, the proposed Par Hydroelectric Project is located in the Lesser Himalayan

sub-division of the Arunachal Himalaya. In the general area of the project, mountain

ranges are characterized by sharp crested ridges which are moderately dissected and fine

drainage textured. This geomorphic unit is frequently traversed by strong transverse

lineaments which often appear to offset the ridges.

The area, as a whole, exhibits sub-trellis to sub-dendrite type of drainage. The major river

draining the area is the Dikrong river, which flows along an almost east-west course with an

easterly flow. Many tributaries with innumerable streamlets meet the Dikrong river all along

its course. Figure 5.2 shows the physiographic division of Arunachal Pradesh.

Chapter

GEOLOGY 5



Figure 5.1: Regional Geological Map of Arunachal Pradesh after G.K. Kesari, GSI 2010



Figure 5.2: Map showing physiographic divisions of Arunachal Pradesh

5.2.2 Regional Geology

The Arunachal Himalaya mainly encompasses – Proterozoic crystallines, the Proterozoic folded

covers, Palaeozoic cover sequence and volcanics tectonically reworked during Himalayan fold

thrust movement. Northern part of this terrain is occupied by Trans-Himalayan tectogen with

late to post tectonic granitoid batholiths. This packet is followed in the south by ophiolite and

accretionary complex of the Tsangpo Suture Zone towards the west and development of an

incipient ophiolite observed towards east. Further south, the Main Himalayan belt starts with

poorly metamorphosed cover sequence of Tethyan belt, which is tectonically underlain by high

and low grade assemblages. In the western part of Arunachal Pradesh, the Tethyan belt

towards south is followed by rocks belonging to Se La group of Paleoproterozoic age in Higher

or Central Himalayan belt, the rocks belonging to Bomdila Group of Paleo-Proterozoic and

Dirang Formation of Meso-Proterozoic age in Lesser Himalaya. These are intruded by

ultramafic dykes and sills, biotite granite episodically. The Proterozoic succession further south

in Lesser Himalaya is followed by Paleozoic rocks belonging to Lower Gondwana Group, which

in turn are succeeded by Cenozoic rocks of Siwalik Group in Sub-Himalaya. According to Kumar

(1997) the rocks belonging to Proterozoic age occupy the major part of Arunachal Himalaya

and have been correlated with Super Sequence I (Sela Group), Super Sequence II (Bomdila

Group) and Super Sequence III (Dirang Formation of Lesser Himalaya and Lum La Formation of

Tethyan Himalaya).

Stratigraphic succession of Himalayan Belt in Arunachal Pradesh as worked out and provided

in the Geology and Mineral Resources of Arunachal Pradesh” by GSI on the basis of works by several geoscientists is given in Table 5.1 and Figure 5.1.



Table 5.1: Stratigraphic Succession in Arunachal Himalayan Belt

Group Formation Lithology Age

Quaternary Sediments

Hapoli Formation (Newer Alluvium)

Sand Clay and Peat Holocene to Recent

Older Alluvium

Unconsolidated sediments represented by boulders, cobbles, pebbles, sand and sandy clay beds

Middle to Upper Pleistocene

-----------------------------------------------Main Frontal Thrust--------------------------------------------

Siwalik Group

Kimin Formation (Upper Siwalik)

Boulder Conglomerate, pebbliferous sandstone

Mio-Pliocene

Subansiri Formation (Middle Siwalik)

Salt & pepper textured lithic arenite

Mio-Pliocene

Dafla Formation (Lower Siwalik)

Micaceous sandstone with calcareous concretions

Miocene

Tourmaline bearing Leucogranite Unfoliated, medium to coarse grained tourmaline bearing leucogranite

29±7 Ma

Yinkiong Group

Dalbuing Formation Limestone with shale intercalations

Early to Mid Eocene

Geku Formation Purple and pale green shale, sandstone, black shale, nodular grey shaleand quartzite (occasionally calcareous

Late Paleocene to Early Eocene

Gondwana Group

Yamne Formation Pale brown ferruginous shale

Upper Permian

Abor Volcanics Porphyritic aphyriic basalt, andsite, acidic tuffs, agglomerate aquagine tuffs, volcanic sediments

Bhareli/ Khelong Formation

Upper member: Feldspathic sandstone, black and carbonaceous shale with thin impersistant lenticular coal. Lower member: Arkosic red sandstone -siltstone and black carbonaceous shale with thin lenticular coal

Permo-Carboniferous Lichi Volcanics Light to dark green basic

volcanics

Bichom Formation Sesa member: Grey to black tuffaceous shale with impersistant bands of quartzite Bomte Member: Grey to black shale with calcareous and phosphatic chert nodules. Rilu Member: Diamictite with subordinate sandstone shale and grits



Group Formation Lithology Age

Miri Formation Purple to pinkish, white to grayish white feldspathic quartzite, purple micaceous shale, diamictite conglomerate

Lower Palaeozoic

Biotite Granite Biotite granite (deed Granite/ hawa Pass granite/ Tamen Granite)

500+19Ma & 480 Ma

Thingbu Formation Low grade carbonaceous mica schist and micaceous quartzite

Neo Proterozoic

--------------------------------------------------Unconformity-------------------------------------------------

Dirang/ Lumla Formation

Garnetiferous Mica schist, phyllite, sericite quartzite, calc silicate and trimolite - actinilite marble

Meso Proterozoic

------------------------------------------------------Unconformity--------------------------------------------------

Bomdila Group

Bomdila/ Ziro/ Daporijo/ Gneiss

Biotite Granite Gneiss 1536±23 to 1941±23 Ma

Chilliepam/ Dedza/ Menga/ Mukatang

Formation

Niumi Member: Carbonates (limestone and dolomite) with alteration of greenish grey, purple and dark grey carbonaceous phyllite

Palaeo- Proterozoic

Tenga/ Potin/ Dubio Kho/ Ragidodoke

Formation

Reyang Member: Basic meta-volcanics, and chlorite-biotite-garnet schist interbedded with flaggy quartzite and thin beds of Marble

Garubuthan Member: White to grayish white schist, quartzite, purple quartzite with purple silky shale, sericite quartzite and phyllite

Khetabari Formation Sericite-quartz phyllite, garnetiferous phyllite and schist, graphitic/ carbonaceous phyllite, quartzite, minor carbonates, chert and para- amphibolite

------------------------------------------------ Tectonic Contact----------------------------------------------

Sela Group

Galesiniak Formation High grade schist, gneiss and migmatites (intruded by younger tourmaline and pegmatite of Tertiary age)

Palaeo Prorerozoic

Taliha/ Taksing Formation

Graphite schist, calc silicate, marble, amphibolites and schistose quartzite



5.2.3 Geomorphology

The Himalayan mountain system is a conspicuous landmass characterized by its unique

crescent shape, high orography, varied lithology and complex structure. The geomorphic

regime is in a geodynamically active stage, though the rock masses have undergone a long

history of sedimentation, metamorphism and magmatism from Proterozoic to Quaternary age.

The present day landscape has been shaped during the Quaternary period by physical

activities like glacial, post-glacial and fluvial actions. In the broad geomorphic classification, the

Par Hydroelectric Project area lies in Lesser Himalayan physiographic unit (S1) characterized by

moderately dissected, fine drainage textured, sharp crested ridges and is defined as S1e

geomorphic unit of structural origin. The conspicuous geomorphic features observed in the

area are that the rivers flow mostly transverse to the NW-SE, E – W and NE – SW regional

trend. This unit is frequently traversed by strong transverse lineaments which often appear to

offset the ridges. The southern boundary of this geomorphic unit with Siwalik hills is very sharp

and often marked by local longitudinal lineaments of prominence, indicative of faults/thrusts.

The western boundary of this unit is gradational and the eastern boundary is marked by a

syntaxial bend along the river Dihang or Siang, and also by the NW – SE lineament

representing Lohit Thrust.

5.3 GEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA

The project is located on the southern margin of Lesser Himalaya and exposes rocks

belonging to Bomdila Group of Lesser Himalaya. Rocks belonging to Gondwana group as

well as those belonging to Siwalik Group in Sub-Himalaya are also exposed in the south.

Rocks belonging to Gondwana Group are separated from those belonging to Bomdila Group

by a thrust and rocks belonging to Gondwana Group in turn are separated from the rocks

belonging to Siwalik Group by Main Boundary Thrust (MBT).

The project is located in the vicinity of MBT which is a north dipping steep fault which trends

ENE-WSW. It crosses river Pare just downstream of the site proposed for powerhouse of

Turu project (which is located just downstream of Par HE project).

In the area of the project, river Pare flows along a broad meander course. The river valley is

quite wide and asymmetrical in shape with moderate valley slopes. Left bank slopes appear

to be fairly stable as no evidences of any tectonic activities such as landslide etc. were

observed in the area. Bedrock is extensively exposed on both banks along the river edge,

in nallah cuttings and along the road from Sagalee to Ballapu village near the powerhouse

site. Large patches of slope wash deposits covering the bedrock are observed at a number of

places along the road and the nallahs. It is also observed that exposures of bedrock are

present in lower reaches along river edge while overburden is extensively present in the

middle and upper reaches.

The area around the proposed project exposes granitic gneiss, quartzite gneiss, biotite gneiss

with occasional thin intercalations and quartzo-feldspathic veins belonging to Ziro Gneiss

of Bomdila Group. Rocks comprising foliated, moderately jointed granitic gneiss / biotite

gneiss have been observed in reservoir area upstream of the diversion structure, on right



bank of the diversion structure, in road cuttings and in nallah bed along the headrace

tunnel (HRT) and at the sites of different appurtenant in the powerhouse area. The bedrock

is slightly weathered on the surface, compact, hard and strong and is expected to be fresh in

the subsurface.

The bedrock around the project area is in general traversed by four sets of joints in addition

to randomly oriented joints. It is also observed that the joints parallel to the foliation are

most prominent. The bedrock is noted to be traversed by thin shears that vary in thickness

from a few millimeters to about 50cm. These are generally oriented along the foliation.

Folding on local scale has also been observed at places.

Layout for the project has been finalized taking into consideration the geology of the project

area and detailed geological assessment of sites of different appurtenant.

5.4 GEOTECHNICAL APPRAISAL OF PROJECT COMPONENT AREA

5.4.1 Diversion Site

The proposed diversion site is located about 2km downstream of Sagalee village, or about

200m upstream from confluence of Dardung nallah with Pare River.

At the diversion site, river Pare flows in south-east direction through a narrow

modified V-shaped valley along an almost straight course for a length of more than 300m.

The width of riverbed at the site is about 25-30m and the riverbed is covered with

riverine deposits comprising boulders (varying in size from 1 to 3m), cobbles and pebbles

of granitic gneiss, biotite gneiss mixed in sandy/silty matrix. Right abutment at the site is

steep and exposes bedrock comprising granitic gneiss that extends 30m from the riverbed

level. The area above that is covered by slope wash deposit. The left abutment slope is

moderate and occupied by two levels of terrace deposits up to about 40m above the

riverbed. The area above the terraces is covered by slope wash deposit. Outcrops of

granitic gneiss on the left bank have been observed along the river edge about 100m

upstream and also along the river edge in the downstream of Darbung nallah that joins

the Pare river about 170m downstream of barrage axis.

Bedrock exposed in the form of isolated outcrops in the area includes foliated and jointed

granitic gneiss, biotite gneiss with occasional thin intercalations of mica schist and quartzo-

felspathic veins. The bedrock is generally fresh to slightly weathered on the surface. No

major slope stability problem is apprehended during the excavation in the bedrock at site.

However, occasional occurrence of minor planar failures on the right abutment, where

foliation joints are closely spaced, cannot be ruled out.

The headworks area has been investigated by 13 drill holes. It is seen that bedrock is

available at shallow depth in the riverbed and around. Stripping in bedrock for founding the

structure would be around 1.0m.



The selected site is suitable for constructing the proposed 26.5m high diversion structure. It

is estimated that the RMR values for the foundation bedrock would vary between 50 and

80m, representing rock mass Class II and III, in general.

5.4.2 Reservoir Area

The Project reservoir would submerge about 16.53 hectare of land at FRL and extend for a

length of about 2000m along the river. Geological mapping carried out in the reservoir area

indicated that slopes on the both banks of the river Pare in the reservoir area appear to be

stable as no evidences of slopes instability or presence of active or dormant slides were

observed along the reservoir periphery.

The traverses in the reservoir area also indicate that no mineral deposits of economic

importance and historical structures of any significance are present within the area to be

submerged by the reservoir.

5.4.3 Intake

The power intake is proposed on the left abutment about 15m upstream of the barrage axis.

Since the intake site is covered by terrace deposits, the site was probed by one drill hole,

which indicated presence of bedrock at about 3.5m depth. The intake structure would thus

be founded on bedrock by removing the overburden. Drilling data reveals that the bedrock is

fair to good with moderate permeability. As the slope is gentle, the cuts above the structure

will require minimum stabilisation measure. Occasionally soil nailing and application of wire

mesh may have to be resorted as stabilisation measure in slopes.

5.4.4 Feeder Tunnels and Desilting Arrangement

Two feeder channels connect the intake to the two surface desilting basins. The area is

occupied by riverine deposits and the depth of overburden has been confirmed through

drilling of two drill holes, which encountered bedrock at 3.5m and 8m, respectively.

The channels would thus be designed as cut & cover sections founded on rock by removing

the overburden materials.

The terrace deposits at the site proposed for the desilting basins consist of boulders, cobbles

and pebbles of granitic gneiss, feldspathic and biotitic gneiss with sand and silty matrix.

The site has been explored by drilling of four drill holes which indicate availability of bedrock

at depth ranging between 8 and 15m. The desilting basin would thus be founded on bedrock

(by removing riverine deposits to the tune of about 20m). Slope cuts would be properly

designed so that they remain stable. Since the existing natural slopes are gentle and stable,

the excavated slopes would be stable if same gradient is maintained

5.4.5 Head Race Tunnel

The topography in the area around the proposed HRT alignment is rugged and characterised

by hill ranges with steep slopes and dissected by some deeply incised drainages. The

proposed HRT alignment crosses several nallahs like Dardung, Nimsya and Nimte nallah. A



number of alternative alignments of HRT were studied before finalizing the proposed

alignment which negotiates Darbung and Nimte nallahs through steel pipe aqueducts.

The area around HRT has been geologically mapped in the scale of 1:10000 by taking

traverses along the existing road and foot tracks wherever available. It is observed that the

joints traversing the bedrock have low to very high continuity and are moderately wide to

very widely spaced. These are generally tight with partly open that goes up to 0.50mm at

places with no filling. Surface staining has also been observed at places.

A preliminary assessment of rock mass class along the tunnel alignment has been attempted

based on surface and sub-surface geological data in view of determining RMR and Q-

values. In general, the RMR values vary between 20 and 75 and Q-value in the range of 0.85

to 18.04. The preliminary assessment indicates that the rock mass of fair quality (Class III)

is likely to be encountered almost half the length of the tunnel. Poor or very poor quality

rock mass (Class IV & V) are anticipated in some reaches where shear zones/ fracture

zones are likely to be encountered.

5.4.6 Power House Complex

I. Powerhouse Complex

The Powerhouse complex includes 7.5m diameter and 81.0m high restricted orifice type

surge shaft, 2.5m diameter and 481m long steel lined pressure shaft which bifurcates into

two penstocks and the powerhouse building. The tailrace discharge is proposed to be

conveyed to the river through 32.86m long and 20m wide channel with normal tail water

level at El 631.0m. A 50m long and 40m wide switch yard is proposed at El 640m on the left

bank of the river.

Surface geological mapping around powerhouse complex was carried out in 1: 1000 scale

covering surge shaft, pressure shaft, powerhouse and tailrace areas. The rock mass is traversed

by five major sets of joints. Seven drill holes have been drilled in the powerhouse complex area

to delineate bedrock and to ascertain its quality. Bedrock is in general, granitic to quartzite

gneiss with schist band intercalations. Core recovery and RQD is in general fair to poor.

II. Surge Shaft

The area where the surge shaft is proposed has moderate to gentle slope covered by slope

wash deposits. The overburden comprises only fines derived from slopewash and

weathering exists down to 23.5m. Bedrock of granitic gneisses encountered below this depth

appears to be of fair to good quality. The core recovery is fair and RQD varies from poor to

fair, with low permeability values.

III. Pressure Shaft

An underground steel lined shaft is provided to bring the water from surge shaft to

the powerhouse. The shaft emanates horizontally from the surge shaft and inclines down

along a 51° slope to the machine centerline level, where it becomes horizontal. The total

length of the pressure shaft is 481m.



In general, slope wash deposits cover the area around pressure shaft. Bedrock exposures

have been observed around the road cut. The thickness of overburden from road down to

powerhouse varies between 10 to 15m; thickness of overburden increases uphill i.e. towards

the surge shaft. In general, RMR values are expected to vary between 20 and 60 and

Q-values are expected to be in the range of 1.30 to 5.77, as assessed from surface as well as

drill hole data.

IV. Powerhouse

Powerhouse is proposed at the left bank of Pare River about 1.5km downstream of Niyat

nallah confluence with Pare river. The area where the powerhouse is proposed is covered by

riverine deposits comprising sub-rounded gravels, boulders in sandy matrix. Bedrock

exposures of granitic gneiss are observed along river edges upstream and at lower level of

powerhouse location. Bedrock is traversed by five sets of major joints including

foliation. The area is probed by four drill holes. According to the layout planning, the

foundation level of powerhouse is kept at El 620.10m. About 10m excavation in bedrock is

involved to set powerhouse at its desired level. Bedrock at the foundation level is assessed

as fair to poor quality. Consolidation grouting may be required to improve the rock mass

quality in certain placed. Also, since excavation of powerhouse foundation would also

involve removing the overburden which could be several meters deep in some places,

suitable slope protection measures would be required and are included in the proposed

designs.

V. Tailrace Channel

The area around TRC is occupied by riverine deposit comprising boulders, cobbles, pebbles in

fine matrix. The area is investigated by a drill hole PDH-07, which encountered bedrock of

granitic gneiss at 6.5m depth i.e. at El 633.5m. The channel will be excavated in bedrock at its

desired level of 620.10m to 630m.

5.5 SEISMO-TECTONICS & SEISMICITY

Seismo-tectonically, the project is located in the Lesser Himalaya block, surrounded by Higher

Himalaya in north and Brahmaputra Plain in south (Narula et al., 2000). The various

lithotectonic units in western part of Arunachal Pradesh can be divided into six major

lithotectonic belts (Table 5.2), each having its own distinctive litho-stratigraphic setting,

deformational pattern and degree of grade of metamorphism. Each belt is separated from one

another by regional thrust plane. These belts are persistent in the western part of Arunachal

Himalaya but across the Eastern Syntaxial Bend (ESB) these get tectonically eliminated in the

eastern parts where the Tuting – Tiding and Mishmi belts dominate. According to Singh (1993),

the Tuting – Tiding suture (Acharya, 1986), Tuting Tidding belt (Singh and Chowdhary, 1990)

marks the dividing line between the Trans – Himalayan part in the north and the Himalayan

part in the south in eastern part of Arunachal Pradesh.



Table 5.2: Litho – Tectonic belts in western Arunachal Pradesh

Tethyan Belt

------- Thrust ------

Se La Belt

------- MCT ------

Bomdila Belt

-------- Thrust ------

Dedza – Menga Belt

-------- Thrust ------

Gondwana Belt with tectonic

slices or

outliers of the Eocene rocks

-------- MBT -------

Siwalik Belt

-------Fault -------

Brahmaputra Alluvium

Keeping in view the high seismic status, the area has been assigned to Zone-V as per Map of

India showing Seismic Zones (IS-1893 (Part-I): 2002). Therefore, it is proposed that suitable site

specific seismic coefficient will be got determined and incorporated in the designs of main

structures and appurtenances of the project.

Based on the preliminary studies and then seismo-tectonic modeling carried out by IIT Roorkee,

the value of Maximum considered Earthquake (MCE) for the Par site is recommended to be

0.49g and Design Basis Earthquake (DBE) is recommended as 0.29g for horizontal components.

For vertical components, it is recommended as 0.33g (MCE) and 0.19g (DBE).

5.6 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The project area lies on the southern margin of Lesser Himalaya and expose rocks of project

area comprises Ziro gneisses of Bomdila Group of Lesser Himalaya.

After intake two feeder channels followed by two surface desilting basins have been

envisaged with a view to exclude the suspended material exceeding 0.2mm in size. These

channels would be designed as cut & cover sections founded on rock by removing the

overburden materials.

The proposed Barrage site is suitably characterized by presence of bedrock exposures on

both the abutments and the proposed Intake is suitably placed on exposed bedrock. Based

on analysis of surface geological data, the orientations of desanding chambers have been

worked out as 220 - 2890, which is considered suitable.

The topography on the left bank of the river in the area around the proposed HRT

alignment is rugged and characterised by hill ranges with steep slopes and dissected by

deeply incised rainages. The proposed HRT alignment crosses numerous main tributaries

like Dardung, Nimsya and Nimte nallah. A number of alternative alignments of HRT were

studied before finalizing the proposed alignment which negotiates Darbung and Nimte

nallahs through steel pipe aqueducts.



Based on surface and subsurface geological investigations it was found that the proposed

portal sites for adits, TRT & MAT are located at geologically suitable location.

The surge shaft is proposed at the top of a ridge and ground water level is at 23.5 depth.

This indicates that the excavation of overburden will be in dry condition, which is suitable

and encourage the surge shaft excavation.

The geological sections indicate that sitting powerhouse at its desired level, removal of

overburden followed by excavation in bedrock is required. About 10m excavation in

bedrock is involved to set powerhouse at its desired level.

Based on the preliminary studies and the seismo-tectonic modeling carried out by IIT Roorkee

the value of Maximum considered Earthquake (MCE) for the Par site is recommended to be

0.49g and Design Basis Earthquake (DBE) is recommended as 0.29g for horizontal

components. For vertical components, it is recommended 0.33g (MCE) and 0.19g (DBE).


Rs Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 6.1

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The Environmental Baseline chapter provides details of data collected during different

seasons i.e. winter/lean season, Summer/pre-monsoon and monsoon in the project study

area as specified in the approved Terms of Reference by MoEF&CC, Government of India.

The details of collection of both primary and secondary data for pertinent environmental

components have been given in Chapter-3 Methodology of the EIA report.

6.2 DRAINAGE

The state of Arunachal Pradesh has vast hydro power potential. The main rivers that flow

through Arunachal Pradesh region are Lohit, Dibang, Subansiri, Kameng and Tirap. The

project is located in Papum Pare District in the state of Arunachal Pradesh. It envisages

utilization of the flow of Pare River, a tributary of Brahmaputra River, for generation of

electrical power in a run of the river system. The main rivers of the Papum Pare district are

Pare, Panior and Dikrong. The Panior river rises from a high mountain called Khoren Putu

lying to the northwest of Sagalee. A tributary called Pareing also feed the river formed by

two streams - Nirpung and Nirke. The Panior known in the plains of Assam as Ranga-Nadi

falls into Brahmaputra. The Ranga-Nadi Hydro Electric project is built on this river.

Pare river also known as Par river originates from a ridge comprising the water divide

between Kameng and Pare rivers. It rises from 2820m as Dete N. and flows in SW direction

for some distance when it is joined by 2-3 tributaries on its right bank to become Pare N.

After this it takes southward course and along its course it is joined by number tributaries

on both banks viz. Rongpiya N., Pape N., and Rachi Pabung on its right bank and Bate N.,

Machi N. and Ote Pabung on its left bank. After their confluence Pare N. changes its course

to WE direction and is joined by Jarji N. on its left bank. Pare N. from here onwards

predomiantly flows in east direction and receives drainange from number of tributaries

both on right bank as well as left bank. The prominent ones are Bartaso Pabung, Tachso

Pabung, Keyate N., Tarsho N., Chumbang N., etc. In lower reaches it is known as Dikrong

River and it ultimately joins Subansiri River at Bordutti Ghat in Assam. Some of the major

tributaries in the project area are Pong Nala, Langbhag Nala, Nimsaya Nala, Niyakkar Nala,

Nimte nala and Dabyo Nala.

The study area drainage map of Pare River up to Par Hydroelectric Project site is given in

Figure 6.1.

6.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY

Physiography is one of the important characteristic to realize the landscape of a particular

area. Physiography and slope are the major contributing aspects to control the drainage

pattern. However, vegetation structure and soil composition such as soil strength, depth,

compactness, permeability etc., influence to alter the runoff and drainage pattern. These

parameters also support to predict the quantitative estimation of the silt yield.

Physiographically the catchment falls in Sub-Himalayan region where relative relief is in the

Chapter ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS:

PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS 6



range of 200 m to nearly 3600 m i.e. rugged to mountainous topography and terrain

consists of hill ranges sloping down to the plain of Assam. Majority of study area falls

within elevation range of 400 to 1800m (Figure 6.2).

The right bank has moderate to steep slopes supported with moderate vegetation. The

right bank of this site has moderate to steep slope and is generally covered by slope wash

deposits that supports thick vegetation. From the steep topographic aspect it may be

presumed that bedrock will be available at shallow depth on right bank. The left bank is

occupied by large terrace deposits with nearly flat topography.

The slope map of the study area is given at Figure 6.3 and area falling under various slope

categories has been tabulated below in Table 6.1. As seen from the map and table nearly

77% of the study area is under moderately steep to steep slopes. The area under

moderately steep category i.e. with slopes higher than 15-30% is more than 47 % of the

total area (Table 6.1).

Table 6.1: Areas falling under different slope categories in the study area

Slope in Degree Category Area (sq km) Area (%)

Up to 2 Gently Sloping 1.79 0.38

2 - 8 Moderately Sloping 27.32 5.87

8 - 15 Strongly Sloping 66.75 14.35

15 - 30 Moderately Steep 221.79 47.67

30 - 45 Steep 134.91 29.00

45 - 60 Very Steep 12.63 2.71

Above 60 Extremely Steep 0.09 0.02

Total 465.28



Figure 6.1: Drainage map of Pare river in study area of Par HE project


RS ENVIROLINK TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD. 6.4

Figure 6.2: Relief map of Par HEP Study area generated from ASTER GDEM Version 2 data


RS ENVIROLINK TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD. 6.5

Figure 6.3: Slope map of the study area of Par HEP



6.4 SOIL

6.4.1 Soil Taxonomic Classification

The soil taxonomic (family) classification map of Par H.E. Project area was prepared as per

the Soil Atlas of Arunachal Pradesh by National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning

(NBSS & LUP). Soil resource map of the project study area and their description is given in

Figure 6.4.

The majority of project study area i.e. about 38.04 % falls under Sub-group Typic

Dystrochrepts which are characterized by very deep, well drained, fine-loamy soils on

moderately steeply sloping having loamy surface with moderate erosion hazard and it is

associated with Dystric Eutrochrepts with deep, excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils

on very steeply sloping having loamy surface with severe erosion hazard and strong

stoniness (Table 6.2 & Figure 6.4).

Major soil types in the area can be classified in three categories:

Alluvial soils on in the valley bottom on each side of the river. This is the most fertile

soil category in the area.

Clay loam on the left bank of the river. This is a rather fertile soil category.

Sandy loam on the right side of the river.

Table 6.2: Area under different Soil Classes in the study area

Soil Class Area (sq. km) Area (%)

S7 22.62 4.86

S10 18.9 4.06

S11 108.57 23.33

S17 14.23 3.06

S18 177.01 38.04

S19 123.95 26.64

465.28

6.4.2 Soil Fertility Status

It is very essential to assess the soil quality of the region for proper planning of a project

whether hydroelectric, road, construction and agricultural or afforestation. The soil quality

can be defined as capacity of a specific kind of soil to function”. It is generally assessed by easuring a ini u data set of soil properties to evaluate the soil’s ability to perfor

basic functions (i.e. maintaining productivity, regulating and partitioning of water solute

flow, filtering and buffering against pollutants and storing and cycling nutrients). Evaluation

of physical and chemical characteristic is essential for measuring the soil quality of a

particular region or area and it has also been done for the project area of Par H.E. Project.



Figure 6.4: Soil Series and their description in the Study Area (Source: Soil Units as per NBSS&LUP)



Figure 6.5: Map showing sampling sites for physical parameters in the study area



In order to ascertain the fertility status of the soils in the area the soil samples were

collected from different locations in the area. The sampling locations, methodology and the

analysis details have already been given in Chapter 3-Methodology. Among the physical

parameters soil texture, bulk density, porosity, water holding capacity and conductivity

were analyzed while chemical characteristics included pH, organic matter, sodium,

potassium, phosphorus, nitrate, calcium, magnesium, potassium, salinity and SAR were

analyzed (Table 6.3). Physico-chemical analysis of soil samples was carried out at the Hi-

Tech Labs Limited (NABL accredited Lab.), Okhla, New Delhi. The results of soil analysis of

each parameter are given in Table 6.3.

The bulk density of soil varied from 1.21 to 1.35 (gm/cc). Water holding capacity was

recorded highest in the sample collected near the powerhouse area. The soil of the area is

typically sandy loam type. Soil of study area is alkaline in nature at most of the sites with

pH values ranging from 7.39 to 7.62 (Table 6.3). Organic matter content also is due to

presence of decomposed leaf litter. Soil is generally good for horticultural crops, especially

for orange, pineapple, banana, etc. The texture of soil in general is medium and is

predominantly sandy-loamy.

Electrical conductivity ranged between 1126 µS/cm and 1500 µS/cm. The concentration

main nutrients like Nitrogen and phosphorus in the soil is indicative of medium soil fertility

rating whereas the concentration of potassium is on the lower side. Exchangeable Sodium

Percentage ESP is the a ount of sodiu held in e changeable for on the soil’s cation exchange complex expressed as a percentage of the total Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)

whereas the Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) is a measure of the suitability of water for use

in agricultural irrigation, as determined by the concentrations of solids dissolved in the

water. It is also a measure of the sodicity of soil, as determined from analysis of water

extracted from the soil. The ESP and SAR values indicate that soils are stable (Table 6.3).

Salinity also is low at all locations.

Table 6.3: Physico-chemical Composition of Soil in the Study Area

Parameter Sampling Sites

Site I Site II Site III Site IV Site V Site VI Physical parameters Bulk density (gm/cc) 1.32 1.35 1.27 1.28 1.21 1.31 Water holding capacity (%w/w)

39.30 40.65 42.10 36.70 42.10 32.5

Porosity, (%w/w) 55.63 41.68 53.62 54.22 44.28 45.8 Soil texture

Sand (%w/w) 75.0 66.9 82.91 72.10 68.12 63.26 Silt (%w/w) 14.5 22.8 12.88 26.10 21.40 25.24 Clay (%w/w) 10.5 10.3 4.21 1.80 10.48 11.50

Electrical conductivity (µS/cm)

1500 1247 1126 1350 1250 1240

Chemical Parameters pH 7.45 7.62 7.48 7.39 7.42 7.61 Organic matter (%w/w) 1.8 1.3 1.2 1.6 1.7 1.3 Nitrogen as N (kg/ha) 446.69 651.8 479.30 437.38 357.18 451.8 Phosphorus as P (kg/ha)

16.9 12.7 13.1 13.3 12.3 13.1

Potassium as K (kg/ha) 97.3 63.8 80.4 93.9 78.3 77.8 Magnesium as Mg (mg/kg)

85.47 63.50 44.23 58.90 75.33 68.50



Chloride as Cl (mg/kg) 875.91 690.33 655.62 953.72 941.11 762.33 Sodium as Na (mg/kg) 32.19 31.61 41.43 54.35 33.22 39.61 Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 631.32 623.27 512.29 642.33 548.75 527.23 Total alkalinity (mg/kg) 32.10 41.60 81.22 42.87 51.32 41.60 Salinity, ppt 1.64 1.32 1.12 1.54 1.38 1.22 Exchangeable Sodium Percentage (ESP)

2.98 4.39 5.36 5.49 3.33 4.32

Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR)

1.43 1.71 2.48 2.90 1.47 1.71

6.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The air pollutants present in atmosphere, in concentrations that disturbs its dynamic

equilibrium and, thereby, affect man and his environment. There are three potential air

pollutants; sulphur dioxides (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx) and soot/dust technically known

as particulate matter divided into PM10 and PM2.5. In order to evaluate and quantify the

ambient air quality monitoring is carried out during winter, pre-monsoon and monsoon

seasons at different locations in the study area.

The sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular traffic, dust arising from

unpaved village roads and domestic fuel burning. The air environment around project site

is free from any significant pollution source. Air quality monitoring was carried out as per

the new air quality parameters conforming to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

for Industrial Residential, Rural & Other Areas and Ecologically Sensitive Areas.

The National Ambient Air Quality Standard notified by CPCB is given in Table 6.4.

Table 6.4: National Ambient Air Quality Standard by (CPCB)

Pollutant Time Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial Residential, Rural &

Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 Annual 50 20

24 hour 80 80

Nitrogen Oxides (NO x) µg/m3 Annual 40 30

24hour 80 80

Particulate Matter (size less

than 10µm or PM10) µg/m3

Annual 60 60

24 hour 100 100

Particulate Matter (size less

than 2.5µm or PM2.5) µg/m3

Annual 40 40

24hour 60 60

6.5.1 Ambient Air Quality

The Ambient air monitoring was carried out at six different locations viz., Sagalee town

(Site I), Near proposed barrage axis (Site II), Raddar village (Site III), Nimte village (Site IV),

Proposed powerhouse area (Site V) and Balapu village (site VI) for monitoring of SO2, NOx,

PM10 and PM2.5.

Observation on ambient SO2 levels

The summary of ambient SO2 concentration observed ranged from 9.2 to 14.5 g/m3 at six

sampling sites covered as a part of the ambient air quality monitoring study. The maximum SO2



level observed highest at Sagalee town (upstream of barrage site). The SO2 level observed at

various sampling stations was much lower than the permissible limits (Table 6.5).

Observations on NO2 levels

The NO2 values ranged from 13.1 to 24.0 g/m3 at various stations covered as a part of the

study. The maximum NO2 level observed highest at Sagalee town (upstream of barrage

site). The NO2 level observed at various sampling stations was much lower than the

permissible limits (Table 6.5).

Observations on PM10 levels

The PM10 values ranged from 19.3 to 38 g/m3. The maximum PM10 level observed during

ambient air quality monitoring was 38 g/m3at Sagalee town (upstream of barrage site).

The PM10 level at various stations was well below the permissible limits (Table 6.5).

Observations on PM2.5 levels

The PM2.5 values ranged from 6.3 to 16.1 g/m³. The maximum PM2.5 level observed during

ambient air quality monitoring conducted was 16.1 g/m³ at Sagalee town (upstream of

barrage site). The PM2.5 level at various stations covered during ambient air quality

monitoring was well below the permissible limits (Table 6.5).

Map showing sampling locations for air and noise monitoring locations in the study area is

given at Figure 6.5.

Table 6.5: Air Quality Monitoring of the Study Area (unit: µg/m3)

S. No. Monitoring location Season* SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5

1 Sagalee town

(upstream of barrage site)

W 14.5 24 38 16.1 PM 13 21.6 34 12.4 M 12 16.7 28 9.8

2 Near proposed barrage axis W 12 20 32 14

PM 10 16 28 10 M 11 14.2 24 7.6

3 Raddar village W 11 18.4 20.5 12

PM 10 16.5 19.3 7.6 M 10 13.8 22 6.3

4 Nimte village W 10.2 16.7 25.8 10.1

PM 9.2 12.8 22 8.2 M 9.2 12.3 21 6.4

5 Proposed powerhouse area W 10.1 15.8 22 9.0

PM 9.7 14.3 20.3 8.5 M 9.8 13.2 25 8.4

6 Balapu village W 10.2 17.3 23.4 7.6

PM 9.9 14.1 22.4 7.1 M 9.9 13.1 22 6.3

* W = Winter; PM = Pre-Monsoon; M = Monsoon

It was observed during the air quality monitoring that the air pollution sources along with

the local sources are only vehicles at Sagalee village. At other five sites there are no air

pollution sources other than local sources. The concentrations of SOx, NOx, PM10 and, PM2.5

at all the six sites were well below the Residential & Rural area allowable limit.



6.6 NOISE & TRAFFIC

6.6.1 Noise Level

Unwanted sound that is loud and unpleasant or unexpected termed as noise pollution. It

has adverse impact on the daily activities of the human being and animals. The adverse

impact of the noise on human and animals also depends upon time, season and the quality

of sound. Noise levels were monitored during the studies at various locations in the Direct

Impact Area of the project. The Ambient noise standards and results of noise level

monitoring in terms of equivalent sound levels are given in Tables 6.6 and 6.7, respectively.

The sound levels on an average ranged from 44.0 to 56.0 dB(A) (day time observations).

Main source of noise pollution in the study area are regular vehicular movement through

highway and continuous noise was also observed from the flow of river.

Table 6.6: Ambient Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB(A)Leq Day time Night time

A. Industrial Area 75 70 B. Commercial Area 65 55 C. Residential Area 55 45 D. Silence Zone 50 40

Note :

1 Day time 6 AM to 10 PM

2 Night time is 10 PM to 6 AM

3 Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals,

educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as

such by the competent authority

Noise monitoring was carried out at six locations in the study area (Table 6.7). During the

sampling each location were selected near to the project component or along the road

side. Noise level was recorded at one hour interval at all six locations by sound level meter.

Maximum number of readings was taken from each location to calculate or analysis the

equivalent noise level.

The Equivalent Noise level of the study area is given below in Table 6.7

Table 6.7: Equivalent Noise levels in study area during day time [Leq dB(A)]

S. No. Monitoring location Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon NT1 Sagalee town (upstream of barrage site) 53 52 56 NT2 Near proposed barrage axis 49 46 51 NT3 Raddar village 45 47 49 NT4 Nimte village 46 48 50 NT5 Proposed powerhouse area 45 44 51 NT6 Balapu village 48 47 49

It was observed that the Ambient Noise Levels in and around proposed Par HEP sites was

well within acceptable limits of Residential area. Noise level during monsoon season was

high because of continuous noise observed from the flow of Pare River. The noise level in

nearby villages is mainly due to human activities and vehicular movement. It is expected

that proposed 52 MW Par HEP would not have any adverse impact on community noise

level. However, several measures will have to be taken during construction stage to

operational stage to attenuate noise level to the acceptable limit.



6.6.2 Traffic Density

Traffic density monitoring data was recorded by physically counting the number of

different types of vehicles passing through a particular point in a fixed time interval. Some

major villages along the road, Sagalee town were considered as nodes for monitoring

movement of traffic. Traffic density was recorded maximum at Sagalee town. The traffic

density recorded at different sites is presented in Table 6.8.

Table 6.8: Traffic density in the study area

Sl. No. Monitoring location Winter Summer Monsoon

HMV LMV TW HMV LMV TW HMV LMV TW

1 Sagalee town (upstream of barrage site)

4 7 13 5 8 12 5 8 15

2 Near proposed barrage axis 2 5 6 1 4 8 1 6 8 3 Raddar village 2 2 7 2 3 7 1 2 6 4 Nimte village 1 1 6 - 3 6 - 2 5 5 Proposed powerhouse area 1 2 4 1 - 4 1 1 3 6 Balapu village - 6 9 - 4 10 - 5 8

HMV= Heavy Motor Vehicle; LMV= Light Motor Vehicle; TW= Two Wheelers

The Sagalee town, headquarter of Sagalee Circle is located along the road side in the

upstream of proposed reservoir area of Par HEP; hence the equivalent traffic density was

recorded maximum at Sagalee town during the day hours.



7.1 INTRODUCTION

Baseline environmental study was conducted to understand the present status of the

biological resources in the project area. The biological environment status of project area

was based on detailed field survey and secondary data review. Present chapter provides

details of data collected during different seasons i.e. winter/lean season, pre-monsoon and

monsoon in the project study area as specified in the approved Terms of Reference by

MoEF&CC, Government of India. The details of collection of both primary and secondary

data for pertinent environmental components have been given in Chapter-3 of the EIA

report.

7.2 LAND USE/ LAND COVER

Land use classification has been worked out using latest satellite imageries for the study

area (Figure 7.1). Majority of the study area is under forest cover (85.46%) followed by

area under scrub vegetation followed by agriculture and settlements (Figure 7.2). A detail

of the area under different land use in the study area is given at Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Land use pattern

Land use Category Area (ha) Area (%)

Dense Forest 397.61 85.46

Scrub 30.94 6.65

Cultivation 26.38 5.67

Settlement 6.86 1.47

Water Body 3.49 0.75

Total 465.28 100.00

Chapter

7

ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS:

BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES



Figure 7.1: FCC generated from satellite data showing study area



Figure 7.2: Land Use/ Land Cover Map of the project Study Area

e



Figure 7.3: Study area map showing sampling locations for various biological environmental parameters



7.3 FOREST TYPES

The state of Arunachal Pradesh occupies the largest area (83,743 sq km) in the

northeastern region of India. It is uniquely situated in the transition zone between the

Himalayan and Indo-Burmese regions (Mani, 1974; Rodgers and Panwar, 1988). The

diversity of topographical and climatic condition has favored the growth of luxuriant

forests, which are home to myriad plant and animal species.

The project study area falls in Sagalee Forest Division under Western Circle, Department of

Environment & Forests, Government of Arunachal Pradesh. The forests present in the

project study area have been grouped in two broad forest types i.e. Tropical Semi-

evergreen and Sub-tropical Broadleaved forest. However as per the classification of

Champion & Seth (1968) the major forest types found in study area and are described

below:

The forests of the project area are classified as Tropical semi-evergreen forest type. The

area is located in a high rainfall zone. The main feature of these forests is the

heterogeneous mixture of species. Structurally these forests cannot be clearly

differentiated into distinct stories. In general the top storey is open and composed of a

mixture of evergreen, semi evergreen and deciduous species. Pure patches of bamboos are

also common and are scattered all over the forest area. These forests can be grouped in

the Sub group- 2B Northern Tropical Semi Evergreen Forest of Cha pion and Seth’s (1968) Revised Survey of Forest Types of India. The forests can be described in following

sub-groups and types:

2B/C1a: Assam Alluvial Plains Semi-Evergreen Forest

2B/C1b: Eastern Sub-montane Semi-evergreen forest

2B/C1/IS1: Sub-Himalayan light alluvial Semi-Evergreen Forests

2B/2S1: Secondary moist bamboo brakes


surveys in the area supplemented with the working plans of the forest divisions of the

study area. The forest types of study area are discussed below:

I. Assam Alluvial Plains Semi-Evergreen Forest 2B/C1a

In the project study area and its surroundings up to 900m mainly Tropical semi-evergreen

forests are found. The dominant tree species in top storey are Dipterocarpus gracilis, D.

retusus, Castanopsis indica, Mesua ferrea and Terminalia myriocarpa which are found in

association with Altingia excelsa, Artocarpus chaplasa, Duabanga grandiflora, Terminalia

chebula, Pterospermum acerifolium and Stereospermum chelonoides. The second and third

storeys are represented by small trees like Leea compactiflora, Rhus semialata,

Chisocheton paniculatus, Talawma hodgsonii and shrubs like Abroma augusta, Dendrocnide

sinuata, Costus speciosus and Maesa chisia. Amongst the climbers Smilax glabra, Stephania

glabra and Thunbergia grandiflora are prominent. The ground flora includes herbs such as

Hedyotis scandens, Urena lobata, Impatiens tripetala and Tacca integrifolia and fern like

Cyathea spinulosa and Angiopteris evecta are also found along the banks of perennial

streams.



The epiphytic flora consists mainly of orchids like Aerides multiflorum, Dendrobium cathcartii,

Cymbidium ensifolium, Celogyne corymbosa, Eria pumila, and Pholidota imblicata. Among

terrestrial orchids Calanthe masuca, Goodyera procera, Habenaria acumunata and Phaius

flavus are found. Canes are represented by Calamus erectus and C. leptospadix.

II. Eastern Sub-montane Semi-evergreen forest (2B/C1b)

This forest type is found in the sub-Himalayan tract and the lower slopes of the hills, with a

predominance of evergreen species in the top canopy, found between 700 and 1000m

elevations. Major species which constitute the top canopy are Ailanthus integrifolia,

Castanopsis indica, Duabanga grandiflora, Dysoxylum binectiferum, Schima wallichii,

Stereospermum tetragonum, Tetrameles nudiflora and Toona microcarpa. Second storey is

mainly evergreen and represented by Bauhinia purpurea, Elaeocarpus floribundus,

Gynocardia odorata, Mallotus roxburghii, Oroxylum indicum and Spondias pinnata. The

shrubs are represented by Boehmeria macrophylla, Brassiopsis mitis, Costus speciosus,

Dendrocalamus hamiltonii, Leycesteria formosa and Randia wallichii. Climbers and

epiphytes are few. Species of Cissus repanda, Cuscuta reflexa, Derris scandens, Dioscorea

alata, Raphidophora decursiva, Rubia cordifolia and Smilax glabra are important climbers.

The herbs and grasses are represented by Achyranthes aspera, Bidens bipinnata,

Commelina benghalensis, Cyrtococcum accrescens, Digitaria ciliaris, Hedychium coccineum,

Oplismenus compositus, Pogonatherum paniceum, Saccharum spontaneum and

Thysanolaena latifolia.

III. Sub-Himalayan light alluvial Semi-Evergreen Forests (2B/C1/IS1)

Evergreen species are dominant though deciduous species are also present in significant

proportion and the forest is a mixture of both species. Haldisopa (Adina oligocephala),

Jamuk (Syzygium cuminii), Nahar (Mesua ferrea), Banderdima (Dysoxylum procerum), Sam

(Artocarpus chaplasha), Pachola (Kydia glabrescens), Moj (Albizia lucida), Sia Nahar (Kayea

assamica), Seileng (Sapium baccatum) is prominent and consists of mixture of evergreen

and deciduous species with abundant shrubby undergrowth. Floristic composition of this

forest are Hollock (Terminalia myriocarpa), Jutuli (Altingia excelsa), Bonsum (Phoebe

goalparsensis), Sopa (Magnolia spp.), Hingori (Castanopsis indica), Dhuna (Canarium

strictum), Poma (Toona ciliata), Mekahai (Phoebe cooperiana), Amari (Amoora wallichii),

Behera (Terminalia bellirica), Khonkan (Duabanga gradiflora), Bual (Ehretia acuminata),

Boromthuri (Talauma hodgsonii), Gahari sopa (Magnolia griffithii), Bon Am (Mangifera

sylvatica), Surat (Loportea cremulata) etc. Ground flora are Hati bhekuri (Solanum

subtruncatum), Banposila (Saurauia punduana), Kaupat (Phrynium imbricatum), Torn

(Alpinia allughas), Bhat (Clerodendrum viscosum), Kolgoch (Musa spp.), Bogitora (Alpinia

malaccensis). Bamboos are Kako bans (Dendrocalamus hamiltonii) and Bojal bans

(Pseudostachyum polymorphum). Canes are Lejai bet (Calamus floribundus), Jeng (Calamus

erectus) and Raidang bet (Calamus flagellum). Palms are Toko palm (Livistona

jenkinsianus). Climbers are Ghila lata (Entada scandens), Pani lath (Vitis planicaulis), Kuchai

(Acacia pennata), Gowlia lath (Vitis latifolia), Dimorulata (Ficus scandens), Hegumi lata

(Tinospora cordifolia), Mermeri lath (Gnetum scandens), etc.

IV. Secondary moist bamboo brakes (2B/2S1)

Secondary moist bamboo brakes occur in scattered patches throughout the area. At places

where bamboo patches are found, the clumps are thick and there is no possibility of



regeneration of any tree species in these bamboo patches. Commonly distributed bamboo

species are Dendrocalamus hamiltonii, Bambusa pallida and Pseudostrachyum

polymorphum. The undergrowth in these forests mostly consists of Phrynium imbricatum,

Clerodendron infortunatum, and Clerodendrum viscosum. The bamboo species found in the

forests are Dendrocalamus hookerii, Bambusa tulda and Chimonobambusa callosa.

7.4 FLORISTICS

7.4.1 Objectives

The main objectives of the floristic studies are as follows:

To prepare an inventory of plants (Angiosperms and Gymnosperms, Pteridophytes and

Lichens) in the study area

Assessment of tree, shrub and herbs diversity in the study area

Determination of Importance Value Index and Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for tree,

shrub and herbs diversity in the study area.

The study area comprised of area within 10 km radius of barrage site power house site and

submergence area as per the TOR approved by MoEF&CC, GOI. As already described in the

Methodology Chapter quadrat sampling was undertaken at 6 different locations for carrying

out phytosociological surveys of the vegetation and in addition an inventory of various floristic

elements was also prepared by walking different transects around these sampling sites.

7.4.2 Taxonomic Diversity

During the field surveys and also based upon secondary data and available information an

inventory of 243 plant species in the study area has been prepared and list of the same is

given at Annexure- IV. The dominant families in the study area are Asteraceae, Fabaceae,

Poaceae, Malvaceae and Utricaceae.

A brief description of number of plant species recorded in various taxonomic groups is

given in the following paragraphs.

a) Angiosperms

During three season field surveys conducted in the study area 211 species of angiosperms

belonging to 78 families were recorded. These include trees, shrubs, herbs and climbers.

The dominant families in the study area are Asteraceae, Fabaceae, Poaceae and

Malvaceae. List of Angiosperm species recorded from the study is given at Annexure-IV.

b) Pteridophytes

The project area is rich in number of Pteridophyte species. This group is represented by 20

species belonging to 13 families. Athyraceae and Pteridaceae is the largest family

represented by 5 species, followed by Aspleniaceae and Cythaceae, with 2 species each.

List of Pteridophytes species recorded from the study is given at Annexure-IV.

c) Bryophytes

In the study area seven species of bryophytes were recorded and belonging to 7 families.

Marchantia sp. and Funaria sp. were commonly found. List of bryophytes species recorded

from the study is given at Annexure-IV.



d) Lichens

5 lichen species were found in the study area belonging to 4 families. Usnea sp. and

Parmelia wallichiana were the most frequently occurring species found hanging from the

trees. List of lichen species recorded from the study is given at Annexure-IV.

7.4.3 Economically Important Plant Species

During the field survey, numbers of economically important plant species were recorded

from the study area. The local people utilise various plants species in their day to day life.

Knowledgeable and elder persons of study area villages were interviewed and information

on plants parts (seed, bark, leaf & root) used and indigenous knowledge was gathered.

Secondary information was also collected to know the ethnobotanical importance of the

region. Some of the plant species used by local people for various purposes like timber, fuel

wood, wild edible plants and medicine found in the study area are given in Tables 7.2.

Nearly 24 species are most commonly used by local inhabitants for timber, fodder,

medicine and fuel wood (Table 7.2).

Table 7.2: Plant Species used as timber, fodder and fuel wood

Family Species Uses Alangiaceae Alangium begonifolium Fodder Anacardiaceae Mangifera sylvatica Medicinal/Edible Araceae Colocasia spp. Leafy vegetable Asteraceae Crassocephalum crepidioides Leafy vegetable Asteraceae Ageratum conyzoides Medicinal Asteraceae Artemisia nilagirica Medicine Caryophyllaceae Drymaria cordata Medicinal Chenopodiaceae Chenopodium album Leafy vegetable Cyatheaceae Cyathea spinulosa Fodder Euphorbiaceae Macaranga denticulata Fuel Fagaceae Castanopsis tribuloides Timber, Fruits edible Moraceae Ficus cunia Fodder Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata Medicinal Poaceae Thysanolaena maxima Broom industry, fodder Poaceae Bambusa spp. Construction Polygonaceae Polygonum molle Leafy vegetable Polygonaceae Rumex nepalensis Medicine Pteridaceae Pteris biaurita Medicine Simaroubaceae Rhus javanica Fruits edible, medicine Solanaceae Solanum nigrum Fruit edible Solanaceae Solanum torvum Medicinal Theaceae Schima wallichii Fuel Urticaceae Pouzolzia bennettiana Leafy vegetable Verbenaceae Clerodendrum colebrookianum Leafy vegetable

7.4.4 RET Species

The conservation status of all 243 species of angiosperms and lower plants recorded from

the study area was assessed. Their conservation status following IUCN Red list of

Threatened Species. Version 2014.3 downloaded from www.iucnredlist.org on 23 Februray

2015 is listed in table 7.3. Saurauia punduana is categorised under Critically Endangered

(CE) category and 19 species reported from the area are under Least Concern (LC) category.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/



Table 7.3: List of Plants Categorised under IUCN Red list of Threatened Species

S.No. Family Name of Species IUCN Status

1 Actinidiaceae Saurauia punduana CE

2 Anacardiaceae Mangifera sylvatica LC

3 Araceae Alocasia fornicata LC

4 Araceae Colocasia esculenta LC

5 Commelinaceae Cyanotis fasciculata LC

6 Cyperaceae Scleria terrestris LC

7 Fabaceae Acacia pennata LC

8 Fabaceae Bauhinia purpurea LC

9 Fabaceae Dalhousiea bracteata LC

10 Fabaceae Entada scandens LC

11 Gnetaceae Gnetum parvifolium LC

12 Juglandaceae Engelhardtia spicata LC

13 Magnoliaceae Magnolia griffithii LC

14 Magnoliaceae Talauma hodgsonii LC

15 Meliaceae Chukrasia tabularis LC

16 Meliaceae Toona ciliata LC

17 Menispermaceae Tinospora cordifolia LC

18 Poaceae Pogonatherum paniceum LC

19 Poaceae Saccharum ravennae LC

20 Poaceae Saccharum spontaneum LC

7.4.5 Community Structure

The community structure of the vegetation were assessed by quadrat sampling method

described in Chapter 3 on Methodolgy to evaluate various quantitive parameters at

different sampling sites during three seasons and location of the sites is given at Figure 7.3.

The vegetation in the area is comprised mainly of bamboo brakes, banana stands, mixed

secondary scrubs and logged over forests. There is not much of virgin vegetation or thick

primary forests left in direct impact zone of projet affected area. The area adjacent the

proposed componenet is dominated by agriculatural and horticultural fields. Also there are

many patches of jhum fallows and jhum fields in the study area as local people practice

shifting cultivation. However, dense patches of vegetation can be seen on right bank slopes

of the river almost in undisturbed state and the forest here belong to Sub-tropical

evergreen type. The vegetation along the nala slopes is also nearly evergreen. In the river

valleys there are plains where the villagers practice permanent wet rice cultivation, close to

their settlement. The trees are largely scattered and mainly represented by Duabanga

grandiflora, Ailanthus grandis, Terminalia myriocarpa, Erythrina stricta, Chukrasia

tabularis, Altingia excelsa, Ailanthus grandis and Castanopsis indica. The dominant grass

species are species of bamboos, Saccharum spontaneum, Thysanolaena maxima and

Imperata sp. There is good representation of ferns in shaddy and moist locations, especially

along the tributries of Pare river.

The descriptions of vegetation structure at different sampling locations are given in the

following paragraphs:

V1: Upstream of reservoir Site near Sagalee town (left bank of Pare river):

This site (V1) is comprised of area upstream of proposed reservoir of Par HEP and is located

in the upstream of Sagalee town on the left bank of Pare river. This area is characterized



by open canopy tree layer comprised with 8 species found in the area dominated by

Duabanga grandiflora, Canarium strictum, Castanopsis indica, Terminalia myriocarpa and

Castanopsis indica (Table 7.4). However only Terminalia myriocarpa was the most

frequently found tree species.

Shrub layer is represented by 11 species at this location. Bambusa tulda was most

dominant species in the area followed by Melastoma malabathricum and Eupatorium

odoratum (Tables 7.5). Other dominant shrub species were Conocephalus suaveolens,

Calamus flagellum, Boehmeria cylindrica and Debregeasia longifolia.

The herb layer is represented by 24 species found nearby springs, as crop weeds and in

moist and shady areas. At this site 11 species of herbs were found during winter, 13 in

summer/pre monsoon and 14 species in post mosoon season sampling (Tables 7.6).

Commonly recorded herbs in the sampling area are Thysanolaena maxima, Phrynium

pubinerve, Colocassia affinis, Begonia nepalensis, Digitaria ciliaris, Ageratum conyzoides,

Triumfetta pilosa, Aboriella myriantha, Euphorbia hirta, Pteridium aquilinum, Athyrium

angustum, Duchesnea indica, Stellaria media and Spilanthes paniculata.

Table 7.4: Community structure –Trees at sampling site V1

S.No Name of Species Frequency

(%) Density

(no. of trees/ha) Total Basal Area

(m2/ha)

1 Canarium strictum 20 40 0.84 2 Castanopsis indica 20 30 1.03 3 Dillenia pentagyna 10 10 1.5 4 Duabanga grandiflora 10 80 2.16 5 Litsea monopetala 20 20 1.34 6 Mangifera sylvatica 20 20 1.05 7 Pterospermum acerifolium 10 10 5.7 8 Terminalia myriocarpa 10 20 0.93 Total 230 14.55

Table 7.5: Community structure –Shrubs at sampling site V1


(%) Density

(no. of ind./ha) Total Basal Area

(m2/ha)

1 Bambusa tulda 20 860 0.28 2 Boehmeria cylindrica 30 100 0.29 3 Calamus flagellum 20 100 0.51 4 Calamus floribundus 10 60 0.20 5 Conocephalus suaveolens 40 160 0.25 6 Dendrocalamus hamiltonii 20 80 0.29 7 Eupatorium odoratum 60 220 0.05 8 Laportea crenulata 20 70 0.64 9 Leea asiatica 20 60 0.79

10 Melastoma malabathricum 40 220 0.16 11 Solanum torvum 30 90 0.64

Table 7.6: Community structure –Herbs at sampling site V1

S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density

(no. of ind./ha) Winter Season

1 Ageratum conyzoides 30 8000 2 Alocasia fornicata 20 3000



3 Begonia nepalensis 40 10000 4 Colocasia affinis 40 10000 5 Elatostemma sessile 10 4000 6 Eupatorium odorantum 10 1000 7 Hedychium coronarium 20 8000 8 Phrynium pupinerve 40 11000 9 Pteridium aquilinum 10 3000

10 Solanum indicum 10 3000 11 Thysanolaena maxima 50 17000

Pre monsoon Season 1 Aboriella myriantha 20 12000 2 Ageratum conyzoides 30 18000 3 Athyrium angustum 60 24000 4 Begonia nepalensis 40 12000 5 Cynodon dactylon 40 4000 6 Digitaria ciliaris 40 22000 7 Duchesnea indica 30 12000 8 Eupatorium odoratum 10 10000 9 Euphorbia hirta 20 12000

10 Pteridium aquilinum 20 23000 11 Spilanthes paniculata 20 10000 12 Triumfetta pilosa 20 12000 13 Urtica ardens 10 2000

Monsoon Season 1 Ageratum conyzoides 80 26000 2 Begonia nepalensis 40 10000 3 Colocasia affinis 40 10000 4 Diplazium esculentum 50 11000 5 Elatostema sessile 10 4000 6 Eupatorium odoratum 10 1000 7 Hedychium coronarium 20 8000 8 Phrynium pubinerve 40 11000 9 Pteridium aquilinum 10 3000

10 Saccharum narenga 30 11000 11 Saccharum spontaneum 10 2000 12 Spilanthes paniculata 40 23000 13 Stellaria media 20 18000 14 Thysanolaena maxima 40 32000

V2: Right Bank of Pare River near tail end of proposed reservoir area:

This sampling site V2 comprises of the area between Sagalee town and proposed barrage

area (V2).

Eleven tree species were recorded from the area. Terminalia myriocarpa, Kydia

glabrascens, Dillenia indica and Castanopsis armata are the dominant tree species in these

forests and are found in association with Macaranga denticulata and Ficus spp. (Table 7.7)

In shrub layer seven species were recorded from this location during different sampling

seasons. Dendrocalamus hamiltonii, Actinidia callosa, Calamus leptospadix and

Pteracanthus rubescens are the dominant shrubs (Tables 7.8).

The herbaceous layer is comprised of 17 species in this area sampled during all three

seasons. Eupatorum odoratum, Asplenium finlaysonianum, Onichium siliculosum and

Alpinia allughas were the most dominant during winter season sampling, Colocasia affinis,

Ageratum conyzoides, Polygonatum oppositifolium, Onichium siliculosum and Girardinia



heterophylla during monsoon. Ageratum conyzoides, Bidens biternata, Girardinia

heterophylla and Eupatorium odoratum during post monsoon were most commonly found

species (Tables 7.9). Most common species were Pteridium acquilinum, Polygonatum

oppositifolium, Saccharum spontaneum, Phagopteris auriculata, Onichium siliculosum,

Elatostemma sessile and Crassocephalum crepidioides.

Table 7.7: Community structure – Trees at sampling site V2


(%) Density


(m2/ha)

1 Actinodaphne obovata 20 10 1.06 2 Ailanthus grandis 20 10 1.02 3 Casselia bracteata 10 10 0.23 4 Castanopsis armata 20 10 0.22 5 Dillenia indica 20 10 0.43 6 Duabanga grandiflora 10 20 0.77 7 Kydia glabrascens 20 20 0.75 8 Michelia champaca 10 20 0.32 9 Ostodes paniculata 10 20 3.75

10 Terminalia myriocarpa 30 20 0.69 11 Trevesia palmata 10 70 1.09

Total 220 10.33

Table 7.8: Community structure – Shrubs at sampling site V2

S.No. Name of Species Frequency

(%) Density (no. of

ind./ha) Total Basal

Area (m2/ha)

1 Actinidia callosa 60 720 0.64 2 Boehmeria cylindrica 30 230 0.51 3 Calamus leptospadix 10 260 0.13 4 Dalhousiea bracteata 10 80 0.20 5 Debregeasia longifolia 10 220 0.13 6 Dendrocalamus hamiltonii 40 853 0.13 7 Pteracanthus rubescens 20 240 0.16

Table 7.9: Community structure – Herbs at sampling site V2


(%) Density (no. of

ind./ha) Winter Season

1 Alpinia allughas 30 9000 2 Asplenium finlaysonianum 30 10000 3 Begonia nepalensis 30 6000 4 Crassocephalum crepidioides 40 6000 5 Eupatorum odoratum 40 16000 6 Onichium siliculosum 30 9000 7 Phagopteris auriculata 50 7000 8 Pteridium acquilinum 30 3000 9 Saccharum spontaneum 30 7000

Pre monsoon Season 1 Ageratum conyzoides 20 21000 2 Alocasia fornicata 30 3000 3 Begonia nepalensis 50 3000 4 Bidens biternata 20 2000 5 Colocasia affinis 10 30000 6 Crassocephalum crepidioides 10 4000 7 Elatostemma sessile 30 4000 8 Eupatorum odoratum 30 8000



9 Girardinia heterophylla 30 14000 10 Onichium siliculosum 10 15000 11 Phagopteris auriculata 13 6000 12 Polygonatum oppositifolium 50 17000 13 Pteridium acquilinum 10 2000 14 Saccharum spontaneum 20 8000 15 Spilanthes paniculata 20 2000

Monsoon Season 1 Eupatorium odoratum 40 27000 2 Ageratum conyzoides 50 51000 3 Bidens biternata 30 30000 4 Equisetum diffusum 10 10000 5 Polygonatum oppositifolium 20 21000 6 Girardinia heterophylla 40 27000

V3: Intermediate zone between barrage site and power house near Joteh Village (left bank

of Pare river):

The sampling location is located downstream of the proposed barrage site on the left bank

of Pare River near Joteh village (V3). The area is characterized by gentle slopes, agriculture

is the main land use in the area with abandoned jhum land and sparse vegetation cover.

During the field surveys 10 species of trees were recorded at this site (Table 7.10). Altingia

excelsa is the most dominant tree of this area. Other important constituents of tree layer

are Chukrasia tabularis, Altingia excelsa, Ailanthus grandis, Macaranga denticulata and

Sapium baccatum.

In all 8 shrub species were recoreded at this location during the field surveys (Tables 7.11).

Dendrocalamus hamiltonii was most dominant shrub species in the area. Commonly found

species are Musa balbisiana, Bambusa pallida, Elatostema sesquifolium, Leea asiatica and

Boehmeria cylindrica.

Herbaceous flora at this location is comprised of 23 species. During winter season sampling

5 species were recorded, 8 species during pre-monsoon season and 12 during post

monsoon season (Table 7.12). Herbaceous layer was dominated by species like Ageratum

conyzoides, Saccharum spontaneum, Eupatorium odoratum, Thysanolaena maxima,

Colocasia fallax, Aboriella myriantha, Arisaema concinnum, Spilanthes paniculata, Begonia

megaptera and Cotula australis.



(%) Density


(m2/ha)

1 Ailanthus grandis 20 10 0.84 2 Altingia excelsa 20 10 1.01 3 Chukrasia tabularis 20 10 0.65 4 Duabanga grandiflora 10 10 0.87 5 Elaeocarpus aristatus 10 10 0.68 6 Ficus elmeri 10 10 0.58 7 Kydia calicina 10 20 1.04 8 Macaranga denticulata 20 30 2.27 9 Pterospermum acerifolium 10 40 1.03

10 Sapium baccatum 10 50 0.94 Total 200 9.91





(%) Density (no. of ind./ha)

Total Basal Area (m

2/ha)

1 Bambusa tulda 30 440 0.10 2 Boehmeria cylindrica 30 80 0.14 3 Calamus leptospadix 20 50 0.25 4 Conocephalus suaveolens 20 40 1.29 5 Dendrocalamus hamiltonii 30 680 0.13 6 Elatostema sesquifolium 10 80 0.96 7 Leea asiatica 20 80 0.10 8 Musa balbisiana 40 440 0.14


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (no. of ind./ha) Winter Season

1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 51000 2 Bidens biternata 30 9000 3 Equisetum diffusum 50 7000 4 Girardinia heterophylla 30 3000 5 Polygonum oppositifolium 30 7000

Pre monsoon Season 1 Aboriella myriantha 40 21000 2 Alocasia macrorrhiza 20 9000 3 Arisaema concinnum 10 12000 4 Begonia megaptera 20 12000 5 Colocasia fallax 40 23000 6 Cotula australis 30 12000 7 Equisetum diffusum 10 9000 8 Mikania micrantha 10 8000

Monsoon Season 1 Asplenium finlaysonianum 10 3000 2 Ageratum conyzoides 40 17000 3 Asplenium nidus 20 3000 4 Dendrobium moschatum 20 2000 5 Eupatorium odoratum 40 30000 6 Hoya longifolia 20 3000 7 Begonia nepalensis 50 8000 8 Onychium siliculosum 20 3000 9 Saccharum spontaneum 30 17000

10 Spilanthes paniculata 40 15000 11 Thysanolaena maxima 40 16000 12 Crassocephalum crepidioides 40 6000

V4: Intermediate zone between barrage site and power house near Debeh village along

Langbhag nala (Right bank of Pare River):

The sampling site V4 is located on the right bank of the pare river near Debeh village. This

area is characterized by open canopy tree layer dominated by Bischofia javanica,

Pterospermum acerifolium, Grewia disperma, Cyathea spinolosa, Duabanga grandiflora

and Dalbergia pinnata are the asoociated tree species (Table 7.13).

The shrub layer is represented by 8 species out of which Denrocalamus hamiltonii and

Bambusa tulda were the dominant shrubs (Tables 7.14). Other dominant shrub species

were Melastoma malabathricum, Solanum khasianum, Dalhousiea bracteata and Maesa

indica.



Herbaceous flora near powerhouse area is comprised of 29 species. At this site 10 species

of herbs were found during winter season, 10 in pre monsoon and 11 species in post

monsoon season sampling (Tables 7.15). Aboriella myriantha, Polygonatum oppositifolium,

Bidens biternata, Ageratum conyzoides, Buddleja asiatica, Maesa chisia, Mikania

micrantha, Sida acuta and Oreocnide frutescens are the common herbs of this area.

Pteridium aquilinum, Onychium siliculosum and Equisetum diffusum are the ferns recorded

near the Langbhag nala and moist places in the sampling site.



(%) Density


(m2/ha)

1 Bischofia javanica 30 40 2.3 2 Chukrasia tabularis 10 10 1.1 3 Dalbergia pinnata 20 20 0.9 4 Cyathea spinolosa 20 20 1.8 5 Dillenia indica 10 10 2.7 6 Duabanga grandiflora 20 20 0.7 7 Grewia disperma 10 30 0.2 8 Pterospermum acerifolium 20 30 6.9 9 Spondias axillaris 10 10 0.2 Total 190 16.8



(%) Density (no. of


Area (m2/ha)

1 Maesa indica 40 80 0.38 2 Melastoma malabathricum 30 120 0.20 3 Solanum khasianum 30 90 0.10 4 Solanum torvum 20 30 0.14 5 Bambusa tulda 40 540 0.10 6 Dendrocalamus hamiltonii 20 960 0.48 7 Actinidia callosa 30 30 0.14 8 Dalhousiea bracteata 10 80 0.16



(%) Density (no. of


1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 51000 2 Bidens biternata 30 9000 3 Equisetum diffusum 50 7000 4 Girardinia heterophylla 30 3000 5 Polygonum oppositifolium 30 7000

Pre monsoon Season 1 Aboriella myriantha 40 21000 2 Alocasia macrorrhiza 20 9000 3 Arisaema concinnum 10 12000 4 Begonia megaptera 20 12000 5 Colocasia fallax 40 23000 6 Cotula australis 30 12000 7 Equisetum diffusum 10 9000 8 Mikania micrantha 10 8000

Monsoon Season 1 Asplenium finlaysonianum 10 3000



2 Ageratum conyzoides 40 17000 3 Asplenium nidus 20 3000 4 Dendrobium moschatum 20 2000 5 Eupatorium odoratum 40 30000 6 Hoya longifolia 20 3000 7 Begonia nepalensis 50 8000 8 Onychium siliculosum 20 3000 9 Saccharum spontaneum 30 17000

10 Spilanthes paniculata 40 15000 11 Thysanolaena maxima 40 16000 12 Crassocephalum crepidioides 40 6000

V5: Proposed Power House area near Nimte village:

To analyze the status of vegetation in the proposed proposed power house area of Par

Hydroelectric Power Project sampling was carried out near Nimte village, left bank of pare

river.

10 tree species were recorded from the area. Of these Macaranga denticulata,

Anthoceplhalus chinensis, Dillenia indica, Ficus roxburghii and Ficus hirta are the most

dominant and frequently distributed species (Table 7.16).

10 species of shrub were recorded from this location. Bambusa tulda was the most

dominated species. Other shrub species dominating in the area are Musa balbisiana,

Calamus flagellum, Calamus flagellum, Calamus leptospadix, Boehmeria platyphylla and

Boehmeria glomerulifera (Table 7.17).

The herbaceous layer is comprised of 16 species in this area. Polygonum oppositifolium,

Bidens biternata, Ageratum conyzoides and Cymbidium aloifolium were the most dominant

during winter sampling, while during pre monsoon sampling Ageratum conyzoides,

Girardinia heterophylla, Bidens biternata and Hedychium spicatum are dominant herb

species. Maximum numbers of herbs were reported during post monsoon season. During

sampling Eupatorium odoratum was found dominat near agricultural fields and village trails

Bidens biternata, Polygonum oppositifolium, Ageratum conyzoides, Cuphea balsamina and

Phrynium pubinerve were other herb species reported from sampling site V5 (Table 7.18).



(%) Density (no. of

trees/ha) Total Basal Area

(m2/ha)

1 Albizia lucida 10 10 0.2 2 Anthocephalus chinensis 10 50 1.4 3 Bombax ceiba 10 10 0.1 4 Cyathea spinolosa 10 10 0.1 5 Dillenia indica 30 40 5.8 6 Duabanga grandiflora 10 10 0.3 7 Erythrina stricta 20 20 1.9 8 Ficus roxburghii 20 50 16.7 9 Macaranga denticulata 20 50 2.5

10 Sapium baccatum 10 10 0.2 Total 260 29.2





(%) Density (no. of


Area (m2/ha)

1 Boehmeria platyphylla 40 140 0.89 2 Boehmeria glomerulifera 10 180 0.29 3 Laportea crenulata 20 120 0.51 4 Calamus leptospadix 40 140 0.20 5 Calamus flagellum 10 220 0.25 6 Bambusa tulda 20 960 0.29 7 Conocephalus suaveolens 20 60 0.05 8 Laportea crenulata 20 70 0.64 9 Elatostema sesquifolium 10 120 0.79

10 Musa balbisiana 40 240 0.16



(%) Density (no. of


1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 18000 2 Bidens biternata 50 18000 3 Cuphea balsamina 20 2000 4 Cymbidium aloifolium 20 12000 5 Piper nigrum 10 2000 6 Polygonum oppositifolium 50 23000 7 Spermacoce latifolia 20 2000 8 Spilanthes paniculata 20 2000 9 Triumfetta pilosa 20 2000

Summer Season 1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 51000 2 Bidens biternata 30 30000 3 Equisetum diffusum. 10 10000 4 Girardinia heterophylla 40 47000 5 Hedychium spicatum 20 21000

Monsoon Season 1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 22000 2 Alocasia fornicata 20 12000 3 Bidens biternata 20 31000 4 Cuphea balsamina 20 21000 5 Eupatorium odoratum 30 31000 6 Phrynium pubinerve 20 20000 7 Polygonum oppositifolium 30 30000 8 Spilanthes paniculata 10 1000 9 Thysanolaena maxima 20 10000

10 Triumfetta pilosa 20 2000

V6: Downstream of Proposed project area near Balapu village:

In the downstream of the proposed project area sampling was carried out near Balapu

village along Ponbung nala on the left bank of Pare river near.

During the field surveys 9 species of trees were recorded at this site. Chukrasia tabularis

and Dillenia pentagyna is the most dominant tree of this area (Table 7.19). Other important

constituents of tree layer are: Macaranga denticulata, Ficus roxburghii, Anthocephalus

chinensis, Sapium insigne and Kydia calycina.



Shrub layer was mainly constituted by Actinidia callosa, Bambusa tulda and Pteracanthus

rubescens. Other frequently distribted shrub species observed from the sampling site are

Calamus leptospadix, Boehmeria cylindrica and Boehmeria macrophylla (Table 7.20).

Herbaceous flora at this location is comprised of 21 species. During winter sampling 9

species were recorded, 11 species were observed during pre monsoon season and 16

species during post monsoon season (Table 7.21). Herbaceous layer was dominated by

species like Spilanthes paniculata, Hedychium spica, Thysanolaena maxima, Polygonum

oppositifolium, Alpinia allughas, Phrynium pubinerve, Ageratum conyzoides, Hedychium

coronarium, Hedychium spicatum and Spilanthes paniculata.



(%) Density (no. of trees/ha)

Total Basal Area (m

2/ha)

1 Altingia excelsa 10 10 3.9 2 Anthocephalus chinensis 20 20 0.3 3 Ailanthus grandis 10 10 4.8 4 Dillenia pentagyna 20 40 15.4 5 Chukrasia tabularis 20 50 2.2 6 Ficus roxburghii 30 30 0.1 7 Kydia calycina 10 10 0.3 8 Macaranga denticulata 20 20 0.4 9 Sapium insigne 10 10 0.2 Total 200 27.6



(%) Density

(no. of ind./ha) Total Basal

Area (m2/ha)

1 Boehmeria macrophylla 30 100 0.51 2 Calamus flagellum 10 60 0.13 3 Calamus floribundus 40 60 0.20 4 Calamus leptospadix 20 120 0.13 5 Conocephalus suaveolens 20 20 0.13 6 Laportea crenulata 20 70 0.16 7 Boehmeria cylindrica 30 100 0.10 8 Bambusa tulda 10 540 0.14 9 Dendrocalamus hamiltonii 60 720 0.51

10 Dalhousiea bracteata 10 40 0.13 11 Pteracanthus rubescens 20 240 0.20


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density

(no. of ind./ha) Winter Season

1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 52000 2 Alocasia fornicata 20 2000 3 Begonia nepalensis 20 2000 4 Colocasia affinis 20 2000 5 Eupatorium odorantum 30 3000 6 Phrynium pubinerve 20 2000 7 Polygonum oppositifolium 30 3000 8 Solanum indicum 10 1000 9 Thysanolaena maxima 20 10000



Pre Monsoon 1 Ageratum conyzoides 30 11000 2 Alocasia fornicata 20 9000 3 Begonia nepalensis 20 2000 4 Colocasia affinis 20 2000 5 Elatostema sessile 20 2000 6 Eupatorium odoratum 10 10000 7 Hedychium coronarium 20 12000 8 Phrynium pubinerve 40 21000 9 Pteridium aquilinum 10 9000

10 Solanum indicum 10 6000 11 Thysanolaena maxima 50 27000

Monsoon Season 1 Ageratum conyzoides 30 8000 2 Alocasia fornicata 20 3000 3 Alpinia allughas 30 14000 4 Begonia nepalensis 40 10000 5 Colocasia affinis 40 10000 6 Crassocephalum crepidioides 10 1000 7 Duchesnea indica 30 4000 8 Elatostema sessilis 10 4000 9 Eupatorium odoratum 40 10000

10 Hedychium spicatum 20 18000 11 Phrynium pubinerve 40 11000 12 Polygonum oppositifolium 10 15000 13 Pteridium aquilinum 10 3000 14 Selaginella indica 10 2000 15 Spilanthes paniculata 30 18000 16 Thysanolaena maxima 50 17000

7.4.6 Density

Density is one of the indicators to assess the dominance of a plant species occurring in a

particular area.

The density of trees varied from site to site depending upon elevation, land use pattern

and the extent of area subjected to road construction in the area. The overall tree density

throughout the study area ranged from minimum of 190 number of trees/ha to maximum

of 260 trees/ha (Table 7.22). Highest tree density was recorded at sampling site V5 located

near the proposed power house area, followed by sampling site V1 (230 trees/ha);

Upstream of reservoir Site near Sagalee town (left bank of Pare River). The lowest tree

density was recorded for the sampling site V4; located in the right bank of Pare river near

the Debah village.

Table 7.22: Density (plants per ha) of Trees

Sampling Site V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6

Trees 230 220 200 190 260 200

7.4.7 Diversity & Dominance

7.4.7.1 Diversity

To understand the species diversity Shannon Weiner Diversity was calculated separately

for trees, shrubs and herbs. At sampling site V1 diversity of tree was observed lowest in

the study area. The sampling site is located in the upstream of proposed reservoir area.



Amongst the trees the diversity Index ranged from low of 1.85 at sampling site V1

Upstream of reservoir Site near Sagalee town (left bank of Pare river) to highest of 2.16 at

sampling site V2, at sampling site located near proposed baarage site (Table 23).

Table 7.23: Shannon Weiner Diversity Index (H)

Sampling Site V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 Trees 1.85 2.16 2.08 2.09 2.06 2.01

Shrubs 1.94 1.70 1.63 1.41 1.89 1.87

Herbs Winter 2.17 2.11 1.48 2.21 1.66 1.54

Pre monsoon 2.43 2.51 2.01 2.33 1.51 2.29 Monsoon 2.36 1.69 2.17 2.23 2.08 2.56

Amongst shrubs the highest diversity was recorded at sampling site V1 Upstream of

reservoir Site near Sagalee town (left bank of Pare river) i.e. 1.94 and lowest i.e. 1.41 at

sampling site V4 located at Intermediate zone between barrage site and power house

along Langbhag nala (Right bank of Pare River) (Table 7.23).

The species diversity in herbs was always higher during monsoon period and varied from

1.69 (site V2) to 2.56 (site V6) at different sampling location. During winter diversity index

varied from low of 1.48 at Site-V3 to 2.21 at Site-V4. During pre monsoon highest

diversity value 2.51 was recorded from site V2 and lowest 1.51 was recorded from site

located near proposed power house site (Table 7.23).

7.4.7.2 Dominance

In order to understand the dominance of various species among trees, Importance Value

Index (IVI) of most dominant species has been given at Tables 7.24. In the study area,

Duabanga grandiflora was found with highst IVI in sampling site V1, V3 and V5. Terminalia

myriocarpa is the another dominat species recorded in the sampling site V3. At site V2 near

proposed barrage site Castanopsis armata have IVI value more than 50. At site V4 located

in the right bank of Pare river near Debah village; Pterospermum acerifolium and Bischofia

javanica are the dominant species have IVI value more than 50. Dillenia indica have IVI

value of more than 50 at site V5 and at site V6 Dillenia pentagyna is only the species have

value more than 50 (Table 7.24). Duabanga grandiflora recorded highest IVI values of 94

and 90 at sites V3 and V5, respectively.

Table 7.24: Importance Value Index of dominant tree species at different sampling locations

S.No. Name of Species V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6

1 Ailanthus grandis 24 47 29

2 Altingia excelsa 23 26

3 Anthocephalus chinensis

31 24

4 Bischofia javanica 55

5 Canarium strictum 40

6 Castanopsis armata 55

7 Castanopsis indica 37

8 Chukrasia tabularis 12 18 46

9 Cyathea spinolosa 35 11

10 Dillenia indica 44 28 55

11 Dillenia pentagyna 23 89



12 Duabanga grandiflora 58 12 94 28 90

13 Elaeocarpus aristatus 34

14 Macaranga denticulata 10 41 25

15 Pterospermum acerifolium 52 9 70

16 Terminalia myriocarpa 23 57

7.5 TERRESTRIAL FAUNA

A three season study was carried out to describe the faunal elements in the region. The

fauna of catchment area is discussed briefly with the help of primary survey and secondary

literature available of the study area. Location of the sites is given at Figure 7.3.

7.5.1 Mammals

Catchment area provides habitation and sustenance for numerous fauna. The mountains,

forests and streams, abundant food, shelter, water and large stretches of uninhabited and

comparatively inaccessible sites provide favorable factors for sheltering many kinds of wild

animals. Earlier, this area used to harbour good wildlife. However, with increase in human

interferences, and as a result of clearing of forests for jhum cultivation, forests and wildlife

are under threat. The locals informed that in the past, good number of wildlife was

reported in the project area. However, with the degradation of forests due to various

reasons, the faunal species have become more or less absent from the project area.

List of mammalian fauna of the study area and in the catchment area was prepared from

secondary sources and surveys and it comprises of 16 species belonging to 6 orders. The

order Carnivora is largest, represented by 8 species followed by Cetartiodactyla, Primates,

Rodentia and Cetartiodactyla represent by two species each and Artiodactyla and

Proboscidea were represented by a single species. Detailed accounts on the distribution

and status of the species are described in Table 7.25.

During the surveys Mithun (Bos frontalis) and Assamese macaque (Macaca assamensis)

were the only mammals sighted in the study area. Besides these no other wild animal was

sighted during field investigation. The probable occurence of other mammal species was

documented through the skins of Indian muntjak, Assamese macaque, teeth of tiger and

leopard. A list of mammals reported in the study area is listed in Table 7.25.

Table 7.25: A list of Mammalian species reported in the study area of Par HEP

S. No. Order Common Name Scientific Name Conservation Status

Schedule as per WPA 1972

IUCN Ver. 3.1

1 Artiodactyla Mithun Bos frontalis* - - 2 Carnivora Golden Jackal Canis aureus II LC 3 Carnivora Jungle cat Felis chaus II LC 4 Carnivora Leopard cat Felis bengalensis I - 5 Carnivora Grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsi II LC 6 Carnivora Tiger Panthera tigris I EN 7 Carnivora Common Leopard Panthera pardus I NT 8 Carnivora Small Indian Civet Viverricula indica II LC 9 Carnivora Wild dog Cuon alpinus II EN

10 Cetartiodactyla Indian muntjac Muntiacus muntjak III LC 11 Cetartiodactyla Wild Pig Sus scrofa III LC 12 Primates Assamese macaque Macaca assamensis * II NT



13 Primates Capped Langur Trachypithecus pileatus I VU 14 Proboscidea Indian Elephant Elephas maximus I EN 15 Rodentia Indian porcupine Hystrix indica IV LC 16 Rodentia Field mouse Mus booduga V LC

Species marked as * were sighted during the field survey ; WPA – Wild life Protection Act; IUCN- International Union

for Conservation of Nature; IUCN Status: VU – Vulnerable; NT- Near Threatened; LC - Least concern

7.5.2 Avifauna

As discussed in Methodology Chapter 3 of this report, the survey for birds was carried out

on fixed width trails of 2 km wherever the terrain permitted. Birds were identified as per

the field guide of birds Ali (2002), Krys Kazmierczak (2006) and Grimmett, Inskipp and

Inskipp (2007).

A total of 60 species of bird species belonging to 33 families was compiled based upon

sighting during field survey as well as secondary data. During the field survey, 21 species

were sighted in their natural habitats like small bushy vegetation, bare stone grounds and

nearby the human habitation. The area supports suitable habitation for birds which mainly

feeds on berries and insects. The birds like Great Barbet, Fulvous and Breasted

Woodpecker recorded in the forest area because they feed mainly on wild fruits, berries

and insects. Some birds like White capped water red start and Plumbeous Water Redstart

feed generally on insects like mayflies, stoneflies etc. and hence were recorded mostly near

the river and other water sources. On the basis of primary survey, an inventory of avifauna

was prepared which is enlisted along with their conservation status in Table 7.26.

Table 7.26: List of avifauna sighted in the study area with their conservation status

S. No. Family Name Scientific Name Common Name

Conservation Status

Schedule

(WPA 1972)

IUCN

Ver. 3.1

1 Accipitridae Aquila pomarina Lesser spotted Eagle IV LC 2 Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Eagle I LC 3 Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher IV NA 4 Anatidae Mergus merganser Common merganser IV LC 5 Anhingidae Anhinga melanogaster Darter IV NT 6 Apodidae Apus affinis House swift Appendix-I LC 7 Apodidae Collocalia brevirostris* Himalayan Swiftlet Appendix-I LC 8 Bucerotidae Rhyticeros undulatus* Wreathed hornbill I LC 9 Campephagidae Pericrocotus ethologus Long tailed minivet IV LC

10 Charadriidae Vanellus indicus Red wattled Lapwing IV LC 11 Columbidae Chalcophaps indica Emerald dove IV LC 12 Columbidae Columba livia* Blue Rock pigeon IV LC 13 Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis* Spotted Dove IV LC 14 Columbidae Streptopelia orientalis Oriental turtle dove IV LC 15 Columbidae Treron apicauda Pintailed green pigeon IV LC 16 Columbidae Treron sphenurus Wedge tailed green pigeon IV NA 17 Corvidae Cissa chinensis Green magpie IV LC 18 Corvidae Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller IV NA 19 Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos * Large Billed Crow IV LC 20 Corvidae Urocissa flavirospis Yellow billed blue magpie IV NA 21 Cuculidae Centropus bengalensis Lesser coucal IV LC 22 Cuculidae Hierococcyx sparverioides Hawk cuckoo IV NA 23 Cuculidae Phaenicophaeus tristis Small Green billed Malkoha IV LC 24 Dicruridae Dicrurus macrocercus* Black drongo IV LC 25 Dicruridae Dicrurus aeneus Bronzed Drongo IV LC



26 Halcyonidae Halcyon smyrnensis White throated Kingfisher IV LC 27 Lanidae Lanius schach* Grey Backed Shrike Appendix-I LC 28 Megalaimidae Megalaima asiatica Blue throated barbet I LC 29 Megalaimidae Megalaima virens* Great Barbet IV LC 30 Meropidae Merops orientalis Green bee-eater Appendix-I LC 31 Motacillidae Dendronanthus indicus Forest wagtail IV LC

32 Muscicapidae Chaimarrornis leucocephalus*

White-capped Water-redstart IV LC

33 Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis* Oriental Magpie Robin IV LC 34 Muscicapidae Cyornis concretus White tailed flycatcher IV LC 35 Muscicapidae Cyornis rubeculoides Blue throated flycatcher IV LC 36 Muscicapidae Enicurus immaculatus Black-backed Forktail IV NA 37 Muscicapidae Ficedula hodgsonii Slaty backed flycatcher IV LC 38 Muscicapidae Ficedula strophiata Rufous gorgeted flycatcher IV LC 39 Muscicapidae Monticola cinclorhynchus Blue caped rock thrush IV LC 40 Muscicapidae Rhyacornis fuliginosus* Plumbeous Water Redstart IV LC 41 Muscicapidae Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin IV NA 42 Nectariniidae Nectarinia asiatica* Purple Sunbird IV LC 43 Passeridae Motacilla alba* White wagtail IV LC 44 Passeridae Passer domesticus* House sparrow IV LC 45 Passeridae Passer montanus* Eurasian Tree Sparrow IV LC 46 Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant IV LC 47 Phasianidae Gallus gallus Red jungle fowl IV LC 48 Phylloscopidae Phylloscopus fuscatus Dusky Warbler IV LC 49 Phylloscopidae Phylloscopus maculipennis* Ashy Throated Warbler IV LC 50 Picidae Dendrocopos macei * Fulvous breasted Woodpecker IV LC 51 Psittaculidae Psittacula alexandri Red breasted parakeet IV LC 52 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer* Red Vented Bulbul IV LC 53 Scolopacidae Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper IV LC 54 Sittidae Sitta castanea* Chest nut billed nuthatch Appendix-I LC 55 Strigidae Otus spilocephalus Mountain scops owl IV LC 56 Strigidae Strix leptogrammica Brown wood owl IV LC 57 Sturnidae Acridotheres fuscus Jungle myna IV LC 58 Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis* Common Myna IV LC 59 Sylviidae Paradoxornis gularis Grey headed parrotbill IV LC 60 Timaliidae Leiothrix argentauris* Silver Eared Mesia IV LC

Species marked as * were sighted during the field survey.

IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature; VU – Vulnerable; NT- Near Threatened; LC - Least Concern. WPA –

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

Appendix I: List of the bird families that do not appear either in Schedule-I (Part-III) or Schedule-IV (No.11) of the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972 but should be included in the future amendments

7.5.3 Herpetofauna

The herpetofauna were sampled on the same transects marked for mammals. The

sampling also carried along river banks and the sampling was repeated during night

following the time constrained Visual Encounter Rates (VES) method. Spiny tailed House

Gecko, Indian Rock Python and Speckled little Sun skink were sighted during field survey.

Lists of reptiles and lizards from the study area as per field observation, public consultation

and secondary data source from the area are given in Table 7.27. In all 10 species of

reptiles and lizards are reported from the study area and these belong to 8 families.

Table 7.27: Herpetofaunal composition of the Study area

S. No. Family Common Name Scientific Name

1 Agamidae Common calotes Calotes versicolor

2 Agamidae Blue throated Forest lizard Ptyctolaemus gularis

3 Colubridae Green Trinket Snake Elaphe prasina

4 Colubridae Rat Snake Ptyas mucosa



5 Elapidae Monocled cobra Naja naja kaouthia

6 Gekkonidae Spiny tailed House Gecko* Hemidactylus frenatus

7 Pythonidae Indian Rock Python* Python molurus

8 Scincidae Speckled little Sun skink* Mabuya macularia macularia

9 Varanidae Common Asian Monitor Varanus bengalensis

10 Viperidae Mountain Pit Viper Ovophis monticola

Source: Forest Working Scheme Sagalee Forest Division; Species marked as * were sighted during the field survey.

In addition, 5 species of amphibian are also reported from the area and a list of the same is

given at Table 7.28.

Table 7.28: List of commonly found amphibians in the area

S. No. Common Name Scientific Name

1. Amolops formosus Assam Sucker Frog

2. Duttaphrynus himalayanus Himalayan Broad-skulled Toad

3. Duttaphrynus melanostictus Common Indian Toad

4. Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Indian Skipper Frog / Skittering Frog

5. Fejervarya limnocharis Cricket Frog

Source: Forest Working Scheme Sagalee Forest Division

7.5.4 Insects and Butterflies

The insects including butterflies are common in the area and are sighted throughout the

study period. The presence of the insects was abundant in post monsoon and pre monsoon

season however their availability was less in winter months.

Overwintering into different stages larvae, nymphs, eggs, pupae, or as adults of insect life is

very common. Many large wasps seek shelter in the eaves and attics of houses or barns.

Tree holes, leaf litter, and under logs and rocks1 are common shelters for overwintering

adult insects.

A list of insects compiled from primary surveys as well as secondary sources is given at

Table 29. Total 22 insect species are reported from the study area. The Cabbage white,

Jester, common leopard and Common Tiger were some common species and frequently

sighted in catchment area.

Table 7.29: A list of Butterflies found in the Study Area of Par HEP

S.No. Family Common name Scientific name

1 Lycaenidae Common Hedge Blue Acytolepis puspa

2 Lycaenidae Purple Sapphire Heliophorus epicles

3 Nymphalidae Chocolate Tiger Parantica melaneus

4 Nymphalidae Common Jester Symbrenthia lilaea

5 Nymphalidae Common Leopard Phalanta phalantha

6 Nymphalidae Dark Blue Tiger Tirumala septentrionis

7 Nymphalidae Indian Tortoiseshell Aglais kaschmirensis

8 Nymphalidae Striped Tiger Danaus genutia

9 Nymphalidae Large Yeoman Cirrochroa aoris aoris

10 Nymphalidae Long-brand Bush brown Mycalesis visala

11 Nymphalidae Common Yeoman Cirrochroa tyche

12 Nymphalidae Indian Fritillary Argynnis hyperbius

13 Nymphalidae Indian Red Admiral Vanessa indica

14 Papilionidae Common Mormon Papilio polytes



15 Papilionidae Common Peacock Papilio crino

16 Papilionidae Great Jay Graphium eurypylus

17 Papilionidae Great Mormon Papilio memnon

18 Pieridae Chocolate Albatross Appias lyncida

19 Pieridae Common Albatross Appias albina

20 Pieridae Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe

21 Pieridae Green Veined White Pieris napi

22 Pieridae Indian Cabbage White Pieris canidia

7.5.5 Threatened and Endangered Fauna

In general the wildlife in the immediate impact area is rarely seen as the area is subjected to

jhum cultivation. One of the main reasons that has cited for low sighting is man-animal

conflict/interaction by way of crop raiding. Animals like macaque are known to prefer crops

like wheat, maize, millets, vegetable, etc. This human interaction invariably leads to their killing

as they cause loss of crops to the farmers. The animals resort to crop raiding as their habitat

has been shrinking by cutting of trees for firewood, and forest clearing due to jhum cultivation.

Three species viz; Tiger (Panthera tigris), Wild dog (Cuon alpinus) and Indian Elephant

(Elephas maximus) are listed in endangered category whereas Common Leopard (Panthera

pardus) and Assamese macaque (Macaca assamensis) are the two species listed under

Near Threatened and one species Capped Langur (Trachypithecus pileatus) is listed under

vulnerable category as per IUCN Redlist ver 3.1.

The Schedule I species reported from the study area as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972

are Panthera tigris, Panthera pardus, Elephas maximus and Trachypithecus pileatus while

the Schedule-II species are Macaca assamensis and Wild Dog (Cuon alpinus), Golden Jackal

(Canis aureus), Jungle Cat (Felis chaus) and Small Indian Civet (Viverricula indica) (refer

Table 7.25).

Amongst birds sighted during field study, Rhyticeros undulatus (Wreathed hornbill), Milvus

migrans (Black Kite) and Megalaima asiatica (Blue throated barbet) are the species listed

under Schedule I as per the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972. Most of the species reported from

the study area are under Schedule IV of as per the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972. While,

Anhinga melanogaster (Darter) is the species under Near Threatened category of IUCN,

rest of the the birds recorded from the study area belong to Least Concern category as per

IUCN Redlist Ver 3.1 (refer Table 7.26).

7.6 WATER QUALITY

Surface water sample collection and analysis were carried out at three different seasons

along the Pare river and its perennial nalas for the evaluation of water and limnological

parameters. The details of methodology have already been discussed in Chapter 3 on

Methodology. Location of the sites is given at Figure 7.3.

7.6.1 Physico–chemical Characteristics

The physico-chemical nature of river water depends upon number of factors like the

hydrological and geological nature of the watershed, soil and the type of vegetation it

supports and a variety of biological processes both within and outside river.



Water temperature is one of the important ecological factors which play an important role

in the distribution of organisms. The temperature of the river water and its major

tributaries fluctuated from 10.6°C to 12.0°C in winter season, 14.4C to 16.5C in pre

monsoon season and 16.2°C to 17.6°C in post monsoon season. The turbidity level was nil

in winter and Pre monsoon whereas in monsoon it increased and was in the range of 2.1 to

2.6 NTU (refer Table 7.30).

Electrical conductivity (EC) which is a measure of the ability of water to conduct an electric

current mainly depend on concentration of the ions dissolved in water ranged from 34 to

55 µS/cm in winters, from 27-43 µS/cm in Pre monsoons and from 20 to 57 µS/cm in

monsoon. Similarly, maximum concentrations of total dissolved solids were recorded 21

mg/l – 34 mg/l in winter season, 17 mg/l to 27 mg/l in pre monsoon season, and during

monsoon value of TDS were ranged between 35 mg/l to 41 mg/l (refer Table 7.30).

Hardness caused by calcium and magnesium is usually indicated by precipitation of soap

scum and the need for excess use of soap to achieve cleaning. Public acceptability of the

degree of hardness of water may vary considerably from one community to another,

depending on local conditions. Hardness values were recorded quite low in the water

samples which is indicating that water of Pare River is soft in nature as the values varied

from 9.98-25 mg/l in all the respective seasons (refer Table 7.30).

The river water was relatively alkaline and the pH range recorded at all the sites was more

than 7.5 during all the three seasons and ranged from 7.51 to 8.25 (refer Table 7.30).

The Dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration was generally negatively correlated with water

temperature. In Pare River maximum dissolved oxygen ranged from 8.43 – 8.98 mg/l in

winter season and minimum recorded 6.19 – 7.91 mg/l during monsoon season (refer

Table 7.30).

Total alkalinity comprised of bicarbonates as most of the running waters have soluble

bicarbonates and insoluble carbonates. The minimum alkalinity in Pare River water ranged

from 12.4 to 24.5 mg/l recorded during pre monsoon season whereas maximum alkalinity

from 16.0 to 28.0 mg/l in winter season.

Phosphate and nitrate concentrations were quite low in the river. Heavy metals were absent

at all the sampling sites as there is no industry located in the study area (refer Table 7.30).

Water quality for the surface waters is monitored using physical, chemical and biological

parameters. The criterion of Central Pollution Control Board has been used for the

Designated Best Use’ like drinking, outdoor bathing, wildlife and fisheries etc. Analyzing the important parameters like total coliform, pH, dissolved oxygen, BOD, the surface water

can becategorized as category A’. Also, all the para eters of surface water stand below the desirable limit of water quality standard (IS: 10500). The standards are given at

Annexure-V.



Table 7.30: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water at Different Sampling Sites in the Study Area

S.No. Parameters Winter Pre Monsoon Monsoon

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

1 Water Temperature (°C) 10.6 11.2 10.9 12.3 11.5 12.0 14.8 14.9 14.4 14.5 16.3 16.5 16.2 16.3 17.2 17.6 16.3 16.8

2 pH 7.85 7.76 7.81 8.13 8.06 7.94 7.63 7.51 7.77 7.84 7.89 7.91 8.05 8.25 7.8 7.76 8.14 7.94

3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) 8.98 8.79 8.95 8.43 8.69 8.49 8.29 8.22 8.13 8.08 8.1 8.05 6.19 6.82 7.32 7.91 6.98 6.72

4 Turbidity (NTU) Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.1 2.6 2.6

5 Total Suspended solids (mg/l) 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 6 7 7 6 10 8

6 Electrical Conductivity μS/c 34 41 55 43 49 52 27 31 42 35 37 43 20 26 28 32 57 48

7 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 21 25 34 26 30 32 17 19 26 22 23 27 35 35 38 41 34 35

8 Chloride (mg/l) 11.3 13.2 13.2 11.8 13 12.4 8.19 9.93 8.78 8.56 11.5 11.7 1.99 1.99 2.13 2.01 3.99 3.99

9 Total alkalinity (mg/l) 20.6 16 28 26.7 23.8 22.8 16.8 12.4 24.5 18.4 16.9 17.8 22.8 21.4 23.5 26.4 21.9 19.8

10 Total Hardness (mg/l) 15.88 11.12 25 20.39 18.12 18.6 13.9 10.24 15.79 10.91 16.82 15.91 12.21 9.98 11.7 15.9 19.5 20.08

11 Calcium hardness (mg/l) 8.5 7.02 16.8 13.5 9.8 11.3 7.75 4.5 8 5.5 8.5 10.5 7.32 5.63 8.4 9.3 11.6 11.3

12 Magnesium Hardness (mg/l) 7.38 4.1 8.2 6.89 8.32 7.3 6.15 5.74 7.79 5.412 8.323 5.412 4.89 4.35 3.3 6.6 7.9 8.78

13 Iron (mg/l) 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.02

14 Potassium (mg/l) 2.06 1.87 1.48 1.45 1.21 2.03 1.24 1.98 1.67 1.79 1.59 1.68 1.93 1.87 1.98 1.56 1.78 2.01

15 Sodium (mg/l) 1.82 1.54 2.36 1.03 1.02 1.31 0.94 0.79 1.05 1.08 0.89 0.96 1.20 1.06 1.26 0.85 1.08 0.99

16 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01

17 Phosphate (PO4) (mg/l) <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 <.001 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04

18 Sulphates (mg/l) 2.12 1.89 1.23 1.56 2.01 1.28 1.09 1.31 1.06 1.25 1.56 1.82 1.98 2.02 1.50 1.09 1.10 1.21

19 Silicate (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

20 Heavy Metals (mg/l) (Pb,As, Hg,

Cd, Cr-6, Total Cr, Cu, Zn ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND N D ND ND ND

21 Oil & Grease (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

22 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

23 Residual Sodium Carbonate (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Biochemical Parameters ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

1 Total Coliform (P/A) A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

2 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

3 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

W1-W6 : Sampling sites; ND= Not Detectable, A=Absent



Water Quality Index (WQI):

Water quality index is a 100 point scale that summarizes results from a total of nine different

measurements as dicussed in Chapter 3 on Methodology and its legends are given below.

Water Quality Index Range Quality 90-100 Excellent 70-90 Good 50-70 Medium 25-50 Bad 0-25 Very bad

Water quality index (WQI) calculated for water samples collected from different locations

in three seasons is given below.

Sampling Site WQI

Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon W1 94.5 94.43 87.13 W2 93.6 93.52 89.13 W3 94.57 93.26 90.51 W4 92.57 94.19 92.9 W5 93.21 93.4 88.65 W6 94.81 93.36 89.73

The water quality index of the study area reveals almost similar pattern at all sampling

sites and lies in excellent water quality range as per the WQI.

7.6.2 Biological Characteristics

Rock surfaces, plant surfaces, leaf debris, logs, silt and sandy sediments and all other

spaces in the stream provide habitats for different organisms. According to these habitats,

organisms are divided into plankton, benthos, nektons and neuston. Benthic diatoms are

found attached to the surface of substrates such as rock, boulders and any other bottom

substrates of the water body.

7.6.2.1 Phytobenthos

In all total, 75 species of periphyton were identified in the samples collected from

proposed hydroelectric project study area. The periphyton community comprised of 50

species of Bacillariophyceae, 22 species of Fragilariophyceae and 3 species of

Coscinodiscophyceae class (Table 7.31). Maximum number of species (75) was recorded

during winter, followed by 43 species in Pre monsoon and 36 species in monsoon. Out of

75 species 23 species were found in all the three seasons. Navicula is most dominant

benthic microflora in Pare river and is represented by 14 species. Achnanthidium and

Gomphonema are the other dominant benthic genra represented by 11 species of each

(Table 7.31).

Most common species are Achnanthes brevipes, Achnanthes conspicua, Achnanthidium exilis,

A. biasolettianum, Cocconeis excise, Cocconeis placentula var. lineata, Geissleria decussis,

Gomphonema clevei, G. grovei, G. minutum, Planothidium lanceolatum var. ventricosa,

Sellaphora pupula, Aulacoseira granulate, Navicula cryptotenella, Navicula absoluta, N.

hustedtii, N. menisculus, N. dissipata, N. romana and Synedra ulna (Tables 7.31).



Table 7.31: List of phytobenthos species found in Study Area

S. No. Name of Species Winter Pre- monsoon Monsoon

Class: Bacillariophyceae

1 Achnanthes acares + + -

2 Achnanthes brevipes + + +

3 Achnanthes brevipes var. intermedia + - -

4 Achnanthes conspicua + + +

5 Achnanthes inflata + - -

6 Achnanthidium exilis + + +

7 Achnanthidium minutissimum + - +

8 Achnanthidium biasolettianum + - +

9 Achnanthidium catenatum + - +

10 Achnanthidium gondwana + + -

11 Achnanthidium kryophila + + -

12 Achnanthidium levanderi + - +

13 Achnanthidium linearis + - -

14 Achnanthidium microcephala + - -

15 Achnanthidium saxonica + + -

16 Achnanthidium taeniata + + -

17 Amphora pediculus + - +

18 Cocconeis excisa + + -

19 Cocconeis lacustris + - -

20 Cocconeis tumida + - -

21 Cocconeis amphicephala var.hercynica + + +

22 Cocconeis leptoceros + - +

23 Cocconeis parva + + -

24 Cocconeis placentula + + -

25 Cocconeis placentula var. lineata + - +

26 Cocconeis placentulavar. euglypta + - +

27 Encyonopsis minutum + + -

28 Encyonopsissilesiacum + + -

29 Geissleria decussis + + +

30 Gomphonema clavatum + + -

31 Gomphonema clevei + + -

32 Gomphonema gracile + + -

33 Gomphonema grovei + + +

34 Gomphonema minutum + + +

35 Gomphonema parvulum + + +

36 Gomphonema pseudotenellum + + -

37 Gomphonema angustum + - +

38 Gomphonema bohemicum + + -

39 Gomphonema olivaceum + + -

40 Gomphonema olivaceum var. fonticola + - +

41 Pinnularia divergentissima + - -

42 Pinnularia rumrichae + +

43 Planothidium lanceolatum + -- +

44 Planothidium lanceolatumvar. ventricosa + + +

45 Planothidium rostratum + + -

46 Reimeria sinuata + - -

47 Sellaphora bacillum + - -

48 Sellaphora pupula + + +

49 Surirella angusta + + +

50 Surirella linearis + + -

Class: Coscinodiscophyceae 51 Aulacoseira granulata + + +

52 Melosira lineata + - +

53 Orthoseira dendroteres + - -



S. No. Name of Species Winter Pre- monsoon Monsoon

Class: Fragilariophyceae 54 Hannae arcus + + -

55 Navicula brockmannii + - -

56 Navicula cryptotenella + + +

57 Navicula halophila + + -

58 Navicula pseudolanceolata + - -

59 Navicula radiosa + + -

60 Navicula salinarum + - +

61 Navicula absoluta + + +

62 Navicula capitatoradiata + - -

63 Navicula cryptocephala + - -

64 Navicula elginensis + - -

65 Navicula hustedtii + + +

66 Navicula menisculus + + +

67 Navicula phyllepta + - -

68 Navicula pseudoanglica var. signata + - +

69 Nitzschia amphibia + - -

70 Nitzschia dissipata + + +

71 Nitzschia frustulum + + -

72 Nitzschia linearis + - +

73 Nitzschia palea + + -

74 Nitzschia romana + + +

75 Synedra ulna + + +

Total 75 43 34

+ Present; - Absent

The density of phytobenthos was highest in winter and it ranged from 3765 cells/cm2 (at W2)

to 4807 cells/cm2 (at W6). During Pre monsoon season density of phytobenthose was

recoreded in between 2067 cells/cm2 (W3) to 2426 cells/cm2 (W5). Increase in turbidity and

run-off of river water show low density of phytobenthose during monsoon season ranged

from 1070 cells/cm2 (at W2) to 1350 cells/cm2 (at W1) (Table 7.32). The species diversity was

highest during winters as Species Diversity Index ranged from 3.15 - 3.28 winter season, 2.36

– 2.67 in Pre monsoon season and 1.41 – 1.78 in monsoon (Table 7.32).

Table 7.32: Density, Species Diversity (H) and Evenness Index (E) of phytobenthos

Sampling site Density (cells/ cm

2) Shannon Weiner Diversit Inde H’

Winter Pre monsoon Monsoon Winter Pre monsoon Monsoon

W1 3897 2390 1350 3.28 2.52 1.78 W2 3765 2154 1070 3.19 2.36 1.68 W3 4767 2067 1090 3.15 2.67 1.77 W4 4456 2287 1240 3.24 2.56 1.43 W5 4198 2426 1110 3.26 2.42 1.50 W6 4807 2390 1210 3.21 2.38 1.41

7.6.2.2 Phytoplankton

In all total 74 species of phytoplankton were identified in the samples collected from

proposed hydroelectric project study area (Tables 7.33). Maximum number of species (74)

was recorded during winter, followed by 42 in Pre monsoon and 30 in monsoon season.

The total number of taxa recorded during different seasons varied from 74 in winter, 42 in

pre-monsoon and 30 in monsoon season. Navicula is most dominant genus in Pare river and

is represented by 14 species followed by genus Achanthidium and Cymbella with 10 species

of each found in the study area.



Among Bacillariophyceae 50, 29 and 21 species were recorded during winter, pre-monsoon

and mosoon sampling period respectively. Most common species are Achnanthes acares,

Achnanthidium affinis, Achnanthidium biasolettianum, A. levanderi, Cocconeis placentula

var. euglypta, Cymbella austriaca, C. excisiformis, C. hantzschiana, C. parva, Gomphonema

parvulum, G. angustum, G. minutum and Reimeria sinuata (Table 7.33).

The Fragilariophyceae was represented by 23 species in the area wih 23, 10and 8 species

recorded during winter, monsoon and pre-monsoon surveys, respectively (Table 7.33).

Most common species are Navicula cryptotenella, N. cryptotenelloides, N. hustedtii, N.

tenera, N. frustulum and Synedra ulna species (Table 7.33)

Table 7.33: List of Phytoplankton found in Study Area

S. No. Name of Species Winter Pre- monsoon Monsoon Class: Bacillariophyceae

1 Achnanthes inflata + + - 2 Achnanthes conspicua + + - 3 Achnanthes acares + + + 4 Achnanthes brevipes + - - 5 Achnanthes brevipes var.intermedia + + - 6 Achnanthidium exilis + - - 7 Achnanthidium kryophila + + - 8 Achnanthidium microcephala + + - 9 Achnanthidium affinis + - -

10 Achnanthidium biasolettianum + - + 11 Achnanthidium catenatum + - - 12 Achnanthidium levanderi + + - 13 Achnanthidium linearis + - - 14 Achnanthidium minutissimum + - - 15 Achnanthidium ricula + - - 16 Amphora pediculus + - - 17 Aulacoseira granulata + - - 18 Cocconeis placentula + - - 19 Cocconeis placentula var. euglypta + + + 20 Cocconeis placentula var. lineata + - - 21 Cymbella austriaca + + + 22 Cymbella excisa + - - 23 Cymbella excise var. procera + - + 24 Cymbella amphicephala var. citrus + - - 25 Cymbella excisiformis + - - 26 Cymbella hantzschiana + + - 27 Cymbella parva + + + 28 Cymbella subkolbei + - + 29 Cymbella tumida + - - 30 Cymbella turgidula + - - 31 Encyonema minutum + + - 32 Encyonema silesiacum + - - 33 Gomphonema grovei + - - 34 Geissleria decussis + - - 35 Gomphonema clevei + + - 36 Gomphonema parvulum + + - 37 Gomphonema angustum + + - 38 Gomphonema clavatum + + + 39 Gomphonema gracile + - - 40 Gomphonema minutum + + +



41 Gomphonema rhombicum + - + 42 Pinnularia divergentissima + - + 43 Reimeria sinuata + + + 44 Stauroneis phoenicentron + + - 45 Stauroneis producta + - - 46 Surirella angusta + - + 47 Surirella linearis + - - 48 Surirella tenera + + - 49 Sellaphora pupula + + - 50 Sellaphora bacillum + - - Class: Coscinodiscophyceae

51 Melosira lineata + + + Class: Fragilariophyceae

52 Fragilaria capucina + - - 53 Hannae(Ceratoneis) arcus + + - 54 Navicula cryptocephala + - + 55 Navicula cryptotenella + - + 56 Navicula modica + - - 57 Navicula capitatoradiata + - - 58 Navicula clementis + - + 59 Navicula cryptotenelloides + + + 60 Navicula digitoradiata + + - 61 Navicula halophila + - - 62 Navicula hustedtii + - + 63 Navicula menisculus + - - 64 Navicula salinarum + - - 65 Navicula soodensis + - - 66 Navicula suecorum + - - 67 Navicula tenera + + + 68 Nitzschia frustulum + + + 69 Nitzschia acuta + - - 70 Nitzschia amphibia + - + 71 Nitzschia dissipata + + - 72 Nitzschia linearis + - + 73 Synedra ulna + + + 74 Synedra ulna var. oxyrhynchus + + -

Total 74 42 30 +Present; - Absent

The density of phytoplankton ranged from 497 to 854 cells/lit in winter season, during Pre

monsoon and monsoon season density of phytoplanktons ranged from 328 to 522 cells/lit

and 214- 344 cells/lit, respectively (Table 7.34). Species Diversity Index ranged from 1.5-3.1

in winter season, 2.1-3.1 in Pre monsoon season and 1.3 to 2.0 in monsoon at all sampling

sites (Table 7.34).

Table 7.34: Density and Species Diversity (H) of phytoplankton in study area

Sampling site

Density (cells/ lit) Shannon Weiner Diversit Inde H’

Winter Pre

monsoon Monsoon Winter

Pre monsoon

Monsoon

W1 666 490 243 1.5 2.1 1.8 W2 497 329 214 1.5 2.1 1.9 W3 854 522 279 3.1 3.1 1.3 W4 723 328 221 2.3 2.1 1.9 W5 822 378 217 1.8 2.4 1.9 W6 627 355 344 2.5 2.7 2.0



7.6.2.3 Zooplankton

Zooplanktons are represented by protozoan, rotifer and cladoceran and formed very small

part of planktonic community. Total 7 species of zooplankton could be identified from Pare

river (Table 7.35 to 7.37).

In winter season, protozoons were represented by only Arcella sp. whereas Rotifers were

represented by Brachionus sp., Keratella sp. and Wigrella sp. In Cladoceran community

only one species of Daphnia (water fleas) was recorded at most of the sites in the study

area. Density of zooplankton ranged from 110 cells/lit (W2) to 186 cells/lit (W6) in the

study area (Table 7.35).

In Pre monsoon season, protozoans were represented by Arcella sp. Rotifers were

represented by Brachionus sp., Keratella sp. and Trichocera sp. In Cladoceran community

only one species of Daphnia was recorded at most of the sites in the study area. Density of

zooplankton ranged from 64 cells/lit (W2) to 96 cells/lit (W5) in the study area (Table 7.36).

The zooplankton population is quite low during monsoon season, rivers owing fast flows.

Zooplankton were represented by 1 genus of Protozoans, 2 genera of Rotifera and 1 genus

of Cladocerean (see Table 7.37). The important species of zooplankton were Aracella,

(Protozoans), Daphnia (Cladoceran), Brachionus, and Filinia (Rotifera). Density of

zooplankton was in the range of 21 – 65 cells per litre.

Table 7.35: Zooplankton density and diversity in study area (Winter Season)

Zooplankton W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 Protozoon Arcella sp. + + + + + Rotifers Brachionus sp. + + + + + Keratella cochliaris + + + + Wigrella sp. + + + + + Filinia sp. + +

Cladoceran Daphnia sp. + + + + + + No. of Species 5 4 5 4 5 4 Density cells/litre 169 110 143 167 121 186

Table 7.36: Zooplankton density and diversity in study area (Pre Monsoon Season)

Zooplankton W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 Protozoon Arcella sp. + + + + Rotifers Brachionus sp. + + + + Keratella cochliaris + + + + Trichocera sp. + + + Wigrella sp. + Filinia sp. + + + Cladoceran Daphnia sp. + + + No. of Species 3 3 4 5 3 4 Density cells/litre 87 64 87 78 96 87



Table 7.37: Zooplankton density and diversity in study area (Monsoon Season)

Zooplankton W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 Protozoon Arcella sp. + + + + Rotifers Brachionus sp. + + + + Keratella cochliaris Trichocera sp.

Wigrella sp. + Filinia sp. + + + Cladoceran

Daphnia sp. + + + No. of Species 3 4 2 2 2 3 Density cells/litre 55 22 37 21 49 65

7.6.2.4 Macro-Invertebrates

The macro-invertebrate community contributes immensely to the functioning of the

stream or river ecosystem. It serves not only as a major source of food for fishes but also

helps in processing relatively large amounts of organic matter. The abundance of

invertebrate fauna mainly depends on physical and chemical properties of the substratum.

These can be used as bio indicators of specific environment and habitat conditions. The

monitoring of macro invertebrate populations provides an important tool to assess the

short and long term effects of a wide range of environmental disturbances.

In winter season, macro-invertebrate fauna of the study area comprised with 5 orders of

13 families. Ephemeroptera order is represented by family Heptageniidae, Baetidae and

Ephemerellidae. Order Plecoptera is represented by family Perlidae. Coleoptera was

represented by Perlodidae and Eimidae family. Trichoptera is represented by Hydroptilidae

Hydropsychidae and Leptoceridae families. Diptera was represented by Tipulidae,

Simuliidae and Culicidae families in the study area. Cinygmula, Heptagenia and

Ochrotrichia were the most abundant genera in the study area followed by Baetis,

Chroterpes and Molanna recorded from Pare river and its tributaries (refer Table 7.38).

In Pre monsoon season, macro-invertebrate fauna of the study area comprised of 4 orders

of 12 families. Ephemeroptera order is represented by families Heptageniidae, Baetidae,

Ephemerellidae and Caenidae. Order Coleoptera is represented by Perlodidae and Elmidae

family. Trichoptera is represented by Hydroptilidae, Hydropsychidae and Leptoceridae

families. Diptera was represented by Tipulidae, Simuliidae and Culicidae families in the

study area. Cinygmula, Ochrotrichia, Epeorus and Leptophlebia genera were most

abundant in Pare river and its tributaries. (refer Table 7.39).

In Monsoon season, macro-invertebrate fauna of the study area comprised with 10

families of 5 orders. Ephemeroptera order is represented by families Heptageniidae,

Baetidae and Ephemerellidae. Order Trichoptera was represented by Hydroptilidae,

Hydropsychidae and Leptoceridae families. Order Diptera, Plecoptera and Coleoptera are

represented by Perlidae and Perlodidae families respectively. Diptera was represented by

Simuliidae and Culicidae families in the study area. Cinygmula, Ochrotrichia, Antocha

saxicola and Maruina genera were most abundant in Pare river and its tributaries (refer

Table 7.40).




(Winter Season)

Family Genus W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

Order: Ephemeroptera

Heptageniidae Cinygmula 19 32.2 33.3 15.2 34.2 32.7 Heptagenia 31 19.8

25.4 12.1 15.9

Hydropsyche 11.9 5.9 Baetidae Ochrotrichia 7.1 8.8

13.8 17.2 9.8

Ephemerellidae Epeorus 3.9 9.1 6.4 Baetis 6.4 8.7 15.6 Caenidae Ephemerella 3.7 11.4

Order: Plecoptera

Perlidae Chironomus 15.5 Order: Coleoptera

Perlodidae Culicoides variipennis 4.6 11.8 14.5 Elmidae Leptophlebia 7.8

Order: Trichoptera Hydroptilidae Chroterpes 3.4 5.9 17.3 1.5 Leptocerus 8.2 10.7 Hydropsychidae Antocha saxicola 4.8 6.4 12.7 Leptoceridae Heterlimnius 5.9

Order: Diptera Tipulidae Molanna 11.8 5.6 4.6 Simuliidae Maruina 11.4 Culicidae Atherix variegata 9.6 7 8.5

Density (ind./ m2) 462 374 561 605 726 902


(Pre Monsoon Season)



Heptageniidae Cinygmula 23.12 22.57 31.58 30.23 29.41 14.6

Heptagenia 6.07

14.21

Baetidae Ochrotrichia 18.16 10.53 25.49 19.62 Ephemerellidae Epeorus 17.05 35.71 39.53 28.81

Baetis 3.57 11.63

Caenidae Ephemerella 9.14 6.98 Order: Coleoptera

Perlodidae Culicoides variipennis 24.14 15.59 Elmidae Leptophlebia 8.17 14.25 6.65

Order: Trichoptera Hydroptilidae Leptocerus 14.34 5.26 8.14 Hydropsychidae Antocha saxicola 8.84 10.3 Leptoceridae Heterlimnius 10.16 6.42

Order: Diptera Tipulidae Molanna 13.09 10.71 8.32 Simuliidae Maruina 7.77 10.21 Culicidae Atherix variegata

8.17 6.23 11.46

Density (ind./ m2) 385 308 418 473 561 517


(Monsoon Season)



Heptageniidae Cinygmula 34.18 31.43 29.8 Baetidae Ochrotrichia 11.29 30.12 10.0 23.16 Ephemerellidae Epeorus 17.6



Baetis

24.43 18.89

Order: Plecoptera Perlidae Chironomus 37.23 42.51

Order: Coleoptera Perlodidae Culicoides variipennis 26.2

Order: Trichoptera Hydroptilidae Chroterpes 25.2 7.22 Leptocerus 12.5 12.86 Hydropsychidae Antocha saxicola 17.14 13.15 21.47 4.14 Leptoceridae Heterlimnius 19.2

Order: Diptera Simuliidae Maruina 27.28 15.71 7.2 11.11 Culicidae Atherix variegata 12.34 27.5 28.84

Density (ind./ m2) 228 285 252 340 418 395

The higher densities of macro-invertebrates were observed during the winter season (374

ind./m2 to 902 ind./m2) followed by the pre-monsoon season (308 ind./ m2 to 561 ind./

m2). The density of macro-invertebrate were observed to be less during monsoon season

(228 ind./m2 to 418 ind./m2) as compared to summer and winter which may be due to

turbulent flow and deposition of silt on substratum habitat of these fauna (see Table 7.41).

Table 7.41 : Density (ind./m2) of macro-invertebrates at different locations

Season W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

Winter 462 374 561 605 726 902

Pre-monsoon 385 308 418 473 561 517

Monsoon 228 285 252 340 418 395

W1-W6= Sampling locations

7.6.2.5 Water Quality Assessment

The Macro-invertebrates are one of the indicators of water quality of freshwater streams.

The water quality assessment of Pare river was assessed by calculating BMWP and ASPT

values which are an indicative of river water qualiy. The methodology to calculate these

indicies has been given in Chaper 3-Methodology of the report.

For ease of interpretation, the BMWP cumulative total scores are banded to distinguish

broad categories of water quality as shown in table below.

Water Quality Banding of BMWP Scores

Description Score Band Exceptional >150 Very Good 101 - 150 Good 51 – 100 Moderate 26 – 50 Poor <25

BMWP score calculated during winters varied from 45 to 70, in pre-monsoon varied from

42 to 55 and in monsoon 25 to 41 when the river flow is very high. Therefore water quality

of Pare river is good during winter and pre-monsoon which little deteriorate during

monsoon and the quality become moderate type.

The average sensitivity of the families of the organisms present is known as the Average

Score per Taxon (ASPT). The ASPT index gives an indication of the evenness of community



diversity. ASPT is calculated by dividing the BMWP score for each site by the total number

of scoring families found there, so it is independent of sample size. Likewise BMWP scores,

a higher ASPT indicate better water quality. The ASPT score varied from 6.0 to 7.9 (see

Table 7.42). The average ASPT scores during different seasons followed the pattern of

BMWP scores.

Table 7.42 : Biological Water Quality at different locations

Index Season W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

BMWP

Winter 70 62 78 45 55 57 Pre-monsoon 50 47 55 42 44 45 Monsoon 30 34 29 36 25 41

ASPT

Winter 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.5 7.9 6.3 Pre-monsoon 7.1 7.8 6.9 7.0 7.3 6.4 Monsoon 6.0 6.8 7.3 6.0 6.3 6.8

LQI

Winter 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 Pre-monsoon 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Monsoon 4.5 5.0 4.5 5.0 4.5 5.0

W1-W6= Sampling locations

The Lincoln Quality Index (LQI) is biotic indices established to determine pollution effects in

river particularly from organic pollutants based on aquatic macro-invertebrate populations

and is expressed as Excellent, Good, Moderate, Poor and Very poor water quality as shown

in the table below.

Quality Rating Index Interpretation

6 or better A++ Excellent Quality

5.5 A+ Excellent Quality

5 A Excellent Quality

4.5 B Good Quality

4 C Good Quality

3.5 D Moderate Quality

3 E Moderate Quality

2.5 F Poor Quality

2 G Poor Quality

1.5 H Very Poor Quality

1 I Very Poor Quality

As per the LQI the water quality of Pare river during winter season is under Classes A and

A+, i.e. the Pare river is habitat rich. It was observed though species richness was high

indicating the habitat of the river is of excellent quality. During pre-monsoon and monsoon

season water quality of Pare river lies in Class A. It is because the fast flow of the river

affects the species richness in the river. Overall the water quality of pare river is comes

under excellent quality. During the construction phase of the project, further increase in

sediment load in the river might affect the total density, taxonomic richness and total

biomass of the benthic diatoms and macro-invertebrates which are important components

of the food chain of aquatic ecosystem.

7.7 FISH AND FISHERIES

Arunachal Pradesh has vast resources of lentic and lotic water bodies, harboring a large

number of indigenous and exotic fish species. During the field visit fishing was undertaken

to know the type of fishes available in Pare River. Local people were also questioned for



the availability of fish in the river. Mahseer and trout are an important migratory fish in

Pare River. Tor putitora was spotted near Kheel village in the downstream of proposed

project area in Pare river, however, local fishermen revealed its presence in Pare river

within study area also. Schizothorax species was also reported in Pare river near Sagalee

town (Bagra et. al., 2009).

During our interaction with the locals, it was confirmed that there are no permanent

fishermen dependent of fishing for their livelihood in the project area as commercial

fishing is prohibited in the area. Some of the common fish species captured during fishing

in Pare river are Bangana dero (=Labeo dero), Labeo rohita, Puntius sarana, Garra

annandalei and Glyptothorax trilineatus.

As per the published account on fish species from Dikrong basin 73 fish species are

reported from the Pare river in the study area according to Nath and Dey (1990) and Bagra

et. al., 2009. Fish species reported from the study area are listed in Table 7.43.

Table 7.43: Fish diversity of Pare river

S.No Order Family Name of Species

Conservation Status

CAMP IUCN 3.1

1 Anguilliformes Anguillidae Anguilla bengalensis EN NT 2 Beloniformes Belonidae Xenentodon cancila LRnt/N LC 3 Clupeiformes Clupeidae Gudusia chapra LRlc LC 4 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Aborichthys elongatus LRlc LC

5 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Aborichthys kempi NT NT 6 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Acanthocobitis botia LRlc LC 7 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Amblypharyngodon mola LRlc LC 8 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Aspidoparia jaya VU/N LC 9 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cabdio morar LRnt LC

10 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Bangana dero(=Labeo dero)* VU/ N LC 11 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius banna -- -- 12 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius bendelisis LRlc LC 13 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius bola VU/N NA 14 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius tileo LRnt/N LC 15 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius vagra VU/N LC 16 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Botia dario LRlc LC 17 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Botia rostrata VU VU 18 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Chagunius chagunio LRlc LC 19 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cirrhinus reba VU/ N LC 20 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Crossocheilus latius DD NA 21 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cyprinion semiplotum VU/N NA 22 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpio VU VU 23 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Danio dangila LRlc LC 24 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Danio rerio(=Brachydanio rerio) LRnt/ N NA 25 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Devario aequipinnatus LRnt/ N LC 26 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Devario devario LRnt/N NA 27 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Esomus danricus LRlc/ N LC 28 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra annandalei* -- LC 29 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra gotyla VU/ N LC 30 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra kempi VU LC 31 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra mcclellandi LRlc LC 32 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo pangusia* LRnt/ N NT 33 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo rohita LRnt LC 34 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Laubuka laubuca LR/lc NA



35 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Lepidocephalus annandalei LRnt NA 36 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Lepidocephalus guntea -- LC 37 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Neolissochilus hexagonolepis LRnt/N NA 38 Cypriniformes Psilorhynchidae Psilorhynchus balitora LRlc LC 39 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius chola VU LC 40 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius conchonius VU LC 41 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius sarana* VU/N LC 42 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius sophore LRnt/N LC 43 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius ticto LRnt/N LC 44 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Rasbora daniconius LRnt/N LC 45 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Rasbora elanga -- NA 46 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Rasbora rasbora LRlc LC 47 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Salmophasia bacaila LRlc/N LC

48 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Schistura tirapensis (=Nemacheilus arunachalensis)

EN/N LC

49 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Schizothorax progastus LRnt/ N LC 50 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Schizothorax richardsonii VU VU 51 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Tor putitora* EN/N EN 52 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Tor tor EN/N NT 53 Erciformes Channidae Channa marulius LRnt/N LC 54 Erciformes Channidae Channa orientalis VU/N NA 55 Osteoglossiformes Notopteridae Notopterus notopterus LRnt LC 56 Perciformes Badidae Badis badis NE LC 57 Siluriformes Amblycipitidae Amblyceps apangi VU LC 58 Siluriformes Amblycipitidae Amblyceps arunachalensis EN NA 59 Siluriformes Amblycipitidae Amblyceps mangois LRnt/N LC 60 Siluriformes Sisoridae Bagarius bagarius VU NT 61 Siluriformes Clariidae Clarias batrachus VU LC 62 Siluriformes Erethistidae Erethistes pusillus -- LC 63 Siluriformes Sisoridae Glyptothorax trilineatus* LRlc LC 64 Siluriformes Heteropneustidae Heteropneustes fossilis VU/N LC 65 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus bleekeri VU LC 66 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus cavasius LRnt/N LC 67 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus montanus VU LC 68 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus vittatus VU/N LC 69 Siluriformes Olyridae Olyra longicaudata LRlc LC 70 Siluriformes Siluridae Ompok pabda EN NT 71 Siluriformes Siluridae Pterocryptis afghana EN NA 72 Siluriformes Siluridae Wallago attu LRnt/ N NT 73 Tetraodontiformes Tetraodontidae Tetraodon cutcutia LRnt LC

* Caught during experimental fishing

LRlc = Low Risk Least Concern; LRnt = Low Risk Near Threatened; EN: Endangered; VU= Vulnerable; LC = Least

Concern ; NT = Near Threatened; N = Nationally; NA = Not Assessed



8.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

For sustainable development it is important to understand social and economic conditions

of the community in the region, impacts of development on the community, measures to

mitigate negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts. Development work depends

on an effective partnership between project developer and the local community. For new

development initiatives, socio economic assessment plays an important role to ensure

community participation and their acceptance of the development activity and also helps

in planning the activities for local area development.

The study area of proposed Par HEP falls in Toru, Sagalee, Parang and Leporiang Circle of

Papum Pare District of Arunachal Pradesh.The project location is shown in Figure 8.1.

Figure 8.1: Project Location Map

Demographic Profile of District

Papum Pare district is an administrative district in the state of Arunachal Pradesh in India.

As of 2011 it is the most populous district of Arunachal Pradesh (out of 18). The district was

formed in 1999 when it was split from Lower Subansiri district. The district headquarters

are located at Yupia. Papum Pare district occupies an area of 2,875 square kilometres

(1,110 sq mi). The capital of the state is Itanagar, which is also located in Papum Pare. The

district is divided into two sub-divisions: Sagalee and Yupia Capital complex, which are

further divided into 15 administrative circles, namely, Mengio, Parang, Leporiang, Sagalee,

Toru, Kimin, Kakoi, Gumto, Sangdupoto, Doimukh, Naharlagun, Itanagar, Balijan, Tarasso,

and Banderdewa. According to the 2011 census Papum Pare district has a population of

Chapter 8

DESCRIPTION OF THE SOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT



176,573. This gives it a ranking of 594th in India (out of a total of 640). The district has a

population density of 51 inhabitants per square kilometre (130/sq mi). There was change

of 44.73 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. With regards to

Sex Ratio in Papumpare, it stood at 980 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of

901. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011

Directorate. Average literacy rate of Papumpare in 2011 were 79.95 compared to 69.32 of

2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 86.06 and

73.72 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 77.27 and 60.35 in Papumpare

District. Total literate in Papumpare District were 121,048 of which male and female were

65,794 and 55,254 respectively. Papum Pare is inhabited by members of the Nyishi, who

are traditionally followers of Donyi-Polo. Some members of the Nyishi tribe are followers of

Christianity.

Study area is spread in four circles of Papum Pare District viz. Toru, Sagalee, Parang and

Leporiang. The total population of these four circles is 29698 of which 47.86% are males

and 52.14 % are female. Sagalee is the only circle with an urban population of 1315, all

other circles are rural. The average literacy rate of the four circles is 66.47% with Sagalee

owning the highest number of literates (70.73%). Of the total population in the study area,

94.71% of population belongs to Schedule Tribe. According to the census 2011, the sex

ratio of the total population in these four circles is 1090. Population and literacy data of

four circles is given at Table 8.1.

Table 8.1: Population and Literacy - Circle Wise

Circle TRU HH Population Literacy

Total Male Female ST Total Male Female %

Toru Total 532 3006 1454 1552 2816 1631 871 760 64.75 Rural 532 3006 1454 1552 2816 1631 871 760 64.75 Urban 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sagalee Total 1077 6049 2908 3141 5564 3600 1928 1672 70.73 Rural 792 4734 2248 2486 4591 2654 1424 1230 66.57 Urban 285 1315 660 655 973 946 504 442 85.77

Parang Total 276 1655 807 848 1605 923 501 422 67.97 Rural 276 1655 807 848 1605 923 501 422 67.97 Urban 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Leporiang Total 699 4139 1937 2202 4079 2124 1075 1049 60.91 Rural 699 4139 1937 2202 4079 2124 1075 1049 60.91 Urban 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 5168 29698 14212 15486 28128 16556 8750 7806 66.47

Source: Census of India 2011; ST: Scheduled Tribes

8.2 THE STUDY AREA

The Study Area for the collection of data on socio-economic status has been delineated as

the area within 10 km radius of the main project components like diversion structure,

reservoir area upto tail end of the reservoir and tail water discharge outlet on the

downstream side.

A map of the study area is given at Figure 8.2. Study area consists of 75 villages and 1

towns spread over Toru, Sagalee, Parang and Leporiang Circle of Papum Pare district.



Figure 8.2: Map showing villages in the Study Area (Refer Table 8.2 for village code)



8.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA

A field survey was conducted to generate and compile the socio-economic profile of the study

area covering aspects like demography, occupational pattern, literacy rate and other important

socio-economic indicators of the villages. The baseline socio-economic profile is based on field

survey and Census of India 2011.

8.3.1 Demographic Profile

There are 75 villages and 1 town belonging to four circles falling within the study area of

proposed Par H.E. Project. The total human population is 8027 of which 7472 belong to

Scheduled Tribes which constitutes 93.1 % of the total population. There are 1406 households in

study area with Sagalee circle having the highest number (1077) followed by Toru (243) Parang

(62) and Leporiang (24). The overall average sex ratio in the study area is 1070 females per 1000

males. The average family size in the study area villages is 6.0 persons per household. Table 8.2

gives demographic profile of villages in study area.

8.3.2 Literacy

Total Literacy rate of Papum Pare District is 79.95%. This means 80 out of 100 persons of age

more than 6 years are literate. Toru Circle has an average literacy rate of 64.9%, lower than the

national average of 74.04%; with male literacy of 53.9% and female literacy of 46.1%. Sagalee

Circle has an average literacy rate of 65.8%, Parang Circle has an average literacy rate of 81.3%,

Leporiang Circle has an average literacy rate of 55.2%. Average literacy rate in the study area is

70.1%. Toru H.Q village in Toru circle has highest literacy rate of 90.8%. Male literacy rate is fairly

high as compared to that of female literacy rate. Out of the total number of literates 53.8% are

males. (Refer Figure 8.3 & Table 8.2).

Figure 8.3: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Study Area



Table 8.2: Demographic profile of Study Area

Sl. No.

Circle Code Villages/ Town Population Scheduled Tribe

Family Size Literate%

HH Total M F Sex Ratio Total M F Total M F

1 Toru 523 Mowa 16 109 51 58 1137 109 51 58 6.8 46.5 52.5 47.5

2 Toru 524 Toru H.Q. 18 98 50 48 960 95 47 48 5.4 90.8 54.4 45.6

3 Toru 525 Rumi 5 31 16 15 938 31 16 15 6.2 82.6 52.6 47.4

4 Toru 535 Tamang 8 45 24 21 875 45 24 21 5.6 59.0 60.9 39.1

5 Toru 537 Kunglo 6 51 27 24 889 44 23 21 8.5 52.3 56.5 43.5

6 Toru 551 47 K.M. Camp 7 13 6 7 1167 9 2 7 1.9 54.5 33.3 66.7 7 Toru 552 58 K.M. Camp 10 77 40 37 925 70 35 35 7.7 68.3 48.8 51.2

8 Toru 553 Tashi 14 91 43 48 1116 91 43 48 6.5 82.4 45.9 54.1

9 Toru 554 Pach Hapa 11 73 39 34 872 73 39 34 6.6 63.3 68.4 31.6

10 Toru 555 Laptap 41 275 133 142 1068 258 123 135 6.7 63.5 53.9 46.1

11 Toru 556 Pech 50 302 139 163 1173 291 133 158 6 70.8 51.0 49.0

12 Toru 557 Pech- Hoj 14 108 49 59 1204 87 37 50 7.7 69.2 46.0 54.0 13 Toru 558 Hoj -I 8 43 21 22 1048 43 21 22 5.4 44.7 52.9 47.1

14 Toru 559 Hoj -II 7 32 17 15 882 32 17 15 4.6 54.5 66.7 33.3

15 Toru 562 Chilo 12 77 35 42 1200 77 35 42 6.4 63.6 47.6 52.4

16 Toru 563 Sang Kang 5 17 10 7 700 17 10 7 3.4 71.4 70.0 30.0

17 Toru 564 Sangrik 11 47 22 25 1136 47 22 25 4.3 65.9 55.6 44.4

18 Sagalee 565 Upper Karoi - I 30 135 73 62 849 122 62 60 4.5 61.2 52.7 47.3 19 Sagalee 566 Lower Karoi - II 23 108 51 57 1118 108 51 57 4.7 62.1 53.7 46.3

20 Sagalee 568 Bumbum 9 42 23 19 826 42 23 19 4.7 63.4 65.4 34.6

21 Sagalee 569 Cherso 9 49 24 25 1042 46 23 23 5.4 66.7 54.5 45.5

22 Sagalee 570 Deb -I 14 89 44 45 1023 87 42 45 6.4 69.9 52.9 47.1

23 Sagalee 571 Deb -II 7 41 19 22 1158 41 19 22 5.9 59.0 52.2 47.8

24 Sagalee 572 Deb -III 11 66 34 32 941 66 34 32 6 63.9 56.4 43.6 25 Sagalee 573 Gungi 6 30 15 15 1000 30 15 15 5 60.7 64.7 35.3

26 Sagalee 574 Rigo 33 215 58 157 2707 212 56 156 6.5 44.0 30.0 70.0

27 Sagalee 575 Yapso 14 83 38 45 1184 83 38 45 5.9 73.8 50.8 49.2

28 Sagalee 576 Nimte -I 14 84 39 45 1154 84 39 45 6 63.4 53.3 46.7

29 Sagalee 577 Nimte -II 13 190 61 129 2115 184 58 126 14.6 88.2 33.3 66.7

30 Sagalee 578 Langfer -I(Longpak) 10 42 25 17 680 42 25 17 4.2 65.7 60.9 39.1 31 Sagalee 579 Langfer -II 12 71 37 34 919 64 33 31 5.9 57.6 64.7 35.3

32 Sagalee 580 Balapu -I 23 149 75 74 987 148 75 73 6.5 69.4 58.1 41.9

33 Sagalee 581 Balapu -II 6 45 24 21 875 45 24 21 7.5 75.0 51.9 48.1

34 Sagalee 582 Dabi 10 65 24 41 1708 58 21 37 6.5 56.3 37.0 63.0

35 Sagalee 583 Pachin 4 32 21 11 524 32 21 11 8 77.8 66.7 33.3

36 Sagalee 584 Bodak 8 45 26 19 731 45 26 19 5.6 84.6 63.6 36.4 37 Sagalee 585 Muglang 7 35 13 22 1692 35 13 22 5 54.8 47.1 52.9

38 Sagalee 586 Meb 16 82 39 43 1103 73 34 39 5.1 64.8 60.0 40.0

39 Sagalee 587 Sangri 27 129 66 63 955 129 66 63 4.8 62.5 53.8 46.2

40 Sagalee 588 Rate 17 77 43 34 791 70 39 31 4.5 65.6 59.5 40.5



Sl. No.

Circle Code Villages/ Town Population Scheduled Tribe

Family Size Literate%

HH Total M F Sex Ratio Total M F Total M F

41 Sagalee 589 Jote 20 146 75 71 947 146 75 71 7.3 79.0 55.3 44.7

42 Sagalee 590 Rach - I 8 40 19 21 1105 40 19 21 5 51.4 72.2 27.8

43 Sagalee 591 Rach - II 8 34 15 19 1267 34 15 19 4.3 35.5 27.3 72.7

44 Sagalee 592 Rach - III 15 84 42 42 1000 64 32 32 5.6 81.6 53.2 46.8 45 Sagalee 593 Rach - Tabio 11 61 29 32 1103 60 29 31 5.5 60.9 60.7 39.3

46 Sagalee 594 Yallang 27 136 70 66 943 131 68 63 5 56.5 54.1 45.9

47 Sagalee 595 Pang 15 83 45 38 844 60 31 29 5.5 52.3 64.7 35.3

48 Sagalee 596 Lower Pang 12 73 43 30 698 53 23 30 6.1 80.6 64.8 35.2

49 Sagalee 597 Sengri (Sangring) 33 204 105 99 943 202 103 99 6.2 63.2 57.4 42.6

50 Sagalee 598 Apop -I 22 102 48 54 1125 100 47 53 4.6 57.7 57.8 42.2 51 Sagalee 599 Apop -II 13 61 33 28 848 61 33 28 4.7 54.3 64.0 36.0

52 Sagalee 600 Apop-Sango 20 117 43 74 1721 117 43 74 5.9 45.8 45.5 54.5

53 Sagalee 601 Ngudang 8 49 20 29 1450 49 20 29 6.1 78.3 44.4 55.6

54 Sagalee 602 Ngudang - I 6 33 19 14 737 33 19 14 5.5 65.5 73.7 26.3

55 Sagalee 603 Joha 16 98 39 59 1513 98 39 59 6.1 69.7 50.0 50.0

56 Sagalee 604 Chumbang 16 65 33 32 970 65 33 32 4.1 64.3 47.2 52.8 57 Sagalee 605 Khemling - I 21 146 71 75 1056 146 71 75 7 71.9 52.6 47.4

58 Sagalee 606 Khemling - II 22 106 55 51 927 106 55 51 4.8 65.2 58.6 41.4

59 Sagalee 607 Khemling - III 6 35 19 16 842 31 16 15 5.8 57.1 56.3 43.8

60 Sagalee 608 Kulubu 16 91 41 50 1220 91 41 50 5.7 73.5 50.0 50.0

61 Sagalee 609 Salla 5 41 23 18 783 41 23 18 8.2 75.0 66.7 33.3

62 Sagalee 610 Gotopu -I 6 55 31 24 774 55 31 24 9.2 72.3 67.6 32.4 63 Sagalee 611 Gotopu -II 19 153 74 79 1068 153 74 79 8.1 75.0 56.9 43.1

64 Sagalee 612 Tahinso 11 83 37 46 1243 83 37 46 7.5 75.0 50.0 50.0

65 Sagalee 614 Upper Gai 24 139 67 72 1075 139 67 72 5.8 72.7 54.5 45.5

66 Sagalee 615 Khyate 37 294 140 154 1100 293 139 154 7.9 77.3 51.8 48.2

67 Sagalee 616 Langchung -I 10 52 26 26 1000 49 25 24 5.2 66.7 66.7 33.3

68 Sagalee 617 Langchung -II 14 94 40 54 1350 94 40 54 6.7 70.1 53.7 46.3 69 Sagalee 618 Rigio 14 82 39 43 1103 79 38 41 5.9 61.9 59.0 41.0

70 Sagalee 619 Takam Colony 14 73 35 38 1086 72 34 38 5.2 46.6 70.4 29.6

71 Sagalee 620 Sagalee (NT) 285 1315 660 655 992 973 470 503 4.6 85.8 53.3 46.7

72 Parang 631 Parang(Paring) 35 196 95 101 1063 196 95 101 5.6 80.7 58.2 41.8

73 Parang 632 Taloriang 16 83 40 43 1075 83 40 43 5.2 76.7 60.7 39.3

74 Parang 633 Sangia Gyabe 11 51 30 21 700 51 30 21 4.6 86.4 55.3 44.7 75 Leporiang 643 Jorjee 11 75 41 34 829 75 41 34 6.8 55.4 61.3 38.7

76 Leporiang 644 Sogum 13 84 42 42 1000 84 42 42 6.5 55.1 71.1 28.9

Total 1406 8027 3878 4149 1070 7472 3553 3919 5.9 (avg) 70.1 53.8 46.2

Source: Census of India: 2011 M-Male F-Female



8.3.3 Occupation Pattern

As per census 2011, 34.98% of the total population of study area is working population. Of this

working population 92.77% are main workers and 7.23% are marginal workers. 65.02% of the

total population of the study area population is considered as non-workers. The occupation

pattern in the study area is given at Figure 8.4 and Table 8.3. For classification of main workers

refer Figure 8.5 and Table 8.4.

The diagram below describes the categories of main workers:

The list of house-hold industries includes those engaged in house-hold manufacturing,

processing, repairing, servicing, etc., and that of other workers includes factory workers,

plantation workers, those in trade, commerce, business, transport, mining, construction, political

or social work, all government servants, teachers, priests, artists, etc.

Figure 8.4: Working population in the Study Area

Table 8.3: Occupational Pattern in Study Area

Sl.

No Villages/ Town

Total Worker Main Worker Marginal Worker Non Worker

Total M F Total M F Total M F Total M F

1 Mowa 38 16 22 35 16 19 3 0 3 71 35 36

2 Toru H.Q. 29 18 11 28 18 10 1 0 1 69 32 37

3 Rumi 7 3 4 7 3 4 0 0 0 24 13 11

4 Tamang 21 12 9 21 12 9 0 0 0 24 12 12

5 Kunglo 18 9 9 18 9 9 0 0 0 33 18 15

6 47 K.M. Camp 8 5 3 8 5 3 0 0 0 5 1 4

7 58 K.M. Camp 22 10 12 21 10 11 1 0 1 55 30 25

8 Tashi 15 13 2 15 13 2 0 0 0 76 30 46

9 Pach Hapa 15 10 5 15 10 5 0 0 0 58 29 29

10 Laptap 55 45 10 54 45 9 1 0 1 220 88 132



Sl.

No Villages/ Town



11 Pech 128 61 67 127 60 67 1 1 0 174 78 96

12 Pech- Hoj 26 20 6 26 20 6 0 0 0 82 29 53

13 Hoj -I 16 8 8 13 6 7 3 2 1 27 13 14

14 Hoj -II 14 7 7 13 6 7 1 1 0 18 10 8

15 Chilo 16 14 2 6 6 0 10 8 2 61 21 40

16 Sang Kang 7 4 3 7 4 3 0 0 0 10 6 4

17 Sangrik 24 9 15 24 9 15 0 0 0 23 13 10

18 Upper Karoi - I 82 44 38 60 27 33 22 17 5 53 29 24

19 Lower Karoi - II 61 27 34 44 20 24 17 7 10 47 24 23

20 Bumbum 18 8 10 18 8 10 0 0 0 24 15 9

21 Cherso 21 10 11 21 10 11 0 0 0 28 14 14

22 Deb -I 20 16 4 17 13 4 3 3 0 69 28 41

23 Deb -II 9 6 3 9 6 3 0 0 0 32 13 19

24 Deb -III 24 11 13 24 11 13 0 0 0 42 23 19

25 Gungi 11 6 5 11 6 5 0 0 0 19 9 10

26 Rigo 78 24 54 54 17 37 24 7 17 137 34 103

27 Yapso 28 13 15 28 13 15 0 0 0 55 25 30

28 Nimte -I 36 17 19 35 17 18 1 0 1 48 22 26

29 Nimte -II 25 13 12 22 11 11 3 2 1 165 48 117

30 Langfer –I

(Longpak) 21 9 12 21 9 12 0 0 0 21 16 5

31 Langfer -II 30 12 18 30 12 18 0 0 0 41 25 16

32 Balapu -I 61 28 33 61 28 33 0 0 0 88 47 41

33 Balapu -II 14 6 8 14 6 8 0 0 0 31 18 13

34 Dabi 27 11 16 27 11 16 0 0 0 38 13 25

35 Pachin 9 3 6 9 3 6 0 0 0 23 18 5

36 Bodak 17 8 9 17 8 9 0 0 0 28 18 10

37 Muglang 19 8 11 19 8 11 0 0 0 16 5 11

38 Meb 41 19 22 40 18 22 1 1 0 41 20 21

39 Sangri 51 24 27 50 23 27 1 1 0 78 42 36

40 Rate 34 15 19 33 15 18 1 0 1 43 28 15

41 Jote 55 25 30 55 25 30 0 0 0 91 50 41

42 Rach - I 26 10 16 10 7 3 16 3 13 14 9 5

43 Rach - II 21 9 12 15 8 7 6 1 5 13 6 7

44 Rach - III 30 18 12 16 14 2 14 4 10 54 24 30

45 Rach - Tabio 21 8 13 20 8 12 1 0 1 40 21 19

46 Yallang 82 41 41 53 26 27 29 15 14 54 29 25

47 Pang 39 23 16 39 23 16 0 0 0 44 22 22

48 Lower Pang 37 29 8 36 28 8 1 1 0 36 14 22

49 Sengri (Sangring) 33 27 6 32 26 6 1 1 0 171 78 93

50 Apop -I 26 21 5 26 21 5 0 0 0 76 27 49

51 Apop -II 15 13 2 15 13 2 0 0 0 46 20 26

52 Apop-Sango 52 22 30 40 14 26 12 8 4 65 21 44

53 Ngudang 14 6 8 14 6 8 0 0 0 35 14 21

54 Ngudang - I 14 9 5 10 6 4 4 3 1 19 10 9

55 Joha 43 19 24 43 19 24 0 0 0 55 20 35

56 Chumbang 28 15 13 26 13 13 2 2 0 37 18 19

57 Khemling - I 45 19 26 44 18 26 1 1 0 101 52 49

58 Khemling - II 48 21 27 48 21 27 0 0 0 58 34 24

59 Khemling - III 13 5 8 13 5 8 0 0 0 22 14 8

60 Kulubu 37 18 19 37 18 19 0 0 0 54 23 31

61 Salla 16 6 10 16 6 10 0 0 0 25 17 8

62 Gotopu -I 10 10 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 45 21 24

63 Gotopu -II 40 27 13 40 27 13 0 0 0 113 47 66

64 Tahinso 15 14 1 15 14 1 0 0 0 68 23 45

65 Upper Gai 57 22 35 56 22 34 1 0 1 82 45 37

66 Khyate 104 47 57 104 47 57 0 0 0 190 93 97

67 Langchung -I 26 11 15 22 10 12 4 1 3 26 15 11



Sl.

No Villages/ Town



68 Langchung -II 30 10 20 30 10 20 0 0 0 64 30 34

69 Rigio 37 16 21 36 15 21 1 1 0 45 23 22

70 Takam Colony 24 17 7 24 17 7 0 0 0 49 18 31

71 Sagalee (NT) 371 252 119 365 250 115 6 2 4 944 408 536

72 Parang(Paring) 69 29 40 69 29 40 0 0 0 127 66 61

73 Taloriang 39 17 22 39 17 22 0 0 0 44 23 21

74 Sangia Gyabe 20 11 9 20 11 9 0 0 0 31 19 12

75 Jorjee 37 16 21 29 12 17 8 4 4 38 25 13

76 Sogum 38 17 21 36 16 20 2 1 1 46 25 21

Total 2808 1482 1326 2605 1384 1221 203 98 105 5219 2396 2823

Percentage 34.98 38.22 31.96 92.77 93.39 92.08 7.23 6.61 7.92 65.02 61.78 68.04

Source: Census of India: 2011

Figure 8.5: Main Workers Classification

Table 8.4: Main Workers Classification in Study Area

Sl.

No Villages/ Town

Cultivators Agricultural Labour Household

Industries Other Workers


1 Mowa 22 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 9 4

2 Toru H.Q. 5 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 17 6

3 Rumi 5 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

4 Tamang 20 11 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

5 Kunglo 18 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 47 K.M. Camp 3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 4 1

7 58 K.M. Camp 6 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 8 7

8 Tashi 13 12 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1

9 Pach Hapa 12 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 1

10 Laptap 33 29 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 16 5

11 Pech 93 41 52 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 19 15

12 Pech- Hoj 10 9 1 10 7 3 0 0 0 6 4 2

13 Hoj –I 11 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

14 Hoj –II 13 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 Chilo 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0

16 Sang Kang 6 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

17 Sangrik 22 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

18 Upper Karoi – I 60 27 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

19 Lower Karoi – II 43 19 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

20 Bumbum 18 8 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

21 Cherso 21 10 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 Deb –I 10 7 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 6 1



Sl.

No Villages/ Town

Cultivators Agricultural Labour Household



23 Deb –II 9 6 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 Deb –III 15 5 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 6 3

25 Gungi 9 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

26 Rigo 45 14 31 6 2 4 1 1 0 2 0 2

27 Yapso 26 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

28 Nimte –I 31 15 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 2

29 Nimte –II 17 8 9 1 1 0 0 0 0 4 2 2

30 Langfer–I(Longpak) 19 7 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

31 Langfer –II 26 10 16 4 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

32 Balapu –I 57 24 33 0 0 0 2 2 0 2 2 0

33 Balapu –II 12 4 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

34 Dabi 27 11 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

35 Pachin 8 3 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0

36 Bodak 15 6 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

37 Muglang 17 6 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

38 Meb 35 14 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 4 1

39 Sangri 50 23 27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

40 Rate 31 15 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2

41 Jote 51 23 28 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 2

42 Rach – I 5 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 4 1

43 Rach – II 12 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 1

44 Rach – III 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 12 2

45 Rach – Tabio 16 5 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 3 1

46 Yallang 43 18 25 1 1 0 0 0 0 9 7 2

47 Pang 18 7 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 16 5

48 Lower Pang 8 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 25 3

49 Sengri (Sangring) 26 20 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 0

50 Apop –I 18 14 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 7 1

51 Apop –II 12 10 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0

52 Apop-Sango 39 13 26 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

53 Ngudang 8 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 3 3

54 Ngudang – I 9 5 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

55 Joha 42 18 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

56 Chumbang 17 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 6 3

57 Khemling – I 37 12 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 6 1

58 Khemling – II 39 16 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 5 4

59 Khemling – III 12 4 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0

60 Kulubu 30 14 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 4 3

61 Salla 16 6 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

62 Gotopu –I 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

63 Gotopu –II 26 19 7 1 0 1 0 0 0 13 8 5

64 Tahinso 9 9 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 5 4 1

65 Upper Gai 52 20 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 2

66 Khyate 96 42 54 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 5 3

67 Langchung –I 20 9 11 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

68 Langchung –II 30 10 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

69 Rigio 35 14 21 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

70 Takam Colony 21 15 6 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 1 1

71 Sagalee (NT) 78 45 33 0 0 0 2 1 1 285 204 81

72 Parang(Paring) 59 20 39 0 0 0 5 4 1 5 5 0

73 Taloriang 39 17 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

74 Sangia Gyabe 17 9 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 1

75 Jorjee 27 11 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1

76 Sogum 31 14 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 2 3

Total 1902 880 1022 25 14 11 13 10 3 665 480 185

Percentage 73.01 63.58 83.70 0.96 1.01 0.90 0.50 0.72 0.25 25.53 34.68 15.15




8.3.4 Healthcare and Education facilities

Although private sector has been playing a crucial role in curative health care in urban area, in

rural areas government facilities are the only available sources for cheap curative care. The

survey revealed that availability of health infrastructure in the villages is very poor. The

availability of the services of doctors and ANM nurses (Auxillary Nursing & Midwifery) is also

reported to be inadequate. The sub-district hospital at Sagalee provide basic medical facilities

and district hospital at Itanagar serve as referral center for complicated cases, community health

center, primary health centers and dispensaries some private clinic in the area provide basic

health services primarily to the inhabitants of rural areas. There are 1 Community Health Center

located in Sagalee town. There are total 4 private clinic/dispensaries located in Toru,Sagalee and

Leporiang villages. The detail of the health care facility is given in Table 8.5.

Table 8.5: Health Care facilities in the study area

Viilage Sub District

Hospital/CHC

Primary Health

Centre

Private

Clinic/Dispensaries

Toru - 1 1

Sagalee 1 - 2

Leporiang - - 1

Total 1 2 4

(Source: Village Survey)

There are 18 primary schools, 4 middle schools, 3 secondary school and 1 higher secondary

school in the study area. The only higher secondary school and one private middle school(Doni

Pilo Mission school) is in Sagalee town. The nearest college is at Doimukh and Itanagar which is

70km and 90 km respectively from Sagalee Town. (Refer Table 8.6).

Table 8.6: Educational institutes in the Study Area

Circle Higher

Secondary

Secondary

School

Middle

School

Primary

School

Toru - 1 - 6

Sagalee 1 - 2+1 10

Parang - 1 - -

Leporiang - 1 1 2

Total 1 3 4 18 (Source: District Statistical Profile,2001)

8.3.5 Culture & Tourism

Papum Pare district has many places of interest for tourists. This includes Itanagar, Doimukh,

Sagalee, Kimin. Sagalee is situated in a beautiful valley with eye catching natural landscape. Here

tourists can experience the age old tradition and culture of the Nyishi tribe.

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES

The villages, where the families are residing whose land are likely to be affected by the proposed

project activities, have been categorized as affected villages. A total of 4 villages and 1 town will

be affected due to land acquisition for various components of proposed Par HEP. All the villages

come under the jurisdiction of Sagalee Circle of Papum Pare District. A map of the project

affected villages prepared has been given at Figure 8.6. The socio-economic profile of these

villages is discussed in the following text.



8.4.1 Demographic Profile

The affected 4 villages and 1 town have 387 households with a total population of 1926 as per

2011 census; however, not all the households will be affected. The average household size of the

affected villages is 4.98, a little higher than the district average household size 4.94. The percent

of scheduled tribe population is 80.79 percent. The sex ratio of the affected villages is 981

females per thousand males. The sex ratio of the Scheduled Tribe population in affected villages

is estimated to be 1026 females per thousand males. Details of affected families are discussed in

R&R Plan as part of Environmental Management Plan. The village-wise sex ratio and social

category is presented in Table 8.7 and Figure 8.7, 8.8.

Table 8.7: Demographic Profile of the Affected Villages

Villages/

Tehsil

Population Scheduled Tribe HH

Size HH Total Male Female Sex

Ratio Total Male Female %

Sex

Ratio

Langfer 22 113 62 51 823 106 58 48 93.81 828 5.14

Balapu 29 194 99 95 960 193 99 94 99.48 949 6.69

Jote 20 146 75 71 947 146 75 71 100.00 947 7.30

Rach 31 158 76 82 1079 138 66 72 87.34 1091 5.10

Sagalee

Town 285 1315 660 655 992 973 470 503 73.99 1070 4.61

Total 387 1926 972 954 981 1556 768 788 80.79 1026 4.98

Sagalee

Tehsil 1077 6049 2908 3141 1080 5564 2627 2937 91.98 1118 5.62

Papum

Pare Dist. 35730 176573 89182 87391 980 117216 56469 60747 66.38 1076 4.94




Figure 8.6: Project Affected Villages



Figure 8.7: Sex Ratio in the Project Affected Villages

Figure 8.8: Percent composition of Scheduled Tribes (ST) population

8.4.2 Literacy

An important indicator of human development is the literacy rate. The size and proportion of

literate and educated population gender wise has significant bearing on the socio-economic

development. While literacy and education in general has direct positive impact on social and

economic development of communities, the female literacy rate is more intrinsically linked to

health and social development of the child. On average, however, male populations have

achieved greater educational attainment than their female counterparts. The literacy rate of the

project affected villages is shown in Figure 8.9 and Table 8.8.



Figure 8.9: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.8: Literacy Rate in project affected villages

Villages Total Literate % Male % Female %

Langfer 60.6 63.2 36.8

Balapu 70.6 56.6 43.4

Jote 79.0 55.3 44.7

Rach 64.1 53.8 46.2

Sagalee Town 85.8 53.3 46.7

Total 80.4 54.2 45.8

Sagalee Tehsil 70.7 53.6 46.4

Papum Pare Dist. 80.0 54.4 45.6


8.4.3 Occupation Pattern

Occupational categories of the affected villages are presented in Figure 8.10 and Table 8.9.

Distribution of the working population among the affected villages and town show that Sagalee

Town has the highest number of working population, whereas Rach village has the heighest

number of working population among the villages.

Altogether 33 percent people are engaged in some form of work. Agriculture is the main

occupation of the people. The proportion of workers engaged in cultivation is 44.63%, 0.68% are

non-farm labourers, 0.68% are in Household industries service and 54% are domestic works.

Village vise details of the occupational patterns are shown in Figure 8.10, 8.11 and Table 8.9, 8.10.



Figure 8.10: Working population (%) in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.9: Working population in the project affected villages

Villages/

Tehsil

Total

popln.



Langfer 113 51 21 30 51 21 30 0 0 0 62 41 21

Balapu 194 75 34 41 75 34 41 0 0 0 119 65 54

Jote 146 55 25 30 55 25 30 0 0 0 91 50 41

Rach 158 77 37 40 41 29 12 36 8 28 81 39 42

Sagalee Town 1315 371 252 119 365 250 115 6 2 4 944 408 536

Total 1926 629 369 260 587 359 228 42 10 32 1297 603 694

Sagalee Tehsil 6049 2146 1128 1018 1974 1047 927 172 81 91 3903 1780 2123

Papum Pare

Dist. 176573 65772 41263 24509 51157 34148 17009 14615 7115 7500 110801 47919 62882


Figure 8.11: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.10: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages

Villages/

Tehsil

Cultivators Agricultural

Labour

Household



Langfer 45 17 28 4 2 2 0 0 0 2 2 0

Balapu 69 28 41 0 0 0 2 2 0 4 4 0



Jote 51 23 28 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 2

Rach 19 11 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 18 4

Sagalee Town 78 45 33 0 0 0 2 1 1 285 204 81

Total 262 124 138 4 2 2 4 3 1 317 230 87

Sagalee Tehsil 1436 657 779 15 7 8 8 6 2 515 377 138

Papum Pare

Dist. 11038 5787 5251 921 518 403 821 523 298 38377 27320 11057


8.4.4 Education Facilities

Educational facilities play an important role in the overall development of an area. These

facilities enhance economic growth and employment. Primary education facilities are available in

all villages. Secondary and Higher Secondary School facilities are available at Sagalee town.

Sagalee town has 6 numbers of educational institutes both at lower and higher level of education

which not only cater to the needs of the city but also to the region. At present it has 2 primary

school, 3 middle school, 1 Sr. Secondary. Every village is not provided with higher education

which means that students have to go to another village and Sagalee town to get education. The

availability of educational institutions has been detailed below in Table 8.11.

Table 8.11: Education facilities in the in the Project Affected Villages

Villages Primary School Middle School High School Higher Secondary

Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt.

Langfer 1 - 1 - - - - - Balapu 1 - 1 - - - - - Jote 1 - - - - - - - Rach 1 - - - - - - - Sagalee Town 1 1 2 1 - - 1 - Total 5 1 4 1 - - 1 -

(Source: Primary Survey 2013-14)

8.4.5 Health Care Facilities

It has been found that all the villages do not have good medical facilities. Few villages have

medical sub centres and people visit there for minor ailment. There are incidences of Malaria,

Typhoid, Dysentry, Diarrhoea, Jaundice, gastroenteritis etc among the population. For major

ailments people visit Sagalee Town. There is a sub district hospital, primary health centre, and 3

private dispensaries at Sagalee town (Table 8.12).

Table 8.12: Health Care facilities in the Project Affected Villages

Villages Sub District Hospital/CHC PHC Private Clinic

Langfer - - - Balapu - - - Jote - - - Rach - - - Sagalee Town 1 1 3 Total 2 2 3


8.4.6 Road Network and Transport

The most important roads in this area is National Highway 229 that runs through Sagalee Town.

NH 229 originates at Tawang in the western corner of the state, runs mostly eastwards for 1090

km and terminates at NH-52 in Pasighat.



8.4.7 Amenities

Basic services and amenities are not adequate in all the villages. All the villages have access to

drinking water. Domestic tap water supply is the major drinking water source. Piped water

supply is available in Sagalee town. In the rural villages people use water from natural springs,

and smaller streams. In respect of geographical spread of the location of the village, the nearest

town is located at a distance of more than 5-10 km from the affected villages. The average

distance of the block headquarters from the affected villages is beyond 5-10 km. The nearest

bank is located at a mean distance of more than 5-10 km. from the affected villages. In respect of

communication, bus services are available in the area. Direct bus-services are there from

Itanagar via Naharlagun and Doimukh. Transport services in the region depend mainly on the

private light vehicles. Sanitation facilities are available in majority of households. The most

common toilet facility among the village households is the pit latrine. Few households have

septic tank sanitary facility. Cooking gas and kerosene is available in all villages. Fuel wood is the

dominant source of energy. Electricity is available in most villages but supply is very erratic in the

rural areas. The fair price shops are located in village Balapu and Sagalee town. One post office is

located in Sagalee town. The telecommunication facilities are available in the area. The mobile

cellular network is also available in the study area. Maintaining law and order situation in the

region is one of the primary functions of the Police Administration. To fulfill this purpose 1 police

station/post exist at Sagalee town. (Table 8.13).

Table 8.13: Nearest distance from village upto corresponding amenities (in km)

Villages Bus Stop Market Fair Price

Shop Bank

Post Office

Police Station/Post

Langfer 4 17 2 17 17 17 Balapu 4 15 0 15 15 15 Jote 3 12 5 12 12 12 Rach 4 6 4 6 6 6 Sagalee Town 0 0 0 0 0 0


8.4.8 Agriculture & Cropping Pattern

Agriculture is the main occupation of the people of the study area. Jhum cultivation is prevalent

in the area. The area mainly depends on monsoon rain for cultivation on the upper ridges in the

study area, whereas on the river valley belt; the irrigation source is perennial in nature. Villages

under the project area are engaged in paddy cultivation both terrace and shifting cultivation.

Beside the paddy cultivation, the major crops of the area are maize and vegetables. The area

usually grows a single time in a year with paddy and maize crops and twice with vegetables. The

following table shows the land ownership pattern and agriculture scenario in the project areas.

The agriculture production mainly comprises of rice and maize apart from horticulture items

such as orange, pineapple and pears. Among the crops, rice is the most produced crop. The

horticulture production comprises mainly of pineapples, orange, banana and pears that are

grown abundantly in the village.

8.4.9 Livestock

The Arunachal Pradesh is one of the few states in India where Mithun rearing is a part of their

culture and tradition. The mithun rearing is regarded as one of the most important aspect of

their social and cultural life which signifies status in the society. Besides, Mithun other animals

like cattle, pig goat and poultry makes the most of the domestically reared animal in the area.



9.1 GENERAL

Assessment of environmental impacts of any development activity is the key component of

EIA process. Environmental impacts are assessed based on understanding of the project

features/activities, environmental setting in the area and interaction of project activities

with environmental components leading to prediction of likely impacts due to

development of project in a particular area/region. Hydropower projects are location

specific, leading to large-scale construction activities in generally pristine areas. Therefore,

impact assessment is carried out by establishing site-specific environmental settings

through baseline data collection and defining project components from detailed project

information. Baseline environmental status in the project area is established through field

studies in different seasons and also obtained from various secondary sources as discussed

in previous chapters. Project related information is sourced from Detailed Project Report

(DPR) of the project to carry out the impact assessment for project construction and

operation phase.

The proposed Par HEP would lead to generation of number of environmental impacts

owing to the activities that would be undertaken during the construction of various project

components, e.g. drilling and blasting, quarrying for construction material, dumping of

muck generated from various project activities, transportation of material, material

handling and storage, waste generation from labour colonies, operation of construction

machinery/equipment, etc. Additionally, large-scale labour migration to the area, during

the construction period, impacts the local environment and inhabitants. Operation phase

of the hydroelectric project is much cleaner as far as pollution generation is concerned;

however a significant impact during operation phase is permanent change in flow regime

of the river impacting aquatic life, fish fauna and downstream users.

All the likely impacts have been considered for various aspects of environment, including

physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic aspects. Invariably there are two types of

impacts that occur due to construction and operation of hydroelectric projects viz.

permanent which generally lead to loss of plant species, change of land-use, change in flow

regime, etc. and temporary which can be minimized by implementing mitigating measures

and adopting environmental management plan. Environmental protection measures can

be best enforced through inclusion of relevant clauses in the contract not only for the main

contractors but also for sub-contractors as most of activities are undertaken through

various contractors.

Based on the project details and the baseline environmental status, potential impacts as a

result of the construction and operation of the proposed Par HE Project have been

identified. Wherever possible, the impacts have been quantified and otherwise, qualitative

assessment has been undertaken. This Chapter deals with the anticipated positive as well

as negative impacts during the construction as well as operation phase of the proposed Par

HE project.

Chapter

9 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS



9.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION

Majority of the environmental impacts attributed to construction works are temporary in

nature, lasting mainly during the construction phase and often do not extend much beyond

the construction period. However, as the construction phase of Hydroelectric Projects is

fairly large and extend into several years, if these issues are not properly addressed, the

impacts can continue even after the construction phase for longer duration. Even though

the impacts due to construction are temporary in nature, they need to be reviewed closely

as they could be significant due to the nature and intensity of the impacts.

Impacts can be discussed in terms of projects activities with their magnitude and potential

impacts on environmental resources or alternatively resource wise in terms of impact on

each environmental resource e.g. Ambient Air Quality and potential impact on this

resource from various project activities. However, as some of the project activities are

quite critical and it is important to understand them along with their impacts on

environmental resources, therefore, they are briefly discussed below to be followed by

impacts on resources.

9.2.1 Impacts due to immigration of Construction Workers

At the time of peak construction work in the project, maximum of 1250 persons may be

engaged, of these some will be from the local population (Table 9.1). Majority of the

Construction workers will migrate into the area.

Immigration of such a large population for a long duration in remote area can cause serious

impact on various environmental resources including socio-economic profile of local

population. The congregation of large number of construction workers during the peak

construction phase is likely to create problems of sewage disposal, solid waste

management, tree cutting to meet fuel requirement, etc. Appropriate mitigating measures

have been suggested in EMP, which needs to be implemented to minimize such impacts.

Based on these assumptions the peak migrant population has been calculated as 1250

persons (Table 9.1). This population is expected to reside in the project area at any given

time.

Table 9.1: Calculation of Total Migratory Population

Migrant Population of Laborers

Total labour force 350

Married labourers (80% of 350) 280

Single labourers (20% of 350) 70

Husband and wife both working (80% of 280) 224

Number of families where both husband and wife work (224/2) 112

Number of families where only husband work (20% of 280) 56

Total number of labourers families (112+56) 168

Total Migrant Population of Labourers (168 x 5 + 70) 910

Migrant Population of Technical Staff

Total technical staff 100

Married technical staff 20

Single technical staff 80



Migrant Population of Laborers

Total migrant population of technical staff (20x5+80) 180

Migrant Workforce (Labour plus Technical) 1090

Service Providers

Total service providers (approx. 4% of total migrant workforce) 44

Married service providers (50 % as assumed) 22

Single service providers 22

Total migrant population of service providers (22x5+22) 132

Total Migrant Population 1220

Round off (including floating population of drivers/helpers) 1250

Separate accommodation and related facilities for semi skilled/un-skilled workers, skilled

workers and supervisory staff are to be arranged. Migration of 1250 persons during the

peak construction period, in otherwise scarcely populated and pristine area, is likely to

create problems of sewage disposal, solid waste management, tree cutting to meet fuel

requirement, etc.

9.2.2 Construction of Main Project Components

Construction work is required for the construction of following main project components:

A 26.5 m high barrage from river crest level is proposed to be constructed at Pare river.

The top level of the barrage is at El 850 m. The barrage foundation level is at El 811m.

The Full Reservoir Level (FRL) and minimum draw down level (MDDL) of the reservoir

are El 848 m and El 845 m, respectively, with storage of 0.35 MCM for diurnal peaking

capabilities.

The intake is located on the left bank of Par River, upstream of the barrage axis. The

intake system consists of two (2) feeder tunnels which later combine to form the

headrace tunnel.

One concrete & steel lined headrace tunnel of 8.64 km length with design discharge of

28.49 cumec.

One (1) steel lined pressure shafts with 2.5m diameter, and 2 penstock after bifurcation

with diameter 1.8m for 52 MW (2 X 26 MW).

A Surface Powerhouse is proposed with Francis turbines at axis level of El. 626.25m.

The reservoir to be created by the barrage will operate between FRL 848.0m & MDDL

845.0 m with rated head of 202 m. The installed capacity of the power house will be 52

MW (2 X 26 MW).

For construction of main project components major activities are excavation, drilling,

blasting, concreting, structure work, fabrication, etc. Such activities lead to muck generation

and would also require use of various construction equipments such as batching plants,

aggregate processing plants, dumper trucks, excavators, dozers, shotcrete machines, jack

hammers, generators, pumps, etc leading to generation of pollution in terms of emissions,

wastewater, noise and solid waste. This would also require material handling and storage again

leading to generation of pollution in different forms and impacting different environment

components.



9.2.3 Quarrying Operations

Based on the concrete & shotcrete quantities, total coarse and fine aggregate requirement

is estimated to be 2.39 Lakh cum. About 0.96 Lakh cum of aggregates shall be sourced from

excavated muck and the balance 1.43 Lakh cum from in-situ rock quarries.

Aggregate for concreting shall predominantly be used from in-situ rock and river bed

material, about 40% of the excavated muck from head works and tunnels shall also be used

for coarse and fine aggregate production. One rock quarry and one river bed quarry has

been identified. The proposed rock quarry sites is located at downstream of barrage on left

bank of river and river bed quarry site is located near the proposed power house site. Total

area likely to be disturbed due to quarrying would be around 1.75 ha.

Opening of the quarries will cause visual impacts because they remove a significant part of

the hills. Other impacts will be the noise generated during aggregate acquisition through

explosive and crushing, which could affect wildlife in the area, air pollution is caused during

the crushing operation to get the aggregates to the appropriate size and transport of the

aggregates to the site.

The quarrying operations will be semi-mechanized in nature. Normally, in a hilly terrain,

quarrying is done by cutting the hill face, and this leaves a permanent scar, once the

quarrying activities are over with the passage of time, rock from the exposed face of the

quarry under the action of wind and other erosion forces, slowly gets weathered and they

become a potential source of landslide. Thus, it is necessary to implement appropriate

slope stabilization measures to prevent the possibility of soil erosion and landslides at the

quarry sites.

9.2.4 Operation of Construction Plant and Equipment

During the construction phase, various types of equipment will be brought to the site and

construction plants and repair workshops will be set up. These include crushers, batching

plant, drillers, earth movers, etc. List of construction equipment to be deployed major

project component wise is given at Table 9.2. The siting of these construction equipments

would require significant amount of space and such land will be temporarily acquired, i.e.

for the duration of project construction; for storage of the quarried material before

crushing, crushed material, cement, steel, etc. Land will be restored once the project

construction is complete.

These construction plant and repair workshops will have impact on ambient air quality due

to fugitive emissions associated with material handling; emissions due to operation of DG

sets to meet the power requirements and other equipments; impact on water quality due

to wastewater generation and impact on soil due to solid and hazardous waste generation.

Management of such impacts with operation control and appropriate pollution control

equipment is essential to minimize their effect on surrounding environment including local

population and wildlife and same is discussed in EMP. Additionally, proper siting of these

facilities can also reduce the impact due to their location. Their locations have been

identified during the preparation of Detailed Project Report, keeping in view the technical

and economic criteria; however, same can be further refined during set up, keeping in

view:



Proximity to the site of use

Sensitivity of forests in the nearby areas

Wildlife, if any, in the nearby area

Proximity from habitations

Predominant wind direction

Natural slope and drainage

Table 9.2: List of Construction Equipment at Construction Stage of Par HEP

Sl. No. Description of Equipment *No. of Equipments for project activities

1. Hydraulic Excavator(1.57 cum) 3

2. Hydraulic Excavator(1.0 cum) 2

3. Excavator (1.0 cum) 1 4. JCB 1 5. Wheel Loader 4 6. Crawler Dozer (90HP) 5 7. Jack Hammer (120 cfm) 28 8. Concrete pump 7 9. Tippers (10 Tonne) 24 10. Dewatering Pumps 19 11. Transit Mixer 3.0 cum. 7 12. Transit Mixer 4 cum. 4 13. Grout Pump 6 14. Welding Sets 16 15. Boom Drill Jumbo 1 16. Collapsible Hydraulic Gantry Shutter 2 17. Shotcrete Machine 3 18. Dry Shotcrete Machine 1 19. D.G. Set 500 KVA 2 20. D.G. Set 250 KVA 2 21. D.G. Set 62.5 KVA 2 22. Compressor 450 cfm 1 23. Compressor 171 cfm 2 24. Pusher legs 6 25. Ventilation Blower 2 26. Concrete Shutter 2 27. Mobile Crane 20 Tonne 3 28. Electric Winch 10 Tonne 2 29. Blasting Accessories 2 30. Hydraulic Platform/Truck Jumbo 1 31. Raise Climber 1 32. Needle Vibrator 7 33. Trucks 10 Tonne 4 34. BM Plant (60 cum/hr) 1 35. BM Plant (45 cum/hr) 1

36. Aggregate crushing and processing plant (100 TPH)

2

* Equipment either shifted from some other site or to be sifted to some other site hence accounted there and not added in total

9.2.5 Muck Disposal

The project work would generate about 1,58,185 cum of soil excavation and 81,741 cum of

rock excavation from open excavation and about 1,93,111 cum from underground

excavation. The total muck (including swell factor) to be generated is about 565616 cum

(5.6 lakh cum). About 40% of muck generated from rock excavation is proposed to be used



for producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for

developing areas for construction facilities. Remaining muck will be disposed off at

designated muck disposal sites spread in total area of 11.02 ha.

Keeping the above requirement and vicinity of the excavation sites in view, four muck

disposal areas named as D1,D2,D3 and D4 have been identified. Total capacity of these

sites is about 6,00,113 cum.

S. No. Dumping Site Capacity (Cum) 1 MDS-1 3,11,145 2 MDS-2 1,10,915 3 MDS-3 1,21,328 4 MDS-4 56,725

Total 6,00,113

Muck, if not securely transported and dumped at pre-designated sites, can have serious

environmental impacts, such as:

Can be washed away into the main river which can cause negative impacts on the

aquatic ecosystem of the river.

Can lead to impacts on various aspects of environment. Normally, the land is cleared

before muck disposal. During clearing operations, trees are cut, and undergrowth

perishes as a result of muck disposal.

In many of the sites, muck is stacked without adequate stabilisation measures. In such

a scenario, the muck moves along with runoff and creates landslide like situations.

Many a times, boulders/large stone pieces enter the river/water body, affecting the

benthic fauna and other components of aquatic biota.

Normally muck disposal is done at low lying areas, which get filled up due to stacking of

muck. This can sometimes affect the natural drainage pattern of the area leading to

accumulation of water or partial flooding of some area which can provide ideal

breeding habitat for mosquitoes.

Keeping the above impacts in view, a muck disposal plan is prepared as part of the EMP to

minimize impact of muck generation and disposal.

9.2.6 Road Construction


job. A network of roads is also required to approach various locations of project site such

as barrage sites, Adits, Powerhouse, Main Access Tunnel (MAT) and Tailrace Tunnel (TRT)

portal, Dumping yards, quarry locations etc. It has been assessed that about 7.8 km length of

new road is required to be constructed to facilitate construction of various components

The major impacts likely to accrue as a result of construction of the roads are:

Loss of forest and vegetation by cutting of trees

Geological disturbance due to blasting, excavation, etc.

Soil erosion as the slope cutting operation disturbs the natural slope and leads to land

slips and landslides.

Interruption of drainage and change in drainage pattern



Disturbance of water resources with blasting and discriminate disposal of fuel and

lubricants from road construction machinery

Siltation of water channels/ reservoirs from excavated debris

Effect on flora and fauna

Air pollution due to dust from debris, road construction machinery, etc.

The indirect impact of the construction of new roads is the increase in accessibility to

otherwise undisturbed areas, resulting in greater human interference and subsequent

adverse impacts on the ecosystem. Appropriate management measures required to

mitigate adverse environmental impacts during road construction have been

recommended.

9.2.7 Acquisition of Land

Hydroelectric projects are location specific and require land to be acquired for various

project activities. For the development of Par Hydroelectric Project, land would be acquired

for construction of project components, submergence area, muck dumping, quarrying,

construction camps and colony, etc. Total land required for the construction of Par H.E.

Project activities based on the final project layout, land requirement has been finalized as

63.61 ha.

Land would be required for locating the permanent works as well as for setting up the

infrastructural and job facilities necessary for constructing the project in an expeditious

and optimal manner.

Major impact of land acquisition is permanent change of landuse, which is unavoidable.

Additionally, land acquisition has impacts on local population by way of loss of their

agriculture land and hence livelihood and also impact on flora and fauna by way of loss of

forest land and clearing of vegetation on acquired land. These impacts will be mitigated by

implementing R & R plan, Biodiversity Conservation and Forest Management Plan, as

discussed in EMP.

Impact of various degrees on different environmental resources is discussed in ensuing

paragraphs resource wise.

9.2.8 Impact on Water Quality

The major sources of water pollution during project construction phase are as follows:

Sewage from Construction work camps/colonies

Effluent from Construction Plants and Workshops

Disposal of muck

a) Sewage from Construction worker Camps

The project construction is likely to last for a period of 5 years. As mentioned earlier, about

1250 skilled, semi-skilled/unskilled and supervisory staff are likely to work during project

construction phase. Most of the employees/ workers during construction phase are likely

to be employed from outside the project area. The construction phase, also leads to

mushrooming of various allied activities to meet the demand of immigrant Construction



Worker population in the project area. Additionally drivers and labour associated with

transportation of material will also stay in the area on temporary basis.

The domestic water requirement for the construction worker and the technical staff

migrating into the project area is of the order of 137.5 cum/day @ 110 lpcd. Assuming that

about 80% of the water supplied will be generated as wastewater/sewage. The BOD load

contributed by domestic sources will be about 27.5 kg/ day, assuming 250 mg/l of BOD in

wastewater.

The disposal of untreated sewage can lead to water pollution, resulting in increase in

coliforms and other various pathogens, which can lead to incidence of water borne diseases.

Therefore, project authorities would be taking appropriate measures to check such disposal

into the river. In order to avoid any deterioration in water quality due to disposal of

untreated sewage from labour camps, appropriate sewage treatment facilities will be

commissioned in the labour camps.

b) Effluent from Construction Plants and Workshops

As discussed earlier, construction plants viz. aggregate processing and concrete mixing and

workshops will be established. Water is used in these construction plants and wastewater

generated with high suspended solids. Similarly from workshops, major pollutant will be oil

and grease. Discharge of untreated wastewater will adversely affect the water quality of

receiving water body. Turbidity and oil & grease levels will increase substantially in small

tributaries, especially, in lean season. To minimize the impact, such effluent needs to be

treated in situ before discharge to any water body or for land application.

c) Disposal of Muck

The major impact on the water quality arises when the muck is disposed along the river

bank. The project authorities have identified suitable muck disposal sites which are located

near the river channel. The muck will essentially come from the tunneling, road-building

activity, and other excavation works. The unsorted waste going into the river channel will

greatly contribute to the turbidity of water continuously for long time periods. The high

turbidity is known to reduce the photosynthetic efficiency of primary producers in the river

and as a result, the biological productivity will be greatly reduced. Therefore, the prolonged

turbid conditions would have negative impact on the aquatic life. Therefore, muck disposal

has to be done in line with the Muck Disposal Plan given in EMP to avoid any negative impact.

9.2.9 Impact on Terrestrial Flora

The direct impact of construction activity for any water resource project in a mountainous

terrain similar to that of proposed project is generally limited in the vicinity of the

construction sites only. As mentioned earlier, a large population (1250) including technical

staff, workers and other group of people are likely to congregate in the area during peak

project construction phase. It can be assumed that the technical staff will be of higher

economic status and will live in a more urbanized habitat, and will not use wood as fuel, if

adequate alternate sources of fuel are provided. However, workers and other population

groups residing in the area may use fuel wood, if no alternate fuel is provided. There will be

an increase in population by about 1250 of which about 1000 (80%) are expected to use



fuel wood. On an average, the fuel wood requirements will be of the order of 1 kg per

person per day. Therefore, for 1000 persons it works out to be 365,000 Kg/annum or

521.42 m3 (taking average density of wood as 700 kg/m

3). The wood generated by cutting

one tree is about 2.5-3.0 m3. Thus, about 180 trees will be cut every year to meet the fuel

wood requirements, which mean every year on an average about 0.50 ha of forest area

(with average tree density of about 350 trees/ha) will be cleared for meeting fuel wood

requirements, if no alternate sources of fuel are provided. Hence, to minimize such

impacts, it is proposed to provide alternate fuel for cooking and space heating e.g.

LPG/kerosene to the construction workers. The other alternative is to provide community

kitchens on a cooperative basis by the contractor. The details of the same have been

covered in Environmental Management Plan.

Other major impact on the flora in and around the project area would be due to increased

level of human interferences. The workers may also cut trees to meet their requirements

for construction of houses, furniture. Normally in such situations, lot of indiscriminate use

or wastage of wood is also observed, especially in remote or inaccessible areas. Thus, it is

necessary to implement adequate surveillance to mitigate the adverse impacts on

terrestrial flora during project construction phase.

9.2.10 Impact on Terrestrial Fauna

a) Disturbance to Wildlife

During the construction period, large number of machinery and construction workers shall

be mobilized, which may create disturbance to wildlife population in the vicinity of project

area. The operation of various equipments will generate significant noise, especially during

blasting which will have adverse impact on fauna of the area. The noise may scare the

fauna and force them to migrate to other areas. Likewise siting of construction plants,

workshops, stores, labour camps etc. could also lead to adverse impact on fauna of the

area. During the construction phase, accessibility to area will lead to influx of workers and

the people associated with the allied activities from outside will also increase. Increase in

human interference could have an impact on terrestrial ecosystem.

The other major impact could be the blasting to be carried out during construction phase.

This impact needs to be mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and strict surveillance

regime and the same is proposed to be used in the project. This will reduce the noise level

and vibrations due to blasting to a great extent.

Forest cover in the vicinity of proposed project working sites and their immediate vicinity is

comprised of dense forest with agriculture as second pre dominant land use type.

Jhumming in the forest area near to the habitations was also observed. However no major

wildlife population is found in the immediate vicinity of these sites due to encroachment

and habitations in the influence zone. Only stray incidents of wildlife are reported from

these areas. However, the area has a good bird and butterflies population. Therefore

adequate measures will be required during the construction phase not to cause any

adverse impact on avi-faunal and butterflies population. Blasting during construction may

cause adverse impacts. Hence it is recommended that delayed blasting techniques as



already stated above would be utilized to minimize the impact, as a result of noise and

vibration generated due to blasting.

b) Impacts on Migratory Routes

The faunal species observed in the project area are not migratory in nature. The proposed

submergence area is not the migratory route of wild animals. The construction of the

proposed Par H.E. Project will form a reservoir of 0.165 km2, which is also not reported to

be on the migratory route of any major faunal species.

9.2.11 Impact on Aquatic Ecology

The physico-chemical and biological water quality of Pare River in the project area is good.

The dissolved oxygen is high and the absence of major sources of pollution is responsible

for low pollution loading. Thus, water quality is quite good in the project area.

Major sources of construction related impacts on water quality will be from erosion of the

disturbed area required for the construction activities (construction sites, concrete batch

plants, material storage areas, vehicle maintenance areas, disposal areas), from waste

water discharge from the construction labour camps and from contaminated water (oil,

grease, petro chemicals, cement and chemicals) resulting from various construction

activities. The primary impact will be the potential for introducing sediments and pollutants

to the adjacent river body during the period of construction, thereby affecting aquatic

habitats and water source for residents and wildlife downstream of the construction areas.

a) Impacts due to excavation of construction material from river bed

During construction phase, a large quantity of construction material like stones, pebbles,

gravel and sand would be needed. It is proposed to extract construction material from the

river bed. The extraction of construction material may affect the river water quality due to

increase in the turbidity levels. This is mainly because the dredged material gets released

during one or all the operations mentioned below:

Excavation of material from the river bed.

Loss of material during transport to the surface

Overflow from the dredger while loading

Loss of material from the dredger during transportation

The cumulative impact of all the above operations is increase in turbidity levels. Good

dredging practices can however, minimize turbidity. It has also been observed that slope

collapse is the major factor responsible for increase in the turbidity levels. If the depth of

cut is too high, there is possibility of slope collapse, which releases a sediment cloud. This

will further move outside the suction radius of dredged head. In order to avoid this typical

situation, the depth of cut may be restricted to:

H/C < 5.5, where,

- Unit weight of the soil

H - Depth of soil

C - Cohesive strength of soil

The dredging and deposition of dredged material may affect the survival and propagation

of benthic organisms. The macro-benthic life which remains attached to the stones,



boulders etc. gets dislodged and is carried away downstream by turbulent flow. The areas

from where construction material is excavated, benthic fauna get destroyed. In due course

of time, however, the area gets decolonized, with fresh benthic fauna. The density and

diversity of benthic fauna will however, be less as compared with the pre-dredging levels.

Thus, if adequate precautions during dredging operations are not undertaken, then

significant adverse impacts on aquatic ecology are anticipated.

b) Impacts due to discharge of sewage from Construction Worker camp/colony

The proposed hydro-power project would envisage construction of temporary and

permanent residential colonies to accommodate Construction Worker and staff engaged in

the project. This would result in discharge of sewage which is usually discharged into the

nearby water body. However, to avoid negative impact on the receiving water, it is

proposed to treat the domestic sewage before its disposal in the river. Septic tanks have

been proposed and overflow will go to soak pits to avoid any pollution of river. Therefore,

no adverse impacts on water quality are anticipated due to discharge of sewage from

Construction worker camp/colony, as long as wastewater is treated.

9.2.12 Impact on Noise Environment

Sources of noise will be the vehicles and equipment for excavation and stationary

equipment, including concrete batch plant located at the construction sites. Other sources

of noise will be the use of explosives for blasting purposes for construction activities,

drilling machines and quarrying and crushing activities.

a) Noise due to Construction Equipment

Under the worst case scenario, considered for prediction of noise levels during

construction phase, it has been assumed that all these equipment generate noise from a

common point. The noise levels due to operation of the different construction equipment

are given in Table 9.3.

Table 9.3: Noise Levels due to Operation of Construction Equipment

Equipment Noise level dB(A)

Equipment Noise level dB(A)

Earth Moving Material Handling Compactors 70-72 Concrete mixers 75-85 Front loaders 72-82 Movable cranes 82-84 Backhoes 70-92 Tractors 76-90 Scrappers, graders 82-90 Truck 84-90

Others Vibrators 69-81 Saws 74-81

Under the worst-case scenario, considered for prediction of noise levels during

construction phase, it has been assumed that all these equipment generate noise from a

common point. Noise level of about 80 dB(A) at 1m from the source will reduce

significantly with distance and can be calculated with the following formula at any location:

N2 = N1-20log10(r2/r1) - Af dBA

Where,

N2 = Sound level at any location at a distance r2 from the source



N1 = Sound level at any location at a distance r1 from the source

The decrease in sound level of 80 dB(A) at 1m from the source with distance is given in

Table 9.4. In the absence of details of attenuation factors, they have assumed zero,

whereas in actual practice attenuation factors such as vegetation, barricades, etc. will

reduce the sound level significantly. The transmission loss values for common construction

materials are given in Table 9.5.

Table 9.4: Decrease in Sound Levels with Distance from Source*

Distance from Source (m)

Corresponding Sound levels dB(A)

100 40.0

200 34.0

500 26.0

1000 20.0

1500 16.5

2000 14.0

2500 12.0

3000 10.5 * source sound is 80 dB(A) at a distance of 1m

Table 9.5: Transmission loss for common construction materials Material Thickness of

construction material (inches)

Decrease in noise level dB(A)

Light concrete 4 38 6 39

Dense concrete 4 40

Concrete block 4 32 6 36

Brick 4 33 Granite 4 40

Thus, the walls of various houses will attenuate at least 30 dB(A) of noise. In addition there

is attenuation due to air absorption, atmospheric in homogeneities, vegetal cover, etc.

Thus, impact of the increased noise level will not be significant for the residents staying

indoors and away from the construction sits. However, such impacts are critical for people

in open and in proximity to the noise source. Generally, labor force working on various

sites get the worst impact of increased noise levels.

b) Noise due to increased vehicular movement

During construction phase, there will be significant increase in vehicular movement for

transportation of construction material. At present, there is no vehicular movement near

the barrage site. During construction phase, the increase in vehicular movement is

expected to increase up to a maximum of 6 to 7 trucks/hour. The impact on noise level due

to increased vehicular movement can not be quantified as it will depend upon various

facotrs such as vehicle condition, road condition, idling time, traffic condition, etc. It can be

significantly mitigated by taking measures discussed in management plan.

c) Noise Generated due to Blasting



Noise generated by blasting is instantaneous in nature. Noise generated due to blasting is

site specific and depends on type, quantity of explosives, dimension of drill hole, degree of

compaction of explosives in the hole and rock. Noise level due to blasting operations are

expected to be of the order of 75-85 dB(A) depending upon the number of drill holes and

charge quantity. A level of 85 dB(A) at source will become an increase of 25 dB(A) for a

settlement at about 1 km away. As the blasting is likely to last for 4 to 5 seconds depending

on the charge, noise levels over this time would be instantaneous and short in duration.

Considering attenuation due to various sources, even the instantaneous increase in noise

level is not expected to be more than 10-15 dB(A). Hence, noise level due to blasting is not

expected to cause any significant adverse impact as long as controlled blasting practices as

discussed in EMP are implemented.

d) Impacts due to Ground Vibrations

The explosive energy generated during blasting sets up a seismic wave within the surface,

which may affect the structures and cause discomfort to human population. When an

explosive charge is fired in a hole, stress waves traverse in various directions, causing the

rock particles to oscillate. Blasting also generates ground vibrations and instantaneous

noise.

Potential environmental impacts of blasting include ground vibration (seismic waves), air

overpressure, noise, dust and flyrock. Vibrations transmitted through the ground and

pressure waves through the air are the most common side-effects of blasting operations.

Ground vibrations are an integral part of the process of rock blasting. The wave motion

spreads concentrically from the blasting site, particularly along the ground surface, and is

therefore attenuated, since its fixed energy is spread over a greater and greater mass of

material as it moves away from its origin. Even though it attenuates with distance, the

motion from a large blast can be received from far away.

Various measures have been recommended to minimize the adverse impacts due to

blasting:

Proper design of blast hole to be developed.

Use of noiseless trunk delays to minimize the noise due to air blast.

Use of non-electric system of blasting for true bottom-hole initiation.

Use of muffling mats to arrest the dust and fly rock.

Noise in and around the construction site may affect the wildlife and residents in the

nearby areas. Wildlife in the area will likely to move away from the noise and eventually

return to the area when construction is complete. However, there is no major wildlife

observed in and around the construction site and hence this may not be a significant issue.

e) Impacts on Labour

The affect of high noise levels on the operating personnel has to be considered as this may be

particularly harmful. It is known that continuous exposures to high noise levels above 90 dB(A)

affects the hearing ability of the workers/operators and hence, should be avoided. To prevent

these effects, it has been recommended by Occupational Safety and Health Administration

(OSHA) that the exposure period of affected persons be limited as in Table 9.6.



Table 9.6: Maximum Exposure Periods Specified by OSHA

Maximum equivalent continuous noise

level dB(A)

Unprotected exposure period per day for 8 hrs/day and 5

days/week 90 8 95 4

100 2 110 ½ 120 ¼

9.2.13 Impacts on Air Quality

In general hydropower projects do not affect the air quality in a significant manner. The

sources and activities that might affect air quality in the project area are vehicular traffic,

dust arising from unpaved village roads and domestic fuel burning. The air environment

around project site is free from any significant pollution source. Therefore, ambient air

quality is quite good in and around the project area.

Vehicles and stationary equipment will impact air quality at the construction site through

emissions from the engines and equipment, fugitive emissions due to material handling,

etc. Additionally quarry site activities including operation of crushers, concrete batch

plants, construction work and movement of vehicles along unpaved road will generate dust

& gaseous emission and impact air quality. The burning of waste will also affect air quality.

In absence of proper fuel, construction workers at the project site may use wood for fuel

burning. This will impact air quality.

In a water resources project, air pollution occurs mainly during project construction phase.

The major sources of air pollution during construction phase are:

Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment

Emission from various crushers and other construction plants

Fugitive emissions from material handling and transportation.

a) Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipments

The operation of various construction equipments requires combustion of fuel. Normally,

diesel is used in such equipment. The major pollutant which gets emitted as a result of

combustion of diesel is SO2. The particulate matter emissions are minimal due to low ash

content in diesel. Depending upon the fuel quality and quantity and rating of DG sets and other

equipments, it is important to provide adequate stack height for emission to be dispersed in

the atmosphere to have minimum increase in Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs).

b) Emissions from various crushers and other construction plants

The operation of the crusher and other construction plants during the construction phase is

likely to generate fugitive emissions, which can impact plant area and surrounding area as

well, depending on wind direction. Such fugitive emissions comprising mainly of the

particulate matter, will be generated. Various measures have been recommended to

control such emissions and further reduce their impacts on workers and locals in the EMP.

c) Fugitive Emissions from material handling and transportation



During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement. Lot of construction

material like sand, fine aggregate are stored at various sites, during the project

construction phase. Normally, due to blowing of winds, especially when the environment is

dry, some of the stored material can get entrained in the atmosphere. Although it is very

difficult to completely eliminate such impact, it is possible to reduce its intensity by

implementing various measures as recommended in the EMP.

Air Modeling

The hydro power operations do not generate any substantial quantities of airborne

respirable dust. However modeling was done to assess the impact on air quality.

Fugitive Dust- Modeling

Ai ualit odeli g was do e usi g li e sou e odel as pu lished U“EPA Wo k ook of Dispe sio Modeli g Tu e , fo t a spo tatio though oads a d the e pi i al emission factor equations from USEPA. Emission factors to be used in Line source

Dispersion equation is adopted from formula as given below:

E= k * (1.7) * (s/12)*(S/48) * (W/2.7)0.7 * (w/4)0.5 * (365-p/365) kg/VKT----------------- (1)

Where,

E = Emission Rate (kg/VKT)

k= Particle size multiplier = (0.36)

s = Silt Content of the Road surface material (%) = 10%

S = Mean Vehicle Speed (km/hr) = 20 km/hr

W=Mean Vehicle Weight (tonnes) = 10 tonnes

w= Mean number of wheels = 8

p= Number of days with at least 0.254 mm of precipitation per year = 60

f = frequency of Vehicle movement (Considering to and fro) =136

Thus using equation (1)

E = 0.61766 kg/VKT

E = 0.0012 g/sec/m

Concentration of the fugitive dust was calculated using the empirical equations for

unpaved roads published by USEPA- AP42. The Concentration of the fugitive Dust is given

below:

C = /π / E / σz υ E p- h / σz 6 ---------------------------- (2)

Where,

C = Hourly Concentration in microgram/ m3

E = Emission Rate = 0.0012 g/sec/m

υ = Wind Speed =4 m/s

h = 0 m

Modeling was done for an infinite line source assuming unpaved road. For conservative

calculation wind was assumed to blow at a velocity of 4 m/s perpendicular to the road. The

results for 24 hourly concentration values are given in the Figure 9.1.



Figure 9.1: Graph showing Concentration of Fugitive dust vs Distance

It is observed that the ground level concentration (GLC) decreases from 14.28 µg/m3 at 50

m from the centre line of the road to 1.87 µg/m3 at 500 m from the centre line of the road.

These values have been predicted for a dry unpaved road.

9.2.14 Traffic Analysis

Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding the existing carrying capacity of the roads

near to the project site. Then depending on the capacity of the muck generation, the

number of trucks that will be added to the present scenario will be compared to the

carrying capacity.

Table 9.7: Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service (LOS)

Road V C Existing V/C Ratio LOS

Sagalee town

(upstream of barrage site)25 6000 0.005 A

Proposed powerhouse area 13 6000 0.02 A

Raddar village 12 6000 0.004 A


Source: IRC 64- 99 V= Volu e i PCU’s/da & C= Capa it i PCU’s/ da

The existing Level of Service in the vicinity of project area is A i.e. excellent as per the

data given below.

V/C LOS Performance 0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent 0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good 0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair 0.6 - 0.8 D Poor0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

Reference: ENVIS Technical Report, IISc, Bangalore



Table 9.8: Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS

Road V C Modified V/C Ratio LOS Sagalee town

(upstream of barrage site) 127 6000 0.02 A


Raddar village 114 6000 0.02 A


The V/C ratio is likely to change from 0.005, 0.02, 0.004, and 0.001 to 0.02, 0.01, 0.02 and

0.01 with LOS being “A” which is „excellent‟, as per classification. So the additional load on

the carrying capacity of the concerned roads is not likely to have any significant adverse

effect.

9.2.15 Impacts on Socio-economic Environment

A project of this magnitude is likely to entail both positive as well as negative impacts on

the socio-cultural fabric of area.

a) Positive Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

The following positive impacts are anticipated on the socio-economic environment of the

local people of villages of project area during the project construction and operation

phases:

i) A number of marginal activities and jobs would be available to the locals during

construction phase.

ii) Developer bringing large scale investment to the area will also invest in local area

development and benefit will be reaped by locals. Education, medical,

transportation, road network and other infrastructure will improve.

iii) The availability of electricity in the rural areas will reduce the dependence of the

locals on alternative energy sources namely forest.

iv) With increased availability of electricity, small-scale and cottage industries are likely

to come up in the area.

v) The proposed project site is well connected by road. Efforts to be made to develop

eco-tourism, which could earn additional revenue.

b) Negative Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

Such projects, in addition, to positive impact on socio-economic environment may also

bring certain negative impact due to influx of outside population. Workforce will reside in

that area for around five years and also there will be large influx of drivers and other

workers on temporary basis. This influx of people in otherwise isolated area may lead to

various social and cultural conflicts during the construction stage. Developers need to take

help of local leaders, Panchayat and NGOs to ensure minimum impact on this count.

c) Increased incidence of Diseases

Large scale activity in the area due to the proposed project may become a cause of spread

of HIV/AIDS in the project area due to following reasons:

• Project requires long-term input of labour from outside the area.

• Project requires that significant numbers of project employees be separated



from their families for long periods of time

• Project involves the creation of large, temporary construction camp(s).

• Increases mobility of people in and out of the area (job seekers, formal and

informal service providers).

• Requires participation / resettlement of the local population.

d) Indirect and Cumulative Impacts on Natural Resources

The improved year round access to the whole project area from new and upgraded roads

will enable people to settle in the area. Use of the improved access will enable movement

from one area to another. This translates into the development of roadside villages, and a

potential increased pressure on the natural resources in the vicinity of the roads. The

increased pressure will include uncontrolled logging, hunting of wildlife, non-timber forest

product collection, livestock husbandry, the cultivation in forest areas and forest fires.

These impacts are expected during the economic development of the river basin, and are

expected to be managed by the basin level catchment area treatment plan, and the

proposed Environmental Master Plan for the state.

9.2.16 Impacts Summary

Impact of above activities on various components of the environment during construction

phase of the project are tabulated and given at Table 9.9.

9.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE

On completion of the construction of the project, the land used for construction activities,

muck dumping, quarrying, etc. will be restored. Construction workers who have resided in

that area will move to another project site. By ensuring all the mitigation and management

measures, as planned for this project, are implemented to minimize the impact of

construction phase, large part of the area will go back to its original form. However, there

will be some permanent changes such as barrage across the river, reservoir formation,

powerhouse and project colony. Hydropower projects are considered as clean source of

renewable energy as there are no significant pollution generation sources during project

operation. There is no air and water pollution from the project operation. Similarly

generation of solid and hazardous waste is also insignificant.

One critical impact of operation of hydropower projects has received substantial attention

from environmentalists in last two to three decades based on the observations made on

operational projects in developed countries. Diversion of water from barrage to

powerhouse will make the intermediate stretch of the river almost dry especially during

lean season. Impact becomes significant if several projects are planned in cascade and/or

large headrace tunnels making the intermediate stretch very large. Low flow in the section

of the river adversely impacts the aquatic ecology including fish fauna, riparian vegetation

and fauna dependent on it; and downstream users. These impacts cannot be mitigated,

however, they can be minimized by scientifically assessing the environmental flow

requirement of the intermediate stretch not only in lean season but also in all the months.

Other impacts of the construction phase include formation of reservoir impacting the

water quality and aquatic ecology, pollution generation from colony and plant and positive



as well negative impacts on socio-economic environment mainly due to improved

infrastructure in the area. These impacts are summarized at Table 9.10.

9.3.1 Impact on Water Resources

a) Impact of reduction in downstream flow

The construction of barrage and diversion of water for power generation would lead to the

reduction in water discharge in the river stretch downstream of barrage. To maintain

ecological needs and downstream requirement, environmental releases shall be suggested

for monsoon, lean and other months for entire year. These have been presented in

Chapter 10.

b) Impact on Water Quality

The self purifying capability of running water is directly related to its current velocity and

water discharge. The regulated flow results in alteration of ecological characteristics

including its purifying capacity. The creation of a reservoir would lead to desiltation,

therefore, water in the downstream section would be less turbid with much lower water

current velocity as compared to the normal velocity. The shallowness of the water in this

section during the lean season would also lead to increase in the water temperature,

thereby affecting the dissolved oxygen contents adversely. Dilution of organic pollutants, if

any, also decreases and results in increase in concentration of pollutants in the river

channel.

Due to decrease in the discharge and change in water quality, the population of

microorganisms will be affected. Algae like Achnanthidium minutissima, which is

characteristic of fast flowing and clean river waters would be affected due to decreased

discharge. The species like Synedra ulna and Nitzschia sp. will become abundant in the

stretch between dam site and powerhouse site as these species prefer shallow waters.

The various aspects covered as a part of impact on water quality during project operation

phase are:

o Effluent from project colony

o Impacts on reservoir quality

o Eutrophication risks

i) Effluent from Project Colony

During the operation phase, due to absence of any large scale construction activity, the

cause and source of water pollution will be much different. Since, only a small number of

O&M staff will reside in the area in a well designed colony with sewage treatment plant

and other infrastructural facilities, the problems of water pollution due to disposal of

sewage are not anticipated. The treated sewage will be reused for gardening and green

belt around the colony.



Table 9.9: Summary of Impacts during Construction Phase

Component of Environment

Source/Reason of Impact Quantification, where possible

Air Environment

Fugitive dust from Transportation through road

Ground level concentration (GLC) decreases from 14.28 µg/m3 at 50 m from the centre line of the road to

1.87 µg/m3 at 500 m from the centre line of the road. These values have been predicted for a dry unpaved

road. This shows that road side villages will be affected by air pollution due to increase in traffic.

Increase in movement of vehicles The present traffic volume and road capacity have been analyzed along with the expected increase in volume during project construction. There will be slight increase in volume capacity ratio (V/C), however, Level of Service (LOS) will remain under class A (Excellent) even after predicted increase. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concerned roads is not likely to have any significant adverse effect. However, increase in traffic will increase the air pollution on the road and is likely to affect road side population.

Operation of construction Plants, Machineries, Workshops

For construction of project components plants and workshops will be set up and construction machinery and equipment will be deployed. A list of such equipment is prepared project component wise and is enclosed as Table 9.2. Their operation will generate pollution in all manifestations viz. air, water, noise including solid and hazardous waste.

Operation of DG sets for power Requirement

6 DG sets, two each of 500, 250 & 62.5 KVA will be used during construction phase leading to emissions due to fuel burning in the area where ambient air is free from such pollutants.

Quarrying Operations 1.75 ha land is identified as borrow and quarry area. Quarrying operation and transportation of quarried material generate air and noise pollution.

Muck handling and transport The total quantity of muck generated from soil and rock excavation is about 158184 cum and 81742 cum respectively. From underground excavation work it is estimated that a total of 193111 cum muck will be generated. About 40% of rock excavation is expected to be used for producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and balance 60% quantity of rock excavation would have to be disposed in the four identified and designated muck-dumping sites, located near Sagalee village. Transportation and handling large quantity of muck lead to air pollution in the area.

Noise and Vibration

Increase in movement of vehicles As discussed above increase in movement of vehicles is within the road capacity, however, increased number will lead to higher noise levels due to movement of vehicles.

Operation of construction Plants, Machineries, Workshops

Operation of construction plant and machinery will also add to increase of noise level in the area; however, as discussed in the description this would be a cause of concern for workers in the close proximity to such equipment as sound levels will mitigate considerably at village locations due to distance and barriers.

Operation of DG sets for power Requirement

Operation of DG sets will also lead to noise generation, however, as discussed above, this could be cause of concern for workers in vicinity. Further, mitigation measures will attenuate the noise significantly.

Blasting operations for tunneling and quarrying

Potential environmental impacts of blasting include ground vibration (seismic waves), air overpressure, noise, dust and fly rock. Vibrations transmitted through the ground and pressure waves through the air are the most common impacts of blasting operations. Depending upon the location of the habitation, it can even damage the houses during the operation.

Water Environment

Effluent from construction plant and workshops

A list of construction equipment is prepared project component wise and is given at Table 9.2. Their operation will generate pollution in all manifestations viz. air, water, noise and solid and hazardous waste.





As some of the equipment will use water and discharge effluent, uncontrolled discharge will led to ground and surface water pollution.

Muck Disposal The total quantity of muck generated from soil and rock excavation is about 158184 cum and 81742 cum respectively. From underground excavation work it is estimated that a total of 193111 cum muck will be generated. About 40% of rock excavation is expected to be used for producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and balance 60% quantity of rock excavation would have to be disposed in muck disposal area. This will be disposed off in the four identified and designated muck-dumping sites, which has a total area of 11.02 ha. As most of the operation is along the riverbank, spillage of muck will lead to water pollution unless the operation is efficiently controlled.

Sewage from construction camp and colonies

It is estimated that during the peak construction period, about 1250 persons will migrate to the area to stay in construction camps and work on project. Sewage from workers colony/construction camp can lead to serious water pollution if adequate treatment measures are not put in place.

Land Environment

Change of Land use 63.61 ha of land will be acquired for the project construction and land use of this land will change permanently. This is a permanent impact and no mitigation/management measures can be implemented for the entire land. However, land acquired for temporary construction camps, muck dumping and quarrying, etc. will be restored to bring back it to its original land use.

Loss of top cover in quarry/borrow area

1.75 ha of land is identified as quarry and borrow area. Quarrying operation lead to removal of top cover and unless the area is restored it impacts the land environment and spoils the aesthetics of the region. Restoration of quarrying area is included in the Environment Management Plan (EMP).

Land deterioration due to muck disposal

Four dumping sites have been identified with total area of 11.02 ha. This land will be impacted due to muck dumping, however, Muck Disposal Plan will ensure that area is restored on completion of the muck dumping process so that impact remains temporary.

Land deterioration due at construction sites, labour camps/colonies

63.61 ha of land has been identified as construction facilities area. This land will get impacted due to movement of vehicles, installation and use of construction equipment leading to discharge of pollutants in atmosphere. However, these impacts will be temporary as the land can be restored after completion of construction phase. Restoration of construction facility area is included in the EMP.

Indiscriminate solid waste disposal About 1250 persons are expected to migrate in the area during peak construction period. Construction and colony for workers and officers will generate solid waste - biodegradable as well as non-biodegradable. Littering of solid waste on hill slopes creates an unaesthetic scene also. Therefore, there is a need to implement a solid waste management plan to ensure that this waste will not create serious land and ground water pollution.

Disposal of hazardous and biomedical waste on land

Hazardous waste will be generated during construction phase from machinery and equipment using fuel, lubricating oil, batteries, etc. Empty oil drums, used oil, maintenance/cleaning clothes, used batteries, etc. will constitute hazardous waste. Quantity of the hazardous waste expected to be generated cannot be estimated at this stage however, it is not expected to be large and can be managed by developing a temporary secured storage location and then transporting the waste to the nearest available for





Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF). Biomedical Waste will be generated from the dispensaries set up to take care of workers medical needs, however, quantity is not expected to be very large. Therefore, biomedical waste will be securely kept in dispensary and will be transported to the nearest government/private hospital where an incinerator is installed for disposal of biomedical waste. As the quantity is not expected to be large, capacity of the host incinerator should not pose any constraint.

Flora

Loss of forest area due to project construction

The project construction would require acquisition of 42.74 ha of forest land. All the vegetation on 42.74 ha land will be cleared for construction of project component. This is a permanent impact and can only be compensated by Compensatory Afforestation for which a plan is prepared and included in EMP.

Tree cutting by workers for fuel wood/heating/furniture etc.

In addition to loss of forestland due to project construction, there is a potential impact of tree cutting by migratory labour force that would have fuel wood requirement and timber requirement for heating, furniture, etc. This impact can be mitigated by ensuring that la o ’s fuel and timber requirement is taken care of. A plan prepared in this regard is included as part of EMP.

Fauna

Noise and vibration from construction activities including blasting, increased traffic, etc.

As discussed above, there will be higher sound levels in the area due to construction activities, operation of DG sets and other equipment's, blasting, etc. Blasting will also lead to ground vibration. Noise and vibration in the area will impact the fauna in the area especially avifauna, who may move away from the area permanently.

Hunting and poaching Hunting and poaching activities can be undertaken by migratory workforce and this will impact fauna of the region. As part of EMP, anti-poaching measures are suggested which needs to be implemented strictly that impact is eliminated.

Loss of forest area 42.74 ha of the over ground forestland will be cleared for the project construction and will directly impact fauna of the area.

Socio-economic

Social and cultural conflicts with migratory labour force

Influx of people in otherwise isolated area may lead to various social and cultural conflicts during the construction stage. Developers need to take help of local leaders, Panchayat and NGOs to ensure minimum impact on this count.

Increase incidents of diseases due to migratory labour force

Large scale activity in the area due to the proposed project may become a cause of spread of various communicable diseases including HIV/AIDS in the project area as project requires long-term input of labour from outside the area and many of them may remain separated from their families for a long period of time.

Direct job opportunities for locals Locals will get direct employment opportunity in the project based on their qualifications and skill set. In addition, There will be various opportunities for local contractors to be involved in construction, fabrication, transportation, etc.

Secondary jobs/service due to increased activity in the area

Due to construction of project there will be increased activity in the area. Migratory workforce will settle in the area and also there will be increased movement in the area due to material transport, consultants, engineers, etc. This will give job/service opportunity to the locals to meet their daily requirements of food, stay, etc.



Table 9.10: Summary of Impacts during Operation Phase

Sl. No.



1 Air Environment No significant air pollution during operation phase

2 Noise and Vibration

Noise and vibration from turbines

Noise and vibration inside the powerhouse will be high especially during operation time when turbines are running at under capacity. These turbines will be housed within the powerhouse building, which will provide sufficient attenuation; therefore, impact of noise outside the powerhouse is not significant. Work instructions will be developed for workers working in the high noise area so as to limit their exposure to high noise and encourage the use of Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs).

3

Water Environment

Formation of reservoir The flooding of previously forest and agricultural land in the submergence area will increase the availability of nutrients resulting from decomposition of the vegetative matter. Phytoplankton productivity can supersaturate the euphotic zone with oxygen before contributing to the accommodation of organic matter in the sediments. Enrichment of impounded water with organic and inorganic nutrients will be the main water quality problem immediately on commencement of the operation. However, this phenomenon is likely to last for a short duration from the filling up of the reservoir.

4

Sewage from project colony During the operation phase, due to absence of any large-scale construction activity, the cause and source of water pollution will be much different. Since, only a small number of O&M staff will reside in the area in a well-designed colony with sewage treatment plant and other infrastructural facilities, the problems of water pollution due to disposal of sewage are not anticipated. The treated sewage will be reused for gardening and green belt around the colony.

5 Land Environment

There will not be any negative impact on land during operation phase. Change of land use is a permanent impact and has been covered under construction phase. There will be positive impact on land as part of the land used for temporary activities will be restored to natural conditions.

6 Flora and fauna

There will be no negative impact on flora of region during the operation phase. Impact on riparian vegetation and aquatic flora due to reduced flow in the intermediate stretch has been covered under water environment. Implementation of biodiversity conservation and management plan, catchment area treatment plan and compensatory afforestation plan will have positive impacts on flora in the area. Development of green belt in the project activity area and along the periphery of the reservoir will also have positive impact. Additionally, restoration of land used for muck dumping, construction activity, etc. will also have positive impact on the flora.

7 Socio-economic

Project construction will lead to large-scale infrastructure development in the area. Due to development of road network, accessibility to the area will significantly improve. Local area development activities planned as part of the project will not only benefit the project-affected families but also other people residing in the area including that of nearby villages. Setting up of school, health care facilities, skill development activity center, vocational training center, etc. will ensure higher education and skill levels of the local population. Provision of scholarships will help deserving students to go for higher studies. Overall it is expected that quality of life of the local population will improve due to setting up of the project in the area.



i) Impacts on Reservoir Water Quality

The flooding of previously forest and agricultural land in the submergence area will

increase the availability of nutrients resulting from decomposition of the vegetative

matter. Phytoplankton productivity can supersaturate the euphotic zone with oxygen

before contributing to the accommodation of organic matter in the sediments. Enrichment

of impounded water with organic and inorganic nutrients will be the main water quality

problem immediately on commencement of the operation. However, this phenomenon is

likely to last for a short duration of few years from the filling up of the reservoir.

ii) Eutrophication Risks

Another significant impact observed in the reservoir is the problem of eutrophication

which occurs mainly due to the disposal of nutrient rich effluents from the agricultural

fields. The fertilizer use in the project area is negligible, hence, runoff at present does not

contain significant amount of nutrients. Even in the post-project phase, the use of

fertilizers in the project catchment area is not expected to rise significantly. Thus, in the

post-project phase, problems of eutrophication, which is primarily caused by enrichment of

nutrients in water, are not anticipated.

9.3.2 Terrestrial Fauna

During project operation phase, the accessibility to the area will improve due to

construction of roads, which in turn may increase human interferences leading to marginal

adverse impacts on the terrestrial ecosystem. Since significant wildlife population is not

found in the region, no major adverse impacts are anticipated on this account.

9.3.3 Aquatic Ecology

a) Impacts on aquatic ecology

The proposed project will create a reservoir of 0.165 sq km. The diversion structure will

change the fast flowing river to a quiescent lacustrine environment. The creation of a pond

will bring about a number of alterations in physical, abiotic and biotic parameters both in

upstream and downstream directions of the proposed barrage site. The micro and macro

benthic biota is likely to be most severely affected as a result of the proposed project.

b) Impacts on fisheries

This is one of the most serious impacts of hydropower projects during their operation

phase. Operation of the plant will involve diversion of water by a high barrage. Reduced

flows and changed flow regime downstream will alter the aquatic ecology and change the

fish habitat altogether.

To minimize this impact, a separate study has been conducted and same has been

presented in Chapter 10. It prescribes releases from barrage for monsoon, lean and other

months for whole year to ensure that the intermediate stretch receive adequate flow

round the year.



10.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental flow is an important aspect in the development of hydropower projects.

Release of environmental flow is to be ensured immediately downstream of the diversion

structure at all times to sustain the ecology and environment of project area. Protecting

and maintaining river flow regimes and hence the ecosystems they support by providing

adequate environmental flows have become a critical aspect of hydropower development.

Ecological systems supported by the rivers are too complicated to be summarized by a

single minimum flow requirement but require comprehensive environmental flow regimes

to be defined. "Environmental flow regime" means a schedule of flow quantities that

reflects seasonal fluctuations and should be adequate to support a sound ecological

environment to maintain productivity, extent, and persistence of key aquatic habitats in

and along the affected water bodies.

The aquatic biota in Himalayan rivers has adapted to annual flow pulses, which vary from a

gradual increase in discharge in summer, through floods in the monsoon period, and

reduce to low flows in winter. During the dry season, the waters become clear, allowing

algae (primarily diatoms) to obtain necessary light and carbon dioxide for photosynthesis.

Effective quantification of flow includes the ecologically important range of flow

magnitudes (low flows, high flow pulses, and floods), as well as the timing, duration,

frequency, and rate of change of these flow conditions. Globally, these flows are most

co only referred to as environ ental flows”.

10.2 NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL FLOW

There are no set norms for minimum releases to be maintained at all times on account of

ecology and environment and to address issues concerning riparian rights, drinking water,

health, aquatic life, wildlife, fisheries, silt and even to honour the sensitive religious issues

like cremation and other religious rites, etc. on the river banks. No state has any set policy

for minimum flows except Himachal Pradesh state government which has declared its

policy regarding ensuring minimum flow of water in HEPs / ROR projects to ensure

minimum flow of 15% water immediately downstream of the diversion structure of the

project throughout the year. For the purpose of determination of minimum flow, the

average discharge in three lean months is considered and 15% of that value is to be

released throughout the year.

Several independent environment flow studies as well as basin studies/cumulative impact

assessment studies have been carried out by various expert agencies/institutes in recent

times. These studies have established the need of higher releases as environment flow

rather than minimum value worked out based on the lean season discharge and used

throughout the year. Typically such studies have established that environment flow

available in the river should follow the natural discharge pattern i.e. there is a need to

ensure that monsoon/peak season releases from dam are much higher than that of

lean/low flow period and for other months, the releases should be somewhere between

Chapter

10 ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS



peak and lean period.

Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for River Valley and Hydroelectric Projects, have

been recommending that minimum flows during lean, season to be worked out by taking

into account, average discharge of four leanest month based on 90% dependable year data.

They also started prescribing monsoon releases as 30% of the monsoon discharge and

other months (pre and post monsoon period) as 20-30% of the average discharge in those

months; both based on 90% dependable year discharge data. This should be further

verified by scientifically studying the minimum flow requirement for aquatic life and

riparian purposes and based on the actual requirement established; the minimum flow

release provisions should be made in the project design.

10.3 EAC’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PAR HEP

Matter of environment flow release provisions in different seasons was discussed in detail

in the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) meetings held during July and September 2012; at

that time installed capacity of project was 60 MW. After detailed deliberations, keeping in

view the discharge pattern, EAC recommended following environment flow release

requirement and same was recorded in the minutes of the meeting:

Monsoon release June

10 to September 10 in

Cumec

End of monsoon release

for September 10-30 in

Cumec

Lean season

October to

April in Cumec

Release in May*

Pre-monsoon in

Cumec

7 5 2 2.5

Further in the scoping clearance letter issued on 17th

October 2012, it was mentioned that

The water availability/water extraction and utilization for the Par and downstream

ecology study is required to be taken. Cumulative impact of all three projects should be

studied and along the affected 50 Km length, the effect on aquatic ecology with and

without dam should also be studied.”

Matter was discussed again in EAC meeting held during September 2014 in context of

extension of validity of scoping clearance and downward revision of installed capacity from

60 MW to 52 MW. Downward revision was due to revision in water availability study as the

environment flow release provisions were made as per the EAC recommendations and

after doing a preliminary environment flow release study. In the revised scoping clearance

letter issued on February 12, 2014, earlier EAC recommendations on environment flow

were acknowledged subject to verification by site-specific studies or higher values to be

adopted.

Keeping the above observations in view, a scientific study has been undertaken to establish

the flow requirement in lean, monsoon and non-lean non-monsoon seasons based on

ecological and downstream use considerations and also an attempt is made to model the

habitat available based on EAC recommended the value and assess how it meets the

requirement.



10.4 WATER QUALITY

Baseline data on water quality – physico-chemical and biological parameters; have been

discussed in detail in EIA report; extract of the same is discussed here for ready reference.

Physico-chemical Characteristics of Water

The limnological characteristics of Pare River in the Par HE project and catchment area were

determined during winter, summer, monsoon and post monsoon period. The physico-chemical

nature of river water depends upon number of factors like the hydrological and geological

nature of the watershed, soil and the type of vegetation it supports and a variety of biological

processes both within and outside river.

Water temperature is one of the important ecological factors which play an important role in

the distribution of organisms. The temperature of the river water and its major tributaries

fluctuated from 10.6°C to 12.0°C in winter season, 14.4C to 16.5C in pre monsoon season

and 16.2°C to 17.6°C in post monsoon season. The turbidity level was nil in winter and Pre

monsoon whereas in monsoon it increased and was in the range of 2.2 to 2.6 NTU (Chapter

7_Sec. 7.6.1_Table 7.30).

Electrical conductivity (EC) which is a measure of the ability of water to conduct an electric

current mainly depend on concentration of the ions dissolved in water ranged from 34 to 55

µS/cm in winters, from 27-43 µS/cm in Pre monsoons and from 20 to 57 µS/cm in monsoon.

Similarly, maximum concentrations of total dissolved solids were recorded 21 mg/l – 34 mg/l in

winter season, 17 mg/l to 27 mg/l in pre monsoon season, and during monsoon value of TDS

were ranged between 35 mg/l to 41 mg/l (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.1_Table 7.30).

Hardness caused by calcium and magnesium is usually indicated by precipitation of soap scum

and the need for excess use of soap to achieve cleaning. Public acceptability of the degree of

hardness of water may vary considerably from one community to another, depending on local

conditions. Hardness values were recorded quite low in the water samples which is indicating

that water of Pare River is soft in nature as the values varied from 9.98-25.0 mg/l in all the

respective seasons (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.1_Table 7.30).

The river water was relatively alkaline and the pH range recorded at all the sites was more than

7.5 during all the three seasons and ranged from 7.51 to 8.25 (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.1_Table 7.30).

The Dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration was generally negatively correlated with water

temperature. In Pare River maximum dissolved oxygen ranged from 8.43 – 8.98 mg/l in winter

season and minimum recorded 6.19 – 7.91 mg/l during monsoon season (Chapter 7_Sec.

7.6.1_Table 7.30).

Total alkalinity comprised of bicarbonates as most of the running waters have soluble

bicarbonates and insoluble carbonates. The minimum alkalinity in Pare River water ranged

from 12.4 to 24.5 mg/l recorded during winter season whereas maximum alkalinity from 16.0

to 28.0 mg/l in monsoon season. Phosphate and nitrate concentrations were quite low in the

river. Heavy metals were absent at all the sampling sites as there is no industry located in the

study area (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.1_Table 7.30).



Aquatic biology

Phytobenthos

In all total, 75 species of periphyton were identified in the samples collected from proposed

hydroelectric project study area. The periphyton community comprised of 50 species of

Bacillariophyceae, 22 species of Fragilariophyceae and 3 species of Coscinodiscophyceae class

(Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.1_Table 7.30). Maximum number of species (75) was recorded during

winter, followed by 43 species in Pre monsoon and 36 species in monsoon (Chapter 7_Sec.

7.6.2.1_Table 7.30). Out of 75 species 23 species were found in all the three seasons. Navicula

is most dominant benthic microflora in Pare river and is represented by 14 species.

Achnanthidium and Gomphonema are the other dominant benthic genra represented by 11

species of each (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.1_Table 7.30).

Most common species are Achnanthes brevipes, Achnanthes conspicua, Achnanthidium exilis, A.

biasolettianum, Cocconeis excise, Cocconeis placentula var. lineata, Geissleria decussis,

Gomphonema clevei, G. grovei, G. minutum, Planothidium lanceolatum var. ventricosa, Sellaphora

pupula, Aulacoseira granulate, Navicula cryptotenella, Navicula absoluta, N. hustedtii, N.

menisculus, N. dissipata, N. romana and Synedra ulna (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.1_Table 7.30).

Phytoplankton

In all total 74 species of phytoplankton were identified in the samples collected from proposed

hydroelectric project study area (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.2_Table 7.30). Maximum number of

species (74) was recorded during winter, followed by 42 in Pre monsoon and 30 in monsoon

season (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.2_Table 7.30). The total number of taxa recorded during different

seasons varied from 74 in winter, 42 in pre-monsoon and 30 in monsoon season. Navicula is

most dominant genus in Pare river and is represented by 14 species followed by genus

Achanthidium and Cymbella with 10 species of each found in the study area.

Among Bacillariophyceae 50, 29 and 19 species were recorded during winter, pre-monsoon and

mosoon sampling period respectively. Most common species are Achnanthes acares,

Achnanthidium affinis, Achnanthidium biasolettianum, A. levanderi, Cocconeis placentula var.

euglypta, Cymbella austriaca, C. excisiformis, C. hantzschiana, C. parva, Gomphonema

parvulum, G. angustum, G. minutum and Reimeria sinuata (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.2_Table 7.30).

Macro-invertebrates

The macro-invertebrate community contributes immensely to the functioning of the stream or

river ecosystem. It serves not only as a major source of food for fishes but also helps in

processing relatively large amounts of organic matter. The abundance of invertebrate fauna

mainly depends on physical and chemical properties of the substratum. These can be used as

bio indicators of specific environment and habitat conditions. The monitoring of macro

invertebrate populations provides an important tool to assess the short and long term effects

of a wide range of environmental disturbances.

In winter season, macro-invertebrate fauna of the study area comprised with 13 families of 5

orders. Ephemeroptera order is represented by family Heptageniidae, Baetidae and

Ephemerellidae. Order Plecoptera is represented by family Perlidae. Coleoptera was



represented by Perlodidae and Eimidae family. Trichoptera is represented by Hydroptilidae

Hydropsychidae and Leptoceridae families. Diptera was represented by Tipulidae, Simuliidae

and Culicidae families in the study area. Cinygmula, Heptagenia and Ochrotrichia were the

most abundant genera in the study area followed by Baetis, Chroterpes and Molanna recorded

from Pare river and its tributaries (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.4_Table 7.38).

In Pre monsoon season, macro-invertebrate fauna was represented by 4 orders with 12

families. Ephemeroptera order is represented by families Heptageniidae, Baetidae,

Ephemerellidae and Caenidae. Order Coleoptera is represented by Perlodidae and Elmidae

family. Trichoptera is represented by Hydroptilidae, Hydropsychidae and Leptoceridae

families. Diptera was represented by Tipulidae, Simuliidae and Culicidae families in the study

area. Cinygmula, Ochrotrichia, Epeorus, and Leptophlebia genera were most abundant in Pare

river and its tributaries. (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.4_Table 7.39).

In Monsoon season, macro-invertebrate fauna of the study area comprised with 10 families of 5

orders. Ephemeroptera order is represented by families Heptageniidae, Baetidae and

Ephemerellidae. Order Trichoptera was represented by Hydroptilidae, Hydropsychidae and

Leptoceridae families. Order Diptera Order Plecoptera and Coleoptera are represented by Perlidae

and Perlodidae families repeectively. Diptera was represented by Simuliidae and Culicidae families

in the study area. Cinygmula, Ochrotrichia, Antocha saxicola and Maruina genera were most

abundant in Pare river and its tributaries (Chapter 7_Sec. 7.6.2.4_Table 7.40).

10.5 ESTABLISHING WATER REQUIREMENT

It is important to establish water requirements for aquatic ecological and downstream use

considerations. To study various biological and physico-chemical characteristics of river in

the study area of proposed hydroelectric project sampling was carried out during different

seasons round the year from the designated locations. During the study of Turu and Dardu

HEPs, such studies were conducted and therefore entire stretch was studied to establish

baseline data on aquatic ecology, impact assessment and establishing requirement of

environment flow release provisions to mitigate such impacts.

Fish and Fisheries

During the field visit fishing was undertaken to know the type of fishes available in entire

length of Pare River affected by 3 projects. Local people were also questioned for the

availability of fish in the river. Mahseer and trout are an important migratory fish in Pare

River. Tor putitora was spotted near Kheel village in the downstream of proposed project

area in Pare river, however, local fishermen revealed its presence in Pare river within study

area also. Schizothorax species was also reported in Pare river near Sagalee town (Bagra et.

al., 2009).

During our interaction with the locals, it was confirmed that there are no permanent

fishermen dependent of fishing for their livelihood in the project area as commercial

fishing is prohibited in the area. Some of the common fish species captured during fishing

in Pare river are Bangana dero (=Labeo dero), Labeo rohita, Puntius sarana, Garra

annandalei and Glyptothorax trilineatus.



As per the published account on fish species from Dikrong basin 73 fish species are

reported from the Pare river in the study area according to Nath and Dey (1990) and Bagra

et. al.,2009. Fish species reported from the study area are listed in (Chapter 7_Sec.

7.7_Table 7.43).

Requirement Based on the Aquatic Life

Fish species need relatively unaltered or pristine habitat during their life cycles to ensure

optimal growth and survival rates. Fish migration, spawning, incubation and rearing are

various life cycle stages requiring particular habitat for survival. Environmental conditions of

the habitat include temperature, water depth, velocity, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, substrate

and food supply. To work out the water requirement based on needs of aquatic life, it is

important to understand the variations caused in the environmental conditions of the habitat

due to availability of lesser quantity of water in the downstream stretch of the proposed

dam; relate it to the requirement of fish species available in the region and establish the

minimum water required to be released during lean, monsoon and non-lean non-monsoon

seasons to ensure their survival, migration, spawning, incubation and rearing etc.

Baseline status of Fish and Fisheries in the study area has been discussed in above sections.

Based on the discussion above, fishes like Tor putitora, Schizothorax sp., Bangana dero

(=Labeo dero), Labeo rohita, Puntius sarana, Garra annandalei and Glyptothorax trilineatus

are available in the area. Therefore, habitat requirement for trout in terms of water depth

and flow width need to be considered while working out the minimum releases.

Several scientific studies have been done in past to establish fish habitat and to study

impacts on fish species due to habitat alteration either by natural reasons or human

interference. Most of the work has been done on Mahseer and Snow trout, which have

wide range distribution in the Himalayan region. Wildlife Institute of India (WII) has carried

out a CIA study for Bhagirathi and Alaknanda Basins (2012). In the report, they have

compiled minimum habitat requirement of trout species in terms of feeding habits, habitat

preference, breeding/spawning characteristics. Data is sourced from WII document and

used for the environment flow release study for Par HEP (Table 10.1).

Table 10.1: Habitat requirement of Golden Mahseer (Tor putitora)

Adults Juveniles Spawning

Incubation & Larval

development

Depth Deep (>1 m) 0.5 -

1.5 m

Shallow (<0.75 –

1.5m)

Shallow to high

(0.5-2.0m)

Shallow to high (0.3 -

2.00 m)

Velocity Medium to high

(0.5 - 1.5 m/s)

Low to medium

(0.1-1.5 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1

-1.0 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1-

0.5 m/s)

Habitat Riffles, pools,

glides

Pools,

backwater pools

closer to the

banks and run

habitats

Low gradient riffles,

backwater pools,

secondary channel

Backwater Pools and

secondary channels

Substratum Bed rock,

Boulders, Cobbles,

gravel to sandy

bottom

Cobbles, gravel

to sandy bottom

Bed rock

undercut

Boulder undercut

Gravel bed

Cobbles, gravel to

sandy bottom, leaf

litter




Incubation & Larval

development

Temperature 12-30 °C 12-20 °C <12 °C 10-15°C

DO (mg/l) 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l

Food Omnivorous: small

fishes, benthic

invertebrates

larvae, mollusc,

crab, fronds and

seeds, etc.

Benthic

invertebrates

larvae, worms

etc.

Not applicable Periphytic algae and

diatoms

Breeding

Period

March – April; October to December

Passage

requirement

Moves long distance to streams associated with main river, nearby side channels,

shallow water and pools to breed

Migration

timing

March – April; October -December

Migration

Cues

Change in flow pattern and water temperature may be a factor which trigger the

breeding migration

Table 10.2: Habitat requirement of Silver Mahseer (Tor tor)


Incubation & Larval

development

Depth Deep (>1 m) Shallow (<0.75 – 1.5 m)

Shallow to high (0.5 - 2.00 m)

Shallow to high (0.3 - 2.00 m)

Velocity Medium to high (0.5 - 1.5 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1-1.5 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1 -1.0 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1-0.5 m/s)

Habitat Riffles, pools, glides

Pools, backwater pools closer to the banks and run habitats

Low gradient riffles, backwater pools, secondary channels

Backwater Pools and secondary channels

Substratum Bed rock, boulders, cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom

Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom

Bed rock undercut boulder undercut gravel bed

Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom leaf litter

Temperature 16-30 °C 16-30 °C <20 °C 16 - 20°C

Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l)

8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l

Food Omnivorous: small fishes, benthic invertebrates larvae, mollusc, crab, fronts and seeds etc.

Benthic invertebrates larvae, worms, etc.

Not applicable Periphytic algae and diatoms

Breeding Period March to September

Passage requirement

Moves long distance to streams associated with main river, nearby side channels, shallow water and pools to breed

Migration timing March to April

Migration Cues Change in flow pattern and water temperature may be a factor which triggers the breeding migration



Table 10.3: Habitat requirement of Snow trout (Schizothorax richardsonii)

Adults Juveniles Spawning Incubation & Larval

development

Depth >0.5 m 0.1 - 1 m 0.5 - 1.00 m 0.1 - 1.00 m

Velocity Low to high (0.5-

1.5 m/s)

Low to medium

(0.5-1.0 m/s)

Low to

medium (0.5 -

1.0 m/s)

Low (0.1-0.5 m/s)

Habitat Riffles, pools,

glides,

Riffles, glides,

closer to the

banks

Low gradient

riffle Glides

Backwater pools

and bank undercuts

Substratum Boulders, Cobbles,

Pebbles, Gravel

Cobbles,

boulders,

pebbles, gravel

Cobbles,

pebbles, gravel

Cobbles, gravel

Temperature 4-20 °C 4-20 °C <15 °C 4-15°C

Dissolved

Oxygen

(mg/l)

8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l

Food Large portion of

periphytic algae

and diatoms. Also

feed on benthic

invertebrates

Periphytic algae

and diatoms.

Not applicable Diatoms

Breeding

Period

April to September

Passage

requirement

This species is a migrant species, moves from river to upstream and adjoin

streams for spawning.

Migration

timing

April to September

Migration

Cues

Movement is believed to be triggered by the variation in water temperature

and flow

Other flow

related

needs

Flow may be a crucial factor for the migration of this species.

In addition, habitat requirement of snow trout is also discussed in following scientific

papers:

Coldwater Fish and Fisheries in the Indian Himalayas: Rivers and Streams by K. L.

Sehgal

Fish Diversity, Habitat Requirement, Environmental Limitations and Conservation of

Freshwater Fish Resources of Garhwal Himalaya by Ramesh C Sharma

Requirement Based on the Downstream Users

The construction of dam and diversion of water for power generation would lead to the

change in flow regime in the river stretch downstream of dam. No village in downstream

reach is directly dependent upon main river for their water use requirement. A field survey

was carried out to establish the water requirement of downstream users and the following

observations were made:

i) There are few fishermen in the area. Most of the activities for fisheries

development have been taken up by government agencies however there are

licenses issued to common man also are able to take economic benefit from fish



farming. The fish culture activities on a very large commercial scale were not

observed in the river.

ii) No village in downstream reach uses the river water for drinking, daily needs and

agriculture. They usually depend on rain and stream water for the needs.

In view of the above observations, water requirement from the main river is not there for

the locals residing in the region along the river stretch downstream of dam. Therefore, no

significant impact is foreseen downstream of the dam on the water requirement of the

people living in this stretch and no quantified water requirement needs to be established.

Water requirement based on the needs of aquatic life should govern the criteria for release

of minimum flow.

10.6 FLOWS AVAILABLE

90% dependable year has been worked based on the CWC approved 10 daily flow series

(1978-79 to 2007-08) as 1980-81 in DPR. 10 daily discharge values in 90% dependable year

are given at Table 10.4 below for ready reference and a plot of same is given in Figure 10.1.

Table 10.4: 10-Daily Flow Series for 90% Dependable Year

Month Year 1980-81

10- Day

Jun

I 21.22

II 43.17

III 32.22

Jul

I 28.39

II 48.29

III 19.77

Aug

I 26.13

II 31.54

III 20.23

Sep

I 13.94

II 13.48

III 18.80

Oct

I 10.61

II 8.89

III 11.00

Nov

I 16.17

II 14.74

III 10.01

Dec

I 9.69

II 9.44

III 10.12

Jan

I 9.64

II 8.91

III 9.96

Feb

I 8.89

II 8.77

III 7.36

Mar

I 8.69

II 10.64

III 11.24

Apr I 12.41



Month Year 1980-81

10- Day

II 12.14

III 10.15

May

I 11.10

II 12.55

III 16.00

This annual flow series was further divided into Monsoon, Lean and Non-monsoon Non lean

period and average discharge values calculated as given in Table 10.5 below.

Table 10.5 Seasonal Average Discharge Values in 90% Dependable Year

Month

Discharge (cumec)

Monsoon

Jun

I 21.22

II 43.17

III 32.22

Jul

I 28.39

II 48.29

III 19.77

Aug

I 26.13

II 31.54

III 20.23

Sep

I 13.94

II 13.48

III 18.8

Average 26.43

Lean

Dec

I 9.69

II 9.44

III 10.12

Jan

I 9.64

II 8.91

III 9.96

Feb

I 8.89

II 8.77

III 7.36

March I 8.69



Month

Discharge (cumec)

II 10.64

III 11.24

Average 9.45

Non Lean/Non Monsoon

Oct

I 10.61

II 8.89

III 11.00

Nov

I 16.17

II 14.74

III 10.01

Apr

I 12.41

II 12.14

III 10.15

May

I 11.10

II 12.55

III 16.00

Average 12.15

10.7 INTERMEDIATE CATCHMENT AND ITS CONTRIBUTION

A profile of intermediate stretch (Figure 10.2 and 10.3) was developed with a view to map

various streams contributing to the flow. After a preliminary study from the topo-sheets

and satellite data, field verification was carried out.

Figure 10.2: Intermediate Catchment of Par HEP



As can be seen from Figure 10.2, three major Nallahs join the river in the intermediate

stretch viz.;

• Langbah Nadi (CA: 52.14 sq. Km) on right bank at a distance of 3.15 Km downstream of

barrage

• Nimte Nadi (CA: 33.79 sq Km) on left bank at a distance of 7.15 km downstream of

barrage

• Niyakkar Nadi (CA: 11.32 sq. Km) on right bank at a distance of 7.5 Km downstream of

barrage site

Total intermediate catchment is 114.13 sq Km and its contribution as calculated from 90%

dependable year series works out to be:

• 7.18 cumec in monsoon

• 2.56 cumec in lean season

• 3.30 cumec in other months

Figure 10.3: Profile of Intermediate Stretch

10.8 SIMULATION OF RELEASES FROM THE BARRAGE

Hydro-dynamic simulation has been carried out for immediately downstream reach of

about two km which is most critical due to altered flow regime in view of diversion. Few

critical sections within this reach downstream of dam were taken for modeling study to

simulate the flow, velocity and corresponding water depth so as to establish the

requirement of release from the dam. Modeling has been carried out on MIKE 11 software.

River cross section at this location was taken and various flow releases were simulated to

work out the depth and velocity during different release scenarios. Manning’s coefficient has been taken as 0.04.

For lean season environmental flow assessment, 100% release is taken equivalent to

average of lean season flow (December – March) in 90% dependable year i.e. 9.44 cumec.

This is baseline scenario without any barrage or without any diversion of flow. Further

Langbah Nala (CA:52.14 sq km)

Flow

4.08 km

4.04 km

Nimte Nala (CA:33.79 sq km)

0.37 km

Power House

Site

Barrage Site

Niyakkar Nala (CA:11.32 sq km)

2.18 km



scenarios were simulated for releases of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40% and 50% of

average of lean season flow (December – March) in 90% dependable year i.e. 9.44 cumec.

Scenario was also simulated as no barrage scenario or 100% release scenario for

comparative assessment of habitat during the reduced flow condition with that of virgin

condition. Further scenario was also simulated for EAC recommended values i.e. for 2

cumec discharge in lean season.

For each scenario depth, velocity and water width of flow were worked out and same is

summarized in the Table 10.6 below.

Table 10.6: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (lean season)

%

Release*

Discharge

Value

(cumec)

Water depth (m) Flow velocity

(m/s)

Flow width

(m)

10 0.94 0.34 1.45 2.72

15 1.42 0.42 1.62 3.34

20 1.89 0.48 1.74 3.81

21.2 2.00 0.50 1.77 3.91

25 2.36 0.54 1.84 4.22

30 2.83 0.58 1.95 4.55

40 3.78 0.65 2.10 5.09

50 4.72 0.70 2.23 5.55

100 9.44 0.92 2.65 7.24

Average Lean Season Discharge in 90% DY = 9.44 cumec

*% of Average Lean Season Discharge in 90% DY

For monsoon season environmental flow assessment, 100% release is taken equivalent to

average of monsoon season flow (June – September) in 90% dependable year i.e. 26.43

cumec. This is baseline scenario without any barrage or without any diversion of flow.

Further scenarios were simulated for releases of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40% and 50%

of average of monsoon season flow (June - September) in 90% dependable year i.e. 26.43

cumec. Scenario was also simulated as no barrage scenario or 100% release scenario for

comparative assessment of habitat during the reduced flow condition with that of virgin

condition. Further scenario was also simulated for EAC recommended values i.e. for 5 and 7

cumec discharge and also for 8.71 cumec (release including spills) in monsoon season.



Table 10.7: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (monsoon season)

%

Release*

Discharge

Value

(cumec)

Water depth (m) Flow velocity

(m/s)

Flow width

(m)

10 2.64 0.57 1.91 4.42

15 3.96 0.66 2.13 5.18

19 5.00 0.72 2.26 5.67

20 5.29 0.73 2.29 5.79

25 6.61 0.80 2.43 6.29



26.5 7.00 0.81 2.46 6.43

30 7.93 0.86 2.54 6.75

33 8.71 0.89 2.60 7.01

40 10.57 0.96 2.72 7.57

50 13.22 1.05 2.87 8.32

100 26.43 1.37 3.41 10.95

Average Lean Season Discharge in 90% DY = 26.43 cumec

*% of Average Lean Season Discharge in 90% DY

For non-lean non - monsoon season environmental flow assessment, 100% release is taken

equivalent to average of other onths’ flow (Oct, Nov, April &May) in 90% dependable

year i.e. 12.14 cumec. This is baseline scenario without any dam or without any diversion of

flow. Further scenarios were simulated for releases of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40% and

50% of average of other onths’ flow (Oct, Nov, April &May) in 90% dependable year i.e.

12.14 cumec. Scenario was also simulated as no barrage scenario or 100% release scenario

for comparative assessment of habitat during the reduced flow condition with that of virgin

condition. Further scenario was also simulated for EAC recommended values i.e. for 2.5

cumec discharge.



Table 10.8: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (other months)

%

Release*

Discharge

Value

(cumec)

Water depth

(m)

Flow velocity

(m/s)

Flow width

(m)

10 1.21 0.39 1.55 3.10

15 1.82 0.47 1.73 3.74

20 2.43 0.55 1.86 4.27

20.6 2.50 0.56 1.87 4.32

25 3.04 0.60 1.99 4.68

30 3.64 0.64 2.08 5.01

40 4.86 0.71 2.24 5.61

50 6.07 0.77 2.37 6.09

100 12.14 1.02 2.82 8.02

Average Discharge in other four months in 90% DY = 12.43 cumec

*% of Average Discharge in other 4 months in 90% DY

10.9 FLOW RELEASE RECOMMENDATION

a) Lean Season

Based on the assessment of aquatic life and their habitat requirement as established by WII

data and other scientific studies referred above, 50 cm of minimum depth would be

needed at all the time for survival of aquatic life. Referring to Table 10.6, it can be seen

that a 2 cumec of environment flow release will give an average depth of 50 cm and

therefore meets the habitat requirement in lean season. EAC has also recommended a 2

cumec discharge for lean season release and therefore same should be taken as

environment flow release in lean season.



b) Monsoon Season

In monsoon, large fish species such as adult Mahseer would need deep water with depth

ranging from 0.5 m to 1.5 m distributed among riffles and pools. Under the 100% release

scenario i.e. without any barrage/diversion the average depth available is 1.37m. With EAC

recommended value of 7 cumec release, this will be reduced to 0.81 m, which is 59.5% of

the pre-project average water depth and also fits in the range of habitat requirement. This

will be further augmented by spills during monsoon. With the 7 cumec as environment flow

release during monsoon, actual release including spills will be 8.71 cumec based on 90% DY

discharge data. 8.71 cumec of release will provide a depth of 0.89 m, which is about 65% of

the pre-project depth and is considered adequate.

As can be seen from discharge data of 90% DY (Table 10.4 and Figure 10.1), September

discharge is less than half of average of rest of monsoon discharge, therefore a lower value

of 5 cumec should be sufficient to meet the habitat requirement during this period. EAC

recommended value of 7 cumec release during monsoon period (June 10 to September 10)

and 5 cumec for remaining part of September and same should be adopted.

c) Non Monsoon Non Lean Period

As can be seen from discharge data (Table 10.4 and Figure 10.1), series is fairly flat from

October till May except a very small increase in discharge towards end of May. Average of

other months discharge is also quite close to that of lean season discharge. Therefore,

environment flow release should also be same as that of lean season release i.e. 2 cumec

and same is recommended by EAC during detailed discussion on environment flow release

at the time of scoping clearance. A 2 cumec release from October to early May will be

about 19.1% of average discharge during this period and will ensure a minimum of 50 cm

depth. For the month of May, a slightly higher release of 2.5 cumec should be adopted.

Conclusion:

Following are the environment flow release recommendations, which are in line with EAC

recommended values:

Monsoon release June

to September 10 in

Cumec

End of monsoon release

for September 10-30 in

Cumec

Lean season

October to

April in Cumec

Release in May

Pre-monsoon in

Cumec

7 5 2 2.5

ANNEXURES

Annexure-1a

Annexure-Ib

Annexure-Ic

Annexure-II

COMPLIANCE TO TOR PAR (52 MW) HEP

MoEF&CC Letter no. F No.J-12011/18/2012-IA-I dated 17th

October, 2012

S.No. Scope of work Compliance

1. Additional TOR

The water availability/water extraction and utilization for the Par HEP and downstream ecology study

EIA Chapter 10: Environment Flow

Cumulative impact of all three projects along the affected 50km length


Baseline studies Biological Environment EIA Chapter 7: Baseline: Biological Environment

Detailed study of floral composition EIA Chapter 7: Baseline: Biological Environment EIA Annexure IV

Fish pass design EMP Chapter 3: Fish Management Plan. Figure 3.1 and 3.2

Geological Studies EIA Chapter 5: Geology

Annexure I TOR

1. Scope of EIA Studies EIA Chapter 3, Methodology , Annexure Ia, Ib & Ic

2. Details of the Project and Site, EIA Chapter 2, Project Description

A

Details of project with Layout Plan and site giving L-sections of all U/S and D/S project with all relevant maps and Figures. Connect such information as to establish the total length of interference of natural river, total length of tunneling of the river and the committed unrestricted release from the site of diversion in to the main river.

EIA Chapter 2, Section 2.2, Table 2.1 and Figure. 2.1

B A map of boundary of Project Site EIA Chapter 3, Section 3.2.1 & Figure 3.1

C Location details on a map of the project area with counters indicating main project features.

EIA Chapter 3, Methodology, Figure. 3.1

D

Layout details and map of the project area with contours with project component clearly marked with proper scale map of at least a 1:50,000 scale and printed at least on A3 scale for clarity.

EIA Chapter 2, Project description, Figure. 2.1

E

Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc.in the study area, if any should be detailed and presented on a map with distinct distance from the project components.

EIA Chapter 2, Project description, Section 2.5 & Figure 2.2

F Drainage pattern and map of the river catchment up to the proposed project site.

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Physico- Chemical Environment, Figure.6.1

G Delineation of critically degraded areas in the directly draining catchment on the basis of Silt Yield Index as per the methodology of All India Soil and

EMP Chapter 2, CAT plan, Figure.2.6

Land Use Survey of India.

H Soil characteristics and map of the project area. EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Physico- Chemical Environment, Section 6.4.1, Table 6.2 & Figure. 6.4

I Geological and seismo-tectonic details and map of the area surrounding the proposed project site showing location of dam site and powerhouse site.

EIA Chapter 5, Geology

J

Remote sensing studies, interpretation of satellite imagery, topographic sheets along with ground verification shall be used to develop the land use/land cover pattern of the study using overlaying mapping techniques viz. Geographic Information System (GIS), False Colour Composite (FCC) generated from satellite data of project area.

EIA Chapter 6, Figure. 6.1, 6.2 & 6.3 EIA Chapter 7: Figure.7.1 and 7.2

K Land details including forests, private and other land.

EIA Chapter 2, Project Description, Section 2.4.8 Table 2.5, Figure. 2.1

L Demarcation of snow fed and rain fed areas for a realistic estimate of the water availability.

EIA Chapter 4: Hydrology

3. Description of Environment and Baseline data.

A

Project area or the direct impact area should comprise of the area within 10 km radius of the main project component; dam and powerhouse etc. The baseline studies should be collected for 3 seasons (Pre Monsoon, Monsoon and Post Monsoon seasons).

EIA Chapter 3, Methodology, Section. 3.2, Figure. 3.1 & 3.2

4. Details of the Methodology EIA Chapter 3, Methodology

The methodology followed for collection of baseline data along with details of number of samples and their locations in the map

EIA Chapter 3, Methodology, Section. 3.2 Figure.3.1 & 3.2

5. Method for collection of Biodiversity Data EIA Chapter 3: Methodology

Methodology for Collection of Biodiversity Data The entire area should be divided in grids of 5km* 5km preferably on a GIS domain. Thereafter 25% of the grids should be randomly selected for sampling of which half should be in the directly affected area (grids including project components such as reservoir, dam powerhouse, tunnel, canal, etc.) and the remaining in the rest of the area (area of influence in 10 km radius from project components).

EIA Chapter 3 Methodology, Figure 3.2

Secondary sources for data collection EIA Chapter 3 Methodology, Section. 3.2 EIA: Bibliography

6. Component of the EIA study EIA Chapter 3: Methodology

A Physical and Chemical Environment EIA Chapter 6: Baseline Status: Physico Chemical Environment

i. Geological and Geophysical Aspects and Seismo-Tectonics

Physical geography, Topography, Regional Geological aspects and structure of the catchment.

EIA Chapter 5, Geology EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical Environment

Tectonics, seismicity and history of past earthquakes in the area. A site specific study of the earthquake parameters will be done. The results of the site specific earthquake design shall be sent for the approval of the NCSDP (National Committee of Seismic Design Parameters, Central Water Commission, New Delhi for large dams.

EIA Chapter 5, Geology Section 5.8

Landslide zone or area prone to landslide existing in the area should be examined.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT Plan

Justification for location & execution of the project in relation to the structural components (dam/barrage height).

EIA Chapter 5, Geology, Section. 5.2

Impact of project on geological environment. EIA Chapter 9, Assessment of Impact, Section. 9.2

ii. Meteorology, Air and Noise

Meteorology (viz. Temperature, Relative humidity, etc.) to be collected from nearest IMD station.

EIA Chapter 4, Hydrology

Ambient air quality with parameters viz. Suspended particulate matter (SPM), Respirable suspended particulate matter (RSPM) i.e. suspended particulate materials less than 10 microns, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in the study area. (6 Locations).

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical Environment, Section. 6.5

Existing Noise Levels and traffic density in the study area. (6 Locations)

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical Environment, Section. 6.6

iii. Soil Characteristics

Soil classification, physical parameters and chemical parameters (6 Locations).

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical environment, Section. 6.4, Figure 6.2, Table 6.2 and 6.3

iv. Remote Sensing and GIS studies

Generation of thematic maps viz. slope map, drainage map, soil map, land use and land cover map, etc. Based on these, thematic maps, an erosion intensity map should be prepared.

EIA Chapter 6 Baseline Status: Physico Chemical Environment: Figure. 6.1 to 6.5 EIA Chapter 7 Baseline Status: Biological Environment Figure. 7.1 and 7.2 EMP Chapter 2 Catchment Area Treatment Plan: Figure 2.1 to 2.7

v. Water quality

Water quality: Physical and Chemical properties (6 Locations).

EIA Chapter 7, Baseline Status Biological environment, Section. 7.6.1, Table 7.30

Delineation of sub and micro watersheds, their locations and extent based on the All India Soil and

EIA Chapter 6: Physico Chemical Environment Figure 6.4

Land Use of Survey of India (AISLUS), Department of Agriculture, Government of India. Erosion levels in each micro- watershed and prioritization of micro- watershed through Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of AISLUS.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT plan. Figure 2.1 to 2.7

B Water Environment and Hydrology

Hydro metrology of the project viz. precipitation (snowfall, rainfall), temperature, relative humidity, etc. Hydro- metrological studies in the catchment area should be established along with real time telemetry and data acquisition system for inflow monitoring.

Chapter 4 Hydrology

Basin Characteristics, Runoff, discharge, water availability for the project, sedimentation rate etc.

EIA Chapter 4 Hydrology

Catastrophic events live cloud bursts and flash flood, if any should be documented


For estimation of sedimentation rate, direct sampling of river flow is to be done during the EIA study. The study should be conducted for minimum 1 year.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT Plan

G&D monitoring station and Rain gauge station in the catchment area

Flow series, 10 daily with 90%, 75% and 50% dependable years discharges.


Environmental flow release should be 20% of the average of the 4 lean months of 90%dependable year and 30% of monsoon flow.

EIA Chapter 4: Hydrology EIA Chapter 10: Environmental Flow

Hydrological Studies as approved EIA Chapter 4: Hydrology

A site specific study on minimum environmental flow should be carried out.


C. Biological Environment

i. Flora

Forest and Forest types EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.3

Vegetation profile and floral diversity. A species wise list may be provided.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.4. Annexure III

Assessment of plant species with respect to dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity index, similarity index, importance value index(IVI), Shannon Weiner Index etc. of the species to be provided.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.4.5 to 7.4.6. Annexure III

Existence of National Park, Sanctuary Biosphere Reserve etc. in the study area

EIA Chapter 2: Project Description Section 2.5 Figure 2.2

Economically important species like medicinal plants, timber, fuel wood etc.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.4.3

Flora under RET categories should be documented using International Union for the conservation of

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.4.4.

Nature and Natural Resources(IUCN) criteria and Botanical Survey of India Red data list along with economic significance. Details of endemic species found in the project area.

ii. Fauna

Fauna study and inventorisation. Their present status along with schedule of the species. Information on Avi-fauna, butterflies and wildlife in the study area.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.5 Table 7.25 to 7.29

Details of endemic species found in the project area. RET faunal species to be classified as per IUCN Red Data list and as per different schedule of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.5.5 Table 7.25 to 7.29

Existence of barrier and corridors, if any, for wild animals.

--

Compensatory afforestation to compensate the green belt area that will be removed, if any, as part of the proposed project development and loss of biodiversity.

EMP Chapter 8: Landscaping, Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan EMP Chapter 10: Compensatory Afforestation Plan

D. Aquatic ecology

Documentation of aquatic fauna like macro-invertebrates, zooplankton, phytoplankton, benthos etc.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.6.2

Fish diversity and their conservation status. Fish diversity composition and maximum length & weight of the measured populations to be studies for estimation of environmental flow.

EIA Chapter 7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources. Section 7.7

E. Socio-economic

Collection of baseline data on human settlements, health status of the community and existing infrastructure facilities for social welfare including sources of livelihood, job opportunities and safety and securities of workers and surroundings population.

EIA Chapter 8, Description of Social Environment

Collection of information with respect to social awareness about the developmental activity in the area and social welfare measures existing and proposed by project proponent.

EIA Chapter 8, Description of Social Environment,

Collection of information on sensitive habitat of historical, cultural and religious and ecological importance.

--

The socio-economic survey/profile within 10 km radius of the study area for the demographic profile; Economic structure; Developmental profile; Agricultural practices; Infrastructure, education facilities; health and sanitation facilities; available communication network etc.

EIA Chapter 8, Description of Social Environment

Documentation of demographic, Ethnographic, economic structure and development profile of the area

EIA Chapter 8: Description of Social Environment

List of all project affected families with their names, educational qualification, land holdings, other properties, occupation, source of income, land and other properties to be acquired, etc.

EMP Chapter 11, Resettlement & Rehabilitation, Annex-II

Detail of Vulnerable group and indigenous groups getting affected by project

EMP Chapter 11 R&R

7 Impact prediction and Mitigation Measures

A.

Air Environment Changes in ambient and GLC concentration due

to total emissions from point, line and area sources

Effect on soil, material, vegetation and human health

Impact of emission from DG sets used for power during the construction, if any, on air environment.

Pollution due to fuel combustion in equipment & vehicles

Fugitive emissions from various sources.

EIA Chapter 9: Assessment of Impact, Section. 9.2 , Impact during construction phase, Table 9.14 Section.9.3, Impact during operation phase, Table 9.15

B.

Water Environment Changes in surface & ground water quality. Steps to develop pisci-culture and recreational

facilities. Changes in hydraulic regime and down stream

flow. Water pollution due to disposal of sewage. Water pollution from Labour colony/camps and

washing equipment.


C.

Land Environment Adverse impact on land stability, catchment of

soil erosion, reservoir sedimentation and spring flow (if any) a) due to considerable road construction/widening activity (b) interference of reservoir with the inflowing streams (c) blasting for commissioning of HRT, TRT and some other structures.

Changes in land use/ land cover and drainage pattern

Immigration of labour population Quarrying operation and muck disposal Changes in land quality including effects of

waste disposal River bank and their stability Impact due to submergence.


D.

Biological Environment Impacts on forests, flora, fauna including

wildlife, migratory avi-fauna, rare and endangered species, medicinal plants etc.

Pressure on existing natural resources Deforestation and disturbance to wildlife,

habitat fragmentation and wild animals migratory corridors


Impact on fish migration and habitat degradation due to decreased flow of water

Impact on breeding and nesting grounds of animals and fish

E.

Socio economic Aspects Impact on local community including

demographic profile. Impact on socio-economic status. Impact on human health due to water/

vector borne disease Impact on increase traffic Impact on holy places and tourism. Impact of blasting activities Positive as well as negative impacts likely to

be accrued due to the project are to be listed.

EIA Chapter 9: Assessment of Impact Section. 9.2 , Impact during construction phase, Table 9.14 Section.9.3, Impact during operation phase, Table 9.15

8 Environment Management Plan (EMP)

A

Catchment area treatment plan should be prepared micro-watershed wise. Identification of area for treatment and Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of AISLUS coupled with ground survey. Areas/ watershed falling under very severe and severe, erosion categories. Both biological and engineering measures should be proposed in consultation with State Forest Department.

EMP Chapter 2 CAT plan Micro Watershed: Section.2.3, Table 2.1 and Figure. 2.2 SYI: Section.2.5, Table 2.6-2.8 and Figure. 2.7, Treatment measures: Section.2.7

B Compensatory Afforestation EMP Chapter 10: Compensatory Afforestation Plan

C

Biodiversity & Wildlife Conservation and Management Plan for conservation and preservation of endemic, rare and endangered species of flora and fauna to be prepared in consultation with State Forest Department.

EMP Chapter 1: Biodiversity Conservation and Management Plan

D

Fisheries Conservation & Management Plan- fish fauna inhabiting the affected stretch of river, a specific fisheries management plan should be prepared for river and reservoir.

EMP Chapter 3: Fish Conservation and Management Plan

E

Resettlement & Rehabilitation (R&R) The provision of the R&R plan should be according to the National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy (NRRP-2007) as well as State Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy. Detailed budgetary estimates are to be provided. Resettlement sites should be identified.

EMP Chapter 11: Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan

F Plan for Green Belt Development along the periphery of the reservoir, colonies, approach road, canals etc.

EMP Chapter 8: Landscaping, Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan

G Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan for stabilization of land slide/ land slip zones.


H Muck disposal Plan- suitable sites for dumping of excavated material should be identified in

EMP Chapter 7: Muck Dumping Plan

consultation with the State Pollution Control Board and Forest Department.

I Plan for Restoration of quarry sites and landscaping of colony areas, working areas, roads, etc.


J

Study of Design Earthquake Parameters: A site specific study of earthquake parameters should be done. The results of the site specific earthquake design parameters should be approval by National Committee of Seismic design Parameters, Central Water Commission (NCSDP), New Delhi.

EIA Chapter 5: Geology

K

Dam Break Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: The output of the dam break model should be illustrated with appropriate graphs and maps clearly bringing out the impact of Dam break scenario.

EMP Chapter 14: Dam Break Modelling

L

Water, Air and Noise Management Plans to be implemented during construction and post- construction periods.

EMP Chapter 9: Air & Water Management Plan

M Public Health Delivery Plan. Status of existing medical facilities.

EMP Chapter 5: Public Health Delivery System

N Labour Management Plan for their health and safety.

EMP Chapter 4, Solid Waste Management Plan EMP Chapter 5, Public Health Delivery System

O Sanitation and Solid waste management plan for domestic waste from colonies and labour camps etc.

EMP Chapter 4, Solid Waste Management Plan

P Local area development plan. Details of various activities to be undertaken along with its financial out lay should be provided.

EMP Chapter 11: Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan

Q Environmental safeguard during construction activities including road construction.

EMP Chapter 9, Air & Water Management

R Energy conservation measures EMP Chapter 6 Energy Conservation Measures

S Environmental Monitoring Programme with physical and financial details covering all the aspects of EMP.

EMP Chapter 13 Environmental Monitoring Plan, Table 12.1 to 12.4

T A summary of cost estimate for all the plans. Chapter 13

MoEF&CC Letter no. F No.J-12011/28/2014-IA-I dated 12th

February, 2014

S.No. Scope of work Compliance

Additional TOR

1 EAC recommendation for E-flows EIA Chapter 10: Environmental Flow

Annexure-III

ANNEXURE-IV

Inventory of Plant Species

Angiosperms

S.No. Family Name of Species

1 Acanthaceae Justicia vasculosa

2 Acanthaceae Phlogacanthus guttatus

3 Acanthaceae Pteracanthus rubescens

4 Acanthaceae Thunbergia coccinea

5 Actinidiaceae Actinidia callosa

6 Actinidiaceae Saurauia punduana

7 Actinidiaceae Saurauia roxburghii

8 Alangiaceae Alangium chinense

9 Altingiaceae Altingia excelsa

10 Anacardiaceae Mangifera sylvatica

11 Anacardiaceae Spondias axillaris

12 Apiaceae Centella asiatica

13 Apiaceae Hydrocotyle nepalensis

14 Apocynaceae Hoya longifolia

15 Araceae Alocasia esculenta

16 Araceae Alocasia fornicata

17 Araceae Colocasia affinis

18 Araceae Colocasia esculenta

19 Araliaceae Macropanax dispermus

20 Araliaceae Schefflera venulosa

21 Araliaceae Trevesia palmata

22 Arecaceae Calamus erectus

23 Arecaceae Calamus flagellum

24 Arecaceae Calamus floribundus

25 Arecaceae Calamus leptospadix

26 Arecaceae Caryota urens

27 Arecaceae Livistona jenkinsiana

28 Asparagaceae Polygonatum oppositifolium

29 Astaraceae Ageratum conyzoides

30 Asteraceae Artemisia nilagirica

31 Asteraceae Aster peduncularis

32 Asteraceae Bidens biternata

33 Asteraceae Bidens pilosa

34 Asteraceae Crassocephalum crepidioides

35 Asteraceae Eupatorium odoratum

36 Asteraceae Gynura crepidioides

37 Asteraceae Mikania micrantha

38 Asteraceae Parthenium hysterophorus

39 Asteraceae Spilanthes acmella

40 Asteraceae Spilanthes paniculata

41 Balsaminaceae Impatiens pulchra

42 Begoniaceae Begonia nepalensis

43 Bignoniaceae Stereospermum chelonoides

44 Bischofiaceae Bischofia javanica

45 Boraginaceae Casselia bracteata

46 Buddlejaceae Buddleja asiatica

47 Burseraceae Canarium strictum

48 Burseraceae Garuga gamblei

49 Callophyllaceae Kayea assamica

50 Callophyllaceae Mesua ferrea

51 Cannabaceae Trema orientalis

52 Caprifoliaceae Sambucus javanica

53 Caryophyllaceae Stellaria media

54 Combretaceae Terminalia bellerica

55 Combretaceae Terminalia chebula

56 Combretaceae Terminalia myriocarpa

57 Commelinaceae Cyanotis fasciculata

58 Cyperaceae Carex cruciata

59 Cyperaceae Scleria terrestris

60 Dilleniaceae Dillenia indica

61 Dilleniaceae Dillenia pentagyna

62 Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea bulbifera

63 Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus aristatus

64 Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus robustus

65 Euphorbiaceae Baccaurea sapida

66 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia pulcherrima

67 Euphorbiaceae Macaranga denticulata

68 Euphorbiaceae Mallotus tetracoccus

69 Euphorbiaceae Ostodes paniculata

70 Euphorbiaceae Sapium baccatum

71 Euphorbiaceae Sapium insigne

72 Fabaceae Acacia pennata

73 Fabaceae Bauhinia purpurea

74 Fabaceae Bauhinia vahlii

75 Fabaceae Cassia alata

76 Fabaceae Dalbergia clarkei

77 Fabaceae Dalhousiea bracteata

78 Fabaceae Desmodium scandens

79 Fabaceae Entada scandens

80 Fabaceae Erythrina stricta

81 Fabaceae Dalbergia pinnata

82 Fagaceae Castanopsis indica

83 Fagaceae Castanopsis tribuloides

84 Fagaceae Castanopsis armata

85 Flacourtiaceae Gynocardia odorata

86 Gleicheniaceae Dicranopteris linearis

87 Gnetaceae Gnetum parvifolium

88 Juglandaceae Engelhardtia spicata

89 Lamiaceae Clerodendrum viscosum

90 Lamiaceae Leucas aspera

91 Lamiaceae Mentha arvensis

92 Lauraceae Actinodaphne obovata

93 Lauraceae Cinnamomum glaucescens

94 Lauraceae Phoebe cooperiana

95 Leeaceae Leea asiatica

96 Lycopodiaceae Lycopodium japonicum

97 Lythraceae Cuphea balsamina

98 Lythraceae Cuphea hyssopifolia

99 Lythraceae Duabanga grandiflora

100 Lythraceae Lagerstroemia lanceolata

101 Magnoliaceae Magnolia griffithii

102 Magnoliaceae Michelia champaca

103 Magnoliaceae Talauma hodgsonii

104 Malvaceae Abroma angusta

105 Malvaceae Kydia glabrescens

106 Malvaceae Sterculia villosa

107 Malvaceae Urena lobata

108 Malvaceae Urena lobata

109 Marantaceae Phrynium imbricatum

110 Melastomaceae Oxyspora cernua

111 Melastomataceae Melastoma malabathricum

112 Melastomataceae Melastoma normale

113 Melastomataceae Oxyspora paniculata

114 Meliaceae Amoora wallichii

115 Meliaceae Chukrasia tabularis

116 Meliaceae Dysoxylum procerum

117 Meliaceae Dysoxylum reticulatum

118 Meliaceae Toona ciliata

119 Menispermaceae Tinospora cordifolia

120 Mimosaceae Albizia lebbeck

121 Mimosaceae Albizia lucida

122 Mimosaceae Albizia odoratissima

123 Mimosaceae Albizia procera

124 Mimosaceae Bombax ceiba

125 Moraceae Ficus auriculata

126 Moraceae Ficus benghalensis

127 Moraceae Ficus hirta

128 Moraceae Ficus roxburghii

129 Moraceae Artocarpus chama

130 Moraceae Artocarpus chaplasha

131 Moreaceae Ficus scandens

132 Musaceae Musa acuminata

133 Musaceae Musa balbisiana

134 Myristicaceae Knema linifolia

135 Myrsinaceae Ardisia thyrsiflora

136 Myrsinaceae Maesa chisia

137 Myrsinaceae Maesa indica

138 Myrtaceae Syzygium macrocarpum

139 Oleaceae Olea dioica

140 Orchidaceae Bulbophyllum crassipes

141 Orchidaceae Cymbidium aloifolium

142 Orchidaceae Dendrobium moschatum

143 Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata

144 Pandanaceae Pandanus atrocarpus

145 Passifloraceae Adenia trilobata

146 Piperaceae Piper nigrum

147 Poaceae Arthraxon hispidus

148 Poaceae Bambusa pallida

149 Poaceae Bambusa tulda

150 Poaceae Capillipedium assimile

151 Poaceae Chrysopogon zizanioides

152 Poaceae Cynodon dactylon

153 Poaceae Cyrtococcum accrescens

154 Poaceae Dendrocalamus giganteus

155 Poaceae Dendrocalamus hamiltonii

156 Poaceae Digitaria ciliaris

157 Poaceae Imperata cylindrica

158 Poaceae Miscanthus nepalensis

159 Poaceae Oplismenus compositus

160 Poaceae Pogonatherum paniceum

161 Poaceae Pseudostachyum polymorphum

162 Poaceae Saccharum longisetosum

163 Poaceae Saccharum narenga

164 Poaceae Saccharum ravennae

165 Poaceae Saccharum spontaneum

166 Poaceae Thysanolaena maxima

167 Rosaceae Duchesnea indica

168 Rosaceae Fragaria nubicola

169 Rubiaceae Anthocephalus chinensis

170 Rubiaceae Lasianthus biermanii

171 Rubiaceae Ophiorhiza heterostyla

172 Rubiaceae Spermacoce articularis

173 Rutaceae Murraya paniculata

174 Rutaceae Tita tenga

175 Salicaceae Populus gamblei

176 Sapotaceae Sarcosperma griffithii

177 Saururaceae Houttuynia cordata

178 Selaginellaceae Selaginella indica

179 Simaroubaceae Ailanthus grandis

180 Solanaceae Solanum khasianum

181 Solanaceae Solanum torvum

182 Solanaceae Solanum xanthocarpum

183 Sterculiaceae Pterospermum acerifolium

184 Sterculiaceae Pterospermum lancifolium

185 Tiliaceae Grewia disperma

186 Tiliaceae Triumfetta pilosa

187 Urticaceae Boehmeria glomulifera

188 Urticaceae Boehmeria cylindrica

189 Urticaceae Boehmeria macrophylla

190 Urticaceae Boehmeria platyphylla

191 Urticaceae Conocephalus suaveolens

192 Urticaceae Debregeasia longifolia

193 Urticaceae Elatostema sesquifolium

194 Urticaceae Elatostema sessile

195 Urticaceae Girardinia heterophylla

196 Urticaceae Laportea crenulata

197 Urticaceae Laportea crenulata

198 Urticaceae Laportea pterostigma

199 Urticaceae Oreocnide integrifolia

200 Urticaceae Pilea scripta

201 Urticaceae Sarcochlamys pulcherrima

202 Verbenaceae Clerodendron colebrookianum

203 Verbenaceae Callicarpa arborea

204 Verbenaceae Lantana camara

205 Vitaceae Leea indica

206 Vitaceae Tetrastigma planicaule (Syn. Vitis planicaulis)

207 Vitaceae Vitis latifolia

208 Zingiberaceae Alpinia allughas

209 Zingiberaceae Alpinia malaccensis

210 Zingiberaceae Hedychium coronarium

211 Zingiberaceae Hedychium spicatum

Pteridophytes

S. No. Family Name of Species

1 Adiantaceae Adiantum capillus-veneris

2 Cyatheaceae Alsophila spinulosa

3 Marattiaceae Angiopteris evecta

4 Aspleniaceae Asplenium finlaysonianum

5 Aspleniaceae Asplenium nidus

6 Athyriaceae Athyrium filix-femina (Syn. Athyrium angustum)

7 Blechnaceae Blechnum orientale

8 Cyatheaceae Cyathea spinulosa

9 Gleicheniaceae Dicranopteris linearis

10 Woodsiaceae Diplazium esculentum

11 Equisetaceae Equisetum ramosissimum

12 Marsileaceae Marsilea minuta

13 Nephrolepidaceae Nephrolepis cordifolia

14 Crptogrammaceae Onychium lucidum

15 Crptogrammaceae Onychium siliculosum

16 Pteridaceae Petris quadriaurita

17 Thelypteridaceae Phegopteris auriculata

18 Pteridaceae Pteridium aquilinum

19 Pteridaceae Pteris aquilina

20 Blechnaceae Stenocpina palustre

Bryophytes S. No. Family Name of Species

1 Anthocerotaceae Folioceros paliformis

2 Dicranaceae Microdus assamicus

3 Funariaceae Funaria sp.

4 Marchantiaceae Marchantia sp.

5 Pelliaceae Pellia sp.

6 Polytrichaceae Polytrichum sp.

7 Ricciaceae Riccia sp.

Lichens Sr. No. Family Botanical Name

1 Parmeliaceae Bulbothrix sp.

2 Parmeliaceae Parmelia wallichiana

3 Physciaceae Heterodermia sp.

4 Cladoniaceae Cladonia sp.

5 Usneaceae Usnea sp.

Annexure-V

Drinking Water Quality Standard (as per IS: 10500: 2012)

S.No. Parameters Desirable

Limit

Permissible

Limit

1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation

2 Colour (Hazen Units), Maximum 5 15

3 Odour Agreeable Agreeable

4 Taste Agreeable Agreeable

5 Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5

6 Total hardness as CaCO3, Max 200 600

7 Iron as Fe, Max 0.30 No relaxation

8 Chlorides as Cl, Max 250 1000

9 Residual, Free Chlorine, Min 0.20 1

10 Dissolved solids, Max 500 2000

11 Calcium as Ca, Max 75 200

12 Magnesium as Mg, Max 30 100

13 Copper as Cu, Max 0.05 1.5

14 Manganese as Mn, Max 0.1 0.3

15 Sulphate as SO4 Max 200 400

16 Nitrates as NO3 45 No relaxation

17 Fluoride, Max 1.0 1.5

18 Phenolic compounds as C6H5OH,

Max 0.001 0.002

19 Mercury as Hg, Max 0.001 No relaxation

20 Cadmium as Cd, Max 0.003 No relaxation

21 Selenium as Se, Max 0.01 No relaxation

22 Total Arsenic as As, Max 0.01 0.05

23 Cyanide as CN, Max 0.05 No relaxation

24 Lead as Pb, Max 0.01 No relaxation

25 Zinc as Zn, Max 5 15

26 Anionic detergents

as MBAS, Max 0.2 1.0

27 Chromium as Cr6+,

Max 0.05 No relaxation

28 Alkalinity, Max 200 600

29 Aluminum as Al,

Max 0.03 0.2

30 Boron, Max 0.5 1.0

Bibliography

Adoni, A. D., (1985). Work Book on Limnology. Bandna Printing Service, New Delhi. 216 pp.

Ali, S. (2002), The book of Indian birds. 13th

edition. Bombay Natural History Society. Oxford

University Press.

APHA, (1992). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste water. American

Public Health Association, American Water Work Association, Water Environmental

Federation. In: A. E. Greenberg, L. S. Clesceri & A. S. E. Eaton (eds). New York.

Bagra, K., Kadu, K., Sharma, K.N., Laskar, B.A., Sarkar, U.K. and Das, D.N. 2009. Ichthyological

survey and review of the checklist of fish fauna of Arunachal Pradesh, India. Check List

5(2): 330-350.

Battish, S.K. (1992). Freshwater Zooplankton of India. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi.

pp. 1-232.

BMWP score, http://www.nethan-valley.co.uk/insectgroups.doc.

Buckland, S.T., Anderson, D.R., Burnham, K.P. and Laake, J.L. (1993). Distance Sampling:

Estimating Abundance of Biological Populations. Chapman and Hall, London. 446pp.

Buckland, S.T., Anderson, D.R., Burnham, K.P., Laake, J.L., Borchers, D.L. and Thomas, L.

(2001). Introduction to Distance Sampling. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 432pp.

Champion, H.G. and Seth, S.K. (1968). A revised survey of the forest types of India. Department

of Forest, Govt. of India publication.

CPCB Manual, (2011). Guideline for the measurement of Ambient Air pollutant, Volume-I,

Central Pollution Control Board (Ministry of Environment & Forest, Govt. of India). 55

pp.

Curtis, J.T. and McIntosh, R.P. (1950). The interrelations of certain analytic and synthetic

phytosociological characters. Ecology 31: 434- 455 pp.

Daniel, J. (2002). Avian response to bottomland hardwood reforestation: The first 10 years.

Restoration Ecology 10: 645-655 pp.

District Statistical Handbook (2011), Department of Statistics, Papum Pare: Published by

Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh.

Edmondson, W.T. (1959). Rotifera. In: Fresh-water Biology, 2nd ed. (ed. W.T. Edmondson). John

Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. Pp. 420–494 pp.

Forest Working Scheme, Sagalee Forest Division, Office of Divisional Forest Officer, Sagalee.

Gandhi, H.P. (1998): Freshwater Diatoms of Central Gujarat with a Review and Some Others. –

Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh. Dehra Dun.

Grimmett, R., Inskipp, C. and Inskipp, T. (2007). Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford

University Press. 384 pp.

http://www.nethan-valley.co.uk/insectgroups.doc

Hustedt, F. and Jensen, N. G. (1985). The Pennate Diatoms. Koeltz Scientific Books, Koenigstein.

918 pp.

IUCN (2004) IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland

http://www.iucnredlist.org, accessed 23 February 2015.

Kazmierczak, K. (2006), A field guide to the Birds of India. Published in Pica press, UK. 352pp.

Krammer, K., and Lange-Bertalot H. (1986). Süßwasserflora von Mitteleuropa. Band 2.

Bacillariophyceae. Teil 1. Naviculaceae. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart.

Krammer, K. and Lange-Bertalot, H., (1991). Süßwasserflora von Mitteleuropa. Band 2.

Bacillariophyceae. Teil 3. Centrales, Fragilariaceae, Eunotiaceae. Gustav Fischer Verlag,

Stuttgart.

Krammer, K., and Lange-Bertalot, H. (2000). Süßwasserflora von Mitteleuropa. Band 2/5.

Bacillariophyceae. Part 5. English and French Translation of the Keys. Gustav Fischer

Verlag, Stuttgart.

Magurran, A. E. (2004). Measuring biological diversity. Oxford: Blackwell Science.

Mani, M.S. (1974). Ecology and Biogeography in India. Dr.W. Junk b.v. Publishers, The Hague,

The Netherlands.

Metzeltin, D., Lange–Bertalot, H. and Garcia–Rodriguez, F. (2005). Diatoms of Uruguay

compared with other taxa from South America and elsewhere. – Iconographia

Diatomologica 15: 1–736.

Misra, R. (1968). Ecology WorkBook. Oxford and IBH Publishing Company, Calcutta. 242 pp.

Nath, P. and Dey, S.C. 2000. Fish and fisheries of North East India (Arunachal Pradesh).

Narendra Publishing house, Delhi. 217 pp.

Nautiyal, R. and Nautiyal, P. (1999). Altitudinal variations in the pennate diatom flora of the

Alaknanda-Ganga river system in the Himalayan stretch of Garhwal region. Pages 85-

100, In: Proceedings of Fourteenth International Diatom Symposium (eds. S. Mayama,

M. Idei and I. Koizumi,), Koeltz Scientific Books, Koenigstein.

Nautiyal, P. and Nautiyal, R. (2002). Altitudinal variations in the relative abundance of epilithic

diatoms in some glacier and spring fed Himalayan tributaries of the Ganga (Ganges)

river system in the Garhwal region. Pages 143-151, In: John, J. (Editor), Proceedings 15th

International Diatom Symposium 1998. AR Gantner Verlag K.G., Ruggell/FL.

Pennak, R.W. (1953). Fresh-water Invertebrates of the United States. The Ronald Press

Company. 326-340 pp.

Pennak, R. W. (1953). Freshwater Invertebrates of United States (2nd edition). John Willey &

Sons, New York. 512-733 pp.

Prasad, B. N. and Misra, P. K. (19920. Freshwater Algal Flora of Andaman & Nicobar Islands.

Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal, Dehradun.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/

Prater, S.H. 1980. The Book of Indian animals. Third ed. Bombay Natural History Society.

Bombay, 428 pp.

Reimer, C.W. 1962. Some aspects of the diatom flora of Cabin Creek Raised Bog, Randolph Co.,

Indiana. Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science 71: 305-319.

Rodgers, W.A. & Panwar, H.S. (1988). Planning a Wildlife Protected Area Network in India,

(Volume I & II). A Report Prepared for the Department of Environment, Forests &

Wildlife, Government of India. Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun, India.

Sarode, P.T. and Kamat, N.D. (1984). Fresh water Diatoms of Maharashtra, Saikripa Prakashan,

Aurangabad.

Shannon, C.E. and Wiener, W. (1963). The Mathematical Theory of Communication. Univ. of

Illinois Press, Illinois, U.S.A.

Ward, H.B. and Whipple, G. C. (1959). Freshwater Biology (New York: John Wiley and sons).

Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Washington, Washington’s Water Quality Standards, WAC 173-201A.

Werum, M. and Lange-Bertalot, H. 2004. Diatoms in springs from Central Europe and elsewhere

under the influence of hydrogeology and anthropogenic impacts. Iconographia

Diatomologica, 13 A.R.G. Gantner Verlag K.G. , Ruggell, 480 pp.

PHOTO PLATES

PROJECT AREA

Proposed Barrage Site Proposed Power House Site

Proposed Reservoir Area (Pare river)

Tailend of proposed Reservoir

Biological Sampling

Water sampling along the proposed project vicinity of Par HEP

Soil Sample Collection along the proposed project vicinity of Par HEP

Vegetation along the proposed project vicinity of Par HEP

Butterflies, Insects and Herpetofauna sighted in the study area

Blue Marsh Hawk Python molurus

Plain Tiger Blue Tiger

Common Peacock Ringed Argus

Fish Composition in Study Area of Par HEP

Noise and Traffic Monitoring

Mithun (Bos frontalis: Indian bison)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN for

PAR H. E. PROJECT (52 MW) Papum Pare Distt., Arunachal Pradesh

APRIL 2017

Prepared for:

KVK Par Power Private Limited

Prepared by:

R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 402, Bestech Chambers Commercial Plaza,

B-Block, Sushant Lok-I, Gurgaon

Ph: +91-124-4295383 : www.rstechnologies.co.in

http://www.rstechnologies.co.in/



List A – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations complying with Version 3

of the Scheme - as on March 07, 2017 (#)




per Schedule of

MoEFCC Notification

dated September 14,

2006 and subsequent

Amendments

Sector


1

Aadhi Boomi Mining and Enviro Tech

Private Limited (formerly known as Suriya Mining

Services.)

Address:3/216, K.S.V.Nagar, Narasothipatti, Salem-

636004

Email:[email protected]

Tel.:09842729655, 09443290855

Conditions apply

38 Building and construction projects B 8(a)

2

Aarvee Associates Architects Engineers &

Consultants Pvt. Ltd.

Address: 8-2-5, Ravula Residency

Srinagar Colony, Hyderabad

E.mail: [email protected], [email protected],

[email protected]

34 Highway A 7 (f)










per Schedule of

MoEFCC Notification

dated September 14,

2006 and subsequent

Amendments

Sector


E-mail: [email protected] , [email protected]

Tel.: 03262350801,

09431777483

Conditions apply




28






B 6 (b)

29 Air ports A 7 (a)

122

R. K. Consultants

Address:17-E/ 403, C. H.B, Jodhpur- 342008

E.mail:[email protected],

[email protected]

Tel.:0291- 2706098, 09829021098

Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals including Open

cast/ Underground mining A 1 (a) (i)

38 Building and construction projects B 8 (a)

123

R. S. Envirolinks Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

Address: 402, Radisson Suites Commercial Plaza, B

Block, Sushant Lok 1, Gurgaon – 122009

1 Mining of minerals (Open cast only) A 1 (a) (i)

3 River Valley projects A 1 (c)

27

Oil & gas transportation pipeline

(crude and refinery/ petrochemical

products), passing through national

A 6 (a)










per Schedule of

MoEFCC Notification

dated September 14,

2006 and subsequent

Amendments

Sector


e. mail:

[email protected]

Tel.: 0124 – 4295383

09810136853

Conditions apply




33 Jetties only B 7 (e)

34 Highways A 7 (f)

40 (i) Automobile and Auto Components - -

124

Ramans Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.

Address: SF 23 & 24, Camps Corner, Nr. AUDA

Garden, Prahladnagar, Ahmedabad – 380015

e. mail:

[email protected]

[email protected]

Tel.: 079 – 26937472, 26937411

09824034495

Conditions apply

4 Thermal power plants B 1 (d)

21

Synthetic organic chemicals industry

(dyes & dye intermediates; bulk

drugs and intermediates excluding

drug formulations; synthetic

rubbers; basic organic chemicals,

other synthetic organic chemicals

and chemical intermediates)

A 5 (f)

28






B 6 (b)

32

Common hazardous waste

treatment, storage and disposal

facilities (TSDFs)

B 7 (d)

36 Common effluent treatment plants

(CETPs) B 7 (h)



CONTENTS

Page No.

CHAPTER 1: BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION & WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT PLAN


1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1.1

1.2.1 Biodiversity of the Study Area 1.2

1.2.2 Proximity to Protected Area 1.5

1.3 THREATS TO BIODIVERSITY& WILDLIFE 1.5

1.4 BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION & WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT PLAN 1.7

1.4.1 Objectives 1.7

1.5 MANAGEMENT MEASURES 1.8

1.5.1 Wildlife Habitat Preservation & Improvement 1.8

1.5.2 Establishment of Germplasm Bank and Seed Centre 1.10

1.5.3 Contour Trenches 1.10

1.5.4 De-weeding and Sowing of Grass 1.10

1.5.5 Biodiversity monitoring 1.11

1.5.6 Awareness promotion 1.11

1.5.7 Strengthening of Infrastructural Facilities of Forest Department 1.11

1.5.8 Safeguard Measures 1.12

1.5.9 Biodiversity Management Committee (BMC) 1.12

1.6 BUDGET 1.13

CHAPTER 2: CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN

2.1 NEED FOR CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT 2.1

2.2 CATCHMENT AREA 2.1

2.3 DELINEATION OF SUB-WATERSHED 2.2

2.4 APPROACH FOR THE STUDY 2.5

2.4.1 Definition of the Problem 2.5

2.4.2 Data Acquisition and Preparation 2.5

2.4.3 Land Use/ Land Cover 2.5

2.4.4 Slope 2.6

2.4.5 Soil 2.8

2.4.6 Modeling 2.10

2.4.7 Output Presentation 2.10

2.5 ESTIMATION OF SOIL LOSS USING SILT YIELD INDEX (SYI) METHOD 2.12

2.5.1 Prioritization of Sub-watersheds 2.12

2.5.2 Erosion Intensity Mapping Unit 2.13

2.5.3 Silt Yield Index 2.13

2.6 TREATABLE AREA 2.17

2.7 TREATMENT MEASURES 2.17

2.7.1 Biological Measures 2.18

2.7.1.1 Afforestation 2.18

2.7.2 Engineering measures 2.19

2.7.2.1 Brushwood Check Dams 2.19

2.7.2.2 Dry Stone Masonry Check Dams 2.19

2.7.2.3 Gabion Structures 2.19

2.7.3 Year-wise Phasing of Treatment Measures 2.20

2.7.4 Development of Nurseries 2.20

2.7.5 Silt Observation Points 2.24

2.7.6 Micro Planning 2.24

2.7.7 Monitoring & Evaluation 2.24

2.8 COST ESTIMATES 2.24

CHAPTER 3: FISHERIES CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT PLAN


3.2 FISH COMPOSITION & STATUS 3.1

3.3 IMPACT OF PROPOSED PROJECT 3.3

3.3.1 Construction Phase 3.3

3.3.2 Operational Phase 3.3

3.3.2.1 Impacts on Migratory Fish Species 3.3

3.3.2.2 Downstream Impacts 3.4

3.4 MITIGATION MEASURES 3.4

3.4.1 Fishery Development 3.5

3.4.2 Fish Ladder & Fish Passes 3.5

3.4.3 Environmental Flow 3.5


CHAPTER 4: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN


4.2 INFLUX OF MIGRANT POPULATION 4.1

4.3 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE 4.3

4.3.1 Reuse/ Recycling 4.3

4.3.2 Storage and Segregation 4.3

4.3.2.1 Collection and Transportation 4.3

4.3.3 Disposal 4.4

4.3.3.1 Degradable component 4.4

4.3.3.2 Non-Degradable component 4.5

4.3.3.3 Bio-medical Wastes 4.5

4.4 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT 4.5

CHAPTER 5: PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY SYSTEM

5.1 EXISTING MEDICAL FACILITIES AND PREVALENT DISEASES 5.1

5.2 THREATS TO PUBLIC HEALTH 5.1

5.3 MEDICAL FACILITIES 5.2

5.4 HEALTH EXTENSION ACTIVITIES 5.3


CHAPTER 6: ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES


6.2 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES 6.1


CHAPTER 7: MUCK DUMPING PLAN


7.2 QUANTITY OF MUCK TO BE GENERATED 7.1

7.3 DUMPING SITES 7.1

7.3.1 Criteria for Selection of Dumping Sites 7.3

7.4 METHODOLOGY OF DUMPING 7.4

7.4.1 Dumping Process 7.4

7.5 REHABILITATION OF DUMPING SITES 7.11

7.5.1 Engineering Measures 7.12


7.6 MONITORING & COMPLIANCES 7.15


CHAPTER 8: LANDSCAPING, RESTORATION & GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN


8.2 LANDSCAPING AND RESTORATION OF CONSTRUCTION AREAS 8.1

8.2.1 Proposed Access Roads 8.1

8.2.2 Batching & Crushing Plants 8.2

8.2.3 Proposed Colonies 8.2

8.2.3.1 Permanent Colony 8.2

8.2.3.2 Temporary Colonies 8.2

8.2.4 Restoration/ Landscaping of Distributed Areas/Sites 8.3

8.3 LANDSCAPING & RESTORATION OF QUARRY SITES 8.4

8.3.1 Mitigation Measures 8.4

8.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 8.6

8.4.1 Roadside Plantation 8.6

8.4.2 Green Belt Development along the Reservoir Rim 8.6

8.4.3 Green Belt around various project components 8.7

8.4.4 Green Belt around Colony area and Office Complex 8.7

8.5 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION 8.8


CHAPTER 9: AIR & WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 IMPACTS ON PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 9.1

9.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 9.2

9.2.1 Impacts on Ambient Air Quality 9.2

9.2.2 Mitigation Measures for Air Emissions 9.4

9.2.3 Noise Levels 9.5

9.2.4 Mitigation Measures for Noise Impact 9.5

9.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT 9.6

9.4 ACCIDENTAL RISKS 9.7

9.4.1 Safety in Explosive Handling 9.7

9.4.2 Safety during Construction 9.8

9.5 ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY AUDIT 9.9


CHAPTER 10: COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PLAN


10.2 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME 10.1

10.3 NET PRESENT VALUE (NPV) 10.2

10.4 ABSTRACT OF COST 10.3

CHAPTER 11: REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT PLAN


11.2 LAND REQUIREMENT 11.1

11.3 PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES AND FAMILIES 11.2

11.4 RESETTLEMENT & REHABILITATION ACT AND POLICY 11.2

11.5 R&R PACKAGE FOR PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 11.7

11.5.1 Compensation for Land Owners 11.7

11.5.2 Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement 11.8

11.5.3 Housing Benefit and Compensation 11.11

11.5.4 Pension for like to vulnerable person 11.11

11.5.5 Special Provisions 11.11

11.5.6 Compensation against Diversion of USF and RF 11.12

11.6 INSTITUTIONAL ARRAGEMENT FOR R&R IMPLEMENTATION 11.13

11.7 MONITORING & EVALUATION 11.14

11.8 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT 11.16

11.9 FINANCIAL PACKAGE 11.18

CHAPTER 12: RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT PLAN


12.2 PAR HEP RESERVOIR 12.1

12.3 TREATMENT MEASURES 12.3

12.3.1 Engineering Measures 12.3

12.3.1.1 Gabion Walls 12.3

12.3.1.2 Slope Stabilisation 12.3



12.4.1 Geo-Grids 12.4

12.4.2 Vegetative Measures 12.4

CHAPTER 13: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN



13.3 AIR QUALITY 13.1

13.4 NOISE 13.2

13.5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING 13.2

13.6 MUCK DUMPING 13.2


CHAPTER 14: DAM BREAK MODELING

14.1 DAM BREAK PHENOMENON 14.1

14.2 NEED FOR DAM BREAK MODELING 14.1

14.3 PRESENT DAM BREAK MODELING STUDY 14.2

14.4 INTRODUCTION TO DAM BREAK MODELING 14.2

14.5 HYDRODYNAMIC MODELING 14.2

14.6 SELECTION OF MODEL 14.3

14.7 MIKE 11 MODEL 14.3

14.7.1 Solution Technique 14.4

14.7.2 Boundary conditions in general 14.5

14.7.3 Topographical requirement and discretization 14.5

14.8 MIKE 11 MODEL SET-UP 14.6

14.8.1 River channel set-up 14.6

14.8.2 Description of reservoir and appurtenant structures 14.7

14.8.3 Boundary conditions for dam break modeling 14.8

14.9 SPECIFICATIONS OF DAM BREAK STRUCTURES 14.8

14.9.1 Breach development 14.8

14.9.2 Failure modes 14.9

14.10 INITIAL CONDITIONS 14.10

14.11 DAM BREAK SIMULATIONS 14.10

14.12 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 14.10

14.13 INPUT DATA REQUIREMENT 14.11

14.13.1 River cross sections 14.11

14.13.2 Reservoir and dam 14.11

14.13.3 Spillway 14.12

14.13.4 Downstream boundary 14.13

14.13.5 Upstream Elevation View 14.14

14.14 SELECTION OF DAM BREACH PARAMETERS 14.16

14.15 CRITICAL CONDITIONS FOR DAM BREAK STUDY 14.17

14.16 DAM BREAK SIMULATION (BREACH WIDTH 16 M, BREACH DEPTH 26.5 M, BREACH

DEVELOPMENT TIME 20 MINUTES) 14.17

14.17 MAXIMUM DISCHARGES AND WATER LEVELS IN RIVER DUE TO OCCURRENCE OF

SPF WITHOUT DAM BREACH 14.20

14.18 MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL IN THE VIRGIN CONDITION OF THE RIVER DUE TO

OCCURRENCE OF SPF 14.23

14.19 COMPARISON OF MAXIMUM DISCHARGE AND WATER LEVEL 14.25

14.20 DAM BREACH FLOOD HYDROGRAPH 14.27

14.21 PREPARATION OF INUNDATION MAP 14.43

14.22 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 14.45

14.22.1 Vulnerability Assessment of project 14.45

14.22.1.1 Surveillance & Monitoring 14.45

14.22.2 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) for project 14.47

14.22.2.1 Disaster Response Plan 14.47

14.22.2.2 Contingency Plan 14.47

14.22.2.3 Awareness and Emergency Preparedness 14.47

14.22.2.4 Emergency Action Plan (EAP) 14.48

14.22.2.5 Emergency Response Cell (ERC) 14.48

14.22.2.6 Functions & Responsibilities of PEC & EMG 14.48

14.22.2.7 Emergency Control Centre (ECC) 14.49

14.22.2.8 Communication System 14.49

14.22.2.9 Emergency Alert System 14.50

14.22.2.10 Emergency Warning and Control System 14.51

14.22.2.11 Health & Medical Response System 14.51

14.22.2.12 Training 14.51

14.22.2.13 Mock Drills & Exercises 14.52

14.22.2.14 Public Information System 14.52

14.22.2.15 Information Dissemination and Safety Procedures & Plan 14.53

14.22.2.16 Safety Procedures & Plan 14.53

14.22.2.17 Evacuation Plans 14.54

14.22.2.18 Notifications 14.54

14.22.3 Financial Outlay for Installation of VSAT Communication System 14.55

14.23 COST ESTIMATES FOR DISASTER MANAGEMENT 14.55

CHAPTER 15: PUBLIC CONSULTATION ISSUES AND RESPONSE 15.1

CHAPTER 16: COST ESTIMATES 16.1

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1: List of Mammals reported from the study area 1.4

Table 1.2: List of Avifauna reported from the study area 1.4

Table 2.1: Names and codes of Sub-watersheds delineated in the Catchment of Par H.E. Project 2.2

Table 2.2: Land Use/ Land Cover Classification for the Catchment 2.6

Table 2.3: Areas falling under different slope categories 2.6

Table 2.4: Soil classes of Par HEP catchment area 2.8

Table 2.5: Soil loss ranges for Catchment area of the proposed Par H.E. Project 2.10

Table 2.6: Sub-watershed wise area under each EIMU class 2.14

Table 2.7: Criteria for erosion intensity rate 2.14

Table 2.8: SYI Index as per Erosion Category of Sub-Watersheds 2.14

Table 2.9: Erosion Intensity Categorization as per SYI Classification 2.16

Table 2.10: Sub-watershed wise area under Severe and Very Severe Erosion Category 2.17

Table 2.111: Sub-Watershed wise details of various treatment measures 2.19

Table 2.12: Year-wise Physical and financial details of various treatment measures 2.21

Table 2.13: Year-wise Physical and financial details of afforestation to be undertaken in Sub-watersheds 2.21

Table 2.14: Year-wise Physical and financial details of Brushwood check dams to be built in

Sub-watersheds 2.22

Table 2.15: Year-wise Physical and financial details of DRSM check dams to be built in Sub-watersheds 2.22

Table 2.16: Year-wise Physical and financial details of Gabion structures to be built in Sub-watersheds 2.23

Table 2.17: Estimated cost of CAT Plan Implementation 2.25

Table 3.1: Fish diversity of Pare river 3.1

Table 3.2: Ecological Releases 3.5

Table 3.3: Estimated cost of setting of hatcheries in Par HE project 3.7

Table 4.1: Calculation of Total Migrant Population (Peak time) 4.2

Table 4.2: Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management Plan 4.6

Table 5.1: Health Care facilities in the project affected area 5.1

Table 5.2: Budgetary estimates for developing health care facilities 5.4

Table 6.1: Financial Provision for Energy Conservation Measures 6.2

Table 7.1: Quantity of muck to be generated from different project construction activities 7.1

Table 7.2: Detail of Muck disposal sites 7.3

Table 7.3: Cost of engineering measures 7.13

Table 7.4: Total financial outlay for the biological measures at dumping sites 7.15

Table 7.5: Financial requirements for implementation of Muck Disposal Plan 7.16

Table 8.1: Cost estimates for bio-engineering measures for construction areas 8.3

Table 8.2: Details of the quarry sites proposed in the Par H.E. Project 8.4

Table 8.3: Cost estimates for landscaping and restoration of quarry sites 8.6

Table 8.4: Plant species suggested for landscaping and restoration works and other plantations 8.7

Table 8.5: Cost estimates for Green Belt Development 8.8

Table 8.6: Total budget for landscaping of quarry areas and other project components 8.8

Table 9.1: Impacts during Construction Phase 9.1

Table 9.2: List of relevant BIS Standards 9.9

Table 9.3: Estimated cost for implementation of mitigation and safety measures 9.10

Table 10.1: Details of the Land to be acquired for Par H.E. Project 10.1

Table 10.2: Cost estimates of Compensatory Afforestation Plan 10.2

Table 10.3: Total Cost 10.3

Table 11.1: Land Requirement of Par H.E. Project 11.2

Table 11.2: List of Project Affected Villages 11.2

Table 11.3: Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for affected families 11.12

Table 11.4: Summary of budgetary estimates 11.18

Table 13.1: Water Quality Monitoring Schedule 13.1

Table 13.2: Air Quality Monitoring Schedule 13.2

Table 13.3: Cost Estimates for Environmental Monitoring Programme 13.3

Table 13.4: Matrix of Environmental Monitoring Plan 13.4

Table 14.1: Elevation-Area relationship of the reservoir 14.12

Table 14.2: Design Flood Hydrograph (SPF) 14.13

Table 14.3: Stage-discharge relationship - downstream boundary of 14.14

Table 14.4: Breach parameters 14.16

Table 14.5: Maximum discharge due to dam breach flood (breach bottom width 16 m and breach

depth 26.5 m) 14.18

Table 14.6: Maximum water level due to dam breach flood breach bottom width 16m 14.19

Table 14.7: Maximum discharge due to occurrence of SPF without dam breach 14.20

Table 14.8: Maximum water level due to occurrence of SPF without dam breach 14.21

Table 14.9: Maximum discharge due to occurrence of SPF in virgin river condition 14.23

Table 14.10: Maximum water level due to occurrence of SPF in virgin river condition 14.24

Table 14.11: Comparison of maximum discharge obtained in different cases 14.25

Table 14.12: Comparison of maximum water level obtained in different cases 14.26

Table 14.13: Dam breach Flood hydrograph just d/s of dam 14.28

Table 14.14: Cross-Sections 14.29

Table 14.15: Estimated cost of setting up of a satellite communication system & disaster

management plan 14.55

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1: Location Map of Par HE Project 1.3

Figure 1.2: Location of Par HE project vis-à-vis Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary 1.6

Figure 2.1: Drainage Map of Par HEP Catchment Area 2.3

Figure 2.2: Sub-Watershed Map of Par HEP Catchment area 2.4

Figure 2.3: Land use/ Land cover Map of Par HEP Catchment area 2.7

Figure 2.4: Slope Map of Par HEP Catchment area 2.9

Figure 2.5: Soil Map of Par HEP Catchment area 2.9

Figure 2.6: Soil Erosion Intensity Map of Par HEP Catchment area 2.11

Figure 2.7: Sub-Watershed Prioritization of proposed Par HEP Catchment Area 2.17

Figure 3.1: Proposed fish ladder Plan for Par HE project barrage 3.6

Figure 3.2: Sections of Fish ladder for Par HE project barrage 3.6

Figure 6.1: Financial Provision for Energy Conservation Measures 6.2

Figure 7.1: Layout Plan of Par HE Project showing Muck Dumping Sites 7.2

Figure 7.2: Layout of Muck dumping sites 7.6

Figure 7.3: Cross Sections of the Muck dumping site D1 7.7




Figure 7.7: Cross Sections of the proposed retaining wall of muck dumping yard 7.11

Figure 11.1: Project Affected Villages 11.3

Figure 12.1: Geological map showing proposed reservoir area of Par HEP 12.2

Figure 14.1: Layout of channel section with computational net 14.4

Figure 14.2 & 14.3: River set up with dam and spillway 14.7

Figure 14.4: Breach parameters for linear mode 14.9

Figure 14.5: Elevation-Area-Capacity Curve 14.12

Figure 14.6: The dam breach flood hydrograph 14.17

Figure 14.7: Inundation Map 14.44

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure I: List of Project Affected Families

KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. EMP Report Par HEP


Chapter BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION &

WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT PLAN 1

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Biodiversity management is considered as a difficult task as it refers to diversity at all levels

like genetic, species and community. The implementation of biodiversity conservation strategy

is a challenging job especially in North-eastern part of India like Arunachal Pradesh as the area

is predominated with various tribal populations, which consider themselves as an integral part

of the forest ecosystem.

The proposed Par HE Project (52 MW) is being developed by KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. The

proposed HE project is located in Papum Pare District in the State of Arunachal Pradesh.

(Figure 1.1). It envisages utilization of the flow of Pare River, a tributary of Brahmaputra River,

for generation of electrical power in a run-of-the-river scheme.

The formulation of a biodiversity management and wildlife conservation plan for a

developmental project is one of the steps towards the environment conservation. Human

activities like agricultural expansion, road construction, urbanization, and other developmental

activities are supposed to be major threats to biodiversity and wildlife, therefore, the most

effective and efficient mechanisms for conserving biodiversity is to prevent further destruction

of degradation of habitats. Four strategies required for the biodiversity management are in

situ strategy, ex situ strategy, reduction of anthropogenic pressure and rehabilitation of

endangered species.

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The Par hydroelectric project is the first project from upstream in the cascade development of

hydroelectric projects on the Pare River. From upstream to downstream of Pare River, the

development of the projects are in this order – Par Hydroelectric Project, Turu Hydroelectric

Project, Dardu Hydroelectric Project and Pare Hydroelectric Project (project under

construction by NEEPCO Ltd.). The project is located in Papum Pare District in the State of

Arunachal Pradesh. It envisages utilization of the flow of Pare River, for generation of electrical

power in a run-of-the-river scheme. The main components of Par hydroelectric project are

described below:

A 26.5 m high barrage dam is proposed to divert water of Pare River into the water

conductor system. The top level of the barrage is at El 850 m;

The Full Reservoir Level (FRL) and minimum draw down level (MDDL) of the reservoir are El

848m and El 845m, respectively, with live storage of 0.35 MCM;

The intake is located on the left bank of Pare River, upstream of the barrage axis. The

intake system consists of two (2) inlet tunnels which later combine to form the headrace

tunnel;

One headrace tunnel of 8636m length with design discharge of 28.49 cumec;



One steel lined pressure shafts of 2.5m diameter and two (2) nos. of penstock with 1.8 m

diameter size and 27 m length;

Surface powerhouse is proposed with Francis turbines at axis level of El. 626.25m;

The installed capacity of the power house will be 52 MW (26X2 MW).

1.2.1 Biodiversity of the Study Area

The project area falls under Sagalee Forest Division and forests are characterized by Tropical

semi-evergreen forests. The entire area is covered by dense forests along the river banks or

degraded open forests interspersed with settlements at upper reaches. The main feature of

these forests is the heterogeneous mixture of species. In general the top storey is open and is

comprised of a mixture of evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous species. Pure patches of

bamboos are also common and are scattered all over the forest area. These forests can be

grouped in the Sub group- 2B Northern Tropical Semi Evergreen Forest and Sub group-3C

North Indian moist deciduous forests according to Champion and Seth (1968) - Revised Survey

of Forest Types of India. The forests can be described in following sub-groups and types:

2B/C1a: Assam Alluvial Plains Semi-Evergreen Forest

The forest type is comprised of mixture of evergreen and deciduous tall tree species with

dominance of evergreen species. Middle and lower storeys consists of mainly evergreen

species with dense undergrowth. The dominant trees of top storey are: Terminalia

myriocarpa (Hollock), Altingia excelsa (Jutuli), Amoora wallichii (Amari), and Ailanthus

grandis (Borpat). Main species of middle and lower storeys are: Castanopsis indica

(Hinguri), Bischofia javanica (Urium), Dysoxylum binectiferum (Banderdima), Kydia calycina

(Picholi) and Talauma hodgsonii (Boramthuri). Ground flora is comprised of Clerodendron

infortunatum, Erianthus ravennae, Musa spp., and Phrynium imbricatum. Bambusa pallida

(Bijuli) and Dendrocalamus hamiltonii (Kako) are the main bamboo species along with canes

like (Calamus floribundus) and (Calamus flagellum) and palm Livistona jenkinsiana.

2B/C1/IS1: Sub-Himalayan light alluvial Semi-Evergreen Forests

The composition is almost similar Assam Alluvial Plains Semi-evergreen forest with

dominance of deciduous species. Altingia excelsa (Jutuli) and Terminalia myriocarpa are the

most dominant tree species. In addition species like Magnolia spp. (Sopa), Phoebe

goalparensis, Canarium resiniferum and Toona ciliata are also found.

2B/2S1: Secondary moist bamboo brakes

This type occurs as scattered patches throughout the area in the various Reserve Forests

under the Forest Division. Dendrocalamus hamiltonii, Bambusa pallida and Schizostachyum

polymorphum are the main species.



Figure 1.1: Location Map of Par HE Project



a) FLORA: The vegetation of the study area can be classified as tropical semi evergreen and wet

evergreen. Pure patches of bamboos are quite common in almost all the area. The hill slopes

are steep to very steep. The vegetation in the area in general is semi-evergreen and wet

evergreen. The forests of the area are heterogeneous mixture of the species with the

merging of evergreen and semi evergreen forest into each other. In most of the area patches

of bamboo are common. The most common bamboos found in these forest areas

are Bambusa pallida (Bijuli) and Dendrocalamus hamiltonii (Kako). Tree species

like Duabanga grandiflora (Khokan), Amoora wallichii (Aman), Toona ciliata

(Poma), Magnolia spp. (Sopa), Schima wallichii (Makrisal), and Castanopsis indica (Hingori)

are found in the forest. Grasses species found here are Saccharum procerum, Saccharum

spontaneum, Andropogon assimile, Phragmites karka, and Alpinia allughas.

b) FAUNA: Among the mammals Sambar, Bear, Barking deer, Wild dog, Elephant, Tiger and

Leopard are reported from the study area. However, their number is gradually decreasing

due to increasing human habitation in the sanctuary. The state bird of Arunachal Pradesh -

the magnificent Hornbill is also now less frequent in the area. List of wild animals and birds

reported in the area tabulated below:

Table 1.1: List of Mammals reported from the study area

S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Conservation Status

Schedule as per WPA 1972*

IUCN Ver. 3.1

1 Mithun Bos frontalis - -

2 Golden Jackal Canis aureus II LC

3 Indian Elephant Elephas maximus I EN

4 Jungle cat Felis chaus II LC

5 Grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsi II LC

6 Indian porcupine Hystrix indica IV LC

7 Assamese macaque Macaca assamensis II NT

8 Indian muntjac Muntiacus muntjak III LC

9 Field mouse Mus booduga V LC

10 Tiger Panthera tigris I EN

11 Common Leopard Panthera pardus I NT

12 Wild Pig Sus scrofa III LC

13 Capped Langur Trachypithecus pileatus I VU

14 Large Indian Civet Viverricula indica II LC

15 Wild dog Cuon alpinus II EN

EN=Endangered, VU=Vulnerable, NT=Near Threatened, LC=Least Concern

Table 1.2: List of Avifauna reported from the study area

S. No.

Family Name Scientific Name Common Name Conservation Status

Schedule (WPA 1972)

IUCN Ver. 3.1

1 Apodidae Collocalia brevirostris Himalayan Swiftlet - LC

2 Bucerotidae Rhyticeros undulatus Wreathed hornbill I LC

3 Columbidae Columba livia Blue Rock pigeon IV LC

4 Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove IV LC

5 Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large Billed Crow IV LC

6 Corvidae Dicrurus macrocercus Bronzed Drongo IV LC

7 Lanidae Lanius schach Grey Backed Shrike - LC



S. No.

Family Name Scientific Name Common Name Conservation Status

Schedule (WPA 1972)

IUCN Ver. 3.1

8 Megalaimidae Megalaima virens Great Barbet IV LC

9 Muscicapidae Chaimarrornis leucocephalus White-capped Water-redstart IV LC

10 Muscicapidae Rhyacornis fuliginosus Plumbeous Water Redstart IV LC

11 Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin IV LC

12 Nectariniidae Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird IV LC

13 Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow IV LC

14 Passeridae Passer domesticus House sparrow IV LC

15 Passeridae Motacilla alba White wagtail IV LC

16 Phylloscopidae Phylloscopus maculipennis Ashy Throated Warbler IV LC

17 Picidae Dendrocopos macei Fulvous breasted Woodpecker IV LC

18 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul IV LC

19 Sittidae Sitta cinnamoventris Chest nut billed nuthatch - LC

20 Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV LC

21 Timaliidae Leiothrix argentauris Silver Eared Mesia IV LC

LC=Least Concern

1.2.2 Proximity to Protected Area

Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary is located at a distance of about 7.35 km from the proposed power

house of Par HE Project and falls within 10 km radius of the project components (See Figure 1.2).

Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary

Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary is one of the eight sanctuaries of Arunachal Pradesh. Located in

Papum Pare district, the sanctuary covers 140.30 sq km. Itanagar Reserve Forest was declared

as Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary with the geographical boundary as Pam River in the East, Pachin

in the South, Neorochi on the North-East and Chingke stream in the North. The capital of

Arunachal Pradesh, Itanagar in located within the Sanctuary.

1.3 THREATS TO BIODIVERSITY & WILDLIFE

The villagers traditionally practice agriculture in the entire area. Due to the surrounding hilly

terrain, jhumming is a common practice and is a way of life leading which has led to the

degradation of good dense forests. The natural resources from forests and rivers/stream are

the sources of protein which is obtained by the way of hunting and fishing. The fuel wood and

constructional timbers are also met from the forests.

Therefore, major threats to biodiversity and wildlife in the project area are as follows:

a) Hunting:

Hunting is a way of life for the local tribals i.e. Nyishis which is primarily for meat and

secondary for skin, teeth, bones, antler, feather and beaks which are customarily are

decorative trophies.

b) Illegal cutting of trees:

Due to the presence of large number of settlements in the area, illegal felling of trees is very

common to meet the timber requirement of the constructional purpose.



Figure 1.1: Location of Par HE project vis-à-vis Itanagar Wildlife Sanctuary



c) Removal of NTFP:

For the construction of traditional dwelling houses, canes are removed by the local people as a

traditional right.

d) Grazing:

Grazing by domestic livestock like Mithun, cattle and goats is quite common in the area.

The results of above mentioned activities and impact of implementation of the proposed Par

HE project will result in:

i. Loss of plant biodiversity;

ii. Shrinkage of potential wildlife habitat due to forest degradation;

iii. Particulate pollution due to increase in traffic density and transportation of equipment

by road;

iv. Civil construction and structural installation;

v. Disturbance due to noise pollution and vibration during use of explosive;

vi. Large work force and increase in demand for biomass; and

vii. Unauthorized stone quarries for construction materials.

1.4 BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION & WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT PLAN

The state needs growth and a vibrant economy. However, protection of nature and

environment and development of economy are not alternatives, not mutually exclusive. Both

have to proceed hand in hand so that natural ecosystems are maintained or better, restored

for uninterrupted flow of goods and services, on which human survival is dependent. Every

entrepreneur need to be sensitive of the ecological impact of setting an industry and forge a

connection with natural objects and dependent societies. This will make the development

sustainable and bring lasting cheer in the society.

Wildlife management consists of habitat evaluation and assessment, periodic monitoring of

vegetation cover and animal population status, identification of habitat factors favourable to

growth and which act against the population. Welfare factors are promoted, adverse factors

are arrested and limiting factors mitigated so that habitat carrying capacity is optimized and

populations attain the equilibrium point intrinsic to the species. Participation and support of

local public is enlisted to make the conservation plan work and outcome becomes sustainable.

Conscious of the above and in consonance with the statutory requirement, this conservation

plan is made to mitigate the impact on flora & fauna.

1.4.1 Objectives

The inhabitants of the project study area comprises mainly of Nyishi tribe. The tribals have

traditional rights over the forest and forest products. The practice of shifting cultivation and

animal hunting in the region is related not only to food requirement but is also associated with

their culture, customs, thrills and festivals. The most effective way of biodiversity conservation

in the area is natural resource management, joint forest management and awareness

programme involving the local people. State Forest Research Institute, Itanagar has already



prepared State Biodiversity Strategy & Action Plan in 2002 (SBSAP) under the National

Biodiversity Action Plan – India for the sustainable utilization of biodiversity striking a balance

ith a a d ature. It deals ith state’s eeds for iodi ersity conservation concerns and

calls for role to be played by every individual, cross-section of society, all the state

department, NGOs of the state and other stakeholders like project developers for

conservation and sustainable development. The proposed plan is based upon these principles.

Keeping in view of the anticipated impacts, a biodiversity conservation and management plan

has been proposed for Par H. E. Project. The main objectives of said plan are as follows:

i. Maintenance of ecological balance through preservation and restoration of wherever it

has been disturbed due to project developmental activities,

ii. Conservation and preservation of natural habitats in catchment and project area

iii. Rehabilitation of critical species (endangered, rare and threatened species), if any with

provisions for in situ or ex situ conservation of critical/ important plant/ animal species,

iv. Mitigation and control of project induced biotic and/or abiotic pressures/ influences that

may affect the natural habitats,

v. Habitat enhancement in project area and catchment area by taking up afforestation and

soil conservation measures,

vi. Creati g all rou d a are ess regardi g o ser atio a d e suri g people’s parti ipatio in the conservation efforts and minimizing man-animal conflict like human-wild dog;

human-elephant and

vii. Creating awareness regarding killing of Mithuns by predators leading to socio-economic

problems.

1.5 MANAGEMENT MEASURES

The tribals have traditional rights over the forest and forest products. The practice of shifting

cultivation and animal hunting in the region is related not only to food requirement but is also

associated with their culture, customs, thrills and festivals. The most effective way of

biodiversity conservation in the area is natural resource management, joint forest

management and implementing awareness programme involving the local people.

1.5.1 Wildlife Habitat Preservation & Improvement

i. Afforestation and Enrichment plantation

Afforestation and enrichment plantation will be carried out in the area. Plantation of

indigenous species will be taken up in the in the stretch with an admixture of food and cover

plants. Planting of seedlings @ 300 per ha is suggested. Weeding/soil working will be done

during first, second and third year respectively. Plantation site will be trench fenced and

brushwood fence, for the protected from cattle grazing. With the improvement in habitat of

wildlife the incidences of human wildlife conflict will accordingly reduce. The fund for

Enrichment plantation and management has already been allocated under CAT Plan cost.

ii. Bamboo Plantation

Bamboo and canes are the most important forest produce for the local people for their

livelihood such as house building, agriculture equipment, etc. and also in the spiritual



ceremonies. Many tribesmen make their own hats, which are often extremely decorative,

adorned with the beaks and feathers of birds or with tufts of hair dyed red. They also make

varieties of baskets, bags and other containers. There is a wide range of cane belts, woven and

plain. Cane and bamboo are also used for making baskets for storing and carrying paddy, fuel

and water, vessels for preparing local liquor, rice plates, bows and arrows, headgear, mats,

shoulder bags, etc. ornaments and necklaces made of fine strips of bamboo and grass are also

popular. For all the means local people extract bamboo and canes from forest area. To

minimize their dependence on the forest, bamboo and cane cultivation is important.

Bamboo plantation will be done both in private land outside the protected area to maintain

the local needs and also in sanctuary to maintain the floral diversity and wildlife habitat.

Plantation will be carried out the on outer slopes protected area, and on private lands where

bamboo clumps are comparatively less and stunted. Bamboo rhizomes with tuft of one year

old aerial root will be planted for early establishment. Additional bamboo buffer resources

need to be build up, as the species is staple food of elephants and is also subject to gregarious

flowering and death soon after. Such buffer stock will have to be created in the sanctuary and

from nearby forest area, from a different seed origin. Proper fencing majors will be done

around the planting area to prevent grazing. As bamboo is susceptible to root competition and

fire, plantation will be kept properly hoed, weeded and protected from fire for optimum

growth. In Bamboo plantation area, weeding will be confined to Chromolaena odorata and

climbers. Plantation area will be kept free from congestion by carrying out regeneration

cleaning on the year preceding actual plantation. The funds for this scheme have already been

allocated under CAT Plan cost.

iii. Farm Forestry

The project area harbours number of economically important plants. These valuable resources

will be directly useful to the people of the area which can form the basis of economic

upliftment in study area.

With a view to reduce dependence on the natural forests for biomass and other Non-timber

forest products (NTFPs) or minor forest products (MFPs) alternate resources need to be

building up. NTFPs/MFPs plantations will be carried out on the community land, degraded

land, jhum fallow which help in sustainable land management and also a tool for reclamation.

Prominent NTFPs/MFPs is bamboo, canes, thatch, broom grass, medicinal plants, condiments,

mushroom and vegetables.

Decentralized nurseries will be created, which will raise 10,000 seedlings every year. Species to

be raised are primarily to cater to fuel, fodder and small timber needs. Seedlings will be

distributed every year to villagers on a nominal rate. The distribution will be facilitated

through Forest Range office in the area. Forest department may take up prior survey with the

help of local administrative bodies/panchayats to assess the requirement plants. The funds for

this scheme have already been allocated under CAT Plan cost.



iv. Distribution of Artificial Trophies

Tribal people of the area are very affectionate and demonstrative of animal trophies and

ornaments (hornbills, skull, jaws, teeth, etc.) using them in their households, for own make up

and for other use like case of large knife, etc. For this reason a large number of animals like

Common leopard, Black bear, Macaque, barking deer, Wild boar, small cats, hornbill, etc. are

hunted throughout the year. In order to discourage the animal hunting, such types of

requirements can be fulfilled through distribution of artificial trophies, made up of fiber

glasses. During the construction phase, the trophies would be distributed by forest

department and NGO, a part of task force, suggested for Par H.E. Project. An amount of

Rs.10.00 lakh would be provided by the Project authorities.

1.5.2 Establishment of Germplasm Bank and Seed Centre

There are fair possibilities of various folk varieties, land races and cultivars growing in the forest

area because inhabitants use various forest products as food and medicines. These species are

not yet explored. Germ plasm bank and seed centre is one of the important measures for the

conservation of these species. Objective of germ plasm bank is to preserve the genetic material

of species and replenishes the seeds samples when their germination falls below the acceptable

level. The seed centre is the centre of production of seeds of good genetic and physiological

quality. The establishment of germ plasm bank and seed center would require infrastructure

facilities, laboratory, research scientists etc. State Forest Research Institute (SFRI) and State

horticulture department will be consulted for the establishment of seed center. The experts of

SFRI and horticulture department will select the location for establishment of seed center.

Project authorities would provide the funds for germ plasm bank and seed center. The estimated

cost for establishment of germ plasm and seed center is Rs. 60.00 lakh only.

1.5.3 Contour Trenches

Contour trenches 0.50 x 0.50 x 5m size in a staggered fashion, spaced 5m apart in contours

and placed at 1m contour interval will be excavated. For 1:20 slope, the horizontal distance

will be 20m. Such trenches will arrest soil wash and improve moisture regime. Degraded area

will be tackled in this manner for regrowth of indigenous species. The estimated cost for

formation and maintenance of contour trenches is Rs. 20.00 lakh.

1.5.4 De-weeding and Sowing of Grass

As there are areas which are heavily infested with weeds, it will require de-weeding by manual

uprooting of weed plants just before the commencement of rains followed by sowing of grass.

The entire task would be completed by July. In order to prevent seeds from getting washed

away and to ensure uniform growth of grasses, seed pellets of grasses will be sown at regular

intervals of 1m x 1.5m per ha. Pellets are made by mixing powdered clay and farm yard

manure in to which grass seeds are mixed. The mixture is then made into balls of and sun

dried in summer to be sown soon after de-weeding. This will also help in arresting erosion to a

great extent. The estimated cost for de-weeding and sowing of grasses is Rs. 20.00 lakh.



1.5.5 Biodiversity monitoring

With a view to closely observe and analyse if there is any change in floristic composition either

positive or negative, a baseline study need to be carried out in the first year of the plan and

community structure surveys will be done every alternate year. The changes in species and

abundance of both plants and animals will be studied. This will be done through setting up of

permanent transects selected through stratified random sampling procedure. The estimated

cost for Biodiversity monitoring in the study area is Rs. 10.00 lakh.

1.5.6 Awareness promotion

The success of any conservation plan of this magnitude is entirely hinged on the active support

and whole hearted co-operation of all stakeholders with the members of public playing a major

role. For this purpose, meetings and workshops will be organised from village to village on

regular basis to carry the people along with implementation. Functions like Van Mahotsav,

Wildlife Week, World Forestry Day, and World Environment Day will be organised in a befitting

manner to which village heads, members of public representatives system at GP level, local

leaders and members of NGO may be invited. The discussion may evolve around deterioration of

biodiversity, habitat loss, control of elephant damages and other human wildlife conflicts, fire

damage control and how best the vegetation can be revamped etc. Members of public will be

encouraged to speak. Student community may also be sensitized on various conservation issues.

1.5.7 Strengthening of Infrastructural Facilities of Forest Department

Under this plan Project authority would assist the State Forest Department in strengthening

the infrastructure facilities, which are poorly developed in the area. Various activities which are

necessary for the forest protection plan are described in the following paragraphs.

i). For improvement of vigilance and measures to check poaching, check posts and watch

towers will be needed. In order to strengthen the working capacity the officers of the State

Forest/Wildlife Department they must be provided with necessary equipment such as a

camera, wireless, binoculars and other minor equipment (altimeter, spotscope, search

lights, sleeping bags, health kits, etc.) that would increase their capability and efficiency.

ii). Under the reward for informers program it is proposed to engage the workers of proposed

task force who are well acquainted with the area and are resourceful in gathering

information for anti-poaching (particularly of wild animals and medicinal herbs) and better

vigilance. These people could be hired on a contractual basis.

iii) The construction of bridges, inspection paths for more effective and meaningful patrolling

of the staff should be undertaken.

iv). Creation of veterinary facilities and rescue camps for healthcare of wild animals and for

controlling diseases. For this purpose it is essential to maintain a stock of medicines in

addition to setting up of a mobile-rescue-cum-publicity-van.

It would be a joint practice of State forest department and stakeholders. Project authorities

would provide funds to State Forest Department. Total financial outlay under this head would

be Rs. 50.00 Lakhs.



1.5.8 Safeguard Measures

In addition to the various proposed plans, Project authorities are suggested to furnish

appropriate guidelines to their workers as safeguard measures. Some of the measures to be

followed are mentioned below.

i. Strict monitoring of laborers and associated workers for any activity related to endangering

the life or habitat of wild animals and birds.

ii. Strict restrictions will be imposed on the workers at Project sites to ensure that they do not

harvest any produce from the natural forests and cause any danger or harm to the animals

and birds in wild.

iii. The Project authorities will be bound by the rules and regulations of the Wildlife Protection

Acts or any such agency of the State, which may exist or will be promulgated from time to

time for the preservation of habitats and protection of wild animals.

iv. It is to be ensured that the noise levels in no case go above 100-150 dB in the Project area.

One of the measures that is proposed to be adopted is that the blasting is to be restricted

during nights, early mornings and late afternoons, which are the feeding times of most of

the fauna. Blasting will be resorted to only if necessary. For this strict blasting regime i.e.

controlled blasting under constant and strict surveillance is to be followed. The suggested

methodologies aim at reducing and mitigating noise so as to cause as little disturbance to

the animals as possible:

v. Each worker shall be provided with identity card and would not be allowed access to forest

areas without permission.

vi. The workers shall be discouraged for plantation of non native species in the surroundings

of labor colony.

vii. Possession of firearms by Project workers shall be strictly prohibited, except for dedicated

security personnel.

1.5.9 Biodiversity Management Committee (BMC)

The monitoring and evaluation of Biodiversity Conservation and Wildlife Management Plan of

Par H.E. Project will be carried out by a Biodiversity Management Committee (BMC). The

committee will follow the guidelines of National Biodiversity Authority, State Biodiversity

Conservation Strategy Action Plans (SBCSAP) and State Forest Department to implement,

monitor and evaluate the Biodiversity Conservation and Wildlife Management Plan of the

proposed Project. The activities of BMC shall be under the direct administrative control of the

Chief Wildlife Warden/Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Arunachal Pradesh. The BMC will

comprise of the following members:

Chief Wildlife Warden/Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Arunachal Pradesh

Chairman

Manager (Environment), Par HE Project Member Secretary

DFO (s) (wildlife) of the concerned Division Member

Two experts form NERIST/SFRI, Itanagar Member

Lo al Body’s Represe tati es fro at least 3 illages (on a rotational basis)

Member



The Chairman of the committee will have the right to assign various activities to various

members for proper functioning and result-oriented tasks. The committee will monitor the

progress of the proposed plan. Total financial outlay for the BMC would be Rs. 10.00 lakh only.

1.6 BUDGET

Total budget for the Biodiversity Management & Wildlife Conservation Plan would be Rs. 165.00

lakh. The break up of the budget is given below.

S. No. Particulars Total Amount (Rs. in lakh)

1 Afforestation and Enrichment plantation Cost to be covered under CAT Plan

2 Bamboo Plantation Cost to be covered under CAT Plan

3 Farm forestry Cost to be covered under CAT Plan

4 Distribution of Artificial Trophies 10.00

5 Germplasm bank & Seed Centre 60.00

6 Contour trenches Cost to be covered under CAT Plan

7 De-weeding and Sowing of Grass 20.00

8 Biodiversity monitoring 10.00

9 Awareness promotion 5.00

10 Strengthening of Infrastructural Facilities of

Forest Department

50.00

11 Biodiversity Management Committee (BMC) 10.00

Total 165.00



Chapter CATCHMENT AREA

TREATMENT PLAN 2

2.1 NEED FOR CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT

It is a well-established fact that reservoirs formed by diversion structures on rivers are

subjected to sedimentation. The process of sedimentation embodies the sequential processes

of erosion, entrainment, transportation, deposition and compaction of sediment. The study of

erosion and sediment yield from catchments is of utmost importance as the deposition of

sediment in reservoir reduces its capacity, and thus affects the water availability for the

designated use. The eroded sediment from catchment when deposited on streambeds and

banks causes braiding of river reach. The removal of top fertile soil from catchment adversely

affects the agricultural production. Thus, a well-designed Catchment Area Treatment (CAT)

Plan is essential to ameliorate the above-mentioned adverse process of soil erosion.

Soil erosion may be defined as the detachment and transportation of soil. Water is the

major agent responsible for this erosion. In many locations, winds, glaciers, etc. also cause

soil erosion. In a hilly catchment area, as in the present case, erosion due to water is a

common phenomenon and the same has been studied as a part of the Catchment Area

Treatment (CAT) Plan. Soil erosion leads to:

loss in production potential

reduction in infiltration rates

reduction in water-holding capacity

loss of nutrients

increase in tillage operation costs

reduction in water supply

The Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plan highlights the management techniques to control

erosion in the catchment area of a water resource project. The life span of a reservoir is

greatly reduced due to erosion in the catchment area. Adequate preventive measures are

thus needed for the treatment of catchment for its stabilization against future erosion.

The catchment area treatment involves

Understanding of the erosion characteristics of the terrain and,

Suggesting remedial measures to reduce the erosion rate.

In the present study, `Silt Yield Inde ’ SYI , ethod has been used. In this method, the

terrain is subdivided into various sub-watersheds and the erodibility is determined on

relative basis. SYI provides a comparative erodibility criteria of catchment (low, moderate,

high, etc.) and do not provide the absolute silt yield. SYI method is widely used mainly

because of the fact that it is easy to use and has lesser data requirement. Moreover, it can

be applied to larger areas like sub-watersheds, etc.

2.2 CATCHMENT AREA

In the present study, Catchment Area Treatment Plan has been formulated for the

catchment of Pare river from its source till the proposed diversion site of Par HEP. The total

area of the catchment is 420.00 sq km.



Pare river also known as Par river originates from a ridge comprising the water divide

between Kameng and Pare rivers. It rises from 2820 m as Dete Nala and flows in SW

direction for some distance where it is joined by 2-3 tributaries on its right bank to become

Pare Nala. After this it takes southward course and along its course it is joined by number

of tributaries on both banks viz. Rongpiya Nala, Pape Nala, and Rachi Pabung on its right

bank and Bate Nala, Machi Nala and Ote Pabung on its left bank. After their confluence

Pare Nala changes its course to WE direction and is joined by Jarji Nala on its left bank. Pare

Nala from here onwards predomiantly flows in WE direction and receives drainage from

number of tributaries both on right as well as left banks. The prominent ones are Bartaso

Pabung, Tachso Pabung, Keyate N, Tasho N, Chumbang N etc. In lower reaches it is known

as Dikrong River and it ultimately joins Subansiri River at Bordutti Ghat in Assam.

The drainage system of the Par HEP catchment area is given in Figure 2.1.

2.3 DELINEATION OF SUB-WATERSHED

Soil and Land Use Survey of India (SLUSI) has Watershed Atlas of India under digital

environment using GIS and produced a Digital Watershed Atlas (DWA) where the

delineation and codification of watersheds in the country has been undertaken in GIS

environment. The delineation for DWS has been done in seven stages starting with Water

Resource Regions and their subsequent division and subdivisions into Basins, Catchments,

Sub-catchments, Watersheds, Sub watersheds and Micro-watersheds in decreasing size of

the delineated hydrologic unit.

The catchment area of Par HEP falls in Watershed A A ’, Sub-Catch ent A A’, Catchment A ’ (Ranga and Subansiri) and Basin A’ ‘ight bank of Brah aputra up to Lohit Confluence) of Region ’ (Brahmaputra). So far, SLUSI has delineated upto

Watershed level only. In order to plan watershed management and to formulate action

plans it requires sub-watershed delineation. Therefore, the Watershed 3A4A3 is further

divided into sub-watersheds on 1:50000 scale (SoI topographical maps) in which main

tributaries and streams are taken up for delineation of sub-watersheds. The detail of

Watersheds delineated by SLUSI and further sub-watersheds delineated is given below

(Table 2.1 and Figure 2.2).

Table 2.1: Names and codes of Sub-watersheds delineated in the Catchment of Par H.E. Project

S. No.

Water Resource

Region Basin Catchment

Sub-Catchment

Watershed Sub-

Watershed

Sub-Watershed

Area (Sq. km)

1

Brahmaputra (3)

Right bank of Brahmaputra

up to Lohit Confluence

(3A)

Ranga and Subansiri

(3A4) 3A4A 3A4A3

3A4A3a 70.42

2 3A4A3b 42.10

3 3A4A3c 55.53

4 3A4A3d 42.87

5 3A4A3f 33.96

6 3A4A3g 64.22

7 3A4A3h 30.02

8 3A4A3j 34.07

9 3A4A3k 46.80

TOTAL 420.00



Figure 2.1: Drainage Map of Par HEP Catchment Area



Figure 2.2: Sub-Watershed Map of Par HEP Catchment area



2.4 APPROACH FOR THE STUDY

A detailed database on natural resources, terrain conditions, soil type of the catchment

area, socio-economic status, etc. is a pre-requisite to prepare treatment plan keeping in

view the concept of sustainable development. Various thematic maps have been used in

preparation of the CAT plan. Geographic Information System (GIS) is a computerized

resource data base system, which is used to store, analyze and display various spatial data.

GIS has a capacity to perform numerous functions and operations on the various spatial

data because of its special hardware and software characteristics. In order to ensure that

latest and accurate data is used for the analysis, satellite data has been used for deriving

land use data. Ground truth studies, too, have been conducted.

The various steps, covered in the study, are as follows:

Definition of the problem

Data acquisition and preparation

Output presentation

The above mentioned steps are briefly described in the following paragraphs:

2.4.1 Definition of the Problem

The requirements of the study were defined and the expected outputs were finalized. The

various data layers of the catchment area to be used for the study are as follows:

Catchment Area Map

Land use Classification Map

Slope Map

Soil Map

2.4.2 Data Acquisition and Preparation

The data available from various sources has been collected. The ground maps, contour

information, etc. were scanned, digitized and registered as per the requirement. Data was

prepared depending on the level of accuracy required and any corrections required were

made. All the layers were geo-referenced and brought to a common scale (real co-

ordinates), so that overlay could be performed. A computer program using standard

modeling techniques was used to estimate the soil loss. The formats of outputs from each

layer were formed to match the formats of inputs in the program. Ground truthing and

data collection was also included in the procedure.

2.4.3 Land Use/ Land Cover

For the present study, Land use/ Land cover maps prepared by National Remote Sensing

Centre (NRSC), Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with State

Remote Sensing Application Centre, Arunachal Pradesh State Council for Science &

technology as partner under Natural Resource Census (NRC) project of National Natural

Resource Repository (NRR) programme was used. The data has been procured in raw

digital format and has been geo-referenced using Survey of India topographical sheets with

the help of standard data preparation techniques in standard image processing software.

The geo-referenced data was digitized for the different land use/ land cover classes. A

detailed ground truth verification exercise has been undertaken as a part of field survey to



verify. The classified land use map of the catchment area, considered for the study, is

shown as Figure 2.3. The land use pattern of the catchment area is summarized in Table

2.2. The land use/ land cover map of the catchment of Par HE Project can be classified into

four classes. Out of these four classes, the area of dense forest is the highest while area of

settlement is least.

Table 2.2: Land Use/ Land Cover Classification for the Catchment

S.No. Landuse/ Landcover Area (sq km) Area (%)

1. Dense Forest 352.67 83.97

2. Scrub Land 42.31 10.07

3. Cultivation 19.19 4.57

4. Settlement 5.83 1.39

Total 420.00 100.00

2.4.4 Slope

Derived contours from topographical maps were used for preparation of Digital Elevation

Model (DEM) of the catchment area and to prepare a slope map. The first step in

generation of slope map is to create surface using the elevation values stored in the form

of contours or points. After marking the catchment area, all the contours on the

topographical maps were derived. The output of the digitization procedure was the

contours as well as points contours in form of x, y & z points. (x, y - location and z – their

elevation). All this information was in real world co-ordinates (latitude, longitude and

height in meters above mean sea level).

A Digital Terrain Model (DTM) of the area was then prepared, which was used to derive a

slope map. The slope was divided in classes of slope percentages. The areas falling under

various standard slope categories have been tabulated below in Table 2.3. The slope map

is shown as Figure 2.4.

Table 2.3: Areas falling under different slope categories

Slope (Degrees)

Slope Category Area

(sq km) Area (%)

Upto 2 Gently Sloping 1.89 0.45 2-8 Moderately Sloping 29.92 7.12

8-15 Strongly Sloping 76.00 18.09 15-30 Moderately Steep 224.02 53.34 30-45 Steep 69.78 16.62 45-60 Very Steep 18.28 4.35

Above 60 Extremely Steep 0.11 0.03 Total 420.00 100.00



Figure 2.3: Land use/ Land cover Map of Par HEP Catchment area



2.4.5 Soil

Soil map has been digitized and produced using soil maps collected from National Bureau

of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning, Regional Centre, New Delhi. Various layers, thus

prepared, were used for modeling. Soil map has been shown in Figure 2.5. The legend for

soil classes has been given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: Soil classes of Par HEP catchment area

Soil Unit

Soil Types Area

(sq km) Area (%)

07

Fine, Typic Palehumults Very deep, somewhat excessively drained, fine soils on moderately steeply sloping side slope of hills having loamy surface with moderate erosion hazard; associated with: Fine, Typic Haplumbrepts Moderately shallow, excessively drained, clayey soils on steeply sloping side slope of hills with severe erosion hazard

26.59 6.33

09

Fine, Typic Kanhaplohumults Deep, well drained, fine soils on moderately side slope of hills having clayey surface with moderate erosion hazard; associated with: Fine-loamy, Pachic Haplumbrepts Very deep, well drained, fine-loamy soils with moderate erosion hazard

66.25 15.77

11

Fine loamy, Pachic Haplumbrepts Very deep, well drained, fine-loamy, soils on moderately sloping side slope of hills having loamy surface with moderate erosion hazard and slight stoniness; associated with: Fine, Typic Palehumults Very deep, well drained, fine soils with moderate erosion hazard

141.85 33.77

17

Loamy-skeletal, Umbric Dystrochrepts Deep, excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on very steeply sloping summits having loamy surface with severe erosion hazard ad strong stoniness; associated with: Fine-loamy, Typic Dystrochrepts Moderately deep, excessively drained, fine-loamy soils with severe erosion hazard and slight stoniness

18.03 4.29

18

Fine-loamy, Typic Dystrochrepts Very deep, well drained, fine-loamy soils on moderately steeply sloping summits having loamy surface with moderate erosion hazard; associated with: Loamy-skeletal Dystric Eutrochrepts Deep, well drained, loamy-skeletal soils with moderate erosion hazard and slight stoniness

138.65 33.01

19

Loamy-skeletal, Typic Udorthents Deep, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on steeply sloping summits having loamy surface with severe erosion hazard and moderate stoniness; associate with: Loamy-skeletal,Typic Udorthents Deep, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on steeply sloping summits having loamy surface with severe erosion hazard and moderate stoniness; associate with:

28.62 6.82

Total 420.00 100.00



Figure 2.4: Slope Map of Par HEP Catchment area

Figure 2.5: Soil Map of Par HEP Catchment area



2.4.6 Modeling

Soil loss has been calculated through RUSLE (Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation) model

which is computed by the following equation:

Soil Loss (A) = R*K*LS*C*P

Wherein;

A = Soil loss (Tons/ha/year)

R is Rainfall & Runoff Erosivity Factor (MJ/ha/mm/year), which depends upon the annual

average rainfall in mm.

K is Erodibility Factor (Tons/MJ/mm), which depends on the organic matter, texture

permeability and profile structure of the soil. Also, it is a constant value for each soil type.

LS is Topographic Factor (dimensionless), which depends upon flow accumulation and

steepness and length of slope in the area.

C is Vegetation Cover and Crop Management Factor (dimensionless), which is the ratio of

bare soil to vegetation and non- photosynthetic material. It is a constant value for each

land use category.

P is Support Practice Factor (dimensionless), which takes into account specific erosion

control practices like contour bunding, bench terracing etc. This factor is taken as 1 for

bare soil where no erosion control practice is taking place.

2.4.7 Output Presentation

A thematic map for soil erosion of the catchment area has been prepared using RUSLE

model mentioned in the above section. The catchment was then demarcated into different

soil erosion intensity classes based upon the extent of soil loss (see Table 2.5 & Figure 2.6).

Table 2.5: Soil loss ranges for Catchment area of the proposed Par H.E. Project

S.

No.

Soil loss in

tons/hectare/annum

Soil Erosion

Intensity

Area

(ha) Area (%)

1 <1 Negligible 40435.53 96.28

2 1-5 Slight 196.98 0.47

3 5-10 Very Low 458.70 1.09

4 10-20 Low 519.57 1.24

5 20-40 Moderate 286.20 0.68

6 40-80 Severe 84.37 0.20

7 >80 Very Severe 18.65 0.04

Total 42000.00 100



Figure 2.6: Soil Erosion Intensity Map of Par HEP Catchment area



2.5 ESTIMATION OF SOIL LOSS USING SILT YIELD INDEX (SYI) METHOD

`Silt Yield Index’ SYI , method has been used for prioritization of sub-watersheds in the

catchment for treatment. The Silt Yield Index Model (SYI) considers sedimentation as

product of erosivity, morphometry and delivery ratio of a particular sub-watershed and

was conceptualized by Soil and Land Use Survey of India (SLUSOI) as early as 1969 and has

been operational since then to meet the requirements of prioritization of smaller

hydrologic units within river valley project catchment areas.

Erosion Intensity Mapping Units (EIMU) are demarcated and defined as per the soil erosion

intensity maps prepared above. Various EIMU categories, such as Very Severe, Severe,

Moderate, Low, Very Low, and Negligible & Slight (clubbed together), were then used to

calculate sub-watershed-wise SYI.

The Silt Yield Index (SYI) is defined as the Yield per unit area and SYI value for hydrologic

unit is obtained by taking the weighted arithmetic mean over the entire area of the

hydrologic unit by using suitable empirical equation.

2.5.1 Prioritization of Sub-watersheds

The prioritization of smaller hydrologic units within the vast catchments is based on the Silt

Yield Indices (SYI) of the smaller units. The boundary values or range of SYI values for

different priority categories are arrived at by studying the frequency distribution of SYI

values and locating the suitable breaking points. The sub-watersheds are subsequently

rated into various categories corresponding to their respective SYI values.

The application of SYI model for prioritization of sub-watersheds in the catchment areas

involves the evaluation of:

Climatic factors comprising total precipitation, its frequency and intensity,

Geo-morphic factors comprising land forms, physiography, slope and drainage

characteristics,

Surface cover factors governing the flow hydraulics and

Management factors.

The data on climatic factors can be obtained for different locations in the catchment area

from the meteorological stations whereas the field investigations are required for

estimating the other attributes.

The various steps involved in the application of model are:

- Preparation of a framework of sub-watersheds through systematic delineation

- Rapid reconnaissance surveys on 1:50,000 scale leading to the generation of a map

indicating erosion-intensity mapping units.

- Assignment of weightage values to various mapping units based on relative silt-

yield potential.

- Computing Silt Yield Index for individual sub-watersheds.

- Grading of sub-watersheds into very high, high, medium, low and very low priority

categories.



The area of each of the mapping units is computed and silt yield indices of individual sub-

watersheds are calculated using the equations mentioned above.

2.5.2 Erosion Intensity Mapping Unit

Erosion Intensity Mapping Units (EIMU) is a composite expression of physiography, land

use, and conservation practices adopted. While computing soil erosion intensity in a

catchment all the factors (physiography, land use, and conservation practices) are already

taken into consideration. Therefore, EIMUs are assumed as per the soil erosion intensity in

the sub-watershed. Based upon this assumption six classes of EIMUs have been formed,

which are mentioned as follows:

EIMU code Soil Erosion Intensity

1 Very Severe

2 Severe

3 Moderate

4 Low

5 Very Low

6 Negligible/ Slight

The sub-watershed wise area under each EIMU class is given in Table 2.6.

2.5.3 Silt Yield Index

To calculate silt yield index, the methodology developed by Soil & Land Use Survey

(Department of Agriculture, Govt. of India) has been followed, where each erosion

intensity unit is assigned a weightage value. When considered collectively, the weightage

value represents approximately the comparative erosion intensity. A basic factor of K = 10

was used in determining the weightage values. The value of 10 indicates a static condition

of equilibrium between erosion and deposition. Any addition to the factor K (10+X) is

suggestive of erosion in ascending order whereas subtraction, i.e. (10-X) is indicative of

deposition possibilities.

Delivery ratios were adjusted for each of the erosion intensity unit. The delivery ratio

suggests the percentage of eroded material that finally finds entry into reservoir or river/

stream. Area of each composite unit in each sub-watershed was then estimated.

Silt yield index (SYI) was calculated using following empirical formula:

SYI = (Ai * Wi ) * Di * 100 ; where i = 1 to n

Aw

where,

Ai = Area of ith unit (EIMU)

Wi = Weightage value of ith mapping unit

n = No. of mapping units

Aw = Total area of sub-watershed.

Di = Delivery ratio



Table 2.6: Sub-watershed wise area under each EIMU class

Sub-Watershed

3A4A3a 3A4A3b 3A4A3c 3A4A3d 3A4A3f 3A4A3g 3A4A3h 3A4A3j 3A4A3k Total

EIMU Code

Area (Ha)

1 2 3 4 2 4 2 1 0 0 18

2 13 11 12 8 26 9 6 0 0 85

3 52 43 35 27 81 26 21 0 0 285

4 117 88 65 50 124 43 32 0 0 519

5 127 62 73 38 96 32 30 0 0 458

6 6731 4003 5364 4162 3064 6310 2912 3407 4680 40633

Total 7042 4210 5553 4287 3395 6422 3002 3407 4680 41998

Delivery ratios are assigned to all erosion intensity units depending upon their distance from

the nearest stream. The criteria adopted for assigning the delivery ratio are as follows:

Nearest Stream Delivery ratio

0 - 0.9 km 1.00 1.0 - 2.0 km 0.95 2.1 - 5.0 km 0.90 5.1 - 15.0 km 0.80

15.1 - 30.0 km 0.70

Weightage values are assigned to the erosion intensity unit depending upon the soil

erosion intensity and delivery ratio in a sub-watershed. Higher the soil erosion intensity

and delivery ratio in the sub-watershed higher is the weightage value assigned to the

erosion mapping unit. The weightage value assigned to erosion mapping unit in a sub-

watershed ranges from 11-19.

The SYI values for classification of various categories of erosion intensity rates are given in

Table 2.7.

Table 2.7: Criteria for erosion intensity rate

Priority categories SYI Values

Very high > 1300

High 1200-1299

Medium 1100-1199

Low 1000-1099

Very Low <1000

The SYI index as per erosion category of various sub-watersheds in the catchment area has

been estimated and given in Table 2.8.

Table 2.8: SYI Index as per Erosion Category of Sub-Watersheds

Sub-

Watershed EIMU

EIMU

Area

(hectare)

Weightage

factor

(WF)

Silt Yield

(SY) = EA *

(WF)

Delivery

Ratio SYI =

(SY*DR*100)/SA (EA) (DR)

3A4A3a

1 2 19 38

0.9 1267

2 13 18 236

3 52 17 891

4 117 16 1876

5 127 15 1900

6 6731 14 94229

Total 7042 99169 1267



3A4A3b

1 3 18 51

0.85 1114

2 11 17 181

3 43 16 690

4 88 15 1315

5 62 14 872

6 4003 13 52044

Total 4210 55154 1114

3A4A3c

1 4 19 74

0.9 1266

2 12 18 216

3 35 17 602

4 65 16 1043

5 73 15 1094

6 5364 14 75090

Total 5553 78119 1266

3A4A3d

1 2 17 41

0.9 1086

2 8 16 128

3 27 15 409

4 50 14 696

5 38 13 492

6 4162 12 49941

Total 4287 51707 1086

3A4A3f

1 4 19 85

0.85 1208

2 26 18 462

3 81 17 1382

4 124 16 1991

5 96 15 1446

6 3064 14 42891

Total 3396 48258 1208

3A43Ag

1 2 18 38

0.9 1173

2 9 17 147

3 26 16 412

4 43 15 652

5 32 14 451

6 6310 13 82027

Total 6422 83728 1173

3A4A3h

1 1 19 17

0.8 1125

2 6 18 113

3 21 17 355

4 32 16 507

5 30 15 455

6 2912 14 40768

Total 3002 42214 1125

3A4A3j

1 0 17 0

0.8 960

2 0 16 0

3 0 15 0

4 0 14 0

5 0 13 0

6 3407 12 40884

Total 3407 40884 960

3A4A3k

1 0 17 0

0.75 900 2 0 16 0

3 0 15 0



4 0 14 0

5 0 13 0

6 4680 12 56160

Total 4680 56160 900

The erosion category of various sub-watersheds in the catchment area as per the SYI index

has been estimated. The objective of the SYI method is to prioritize sub-watershed in a

catchment area for treatment. The sub-watersheds with high and medium priority category

in the catchment are required to be treated on priority basis; however, the area under

severe and very severe soil erosion category in all the sub-watersheds need to be taken up

for treatment measures. Thus, the prioritization will help in understanding which sub-

watershed to be taken for priority during the 9 year CAT plan comprising of 4 years of

implementation and 5 years of maintenance.

Hence, under the CAT plan implementation, the sub-watersheds would be treated as per the

priority defined in Table 2.9 i.e. the sub-watersheds falling in the high would be taken up in

the second year, sub-watersheds falling in the medium would be taken up in the third year

and sub-watersheds falling in the low and very low would be taken up in the fourth year

(Figure 2.7).

Table 2.9: Erosion Intensity Categorization as per SYI Classification

Sub-watershed SYI Priority Number

High

3A4A3a 1267 1

3A4A3c 1266 2

3A4A3f 1208 3

Medium

3A4A3g 1173 4

3A4A3h 1125 5

3A4A3b 1114 6

Low

3A4A3d 1086 7

Very Low

3A4A3j 960 8

3A4A3k 900 9



Figure 2.7: Sub-Watershed Prioritization of proposed Par HEP Catchment Area

2.6 TREATABLE AREA

The treatment measures are to be taken up in the areas which are prone to Very Severe

and Severe erosion in all the sub-watersheds falling in different priority categories (Table

2.10). Therefore, under the Catchment Area Treatment plan an area of 103 hectare will be

taken up for treatment by the various means of treatment measures.

Table 2.10: Sub-watershed wise area under Severe and Very Severe Erosion Category

Sub-Watershed Erosion Intensity Category

Total (ha) Very Severe (ha) Severe (ha)

3A4A3a 2 13 15

3A4A3b 3 11 14

3A4A3c 4 12 16

3A4A3d 2 8 10

3A4A3f 4 26 30

3A4A3g 2 9 11

3A4A3h 1 6 7

3A4A3j 0 0 0

3A4A3k 0 0 0

Total 18 85 103

2.7 TREATMENT MEASURES

Watershed management is the optimal use of soil and water resources within a given

geographical area so as to enable sustainable production. It implies changes in land use,

vegetative cover, and other structural and non-structural action that are taken in a



watershed to achieve specific watershed management objectives. The overall objectives of

watershed management programme are to:

increase infiltration into soil;

control excessive runoff;

manage & utilize runoff for useful purpose.

The following Biological and Engineering measures shall be suggested for the catchment

area treatment depending upon the requirement and suitability.

2.7.1 Biological Measures

The biological measures would comprise of:

Plantation/afforestation

2.7.1.1 Afforestation

As most of areas in Arunachal Pradesh have sufficient rainfall and light, the growth of

plants is very fast. The areas which are abandoned after jhumming are rapidly colonized by

a variety of shrubs and followed by growth of bamboos in quick succession. It is suggested

to undertake plantation of shrubs as well as trees, wherever the slopes have been

abandoned after jhum cultivation and other erosion prone areas in various sub-

watersheds. The preference would be given to planting of only local shrubs and trees with

a judicious mixture of rapid colonizers as well as fruit trees like Rosa webbiana, Macaranga

denticulata, Populus sp., Prunus armeniaca, Ailanthus grandis, Altingia excelsa, Manglietia

insignis, Amoora wallichi, Syzygium cumini, Terminalia myriocarpa, Duabanga grandiflora,

Artocarpus lackohoo and Citrus spp. In the villages that will be affected by the acquisition

of land for different project activities provision would also be made for raising horticultural

plantation like oranges and pineapples.

In addition to species mentioned above the following species would be preferred:

Among tree species are: Alnus nepalensis, Altingia excelsa, Brassiopsis aculeata,

Castanopsis indica, Cinnamomum tamala, Ficus semicordata, and Toona ciliata. Amongst

the shrubs species which are suitable for fodder/ fuelwood plantations are: Bambusa tulda,

B. pallida, Bauhinia purpurea, and Morus alba. The important legumes and grasses that

would be planted are Chrysopogon gryllus, Perennial Rye grass (Lolium perenne), Tall

fescue (Festuca arundinacea), Brome grass (Thysanolaena latifolia) and Thatch grass

(Themeda arundinacea). Among the herbs legumes species are suggested like Trifolium

repens, T. ambiguum, T. pratense, Medicago sativa, and Vicia villosa.

For the biological measures the unit cost for Afforestation is based on the rates given in

Analysis of Rates, For Roads & Bridge Works 2012 Published under the Authority of The

Chief Engineer (Design & Planning), PWD, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh, Itanagar. The Unit

cost of Planting trees under afforestation programme at the rate of 800 trees per hectare

at a spacing of 6 m by grubbing and leveling the ground up to a depth of 150 mm, digging

holes 0.9 m dia, 1 m deep, mixing farm yard/sludge manure with soil, planting of saplings

has been given as Rs.112519/- per ha.

The area to be brought under afforestation programme in different sub-watersheds is

given at Table 2.10.



2.7.2 Engineering measures

The engineering treatment measures require less time to be put in place and can provide

quick solutions. These would comprise mainly of Brushwood check dams, Dry stone

masonry check dams/ walls (DRSM), Gabion Structures to control soil erosion in streams

and from landslips/ landslides.

2.7.2.1 Brushwood Check Dams

Brushwood check dams are very feasible where vegetative material for construction is

abundant. Brushwood check dams can only be constructed in small gullies or in the upper

reaches of nalas. As material required for construction of these types of dam is available

locally these can be constructed faster and in very short span of time thereby effectively

reducing the erosion in early phase of Project. The numbers of check dams are estimated

using number of first order streams in an area under severe and very severe erosion

intensity, and constructed at an interval of 100 m. The unit cost of construction of

Brushwood Check dam has been taken as Rs.3975/-.

The number of Brushwood check dams suggested for each sub-watershed is given at Table 2.11.

2.7.2.2 Dry Stone Masonry Check Dams

Like brushwood check dam, dry stone masonry check dams can be made of boulder piled

up across the gulley if they are locally available. Structures for damming a gulley or a

stream to refine the flow velocity are called check dams. The unit cost of construction of

such dams is Rs.18000/-.

The number of Dry stone masonry check dams suggested for each sub-watershed is given

at Table 2.11.

2.7.2.3 Gabion Structures

If loose boulders are considered not to be stable in a particular reach of the stream, Gabion

structure can be installed. These structures are not that easy to get erected as compared to

DRSM structures because the terrain is stiff and the wire used for making gabion boxes has

to be carried by human labour. Carrying the wire will be tedious and time consuming.

Therefore with proper judgment about the site conditions these structures may be

installed. The unit cost of these structures has been taken as Rs.20000/- per structure.

The number of Gabion structures suggested for each sub-watershed is given at Table 2.11.

Table 2.11: Sub-Watershed wise details of various treatment measures

S. No.

Sub-Watershed Afforestation

(Ha) Brushwood Check

Dams (Nos) DRSM (Nos)

Gabion Structures (Nos)

1 3A4A3a 15 30 10 5 2 3A4A3b 14 45 15 10 3 3A4A3c 16 20 10 7 4 3A4A3d 10 15 5 2 5 3A4A3f 30 45 15 4 6 3A4A3g 11 70 25 7 7 3A4A3h 7 50 20 5 8 3A4A3j 0 30 10 7 9 3A4A3k 0 0 0 0

Total 103 305 110 47



2.7.3 Year-wise Phasing of Treatment Measures

The year-wise detail of all biological as well as engineering treatment measures required in

different sub-watersheds is given in Table 2.12. First year is kept or earmarked for nursery

development so that the biological treatment activities are smoothly undertaken.

The sub-watersheds would be treated as per their priority defined i.e. the sub-watersheds

falling in the high would be taken up in the second year, sub-watersheds falling in the

medium would be taken up in the third year and sub-watersheds falling in the low would

be taken up in the fourth year. The afforestation programme under biological treatment

measures would take place from second year till fourth year (Table 2.13) while, the

maintenance would continue for another 5 years. Whereas, the activities under

engineering treatment measures would take place from second year till fourth year (Tables

2.14 to 2.16).

2.7.4 Development of Nurseries

Nursery is defined as an area where plants are raised for eventual planting out in the forest

area or elsewhere selected for afforestation in field. In hills the nurseries are better on

Northern aspect than on south aspect. Nursery should preferably be rectangular or square

in shape with well laid out beds, separated by main paths, around the fence and within the

Nursery for the movement of small machinery, wheel barrows, etc. Nursery should be

properly fenced; 5 to 7 strands barbed wire (with criss-cross barbed wire), with distance of

strands closer below the ground and gradually increasing upwards. It should have gate for

day to day labour movements. Nursery should have Mali’s uarter, tool shade, store, and labour shed, with in nursery or just adjoining it for constant supervision and better success

of the nursery. Water supply should have assured from perennial water sources/ springs/

streams throughout the year.

Some of the important points for nursery raising are:-

Nature of Nursery (Permanent or Temporary), Choice of site (Preferably Northern Aspect),

Lay-out of nursery (Flat or Terraced), Dimensions of beds, Soil Preparations, Level & Edging,

Inoculation with mycorrhiza (if required), Inputs in the soil (Forest Manure/ Farm Yard

Manure), Pre-germination (Treatment), Method of Sowing (Line/ Broadcasting), Quality of

Seed, Time of Sowing (Pre Monsoon/ Post Monsoon), Protection/ Covering the seed

against birds & Rodents, Shading, Protection from Frost, Protection from rain & hail, Types

of shade (Polythene/ Brush wood/ Grass), Hardening off (Permeability/ Texture of soil),

Watering and damping off (Drainage/ Aeration), Weeding & soil working, Herbicides for the

nursery Hoeing/ weeding etc.

In order to cater the needs of biological treatment measures one nursery is proposed to be

developed near Sagalee village on left bank of Pare river.



Table 2.12: Year-wise Physical and financial details of various treatment measures

S.

No. Treatment Measures

I Year II Year III Year IV Year Total

Phy. Fin. (Rs) Phy. Fin. (Rs) Phy. Fin. (Rs) Phy. Fin. (Rs) Phy. Fin. (Rs)

1 Afforestation (Ha)

Development of

Nursery and

Preparation of Silt

Observation point

61 6863659 32 3600608 10 1125190 103 11589457

2

Brushwood Check

Dams (Nos.) 120 477000 100 397500 20 79500 240 954000

3

DRSM Check Dams

(Nos.) 35 630000 35 630000 6 108000 76 1368000

4

Gabion Structures

(Nos.) 8 160000 19 380000 10 200000 37 740000

TOTAL 224 8130659 186 5008108 46 1512690 456 14651457

Table 2.13: Year-wise Physical and financial details of afforestation to be undertaken in Sub-watersheds

S. No. Sub-

Watershed


Phy.

(Ha)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Ha) Fin. (Rs)

Phy.

(Ha) Fin. (Rs)

Phy.

(Ha) Fin. (Rs)

Phy.

(Ha) Fin. (Rs)

1 3A4A3a

Development of

Nursery and

Preparation of Silt

Observation point

15 1687785

15 1687785

2 3A4A3b

14 1575266

14 1575266

3 3A4A3c 16 1800304

16 1800304

4 3A4A3d

10 1125190 10 1125190

5 3A4A3f 30 3375570

30 3375570

6 3A4A3g

11 1237709

11 1237709

7 3A4A3h

7 787633

7 787633

8 3A4A3j

0 0 0 0

9 3A4A3k

0 0 0 0

TOTAL 61 6863659 32 3600608 10 1125190 103 11589457



Table 2.14: Year-wise Physical and financial details of Brushwood check dams to be built in Sub-watersheds

S.

No.

Sub-

Watershed


Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.) Fin. (Rs)

1 3A4A3a

Development of

Nursery and

Preparation of

Silt Observation

point

35 139125 35 139125

2 3A4A3b 45 178875 45 178875

3 3A4A3c 30 119250 30 119250

4 3A4A3d 20 79500 20 79500

5 3A4A3f 55 218625 55 218625

6 3A4A3g 25 99375 25 99375

7 3A4A3h 30 119250 30 119250

8 3A4A3j

9 3A4A3K

TOTAL 120 477000 100 397500 20 79500 240 954000

Table 2.15: Year-wise Physical and financial details of DRSM check dams to be built in Sub-watersheds

S.

No.

Sub-

Watershed


Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.) Fin. (Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.) Fin. (Rs)

1 3A4A3a

Development of

Nursery and

Preparation of

Silt Observation

point

10 180000 10 180000

2 3A4A3b 15 270000 15 270000

3 3A4A3c 10 180000 10 180000

4 3A4A3d 6 108000 6 108000

5 3A4A3f 15 270000 15 270000

6 3A4A3g 10 180000 10 180000

7 3A4A3h 10 180000 10 180000

8 3A4A3j

9 3A4A3K

TOTAL 35 630000 35 630000 6 108000 76 1368000



Table 2.16: Year-wise Physical and financial details of Gabion structures to be built in Sub-watersheds

S. No. Sub-

Watershed


Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.)

Fin.

(Rs)

Phy.

(Nos.) Fin. (Rs)

1 3A4A3a

Development of

Nursery and

Preparation of

Silt Observation

point

4 80000

4 80000

2 3A4A3b

10 200000

10 200000

3 3A4A3c 7 140000

7 140000

4 3A4A3d

4 80000 4 80000

5 3A4A3f

6 120000 6 120000

6 3A4A3g

2 40000

2 40000

7 3A4A3h 4 80000

4 80000

8 3A4A3j

0 0 0 0

9 3A4A3K

TOTAL 8 160000 19 380000 10 200000 37 740000



2.7.5 Silt Observation Points

For monitoring of silt load, three silt recording stations are proposed viz. on Rachi Pabung

and on Pang Nala just before their confluence with Pare river and at the upstream of

proposed barrage site. However, these should be established in consultation with state

forest department. This would ensure monitoring efficacy of implementation various

treatments measures suggested as in CAT plan. Monitoring would be undertaken for a

period of 10 years, starting from the first year i.e. when the CAT plan activities are being

implemented. Cost towards this should be kept in project estimates and could be taken as

below:

Cost of setting up silt observation laboratory – Rs.5.00 lakh

One hut at each site (@Rs.1,00,000/-) – Rs. 3.00 lakh

Cost for hiring services of persons (@ two persons at each site) (Average salary- Rs.10,000/-

per month for 10 years) = Rs.72.00 lakh

Consumables for the measurement @ Rs.2.00 lakhs per year for next 10 years = Rs.20.00

lakh

Total onetime cost = Rs.100.00 lakh

2.7.6 Micro Planning

Different treatment measures suggested under CAT plan would require sub-watershed-

wise micro-planning for identification actual areas on ground for undertaking the proposed

treatment measures. It will be done before the start of construction in consultation with

State Forest Department which would require the preparation of detailed Action Plan for

the same with detailed checks and surveys. An amount @ 2% of the total cost of different

measures has been allocated for this purpose.

2.7.7 Monitoring & Evaluation

Monitoring and evaluation will be developed as in-built part of the project management.

Thus, a process of self-evaluation at specified intervals of time will ensure the field

worthiness and efficacy of the CAT Plan. The emphasis would be on Monitoring and impact

studies of the works done under the plan. Under this component, independent consultants

or third party evaluation will be done to make Base Line Survey, Mid-term Survey and end

of project survey/evaluation to find out effectiveness of CAT Plan activities in the

catchment area. An amount @ 7% of the total cost of different measures has been

allocated for this purpose.

NOTE - Depending on the site specific requirements, changes in activities, within and across

components, can be made by the field agencies with prior approval of the State Forest

Department, Arunachal Pradesh.

2.8 COST ESTIMATES

The estimated cost required for Catchment Area Treatment is Rs. 338.03 lakh. The details

are given in Table 2.17.



Table 2.17: Estimated cost of CAT Plan Implementation

S. No. Item Amount (Rs.)

1 Biological Measures 11,589,457.00

2 Maintenance cost for 5 years including watch & ward @

Rs.5.00 lakh per year 2,500,000.00

3 Nursery Development 2,500,000.00

Sub-Total I (1 - 3) 16,,589,457.00

4 Engineering Measures 3,062,000.00

5 Silt Observation Units 10,000,000.00

Sub-total II (4-5) 13,062,000.00

Total I + II 29,651,457.00

6 Administrative Charges @5% of Total 1,482,572.85

7 Microplanning @3% of Total 593,029.14

8 Monitoring and evaluation @7% of Total 2,075,601.99

GRAND TOTAL 33,802,660.98

OR SAY 33,802,660.00



Chapter FISHERIES CONSERVATION AND

MANAGEMENT PLAN 3

3.1 INTRODUCTION

In the hydro-electric projects, which involve the creation of reservoir and diversion of

water to tunnel for power generation, the fish community is one of most affected biotic

communities due to habitat alteration in downstream as well as upstream section. The fish

in the riverine profile shows spatial and temporal variation depending on water depth,

velocity of current, substrate, water discharge, physico-chemical conditions, etc. The

conservation of fishes of such areas is a great challenge, because they typically use

different habitat along the river stretch for spawning, feeding and shelter.

The mitigation measures like construction of fish hatcheries, fish pass/lift, creating the

buffer zone along the river, adding diverse substrata, creation of hiding places, pools, and

riffles, etc. depend on the size, nature and types of project and local environment. The

proposed Par H.E. project have 26.5m high barrage which would result in formation of

16.53 ha of reservoir. Considering the richness of ichthyo fauna and nature of the project, a

detailed Fish Conservation and Management Plan for Par H.E. project is discussed below.

3.2 FISH COMPOSITION & STATUS

In the study area, fishing is a seasonal affair, which mainly occurs from March to June and

October to December. The commonly used fishing gears in study area are Gill Net, Cast net etc.

During the field visit fishing was undertaken to know the type of fishes available in Pare

River. Local people were also questioned for the availability of fish in the river. During our

interaction with the locals, it was confirmed that there are no permanent fishermen

dependent of fishing for their livelihood in the project area. However, few locals are

involved in fishing activities to augment their income. No family is dependent on fishing for

earning his living as commercial fishing is prohibited in the area.

Mahseer and trout are an important migratory fish in Pare River. Tor putitora was spotted

near Kheel village in the downstream of proposed project area in Pare river, however, local

fishermen revealed its presence in Pare river within study area also. Schizothorax species

was also reported in Pare river near Sagalee town (Bagra et. al., 2009). Some of the

common fish species captured during fishing in Pare river are Bangana dero (=Labeo dero),

Labeo rohita, Puntius sarana, Garra annandalei and, Glyptothorax trilineatus. As per the

published account on fish species from Dikrong basin 73 fish species are reported from the

Pare river in the study area according to Nath and Dey (1990) and Bagra et. al., 2009. Fish

species reported from the study area are listed in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Fish diversity of Pare river


Conservation Status

CAMP IUCN 3.1

1 Anguilliformes Anguillidae Anguilla bengalensis EN NT

2 Beloniformes Belonidae Xenentodon cancila LRnt/N LC




Conservation Status

CAMP IUCN 3.1

3 Clupeiformes Clupeidae Gudusia chapra LRlc LC

4 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Aborichthys elongatus LRlc LC

5 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Aborichthys kempi NT NT

6 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Acanthocobitis botia LRlc LC

7 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Amblypharyngodon mola LRlc LC

8 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Aspidoparia jaya VU/N LC

9 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cabdio morar LRnt LC

10 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Bangana dero(=Labeo dero)* VU/ N LC

11 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius banna -- --

12 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius bendelisis LRlc LC

13 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius bola VU/N NA

14 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius tileo LRnt/N LC

15 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Barilius vagra VU/N LC

16 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Botia dario LRlc LC

17 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Botia rostrata VU VU

18 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Chagunius chagunio LRlc LC

19 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cirrhinus reba VU/ N LC

20 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Crossocheilus latius DD NA

21 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cyprinion semiplotum VU/N NA

22 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpio VU VU

23 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Danio dangila LRlc LC

24 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Danio rerio(=Brachydanio rerio) LRnt/ N NA

25 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Devario aequipinnatus LRnt/ N LC

26 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Devario devario LRnt/N NA

27 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Esomus danricus LRlc/ N LC

28 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra annandalei* -- LC

29 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra gotyla VU/ N LC

30 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra kempi VU LC

31 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra mcclellandi LRlc LC

32 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo pangusia* LRnt/ N NT

33 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo rohita LRnt LC

34 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Laubuka laubuca LR/lc NA

35 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Lepidocephalus annandalei LRnt NA

36 Cypriniformes Cobitidae Lepidocephalus guntea -- LC

37 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Neolissochilus hexagonolepis LRnt/N NA

38 Cypriniformes Psilorhynchidae Psilorhynchus balitora LRlc LC

39 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius chola VU LC

40 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius conchonius VU LC

41 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius sarana* VU/N LC

42 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius sophore LRnt/N LC

43 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius ticto LRnt/N LC

44 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Rasbora daniconius LRnt/N LC

45 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Rasbora elanga -- NA

46 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Rasbora rasbora LRlc LC

47 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Salmophasia bacaila LRlc/N LC

48 Cypriniformes Balitoridae Schistura tirapensis (=Nemacheilus arunachalensis)

EN/N LC

49 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Schizothorax progastus LRnt/ N LC

50 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Schizothorax richardsonii VU VU

51 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Tor putitora* EN/N EN

52 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Tor tor EN/N NT

53 Erciformes Channidae Channa marulius LRnt/N LC

54 Erciformes Channidae Channa orientalis VU/N NA

55 Osteoglossiformes Notopteridae Notopterus notopterus LRnt LC

56 Perciformes Badidae Badis badis NE LC

57 Siluriformes Amblycipitidae Amblyceps apangi VU LC




Conservation Status

CAMP IUCN 3.1

58 Siluriformes Amblycipitidae Amblyceps arunachalensis EN NA

59 Siluriformes Amblycipitidae Amblyceps mangois LRnt/N LC

60 Siluriformes Sisoridae Bagarius bagarius VU NT

61 Siluriformes Clariidae Clarias batrachus VU LC

62 Siluriformes Erethistidae Erethistes pusillus -- LC

63 Siluriformes Sisoridae Glyptothorax trilineatus* LRlc LC

64 Siluriformes Heteropneustidae Heteropneustes fossilis VU/N LC

65 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus bleekeri VU LC

66 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus cavasius LRnt/N LC

67 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus montanus VU LC

68 Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus vittatus VU/N LC

69 Siluriformes Olyridae Olyra longicaudata LRlc LC

70 Siluriformes Siluridae Ompok pabda EN NT

71 Siluriformes Siluridae Pterocryptis afghana EN NA

72 Siluriformes Siluridae Wallago attu LRnt/ N NT

73 Tetraodontiformes Tetraodontidae Tetraodon cutcutia LRnt LC

* Caught during experimental fishing

LRlc = Low Risk Least Concern; LRnt = Low Risk Near Threatened; EN: Endangered; VU= Vulnerable; LC = Least Concern;

NT = Near Threatened; N = Nationally; NA = Not Assessed

3.3 IMPACT OF PROPOSED PROJECT

3.3.1 Construction Phase

The construction of the proposed Par hydroelectric project would involve large-scale

construction activities at the barrage site, including extraction of river born material i.e.

boulders, stones, gravel, sand, etc. Extraction of gravel and sand causes considerable

damage to fish stocks and other aquatic life by destabilizing the sub-stratum, increasing the

turbidity of water, silting of the channel bottom and modifying the flow, which in turn may

result in erosion of the river channel. These alterations would have a significant impact on

the benthic fauna. The increased turbidity during extraction on dredging process will also

increase the turbidity which is likely to last during the time dredging is undertaken. The

suspended solids in excess of 100 ppm brought by suspended solids chokes the gills of

young fish. Fine solids in concentration greater than 25 mg/l, adversely affect the

development of fish eggs and fish.

The creation of a reservoir will bring about a number of alterations in abiotic parameters

such as water temperature, dissolved oxygen etc. and biotic components of upstream and

downstream sections of the proposed barrage. The micro and macro benthic biota is likely

to be most severely affected as a result of the proposed project. The positive impact of the

project will be the formation of a water body which can be used for fish stocking on

commercial basis to meet the protein requirement and uplifting economic growth of the

region.

3.3.2 Operational Phase

3.3.2.1 Impacts on Migratory Fish Species

Snow trout, a migratory fish species represented by Schizothorax spp. are endemic to

Himalaya. In winter months, when the water in upper reaches of these rivers touches



almost 00

C, Snow trouts migrate downstream for a considerable distance and constitute

the major fisheries, particularly in the middle and lower stretches.

Mahseer in the area is represented by Tor putitora and Tor tor, which is one of the finest

groups of game fish of lower Himalayas. During months of May and June, they migrate

upward and ascend to the smaller tributaries for breeding. The Mahseer species undertake

upstream migration in tributaries during summer and monsoon months for feeding and

breeding. As the winter sets in the upper reaches, the species takes a downstream journey.

The proposed barrage may obstruct the migration route of the Mahseer and Snow trout

which can be termed as one of the adverse impacts. With the construction of barrage, flow

in the downstream stretch of the river would be reduced considerably especially during the

lean period. Such situation may adversely affect the benthic community and fish. The most

important expected changes are:

reduced flow rate

increase in water temperature

reduction in availability of steno-thermal aquatic animals

increase in population of euro-thermal species.

barrier to migration due to construction of barrage.

Unless the desired flow is maintained downstream of the barrage, aquatic ecology in

general and fisheries in particular would be affected.

3.3.2.2 Downstream Impacts

During construction, the water will not be stored and the natural flow of the river will be

available throughout the stretch. However near barrage site it will be affected due to the

construction activity and large scale extraction of construction materials like boulders,

stones, gravel, sand, etc. from the bed substratum. Extraction of gravel and sand causes

destabilizing the substratum, increasing the turbidity of water, silting of the channel

bottom and modifying the flow which in turn may result to considerable damage of aquatic

life of the river.

However during the operation phase, flow in the downstream stretch of barrage would be

considerably reduced. It will leave areas dry and the water will remain in the centre

portion. The low flow in river will affect the habitat of many aquatic lives which are located

along the shallow banks. As the river tributaries join the Pare River and will add to water

level. The condition will be more critical during the lean season when volume of water is

significantly reduced in the main river and other tributary.

3.4 MITIGATION MEASURES

In order to mitigate the adverse impact of Par HE project on the aquatic ecology of the area

fishes in particular the following measures shall be adopted to protect and preserve

existing aquatic life:

Development of reservoir fishery

Releasing /ensuring minimum Environment flow in the river

Providing fish ladders near intake point



3.4.1 Fishery Development

It is proposed that the reservoir and river stretches downstream and upstream of the

proposed barrage be stocked with fingerlings. It is proposed to implement supplementary

stocking programme for the project area. The rate of stocking is proposed as 100

fingerlings of about 30 mm size per km. The stocking can be done annually by the Fisheries

Department, State Government of Arunachal Pradesh. To achieve this objective, facilities

to produce seed of trout need to be developed at suitable sites.

The fish spawn of selected species can be generated in the sites by establishing the fish breeding center”. The fingerling, thus produced can then very well be released in the downstream and up stream of the Par barrage at Pare river to maintain the fish diversity in

the river. The technical expertise will be made available by the State Fisheries Department,

Arunachal Pradesh.

3.4.2 Fish Ladder & Fish Passes

As there are number of fish species found in the Pare river and among them mahseer is the

important migratory species. In order to facilitate the upstream/ downstream migration of

a fish ladder has been proposed in the barrage.

An intake fish ladder/pass has been proposed for upstream and downstream movement of

the fishes. The total required length of fish ladder is 192.0 m. For ventilation purpose

intermittent openings of 1m x 1m rectangular shape structures are provided. An intake is

provided at El. 846.50 m (1.5 m below FRL El. 848 m).

3.4.3 Environmental Flow

An environmental flow release is necessary to maintain the ecological balance in the

downstream of the diversion structure. It depends on the social and environmental needs.

In case of Par HEP annual distribution of ecological release/ environmental flow varies in

different season depend on the seasonal discharge of the Pare river and contribution of

tributaries.

On the bases of recommendation of MoEF&CC the calculated ecological release of water in

the downstream of proposed diversion structure during operational period at different

seasons is given in Table 3.2. Environmental flow of 2 cumec to 7 cumec has been

conceived to pass through the barrage based on the minimum available discharge during

different season in the Pare River.

Table 3.2: Ecological Releases

Season Period Ecological Release

(Cumec)

Monsoon June 10 to September 10 7

Post Monsoon September 10 to September 30 5

Lean flow period October 1 to April 30 2

Pre Monsoon May 2.5



Figure 3.1: Proposed fish ladder Plan for Par HE project barrage

Figure 3.2: Sections of Fish ladder for Par HE project barrage



3.5 COST ESTIMATES

The cost required for non-recurring expenditure i.e. developing of hatcheries, office

complex, laboratory etc. shall be Rs. 24.00 lakh. The dimension of the hatching nurseries

and rearing unit and their approximate cost is given in Table 3.3. The total recurring

expenditure for 5 years will be Rs. 56.35 lakh. Thus total cost for fish hatcheries farm will

be Rs. 88.39 lakh after adding 10% escalation of cost.

Table 3.3: Estimated cost of setting of hatcheries in Par HE project

S. No. Particulars Dimensions/ Rate (in Rs.)

Amount (Rs. in lakh)

A. Capital – Non-recurring Expenditure

1

Construction of Hatchery (Hatchery building , one concrete hall with provision of hatching troughs each with 4 trays) for production of fingerlings fish -1 No.

15mx6mx5m 5.00

2 Nursery ponds -10 No. 5mx2mx1m 2.00

3 Rearing Ponds -4 No. 10mx5mx2m 2.00

4 Stocking Ponds -2 No. 30mx10mx3m 5.00

5 Office Complex, with all infrastructure and separate provision for store and two laboratories and fish feed room etc. -1 No.

8m x6 m 8.00

6 Watchmen hut -1 No. 1.00

7 Other items like Dragnet, wide mouth earthen pots, bucket, bamboo patches etc.

Lump Sum 1.00

Total A 24.00

B. Recurring Expenditure

1 Salaries (For 5 years)

Farm Manager -1 No. 25000/- per month 15

Farm cum Reservoir Assistant-1 No. 20000/- per month 12

Farm Attendants-2 Nos. 10000/- person/

month 12

Chowkidar-1 No. 8000/- per month 4.8

2 Fish seed (carried over seed with A V. Weight 25 gm each 10,000 nos.)

Lump Sum 0.25

3 Fish food (rice bran oil cake)1:1 Lump Sum 1.00

4 Nursery and Rearing tanks management (Lime, natural fertilizer, wages nursery and etc.)

Lump Sum 1.80

5 Brooders tank management (Lime, fertilizer, artificial food, prophylactic measures, netting and etc.)

Lump Sum 1.00

6 Training and research Lump Sum 2.00

7 Maintenance for 5 years 50000/ year 2.50

8 Travel & transport – 5 years 50000/ year 2.50

9 Contingency & miscellaneous expenditure 30000/ year for 5

years 1.50

Total B 56.35

TOTAL A+B 80.35

GRAND TOTAL (After adding 10% escalation of cost) 88.39



Chapter SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

PLAN 4

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Solid Waste Management is crucial for public health and aesthetic surroundings. Therefore, the

removal of any scattered and littered waste is as important. This also brings to focus on the

necessity of synergy in the design, construction and maintenance of roads, surface (storm

water) drains and storage, collection and transport of solid waste.

The construction of the proposed Par Hydroelectric Project will involve different categories

of manpower like labour, technical, other officials and service providers. Most of these

technical and non- technical workers will be temporary and will leave the region as soon as

the construction phase of the project is over, which is estimated as 5 years. Some of the

workers will be accompanied by their families. The total population of workers and their

families has been estimated as 1250 during peak construction time. These people will be

living in temporary and permanent colonies / settlements. The main sources of wastes in

case of the proposed project can be divided into following categories:

Municipal solid waste (from the domestic and commercial sectors and common areas such

as, parks, gardens, street sweepings and drain silt)

Construction and demolition debris (C&D waste)

Bio-medical waste (waste generated by health-care and veterinary establishments)

Slaughterhouse waste (organized as well, as un-organized activities)

e-Waste (computer parts, Printer cartilages, electronic parts, etc)

Solid waste generated from temporary and permanent colonies in construction as well as

operation phase requires special management to dispose off as warranted under the

Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules 2000. For that an efficient waste

management system will be required to put in place to keep the environment of the region

clean and healthy.

These colonies and temporary settlements will also require adequate water supply for

drinking and cleaning.

The project authorities will ensure sewage treatment from the colonies of labors and

workers, water supply, cleaning of the colony area and solid waste disposal. Dwellings will

be provided with septic tanks and soak pits along with water supply for drinking and other

daily needs for each and proper waste disposal by adopting various disposable methods.

4.2 INFLUX OF MIGRANT POPULATION

At the time of peak construction work in the project, maximum of 300 persons may be

engaged, most of these will be from the local population. Around 150 nos. of the work

force, which will include technical, non-technical and service class, will come from outside.

In the first and third year 60% of the peak force will be required and in the second year

80% of the peak force will be required.



To calculate the human pressure during the peak construction of the project the following

assumptions have been considered.

(i) family size is assumed as 5; and 80% of labors and technical staff are married

(ii) Out of total workforce, 80% will be such that both husband and wife will work

(iii) 50% of technical staff will come with their families and only husband will work

(iv) 2% of total migrating population are assumed as service providers, and

(v) 50% of service providers will have families.

Based on these assumptions the peak migrant population has been calculated as 1250

persons (Table 4.1). This population is expected to reside in the project area at any given

time.

Table 4. 1: Calculation of Total Migrant Population (Peak time)

Migrant Population of Labourers

Total labour force 350

Married labourers (80% of 350) 280

Single labourers (20% of 350) 70

Husband and wife both working (80% of 280) 224

Number of families where both husband and wife work (224/2) 112

Number of families where only husband work (20% of 280) 56

Total number of labourers families (112+56) 168

Total Migrant Population of Labourers (168 x 5 + 70) 910

Migrant Population of Technical Staff

Total technical staff 100

Married technical staff 20

Single technical staff 80

Total migrant population of technical staff (20x5+80) 180

Migrant Workforce (Labour plus Technical) 1090

Service Providers

Total service providers (approx. 4% of total migrant workforce) 43

Married service providers (50 % as assumed) 22

Single service providers 21

Total migrant population of service providers (22 x 5 + 21) 130

Total Migrant Population 1220

Round off 1250

Waste generation rate in Indian cities ranges between 200 - 870 grams/day, depending

upon the region’s lifestyle and the size of the city (Annepu, 2012). The per capita waste

generation is increasing by about 1.3% per year in India (Annepu, 2012). State-wise data

show that Arunachal Pradesh average is about 388 gm/capita/day, however, project area

being small town/rural is expected to generate lower than that of state average. It is

assumed for the estimation of quantum of waste generation, for the purpose of

preparation of solid waste management plan, that migrant labour population will follow

the local pattern. Therefore, when project will go for construction, about 400

grams/capita/day is expected to be generated during construction period. Further, the

peak labour population is estimated to be 1250 persons and it is also expected that locals



in the proximity will also use solid waste management facilities; keeping this in view, the

plan is prepared for about 3000 persons.

For 3000 persons an estimated amount of about 438 tons/annum (0.4 kg x 3000 individuals

x 365 days = 438 ton) of solid waste will be generated. A figure of 450 tonnes per annum

has been taken to prepare the solid waste management plan. This waste would not be

allowed to be dumped near any surface water body or a stream and will be disposed off in

line with the provisions laid down in Municipal Solid Waste Management and Handling

Rules, 2000.

4.3 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE

The project authority shall, within the territorial area of the project complex/ colony, be

responsible for the implementation of the provision of Solid Wastes Management.

Adequate facilities for collection, conveyance and disposal of solid waste will be developed.

Any solid waste generated in the project complex/ project colony/ labor colony, shall be

managed and handled appropriately. Various aspects of solid waste management include:

Reuse/Recycling

Storage/Segregation

Collection and Transportation

Disposal

4.3.1 Reuse/ Recycling

Project proponent will explore opportunity to recycle the waste generated at the project

site, in this context project will identify authorized vendor and send used batteries, used

oil, and used oil filters for recycling. Bio-degradable waste will be disposed by composting

and the manure regenerated will be given to local community for cultivating vegetables

and flowers.

4.3.2 Storage and Segregation

In the labour colony, provisions shall be made to separately store the degradable and non-

degradable solid waste. Two different coloured bins will be supplied to each labour family,

who will segregate the waste generated in their household. Green and Biodegradable

waste is to be deposited in one container and non-biodegradable waste in another

container. In case of canteens and community kitchens also, two different coloured

dustbins will be used for separately storing the Biodegradable and non-biodegradable

waste generated. A sustained awareness programme will be conducted to educate workers

about the segregation of degradable and biodegradable wastes.

4.3.2.1 Collection and Transportation

The project authorities shall prohibit littering of solid wastes in the area under their control

by resorting to following collection practices.

Organizing house-to-house collection of solid waste on regular pre-informed timing by

using tractor mounted trolley

Collected waste from residential areas shall be transferred to community bin by hand-

driven containerized carts or other small vehicle



Collection of wastes from office complexes and commercial areas

Construction / demolition wastes or debris shall be separately collected and disposed

off

Wastes from vegetable and fruit shops and meat shops shall be separately collected.

Solid waste collected shall be disposed o f f at a common storage point. Two trucks will be

commissioned to collect the solid waste and dispose the same at sites designated for

disposal of solid waste.

4.3.3 Disposal

The solid waste will be disposed off at the designated land fill sites. The land fill shall have

impervious clay at the bottommost layer. The second layer shall be impervious liner (Geo

membrane), third layer will be of sand, after that well compacted solid waste is to be put

over the sand, then again a layer of clay, finally a layer of soil. Vegetation shall be grown on

the top most layers. It will give a good aesthetic view of landfill.

4.3.3.1 Degradable component

The bio degradable portion of the solid waste would be disposed off by composting. The

degradable portion is expected to be about 50% i.e. about 620 Kg/day of degradable

portion of solid waste will be generated. In composting the process takes around 45-60

days to mature.

A pit of 2m x 2m x 1m deep (0.3m free board) size can take 1.4 m3 (around 2000 Kg) of

compostable waste. Therefore, 60 pits would be needed to store the biodegradable

waste with 60 days retention time, however, a provision of 75 pits should be kept. The

total area required would be almost two times the pit area as some area in between pits

will be required for transportation and stacking of waste. Hence, total area required will be

600 m2. The pits will be covered with GI sheets. Additional 400 m

2 would be kept for

storage for compost plus screening and other activities.

A pit of 1m x 1m x 1m deep (0.3m free board) size can take 0.7 m3

(around 550 Kg) of

compostable waste. Therefore, 12 pits would be needed to store the biodegradable

waste with 60 days retention time, however, a provision of 15 pits should be kept. The

total area required would be almost two times the pit area as some area in between pits

will be required for transportation and stacking of waste. Hence, total area required will be

30m2. The pits will be covered with GI sheets. Additional 30m

2 would be kept for storage

for compost plus screening and other activities.

The pits to be constructed will have around 25 cm of bottom lining consisting of about 5

cm thick stone grit over which 15 cm thick coarse sand followed by 15 cm thick earth lining

will be done. There fuse along with animal dung will have to be laid in layers of 5 to 10 cm

thickness. The pit will be then watered on alternate days. There after waste is laid in 5 to

10 cm thick layers twice in a week till the whole pits filled up. Every week the waste will

need to be turned up and water will have to be sprinkled every day to keep adequate

moisture. The process will take around 45 to 60 days where after the composted waste

from the pits taken out and after drying it is screened with screens having 2 mm dia holes.



The screened compost would be filled in plastic bags and used as good manure especially

for cultivation of vegetables and flowers.

4.3.3.2 Non-Degradable component

The non–degradable portion (about 225 tonnes/annum) such as plastic bottles, cans, etc.

shall be segregated and disposed off at separate sites identified by the district

administration. The details of land fill site are given as below:

Waste Generation: 225 tonnes per annum

Design Life: 5 years (construction phase)

Total Waste Generation in 5 Years: 1125 tonnes

Volume of waste: 1326 m3 (assumed density =0.85 tonnes/m

3)

Provision of daily cover, liner, etc: 264 m3 (20% approx.)

Total Volume: 1590 m3

say (1600 m3)

Pits of Size (LxWxD): 150m x 25m x 3m (effective depth 2.7 m)

A provision of additional 50% of the total area, for accommodating infrastructure

facilities wi l l be included while working out requirement of space. The liner system will

comprise of the following layers below the waste:

0.30m thick drainage layer comprising of coarse sand or gravel

0.2m thick protective layer of sandy silt

1.50mm thick HDPE geo-membrane

1m thick clay layer/amended soil layer, comprising of local soil

4.3.3.3 Bio-medical Wastes

Biomedical waste is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or immunization of human

beings. It may include waste like scrap, anatomical waste, culture media, discarded

medicines, chemical waste, syringes, swabs, bandages, body fluids, human excreta, etc.

This waste is highly infectious and can be serious threat to human health if not managed in

a scientific and discriminate manner. In Par H.E. Project, biomedical waste will be

generated from first aid posts and other medical establishments in the area. As the

quantity of biomedical waste generated is not expected to be very significant requiring

separate incineration, it is proposed to have a tie up with district hospital or private

hospital in Sagalee to treat/ dispose-off biomedical waste generated from project activities

in their facility. Provision has been made in R&R Plan to upgrade medical facilities in the

area; handling of biomedical waste generated from such facilities will also be included as

part of upgrading component as the existing facilities are not in place.

4.4 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT

The total budget in order to manage the solid waste generated from the construction

camp/colony, has been proposed to Rs. 122.50 lakhs (Table 4.2).



Table 4.2: Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management Plan

S. No. Item Cost

(Rs. In lakhs)

1 Cost of land* 0.00

2 Construction at composting site and land fill site - digging of pits, construction of pits, boundary wall, office/store, drainage, lining, etc.

30.00

3 Reclamation and stabilization cost of landfill and composting sites

15.00

4 Manpower cost for 5 persons @ Rs. 10000 per person per month for 5 years

30.00

5 One covered truck for conveyance of solid waste to landfill site @ Rs. 12.50 lakhs per truck

12.50

6 1 tractors with trolleys @ Rs. 8.00 lakh per tractor with trolley

8.00

7 Running, operation and maintenance of trucks and trolleys including drivers salaries @ Rs. 20000 per vehicle per month for 1 vehicles

12.00

8 Awareness programme/ Periodical Training for waste disposal and Management

10.00

9 Tools & Implements 5.00

Total 122.50

* Cost of land is taken in DPR



Chapter PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY

SYSTEM 5

5.1 EXISTING MEDICAL FACILITIES AND PREVALENT DISEASES

Medical services at secondary level play a vital and complimentary role to the tertiary and

primary health care systems and together form a comprehensive district based health care

system.

The Community Health Center at Sagalee provide basic medical facilities and district

hospital at Itanagar serve as referral center for complicated cases, community health

center, primary health centers and dispensaries some private clinic in the area provide

basic health services primarily to the inhabitants of rural areas. There are total 1

community health center, 1 primary health center and four private medical facilities

available in the study area. The detail of the health care facility is given in Table 5.1. Most

of the villages are not covered by the primary health facilities.

Table 5.1: Health Care facilities in the project affected area

Village Sub District

Hospital/CHC

Primary Health

Centre

Private

Clinic/Dispensaries

Toru - 1 1

Sagalee 1 - 2

Leporiang - - 1

Total 1 1 4

(Source: Village Survey)

Objective of Public Health Delivery System

To improve the performance of the health care system in the project area through

improvements in the quality, effectiveness and coverage of health services at the first

referral level and selective coverage at the primary level, so as to improve the health status

of the people, especially the local, by reducing mortality, morbidity and disability.

5.2 THREATS TO PUBLIC HEALTH

Project construction and operation will bring about several changes in the socio-economic

environment of the area including increased threats to the health of the community.

Possible threats to public health are briefly discussed below along with the management

measures.

i) New Diseases due to Migratory Population

During the project construction period there will be further increase in the population of

this region, particularly around the project area. The peak labour force during the

construction period is estimated to be around 1250. These migrant workers and their

family members may be the potential carriers of new diseases hitherto

unknown/unreported from the project area. Diseases like AIDS, VDs, gastroenteritis, etc.

are some of the potential risks to human inhabitants of this area. The present available

health services in the area would be insufficient to cater influx of outside population in this

area. Therefore, it would be obvious for the project authorities and their contractors to



have all the labourers including their family members registered, quarantined, and

vaccinated against common diseases like malaria, TB, etc. The project authorities will hold

screening camps for the labourers, where rapid blood tests will be conducted for diseases

like AIDS, TB, etc. and health card will be issued. Only after valid certification a labour or his

family members will be registered with the contractor. The project authorities would

ensure that the contractors follow this strict quarantine procedure and this clause would

be included in the award of the contract/works. Adequate medical facilities will be

provided by the project authorities for this purpose in addition to strengthening the

existing medical facilities in the area.

ii) Chances of increase in water borne diseases as malaria, and dengue are high if

there is a stagnant water body in the vicinity. But as the project is a run-off the river

scheme, there will be no stagnation of water and multiplication of mosquitoes and other

vectors is not anticipated. Moreover, most of the settlements are at higher elevations and

only a few settlements are in direct vicinity. However, proper management needs to be

done to prevent outbreak of water-borne diseases.

iii) Chances of increase in respiratory troubles due to increase in suspended particles

during the construction phase. However, prevalent of good wind speeds (2-5 km/h) and

rains for 3-4 months will help in dispersal of particles and hence the impact will be

negligible.

iv) Because of small reservoir, there are little chances of increase in humidity hence

fungal/bacterial diseases. It needs to be taken care of.

v) Chances of occurrence of gastroenteritis, cholera and typhoid in the labour

camps. The project should make proper arrangements for maintaining high hygienic

conditions in the colonies and labour camps, by providing good sanitation and drinking

water facilities. Medicine should be distributed free of cost to the labours for 4 years as

and when required.

5.3 MEDICAL FACILITIES

A population of about 1250 nos. is likely to congregate during the peak construction phase.

It is recommended that the following medical facility should be provided by the developer

to ensure safe and healthy operations during the entire construction phase:

One fully equipped ambulance to provide pre-hospital care to accident victims. The

ambulance should always be stationed near major construction sites or the sites where

risky operations are taking place such as blasting during tunneling. The ambulance

should be equipped with lifesaving equipment, drugs along with trained manpower and

communication system. Typically, the ambulance should have equipments such as

Fornoflex Chair/COT, Ventilator, Vacuum splint kit (Adult), Scoops Stretcher, Oxygen

Cylinder with accessories, Resuscitation bag (Adult), Suction pump, Spine board,

siren/beacon, Emergency light with public address system, Wireless equipments,

additional battery, First Aid bag, BP instrument, stethoscope, etc. Free service of

ambulance will be provided for the patient of the nearby villages in the project area.



Two first-aid posts need to be established – one near to barrage site and one near

power house site (in Balapu village) to take care of basic medical needs of the workers

at major construction site. The first aid posts will have essential medicines including

dressing material, stretcher, wheel chair, ORS packets, etc. The first aid post can be

housed in temporarily erected structure and should be managed by one Health

Assistant and assisted by one dresser/ first aid attendant. A visiting doctor can attend

First Aid post regularly every day at a fixed time. First aid post also provides medical

facilities to the local peoples in the area.

As the existing medical facilities in the area are not adequate, budget provisions have

been made for strengthening existing Hospital, PHCs and CHCs in the area.

One Health Centre shall be opened in the Project Colony. The facilities thereof can be

availed by local people.

5.4 HEALTH EXTENSION ACTIVITIES

The health extension activities will have to be carried out in the villages situated within the

study area. It is important to inculcate hygienic sanitary habits especially with respect to

water pollution by domestic wastes.

A medico needs to be engaged to make regular visits to these villages and organize health

promotional activities with the active participation of the local village leaders, NGOs and

available local health functionaries. The health functionaries would undertake the

following tasks as a part of health promotional activities:

Organize awareness programs and medical camps to make people aware about the

common diseases in the region. This should include poster campaign, awareness

camps, medical camps for health check-ups and vaccination/ treatment, etc.

Special medical service in winter season for villages of the study area

Collect water samples to ascertain the potability of water from different sources so as

to monitor regular disinfection of drinking water sources.

Maintain close surveillance on incidence of communicable diseases in villages.

Maintain close liaison with the community leaders and health functionaries of different

departments, so that they can be mobilized in case of an emergency.

Close interaction to be maintained with health department functionaries of the state

government.

In case of verifiable health problem arising due to blasting activities of the project,

necessary health care facilities shall be provided.

5.5 COST ESTIMATES

Budgetary estimates for public health delivery system have been worked out as Rs. 130.00

lakh, as per the break up given at Table 5.2.



Table 5.2: Budgetary estimates for developing health care facilities

Sl. No. Particulars Amount

(Rs. lakh)

1 Ambulance : 1 no. with all the basic Medicare facilities and small DG set, etc. to

cater for villages in the project area 15.00

2 Budget for running the ambulances including driver, fuel and maintenance for

5 years @ 5 lakhs per annum 25.00

3 First aid posts including sheds, furniture and basic equipment 20.00

4

Budget for running the first aid post @ Rs. 5 lakhs per post per annum

including cost of medico, para-medico/Nurses and attendant, consumables,

etc. for 5 years

25.00

5 Budget for strengthening existing medical facilities 20.00

6 Budget for Health Awareness/ Vaccination Camps @ Rs. 5.00 lakhs per annum

for 5 years 25.00

Total (Rs. lakh) 130.00



6.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Par H.E. Project on Pare River would require construction of various project

components and infrastructural facilities including labor colonies.

As is discussed in the previous chapters, the proposed Par HEP would remain under

construction for about 5 years and it is estimated that migrant population during peak

construction phase will be of the order of 1250 persons. It is the general tendency of the

migrant labourers to use forest wood for the fuel and space heating, especially when it is

easily available. This would create serious biotic pressure on the nearby forest. To mitigate

such impacts, various management measures need to be put in place and strictly

implemented.

Energy Conservation Measure (ECM) are to be planned and implemented during

construction phase either directly by developer or through contractor to reduce the pressure

on natural resources in the project area and minimize impacts on this count. To mitigate such

impacts, feasible measures will be adopted to help minimize pressure on forest. These are

briefly discussed in the ensuing text.

6.2 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

Renewable natural resources like forests should be protected/ cared to enhance quality of

life and can also be used and replenished for the future use. In study area, Cooking gas and

kerosene is available in the roadside villages but most households cannot afford it. Fuel wood

is the dominant source of energy even in the town of Sagalee; therefore there is need to

reduce the pressure on the natural forests for wood. With an estimated migrant population

of 1250 persons in the area, the existing facilities will become insufficient for supply of

kitchen fuel for the migrant population during the construction of the project. Fuel for

cooking and space heating is an essential requirement and in the absence of adequate fuel

availability they will resort to tree cutting for use of fuel wood. The project authorities would

need to make adequate arrangements for supply of kitchen and heating fuel.

Provisions for Kitchen Fuel

In the villages of the project area the main source of energy is fuel wood and LPG. Tree

species like Bischofia javanica, Castanopsis armata, Duabanga grandiflora, Kydia calycina

etc. are commonly preferred as fuel in the area.

The demand for kitchen fuel will increase due to the population coming from outside for

the construction and other related work of the project. Project authority should provide

kitchen fuel and make arrangement for community kitchen, canteen and efficient cooking

facilities, as briefly discussed below.

Community kitchen: The project developer would make sufficient arrangement for the

establishment of community kitchens. These will be established near the project labour

Chapter 6

ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES



colonies. The kitchen should provide food to the labour at subsidized rates. The facility

should maintain proper hygiene while preparing and supplying food, with adequate

arrangement for waste collection and disposal. In addition, one canteen is also proposed for

labour near major construction sites to provide tea/snacks at subsidized rates.

Kitchen fuel: During the construction period of the project, many families may prefer cooking

on their own instead of using community kitchen. In the absence of fuel for cooking, they

would resort to tree cutting and using wood as fuel. To avoid such a situation, the project

authority should make LPG and/or kerosene available to these migrant workers. The supply of

LPG and kerosene can be ensured on regular basis at subsidized rates.

It is estimated that about 50% of married labour families (120) and all the technical staff

and service provider would prefer doing their own cooking. Additional connections would

be needed for community kitchens, Project Affected Families and other interested local

families. Based on this, it is estimated that a total of 150 LPG connections and regular

supply of Kerosene would be needed for community kitchen, technical staff, labours and

locals, and a LPG storage depot will be provided for storage and distribution of LPG

cylinders.

Efficient cooking facilities: Project authority should also take measures for reducing the fuel

consumption. The authority should provide pressure cookers and solar cookers to the

families of migrant workers as well to local villagers. Accordingly, budget has been allocated

for the supply of cookers. This facility will also increase the work efficiency of migrant

workers and they will also get proper daily diet.

Solar Lantern: Provision of solar lantern has also been made in the project budget and these

will be distributed free of cost to labor camps and villagers for use.

6.3 COST ESTIMATES

A total grant of Rs. 162.00 lakh has been assigned towards the provision of kitchen fuel,

and other facilities including establishment of community kitchen or canteens for the

migrant workers (Table 6.1).

Table 6.1 : Financial Provision for Energy Conservation Measures


(Rs. In lakh)

1 LPG and Kerosene Depot Construction 5.00

2 Connection cost of 200 connections @ Rs. 4000.00 per connection 8.00

3 Subsidy on LPG supply at an average price of Rs. 400.00 per cylinder for

about 200 cylinders per month for 5 years 48.00

4 Distribution of Pressure Cooker and Solar Lantern @ Rs. 2.00 lakh per

annum for 5 years 10.00

5 Community Kitchen (1 No.) – capital cost (Rs. 10.00 lakhs per kitchen)

and running cost for 5 years @ Rs. 12 lakh per kitchen per annum 70.00

6 Canteen (2 No.) – capital cost (Rs. 3.00 lakh) and running cost @ Rs.

30,000.00 per month for 5 years 21.00

Total (Rs. lakh) 162.00



Chapter

MUCK DUMPING PLAN 7

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The project envisages construction of headrace tunnel of 8636 m length and 26.5 m high

barrage on Pare river. Large quantity of material would be excavated from the barrage,

head race tunnel and power house. Muck generated from excavation of any project

component is required to be disposed in a planned manner so that it takes a least possible

space and is not hazardous to the environment. An account of the same has been given in

the following paragraphs.

7.2 QUANTITY OF MUCK TO BE GENERATED

The total quantity of muck expected to be generated has been estimated to be of the order

of about 158184 cum in open excavation and 81742 cum in rock excavation. From

underground excavation work it is estimated that a total of 193111 cum muck will be

generated. The total muck (including swell factor) to be generated is 565616 cum (5.6 lakh

cum). The details are given in Table 7.1. About 40% of rock excavation is expected to be used

for producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing

areas for construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and quantity of

rock excavation would have to be disposed in designated muck disposal area.

Table 7.1: Quantity of muck to be generated from different project construction activities

S.No. Component

Open Excavation

(m3)

Underground

Excavation (m3)

In Soil In Rock

1 Diversion Structure, Intake

& Feeder Channel 80318 34422

2 Desilting Basin 12536 8357

3 HRT 166961

4 Construction Adit 8200 3500 13200

5 Valve House 7335 4890

6 Surge Shaft 2378 1586 6250

7 Pressure Shaft 6700

8 Powerhouse 32956 21971

9 Tailrace Channel 6586 4391

10 Switch Yard 7875 2625

Total 158185 81741 193111

7.3 DUMPING SITES

The identification of muck disposal areas is done in line with the topographic and site

specific conditions. Muck is to be dumped in 4 pre-identified sites (Refer Figure 7.1). Total

capacity of these sites is about 600113 cum. The quantity of excavated muck to be

accommodated at each site is given in Table 7.2.



Figure 7.1: Layout Plan of Par HE Project showing Muck Dumping Sites

E



Table 7.2: Detail of Muck disposal sites

S.No. Dumping Yard Plan Area (Ha) Capacity (cum)

1 D1 4.75 311145

2 D2 2.08 110915

3 D3 2.21 121328

4 D4 1.98 56725

Total 11.02 600113

7.3.1 Criteria for Selection of Dumping Sites

Based on the geological nature of the rocks and engineering properties of the soil, a part of

the muck can be used as construction material. However, the balance requires being

suitably disposed. In the proposed project only 32696 lakh cum of muck generated from

rock excavation is to be reused for aggregate and fillings for developing areas for

construction facilities. Rest of the muck is to be disposed at muck disposal sites in a total

area of 11.02 ha.

The following points were considered and followed as guidelines for finalization of the

areas to be used as dumping sites:

i) The dumping sites have been selected as close as possible to the project area to

avoid long distance transport of muck.

ii) The sites are free from active landslides or creep and care has been taken that the

sites do not have a possibility of toe erosion and slope instability.

iii) The dumping sites are either at higher level than the flood level or are away from

the river course so that the possibility of muck falling into the river is avoided.

iv) There is no active channel or stream flowing through the dumping sites.

v) The sites are far away from human settlement areas.

The selection of muck disposal sites was done based upon site inspections and available

best conditions of the land availability, land stability, accessibility from the portals, sloping

pattern, minimum vegetative and tree cover, away from any ecological sensitive area, river

bed conditions and away from high flood levels of the Pare river and its tributaries. After

surveys four suitable sites were identified (D1, D2, D3 and D4 shown in Figure 7.1 and 7.2)

while D1 is located on the left bank of Pare river downstream of barrage and D2 is located

on the left bank of Pare river near proposed adit site, dumping site D3 is proposed along

the Nimte Nala in the upstream of Power house site and D4 is located near the proposed

powerhouse site (Figure 7.1). The proposed locations are spread over land area of 11.02

ha. Total capacity of muck disposal areas is more than total quantity of unused muck to be

disposed (see Table 7.2). The unused excavated material expected to be comprised of

fragmented rock mixed with soil would be piled at an angle of repose around 30° at the

proposed dumping sites. This will be done to provide stability to the slopes and also to

provide ample space for planting of trees which would further help in holding and

consolidation of the material stacked at the proposed dumping sites.

In order to maintain an angle of repose less than 30° at the proposed dumping sites, the

slopes at dumping sites would be broken up by creating benches across the slope. This will

be done to provide stability to the slopes and also to provide ample space for planting

trees, which would further help in holding and consolidating the material stacked at



different sites. The description regarding the stabilization of the stacked material along the

proposed roads has been discussed in the following paragraphs.

The options like dumping muck in stages and allowing it to consolidate/settle through the

monsoon, compacting the dumped muck with dozer movement, zoning the dump

judiciously to ensure the stability of 30° slope under all superimposed conditions will be

utilized. The contour plan and cross-sections of proposed muck dumping sites are given at

Figures 7.2 - 7.6.

7.4 METHODOLOGY OF DUMPING

The main objectives of process of muck dumping and restoration of these muck disposal

sites are:

to protect and control soil erosion;

to create greenery in the muck disposal areas;

to improve and develop the sites into recreational sites;

to ensure maximum utilization of muck for the construction purpose;

to develop the muck disposal sites/ dumping yards to blend with the surrounding

landscape; and

to minimise damages due to the spoilage of muck in the project area.

In Par HEP during identification of the dumping sites above mentioned aspects were kept in

mind. All possible alternate sites were inspected and examined before rejecting or

selecting any site. All the dumping sites:

i) have minimum possible forest cover,

ii) the settlement areas are far away from the identified dumping sites so as to have least

impact on human life,

iii) the proposed dumping sites are located at a distance varying from 30m to 40m away

from the HFL at these sites as all the dumping sites are at a higher level than the flood

level from the river course to provide protection from high flood, and

iv) the identified muck sites are close to the sites from where muck is to be generated to

avoid hazards related to transport of muck to long distances.

7.4.1 Dumping Process

The generated muck will be carried in dumper trucks covered with heavy duty tarpaulin

properly tied to the vehicle in accordance with best international practices. All

precautionary measures will be followed during the dumping of muck. All dumpers will be

well maintained to avoid any chances of loose soil from being falling during the

transportation. All routes will be periodically wetted with the help of sprinklers prior to the

movement of dumper trucks. Dumping would be avoided during the high speed wind, so

that suspended particulate matters (SPM) level could be maintained. Further, the dumping

will be avoided during heavy traffic. After the dumping the surface of dumps will be

sprayed with water with the help of sprinklers and then compacted.

A retaining wall of 6m has been proposed to hold the muck on the lower part of the

dumping site and shall be constructed prior to dumping of muck (see Figure 7.7). Loose

muck would be compacted layer-wise. The height of Gabion Wall is proposed to be 6 m on



an average. The muck brought by dumpers will be spread in layers behind the wire crate

walls and then compacted by rollers till the top level is achieved. The retaining wall shall be

laid with proper berm and the muck dumped behind it in layers and compacted by rollers.

The process shall be repeated up to 50 cm level below the desired height which shall be

laid with good soil for providing grass cover. At a regular vertical interval of 1.5 m and 3.0

m c/c masonry drains (catch water drains) shall be provided to drain off the rain water.

Proper fencing of the entire area will be done.

The muck disposal area will ultimately be covered with fertile soil and suitable plants will

be planted adopting suitable bio-technological measures. The project authorities would

ensure that the dumping yards blend with the natural landscape by developing the site

with gentle slope, patches of greenery in and around them. These sites can also be

developed later as recreational parks and tourist spots with sufficient greenery by planting

trees.

The Rehabilitation plan of muck dumping sites includes engineering and biological

measures. Most of the total unused excavated muck would be placed at an angle of repose

to avoid any slippage of the muck at the proposed dumping sites. Besides, required

quantity would be stacked along the roads, which would be utilised either in widening of

the road or in newly constructed roads. In the former case slopes would be broken up by

creating benches across the slope. This will be done to provide stability to the slopes and

also to provide ample space for planting of trees which would further help in holding and

consolidating the material stacked at different sites. As stated earlier, efforts will be made

to dispose the muck within short distances from sites of its generation.

The capacity/volume of the muck dumping sites is more than the volume of the muck to be

disposed. All measures would be adopted to ensure that the dumping of muck does not

cause injury or inconvenience to the people or the property around the area. The spillage

of muck into the river at any site would be prevented by making concrete retaining walls to

retain the muck pile. It shall be ensured that dumping is carried out at a minimum distance

of 30 m away from the active river bank. The top surface would be leveled and graded after

the capacity of any dumping site is exhausted. The top surface will be covered with soil and

grass seeding will be ensured to promote vegetation cover.



Figure 7.2: Layout of Muck dumping sites



Figure 7.3: Cross Sections of the Muck dumping site D1



Figure 7.7: Cross Sections of the proposed retaining wall of muck dumping yard

7.5 REHABILITATION OF DUMPING SITES

The project authorities would ensure that the dumping yards blend with the natural

landscape to develop the sites with gentle slopes, bunds, terraces, water ponds, and

patches of greenery in and around them. These sites can also be developed later as

recreational parks and tourist spots with sufficient greenery by planting ornamental plants.

The re-vegetation of du ping yards through Integrated Biotechnological Approach’ would be undertaken. It may be necessary to inoculate the spoil dumps for development of

landscape as the soils would be poor in nutrients. This can be developed through culture of

microorganism or vermiculture practices at the nurseries developed for this purpose.

All the spoiled areas will be developed as per the latest technology of dumping, impact of

rain, time and angle of soil setting. In addition sprinkling of water may also be resorted to,

if required to avoid or minimize dust pollution. Proper drainage system also has to be

provided to ensure unobstructed flow of runoff. Planting with suitable species of trees,

shrubs and other biomass will also be initiated.

The following engineering and biological measures have been proposed for the

development of spoiled areas.



7.5.1 Engineering Measures

For stacking of dumped material retaining wall is proposed to be built before dumping of

any material on to the sites (refer Figure 7.7). In all total length of about 1312 running

meters (rmt) of retaining walls would be required to be built wall (for details see table

below).

S.No. Dumping Yard Length of Retaining Wall

(in Running meters)

1 Dumping Site D1 278




In addition, leveling would also be done after dumping the material on every cycle and

simultaneously improving the drainage of the disposal site. All the approach roads to

various project structures will be constructed by employing the methodology

recommended by National Highway with minimal environmental damage. The

methodology consists in developing the formation width is half cutting and half filling, so

that the materials obtained from cutting are utilized in filling. The excavation on hill side

will be done to get a stable slope for the materials encountered. At places breast wall,

gabion walls shall be done in natural slope to retain filled material, particularly where there

is problem of retaining the hill slope.

To minimise the environmental damage, construction material like stones, sand, etc.,

required for the construction of road will be obtained mostly from the excavated material.

In the streams, box culverts will be provided to prevent the erosion of nala bed. In addition,

stone/concrete work on the downstream area will also be provided at vulnerable places to

minimize erosion.

i) Retaining Walls

Total area for the dumping of muck is 11.02 ha which can accommodate more than 6.00

lakh cum whereas the estimated muck to be disposed is less than the capacity of dumping

sites. The total length of retaining walls proposed to be constructed along the river at

different muck dumping site would be about 1312 m. Total financial outlay for the

retaining walls is Rs.245.00 lakhs and details are given in Table 7.3.

ii) Compaction & Levelling

Compaction is an engineering measure, which would reduce bulk density of the muck

thereby optimising the use of muck disposal area and would make it suitable for the

plantation and other biological measures. Top surface would be levelled and graded to

make the alternative use. The muck will be spread in 50 cm thick layers. Top surface would

be levelled and graded to make the alternative use. On top a layer of soil would be spread

to make the land suitable for plantation. The total cost for the process of compaction is

Rs.30.00 lakhs.

iii) Fencing

Fencing is a bio-engineering measure. After rehabilitation of muck the dumping areas need

protection for some time from disturbing by human and domestic animals. For this reason



fencing over the muck deposits is required. Barbed wire strands with two diagonal strands,

clamped to wooden/ concrete posts placed at 3m distance are proposed around the

dumping piles. Project authorities will establish temporary wind barriers around 3 sides of

dumps in close of settlement area.

The muck is proposed to be filled in layers properly compacted. The cost of the same has

been given in Table 7.3. In addition catch water drains are also proposed to be built and

levelling of soil would also be done after dumping the material on every cycle and

simultaneously improving the drainage of the disposal site. The estimated cost of

engineering measures would be Rs. 310.00 lakhs.

Table 7.3: Cost of Engineering Measures

S.

No. Description Qty (Cum) Unit Rate (Rs)

Amount

(Rs in lakh)

i. Construction of Retaining Wall

1) Excavation 7000 cum 200 14.00

2) PCC 650 cum 3700 24.05

3) Stone Masonry Toe Protection Wall 18000 approx. cum 1110 199.80

Subtotal (1, 2 &3) 237.85

Contingencies and Fencing, etc. @ 3% of cost of works 7.15

Sub-total-I 245.00

II. Construction of check dams along periphery of muck disposal sites 30.00

III. Site Clearance for dumping area and compaction for different layers and leveling – Lump sum 30.00

IV. Construction of drainage channels (500 rmt) 5.00

Grand Total (I+II+III+IV) 310.00


Top surfaces and slopes of all dumping areas would be left with a total area of about 11.02

ha. These areas will be treated for the purpose of plantation. Vegetation cover controls the

hydrological and mechanical effects on soils and slopes. Therefore, biological measures to

stabilize the loose slope are essential. In order to implement the biological measures in

dumping areas the following activities would be taken into account. The biological

measures include the following:

i) Soil treatment

Muck dumped at various sites is not considered to be nutrient rich as it is excavated from

tunnels and other structures. In order to make it suitable for the plantation it will be

provided bio treatment. The work plan will be formulated for re-vegetation of the dumping

sites through Integrated Biotechnological Approach.

ii) Plantation

The selected species will be planted after their nurseries have been developed. The

dumping areas are very small therefore; separate nursery would not be required. The

nurseries developed for the implementation of CAT plan can be used for the rehabilitation

of dumping areas. Nearly 1-2 years old saplings would be used for the plantation. The

plantation can be carried out in lines across the slopes. Grass and herb species would be

used in the inter space of tree species. They will help in providing the continuous chain of



support in retaining debris, reinforcing soil and increasing the infiltration capacity of the

area.

After the completion of muck dumping process and compaction area of 11.02 ha will be

available for the plantation. About 55000 saplings will be planted at these dumping sites.

In order to stabilize the stacked dumped material, vegetation cover would be provided to

hold dumped material over a period of time. Following steps are envisaged:

Plantation of suitable tree species and soil binding using bio-fertilizer technology.

Turfing of the exposed area and improvement of environment with ornamental

species.

Protection with mechanical support.

Social fencing through mass public awareness.

The work plan formulated for re-vegetation of the dumping sites through Integrated Biotechnological Approach’ is based on following para eters: i) Evaluation of dumped material for their physical and chemical properties to assess the

nutrient status to support vegetation.

ii) Formulation of appropriate blends of organic waste and soil to enhance the nutrient

status of rhizosphere.

iii) Isolation and screening of specialized strains of mycorrhizal fungi, rhizobium,

azotobacter and phosphate solubilizers (biofertilizers inoculum) suitable for the

dumped material.

iv) Mass culture of plant specific biofertilizer and mycorrhizal fungi.

Plantation of dumping sites using identified blend and biofertilizer inoculum.

The afforestation with suitable plant species of high ecological and economic value which

can adapt to local habitat will be undertaken with 400-600 plants per hectare depending

upon the canopy cover required. Major tree species which would be planted are Albizia

odoratissima, Albizia procera, Altingia excelsa, Brassaiopsis aculeata, Bischofia javanica,

Castanopsis armata, Actinidia callosa, Kydia calycina. The shrubs are planted in between

the trees are Bamboo spp., Boehmeria macrophylla, Cinnamomum glaucescens,

Debregeasia longifolia, etc. A list of plant suggested for re-vegetation of spoil dumps is

given below.

S. No. Family Name of species

Trees

1 Betulaceae Alnus spp.

2 Calophyllaceae Mesua ferrea

3 Combretaceae Terminalia myriocarpa

4 Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus angustifolius

5 Euphorbiaceae Phyllanthus emblica

6 Fagaceae Castanopsis armata


8 Hamamelidaceae Exbucklandia populnea

9 Lauraceae Beilschmiedia roxburghiana

10 Magnoliaceae Magnolia hodgsonii


12 Malvaceae Kydia calycina





15 Moraceae Artocarpus lakoocha

16 Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini

17 Sterculiaceae Pterospermum acerifolium

Shrubs

1 Lauraceae Cinnamomum glaucescens

2 Liliaceae Asparagus racemosus

3 Poaceae Bambusa spp.

4 Primulaceae Ardisia macrocarpa

5 Rosaceae Rosa spp.

6 Rubiaceae Mussaenda roxburghii


8 Urticaceae Boehmeria macrophylla

9 Urticaceae Debregeasia longifolia

Herbs

1 Amaranthaceae Achyranthes aspera 2 Urticaceae Aboriella myriantha 3 Nyctaginaceae Boerhavia diffusa 4 Poaceae Cynodon dactylon 5 Poaceae Capillipedium assimile 6 Poaceae Chrysopogon gryllus 7 Poaceae Saccharum spp. 8 Poaceae Thysanolaena latifolia 9 Saxifragaceae Bergenia ciliata

Remedial measures would be carried out on an area of 11.02 ha. The estimated cost of

these measures would be Rs. 54.86 lakhs. This cost includes the cost of turfing of slopes,

preparation of ground, spreading of manure, etc., providing 5 cm of soil cover and

transportation and carriage. It also includes the cost of fencing, irrigation, watch and ward,

etc. (see Table 7.4).

Table 7.4: Total financial outlay for the biological measures at dumping sites

S. No. Particulars Quantity Rate

(in Rs.) Amount

(Rs. in lakhs)

1 Rolling of Muck Lump sum 10.00

2 Pitting (size: 0.45 m x 0.45 m x 0.45 m) 55000 pits 35.00/pit 19.25

Manure and soil filling in pits 55000 pits 5.00/pit 2.75

3 Raising of plants (including nursery cost, manure, transport etc.)

11.02 ha 112519.00 12.40

4 Turfing with grasses 1300 sq m 35.00/sq m 0.46

5 Fencing, maintenance, watering, transport, etc. Lumpsum 10.00

Total 54.86

7.6 MONITORING & COMPLIANCES

Muck shall be dumped from bottom in layers of 50-70 cm depending on size of boulders.

i) Each layer shall be rolled compacted.

ii) A layer of soil shall be spread on top of it to make it suitable for plantation.

iii) Water testing facilities shall be set up for checking quality parameter of water.

iv) Soil samples shall be regularly collected and tested for checking the level of

contamination.

v) Prescribed norms and approvals will be sought from APSPCB wherever necessary.



vi) All norms of Forest department, APSPCB and MoEF&CC and their acts related to muck

disposal shall be complied with.

vii) Design consultant shall be engaged for designing of retaining structures.

viii) Plantation shall be done on the reclaimed land and native variety of plants and trees

shall be planted.


The estimated cost of the relocation and rehabilitation of excavated material is given in

Table 7.5. The total cost of these measures will be Rs. 364.86 lakhs.

Table 7.5: Financial requirements for implementation of Muck Disposal Plan

S. No. Item Amount

(Rs.in lakhs )

1 Engineering measures 310.00

2 Biological measures 54.86

Total 364.86



Chapter LANDSCAPING, RESTORATION &

GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN 8

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Par H.E. Project on River Pare would require construction of various project

components and infrastructural facilities like residential colonies for its staff, offices;

contractor’s and labour colonies in addition to various access roads and other structures.

During construction phase of the project, number of temporary construction sites and

working areas will come up. In addition to this mining for construction material will also be

carried out. To restore these areas to its original landscape as much as possible and retain

its aesthetic values following restoration measures have been suggested. In addition

avenue plantations around the colonies and working sites will be carried out.

8.2 LANDSCAPING AND RESTORATION OF CONSTRUCTION AREAS

The proposed Par H. E. Project would involve construction of barrage, power house, adits,

headrace tunnel, residential and staff colonies, roads, batching plants, etc. These activities

will result either in the modification or destruction of the existing landscape of the area. It

is therefore imperative that after the project work and related activities are over

restoration work should be carried out in these disturb areas to bring them back to their

similar or near-similar pre-construction conditions and land use. Different project related

activities will require acquisition of government as well as private land. The acquired land

will also be used for dumping of muck and other garbage from the colony area. In addition

to the habitat disturbance, project related activities will also result in the accumulation of

large amounts of dumps at various construction sites, which need to be either relocated or

as an alternative can be utilized for landscaping. Restoration success will, however largely

depend on the topography of the area, the type of constructional activities and their

detrimental effects on the terrain and the natural habitats.

There will be indirect disturbance to the area due to increase in the human population and

traffic movement. It will be essential for the project authority to restore the area back to its

original state. The proposed infrastructure has been discussed in the following paragraphs.

8.2.1 Proposed Access Roads

To execute the various civil works, roads would be made for linking the work site to other

sites and to job facility areas. They would essentially be unpaved and would be constructed

at a workable gradient so that loaded construction equipment does not have to toil hard to

go up slope. An average gradient of 1:15 has been contemplated. These roads would be

connected to the existing highway in the area or to other project roads.

Considering these broad aspects of existing access and infrastructure, the detailed planning

for the approach roads, bridges, housing, offices, stores, construction plants and common

facilities like hospitals, canteen, etc. have been done.



The width of the roads would be such that it would be suitable for the free flow of traffic

mostly comprising of rear end dumpers, tipper trucks, transit mixers and occasionally for

loading equipment like loaders, excavators, backhoes, etc. and allowing clearances on the

sides, drains and parapets, the required formation width of the road works out to 7.5 m.

However, providing for extra widening at curves, the width at curves would be between 9

to 10 m. As the general topography of the area is steep, the overall width of the excavation

would be high. In flatly sloping terrain, the excavation width required to achieve the

required formation width at the desired grade would be lesser. At sharp rock outcrops on

curves, the total width required would be much larger to attain a reasonable radius of the

curve of the road. In view of these variations at different locations, an average overall

width of 20 m is considered adequate to assess the land required to make the roads.


job. Bulldozers would be deployed to make a preliminary/ pilot cut about 5-6 m wide.

Minor drilling and blasting, if required, would also be carried out. The construction of the

drainage system as well as the breast/retaining/parapet walls would follow to make the

road fit for use. The total land requirement for construction of new roads to access various

construction sites is 15.61 ha.

8.2.2 Batching & Crushing Plants

Batching and Crushing Plants to produce coarse to fine aggregate for concrete production

as well as concrete batching and mixing plant to produce concrete for the civil structures in

the colony area would be suitably located so that lead to various sites is optimum.

8.2.3 Proposed Colonies

8.2.3.1 Permanent Colony

The owner’s colony would provide for residential as well as office acco odation to its

staff, both for pre and post construction stages. In addition to residential purposes, the

colony would also house facilities for medical aid, places of worship, firefighting,

educational and telecom facilities, shopping, sports and recreational activities including

community functions, fuel dispensing outlet, material testing laboratory, etc. A small

workshop or auto shop for up keep of automobiles in the post construction period would

also be located in the colony. An area of 1.20 ha is proposed to meet the above

requirements.

The planning of the owner’s colony will be carried out by professional town planners and architects to provide for all amenities in accordance with established norms and practices

in respect of town planning and building architecture. Proper arrangements would be

made for water supply and sanitation of the colony.

8.2.3.2 Temporary Colonies

Two separate colonies for the contractors are planned; one for the barrage area and the

other for the power house area with an area of 0.3 ha and 0.5 ha respectively. These

colonies would be temporary in nature.



Area required for colonies, construction sites, and other project facilities

S. No. Site specification Area (ha)

A. Temporary

1

Store, Aggregate Processing Plant &

Batching & Mixing Plant 1.82

2 Office, labour camp, etc. 0.80

Total (Temporary) 2.62

B. Permanent

1 Permanent colony and office 1.20

2 Road 15.61

Total (Permanent) 16.81

Total A&B 19.43

8.2.4 Restoration/ Landscaping of Disturbed Areas/Sites

The construction activities like roads, quarry sites, colonies, batching plants, etc. discussed

above will change the existing land use/ land cover in the region. After completion of the

construction work, these areas are required to be restored to their original condition.

Various engineering and biological measures have been suggested for the restoration of

Par H.E. Project affected areas.

Setting up of infrastructure for construction including colonies for labor will lead to clearing

of the vegetation and forests. The forest land at these sites will be cleared for the

movement of heavy equipments required for different project related activities which

would lead to the fragmentation and destruction of the habitats at these sites. The

estimated cost of restoration of construction is 13.53 lakhs (see Table 8.1).

Following measures would be adopted at for the rehabilitation and landscaping of colony

areas and construction sites.

Proper roads and lanes would be provided inside the colony area. The open area will be

covered with the vegetation. Ornamental plants and trees will be planted in rows along

the roads and lanes.

Retaining walls will be built to avoid the landslides and slips. Proper channels would be

provided inside the colony to drain out the rain/ domestic water.

Parks and play grounds for children would be developed in colony area, near villages

and in schools of project area.

Table 8.1: Cost estimates for bio-engineering measures for construction areas

S. No. Item of work Quantity Rate/ unit

in Rs.

Amount Rs.

(In lakhs )

1 Leveling of the area 2.62 ha 85000 2.23

2 Covering the slopes with geo-textiles like coir, etc.

1000 sq m 100 1.00

3 Grass seeding 2.62 ha 2000 0.05

4 Planting of trees and shrubs 0.25

5 Maintenance for 5 years Lump sum 10.00

Total

13.53



8.3 LANDSCAPING & RESTORATION OF QUARRY SITES

To meet the requirement of coarse and fine aggregates for all components of the project,

1 no. of rock quarries and one RBM quarry have been identified in the vicinity of the

project and one located near barrage and power house site respectively.

Table 8.2: Details of the quarry sites proposed in the Par H.E. Project

S. No. Quarry Areas/Sites Location Area (ha)

1 Quarry Area Downstream spillway 1.13

2 RBM quarry Near Power House 0.62

Total 1.75

Opening of rock quarry will cause visual impact because of removal a significant part of the

hill face. Other impacts that are likely to be generated are: the noise generated during

aggregate acquisition through explosive and crushing, dust produced during the crushing

operation to get the aggregates to the appropriate size and transport of the aggregates,

and transport of materials to the nearby rivers. The quarrying for rock material in the

proposed project would lead to removal of vegetation cover, top soil and leave the area

barren. After the completion of mining activity, these areas will be restored to their normal

habitat conditions.

8.3.1 Mitigation Measures

Standard mitigation measures against erosion and sedimentation, noise and air pollution

will be taken, in particular for the use of explosives. At the end of the exploitation, quarries

will be rehabilitated. This will include re-establishment of vegetation, restoration of natural

watercourses, avoidance of erosion of the excavated areas, achievement of stable slopes,

and avoidance of features, which would otherwise constitute a risk to health and safety or

a source of environmental pollution.

Drilling and blasting activities would be taken up from the top of cut and the blasted

material would be dozed down for removal and carriage to the processing plant. The

excavation of the quarry material would be done in a controlled and systematic way so that

the abandoned site, after extraction of material, is safe and orderly. Benches 3 to 4 m wide,

after every 10 m deep cut would be left to provide stability to the excavated slopes.

Protection measures to stabilize the cut slopes would be adopted for safety reasons if

necessitated. Lateral as well as longitudinal slopes would be provided to the benches to

ensure efficient drainage of rain water and avoid any overtopping of the benches by water.

For obtaining optimum efficiency in crushing and processing, endeavor would be to

produce reasonably well-fragmented material at the quarry. The drilling pattern and the

explosive charge would be optimized by having a few trial blasts to achieve this aim as well

as to control fly-rock. Boulder blasting at the quarry site would be avoided as far as

possible.

The measures adopted for landscaping of the quarry site have been described below:

i) Measures to be adopted before quarrying

The top 6- ” of soil will be removed before starting the quarrying activity or any other



surface disturbance. This top soil will be kept separate and stock piled so that it can be

reused after quarrying is over for rehabilitation of sites.

ii) Measures to be adopted after quarrying

- Diversion of run off

Effective drainage system will be provided to avoid the infiltration of run-off and

surface waters into the ground of quarry sites.

- Filling of depressions

Removal of rocks from quarry site for different construction works will result in the

formation of depression and/or craters. These will be filled by the dumping

materials consisting of boulders, rock, gravel and soil from nearby plant/working

sites.

- Construction of retaining walls

Retaining walls will be constructed at the filled up depressions of quarry site to

provide necessary support particularly where there are moderately steep slopes.

- Rocks for landscaping

After the quarrying activity is over, the site will be splattered with the leftovers of

rocks and boulders. These boulders and rocks can support the growth of mosses

and lichens, which will act as ecological pioneers and initiate the process of

succession and colonization. The boulders of moderate size will be used to line the

boundary of a path.

- Laying of the top soil

The depressions/craters filled up with rock aggregates will be covered with top soil.

Fungal spores naturally present in top soil will aid plant growth and natural plant

succession. The top soil will be further enriched by organic manure and Vesicular-

Arbuscular Mycorrhizal (VAM) fungi. This will help in the process of soil reclamation

and the early establishment of juvenile seedlings.

- Revegetation

The work plan for ulated for revegetation of the uarry site through Integrated Biological and Biotechnological Approach’ would be based upon the following parameters:

i) Evaluation of rock material for their physical and chemical properties to assess

the nutrient status to support vegetation.

ii) Formulation of appropriate blends of organic waste and soil to enhance the

nutrient status of rhizosphere.

iii) Isolation and screening of specialized strains of mycorrhizal fungi, rhizobium,

azotobacter and phosphate solubilizers (bio-fertilizers inoculums) suitable for

the mined out sites.

iv) Mass culture of plant specific bio-fertilizer and mycorrhizal fungi to be procured

from different institutions/organizations which are engaged in the phyto-

remediation activity of degraded areas.

v) Plantation at quarry site using identified blend and bio-fertilizer inoculums.

The estimated cost of landscaping of quarry sites is Rs.19.17 lakhs (see Table 8.3).



Table 8.3: Cost estimates for landscaping and restoration of quarry sites

Sl. No.

Item of Work Quantity Rate/unit in

Rs. Amount

(Rs. in lakh) Engineering Measures A Pre-construction measures

Removal of top soil including transportation and stock piling

1.75 ha 8000 0.14

B Post-construction restoration measures Diversion channels Lumpsum 10.00

Filling of the crates with muck, stones, Preparation of mounds, etc.

Lumpsum 4.00

Bio-Engineering Measures

Carpeting with geo-textiles like coir, jute and other fibers, etc.

10000 sq m

50 5.00

Seeding by grass 1.50 ha 2000 0.03

Total A+B 19.17

8.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Green belt development will comprise of plantations at various places like alongside roads,

around the periphery of reservoir rim, and at different project offices and colonies.

8.4.1 Roadside Plantation

In Par H. E. Project area construction of 7.8 km of new roads are proposed. The cost of the

plantation has been calculated as per the existing labour charges, material cost (plants,

FYM, tree guards, etc.) and the total area of plantation. The spacing for trees is proposed 3

m while 2 m for shrubs. The pit size has been recommended as 45 cm x 45 cm x 5 cm for

trees and 30 cm x 30 cm x 30 cm for shrubs. Plantation along roads must take into account

visibility aspects on curves so as to ensure safe driving. For road side plantations an

amount of Rs. 10.00 lakh have been allocated.

8.4.2 Green Belt Development along the Reservoir Rim

The construction barrage would result in formation of reservoir of 16.53 ha. Immediate

slopes above FRL will be prone to slips due to increased moisture and fluctuations in the

reservoir level. It is therefore imperative that slopes above 5m from FRL are provided

sufficient cover to prevent any slippage from the slopes. Therefore a belt of trees

alternating with shrubs and bushes will be created to check downward movement of any

slope wash material and accidental fall of any wild animal into the reservoir. On these

slopes indigenous, economically important, soil binding tree and shrub species will be

planted, which are able to thrive well under high humidity and flood conditions.

Among the trees Altinga excelsa, Albizia sp., Castanopsis hystrix, Callistemon sp.,

Alnus spp. shall be planted immediately above the reservoir

Among the shrubs species like Brassaiopsis aculeata, Camellia sp., Indigofera spp.,

Mahonia napaulensis and Dodonaea spp. shall be planted.

Among the herbs the species like Artemisia indica, Begonia megaptera, Bergenia

ciliata, and Chrysopogon gryllus shall be planted.

The plantations will be carried out in consultation with state forest department as well as

horticulture department. Cost of plantations including maintenance has been allocated

under Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan.



8.4.3 Green belt around various project components

Plantation at the barrage site and power house has been proposed for control of erosion/

siltation of the reservoir and aesthetic importance. The plants of recreational value,

horticultural importance shall be planted within the complex. Developing a lawn and

flower garden surrounded by this green belt may serve the purpose of beautification of the

barrage site area.

For mitigating the impact of dust and noise, which will rise from the crusher plant,

plantation must be done around the crusher plant area. Four Batching and Mixing plants a

green belt surrounding the crusher working area are being planned.

To develop green belt in colonies, around working areas, crusher plants etc. a budget of Rs.

20.00 lakh has been allocated.

8.4.4 Green Belt around Colony area and Office Complex

Plantation around the project colony and office complexes is proposed to be done, so that,

greenery is developed. Precaution should be exercised by not planting large size trees

around buildings and other similar structures as during winter the sun rays are obstructed

by them invariably and much wanted sunshine is impaired. Besides this, it is also proposed

to develop green belt around the working areas for trapping the dust and noise. Plantation

of avenue, ornamental and fruit trees are proposed in these areas along with the area

around office complex. The ornamental, fruit plants will be procured from the horticulture

department and local market while the avenue plants will be raised in the project nursery.

For protection of trees from cattle iron tree guards shall be required.

Table 8.4: Plant species suggested for landscaping and restoration works and other plantations

For Residential Colonies & Office Complex


Trees

1 Fagaceae Castanopsis hystrix


3 Sapindaceae Aesculus indica

4 Lauraceae Beilschmiedia roxburghiana



7 Rosaceae Pyrus communis

Shrubs

1 Fabaceae Indigofera spp.


3 Myrsinaceae Ardisia macrocarpa



6 Rosaceae Rubus ellipicus


8 Rutaceae Zanthoxylum armatum

Herbs

1 Lamiaceae Ocimum sanctum

2 Musaceae Musa balbisiana

3 Poaceae Eleusine coracana

4 Zingiberaceae Alpinia allughas

5 Zingiberaceae Zingiber officinale

6 Zingiberaceae Hedychium spicatum



For Roadside/Avenue Plantation


Trees

1 Anacardiaceae Lannea coromandelica

2 Calophyllaceae Mesua ferrea

3 Combretaceae Terminalia spp.

4 Fagaceae Castanopsis hystrix

5 Hamamelidaceae Exbucklandia populnea



8 Mimosaceae Albizia spp.

9 Rosaceae Prunus domestica

10 Rosaceae Pyrus communis

Shrubs

1 Araliaceae Brassaiopsis aculeata

2 Cyatheaceae Alsophila spinulosa

3 Fabaceae Indigofera spp.

4 Hydrangeaceae Hydrangea robusta





For raising green belt in colonies, around working areas, crusher plants etc. a budget of Rs.

25.00 lakh has been allocated.

Table 8.5: Cost estimates for Green Belt Development

S. No. Green Belt Development Cost

(Rs. in lakhs)

1 Roadside plantation 10.00

2 Green belt around Barrage, powerhouse and other construction sites

20.00

3 Green Belt around colony and office complexes 25.00

Total 55.00

8.5 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

The landscaping and restoration plan will be implemented with help of landscaping experts

and in consultation with Arunachal Pradesh State Horticulture Department as well as Along

Forest Division and the coordination and funding will be provided by the project proponent

for successful implementation of this plan.

8.6 COST ESTIMATES

The estimated cost for the restoration works, landscaping of quarry areas, road side

plantations, and creation of green belt around reservoir and colonies and working sites

would be Rs.87.70 lakh (Table 8.6).

Table 8.6: Total budget for landscaping of quarry areas and other project components

S. No. Item Amount

(Rs. In lakhs)

1. Landscaping and Restoration of Construction Area 13.53

2. Landscaping and Restoration of Quarry sites 19.17

3. Green belt Development 55.00

TOTAL 87.70



Chapter AIR & WATER MANAGEMENT

PLAN 9

9.1 IMPACTS ON PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

Hydroelectric projects are generally considered cleaner source of energy as the pollution

generation potential in terms of air, water and hazardous waste generations considerably

lower during the project operation phase. However, the construction phases of such

project, in ecologically rich areas, pose serious threats to surrounding environment.

Therefore, it is important to identify and quantify such impacts and formulate mitigation

measures in order to have minimum damage to project surrounding areas during

construction period.

During construction phase, the activities like site preparation, approach roads, excavation,

drilling, blasting, foundation, tunneling, deployment of machinery, erection,

transportation, dumping will be taken up. Tunneling and foundation works will involve land

excavation, affecting environment by noise and dust pollution. Structural work,

deployment of machinery, approach roads construction and erection work will also result

in dust, noise pollution and vehicular traffic. Material handling and transportation would

also lead to significant increase in air and noise pollution. Muck generation, its

transportation and disposal may pollute surface water due to the generation of large

quantities of suspended particulate matter. Wastewater from labor camps and colonies

may also pollute water bodies in the area.

The likely impacts on the physical environment during the construction phase are listed at

Table 9.1. In addition, another important aspect to be taken care of during the

construction phase of the project is that of Safety”. Deployment of large number of labour

during the 4.6 years of construction period in difficult terrains; underground works, use of

machinery and equipment, use of explosives for blasting, etc. may lead to serious

accidents, if adequate safety measures are not adopted.

Table 9.1: Impacts during Construction Phase

Construction & Operational Phase

Activity Potential Environmental Impact

a) Site work / other facilities.

i) Cleaning and grading Dust emission

ii) Temporary facilities, such as sheds, approach roads, sanitary facilities

Dust emission, water pollution and solid waste generation

iii) Earth work comprising of excavation and trenches

Soil erosion, run off, increase in traffic, dust emission

iv) Foundation work, piling and construction of barrage

Dust, visual and noise pollution, wastewater generation

v) Construction of permanent structures like roads, colony, etc.

Dust and noise pollution and wastewater generation

vi) Mechanical erection and utility systems

Dust, noise and visual impact

b) Construction of approach roads tunneling works and foundations

i) Excavation Dust, soil erosion, wastewater generation and noise

ii) Drilling & Blasting Dust, noise and health hazards

iii) Dumping Dust, noise and river pollution

iv) Transportation Dust, noise and visual

c) Accident In all construction activities Major or minor health impact



9.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

By various field visits it was observed that the air quality is quite pristine in the study area.

In the absence of industries, the only source of air pollution in the area at present is

vehicular traffic and few other anthropogenic activities like burning of fuel wood, garbage,

etc. or occasional use of DG sets in the area. However, quantity of such emissions is

relatively small and sources are scattered, therefore, ambient air quality is generally good

in the entire area.

Construction and operation of the Par HEP will definitely impact the air quality of the area.

The construction period will involve exploration activities, construction of barrage, tunnels

and approach roads, operation of batch mixing plants, aggregate processing plants, crushers,

dumpers, cranes and other construction equipment, operation of DG sets for construction

power, quarrying operations, muck generation and disposal, repair and maintenance

workshops, penstock fabrication, transportation of men and material, etc. All these activities

will contribute to air pollution in the area. The nature and extent of impact on air

environment will vary from time to time, location to location and through different stages of

development of the project. As all these activities contribute to fugitive emissions in various

forms, quantification of air pollution at this stage is not possible.

9.2.1 Impacts on Ambient Air Quality

Considerable amount of air pollution will take place during different stages of construction.

Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5) is the main pollutant during construction phase,

released in the form of fugitive dust from various operations and activities. Additionally,

SO2 and NOx will also be released as product of fuel burning during operation of equipment

and movement of vehicles.

The pollutants released during the construction activities may cause immediate effect on

the construction workers who are directly exposed to them. However, the pollutant will

not travel to longer distances as the project site is located in between hills. Disadvantage of

such locations is that pollution generated in the valley do not get dispersed easily, hence

even smaller quantities can have serious impacts.

Pollution due to Fuel Combustion in Equipment

Major fuel consumption is diesel for DG sets which meet power requirement during

construction phase through a number of DG sets installed at different construction sites,

colonies and workshops. The major pollutants emitted as a result of combustion of diesel

are NOx, HC and PM. CPCB has issued guidelines and standards for various sizes of DG sets

to be adopted at manufacturer level to ensure the emissions from fuel burning remain

under control. Manufacturers are to obtain Conformity of Production (COP) certificate and

only such certified DG sets will be installed.

Emissions from Construction Equipment

Following major construction and repair facilities will be set up for the project which may

lead to air pollution in the surrounding areas:

Aggregate Processing Plants: Two aggregate processing plants of 100 TPH capacities will be

set up for construction activities, near head work area & power house site.



Batching and Mixing Plants: Batching plants having capacity of 60 m3/hr in one numbers

proposed at head work area and one of 45m3/hr will be set up at HRT & powerhouse area.

Concrete Pumps: 7 numbers of concrete pumps will be required during the construction

period of the projects at different location with capacity of 10 and 25 cum/hr.

Transit Mixers/Mixers: 11 numbers of transit mixers with capacity of 3 & 4 cum will be

required for executing the construction activities.

Diesel Generators (D.G. Sets): 6 D.G. sets keep in emergency for construction power

requirement out of which 2 D.G set of 500 KVA, 2 D.G. set of 250 KVA and 2 D.G. set of 62.5

KVA will be required for construction activities.

Repair and Maintenance Workshops:

Central workshop for heavy earth moving equipment and transport vehicles shall be set up

at the project site. The area shall be developed including open space and parking area. The

workshop shall comprise of covered/semi-covered repair sheds.

The work shop shall comprise facilities for the engine repairs and overhauling,

transmission, torque converter repair shops, auto-electrical shops, machine shop, tyre

repair shop, welding and fabrication shops, chassis repairs, body and seat repairs,

denting/painting, maintenance yard etc. The workshop shall be securely fenced with

control of operations.

A small workshop with machine tools, etc. would be provided to carry out normal repairs

of the equipment in the powerhouse. The workshop would be placed near service bay.

These plants and workshops will generate fugitive emissions comprising mainly the

particulate matter during loading/unloading of material and repair and maintenance

activities. Major impact will be on the immediate vicinity i.e. affecting the workers involved

in these operations. Provision of appropriate dust masks and other required Personal

Protective Equipment (PPE’s) at all the locations and enforcing their use by workers will

help reducing e ission’s i pact at workplace environ ent.

Depending on wind direction and other meteorological factor these emissions may also

disperse in atmosphere and will affect the surrounding area. The impacts will remain limited to

immediate surrounding and vary with wind direction. Best mitigation method is to keep the

emissions under check so that they do not spread to outside the battery limits of these plants.

Fugitive Emissions from various sources

Construction activities such as tunneling, excavation, road cuttings, etc. are associated with

large amount of dust generation. Additionally, quarrying operations, muck transport and

dumping, transportation and storage of construction material like sand, fine aggregate, etc.

generate large amount of dust. Continuous exposure to fugitive dust has serious health

effects on workers and residents of nearby areas. Impacts are local and temporary, and

their significance can be reduced by adopting various mitigation measures such as



controlling emissions at source, water sprinkling and use of Personal Protective

Equipments (PPE’s).

Emission due to Vehicular Traffic

The project construction will involve transportation of large quantities of construction

material to the project site and all the transportation in the project area will be done by

road. This would lead to substantial increase in heavy vehicular traffic in the area.

Emissions from vehicular traffic, due to diesel burning, will lead to air pollution in the area.

The impact cannot be eliminated, however, it can be reduced by ensuring that the vehicles

used should have valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate.

9.2.2 Mitigation Measures for Air Emissions

Following are some of the recommendations on mitigation measures.

1. Use of DG sets to be kept at minimum and only for captive power generation.

2. Location of DG sets and other emission generating equipment should be decided

keeping in view the predominant wind direction so that emissions do not effect

nearby residential areas.

3. DG sets should be installed as per guidelines/standards issued by CPCB

4. Proper maintenance for efficient functioning of DG sets and other construction

equipment is essential to minimize exhaust.

5. Construction equipment and vehicles will be turned off when not used for extended

periods of time. Unnecessary idling of construction vehicles to be prohibited.

6. The entire contractor’s vehicle should have valid PUC certificate and sa e condition may be enforced on transporters bringing in material for construction.

7. Effective traffic management to be undertaken to avoid significant delays in and

around the project area.

8. Road damage caused by sub-project activities will be promptly attended to with

proper road repair and maintenance work.

9. Wherever practical, excavated spoils to be removed as the contractor proceeds along

the length of the activity.

10. When necessary, stockpiling of excavated material will be covered or staged offsite

location with muck being delivered as needed during the course of construction.

11. Excessive soil on paved areas will be sprayed (wet) and/or swept and unpaved areas

will be sprayed and/or mulched. The use of petroleum products or similar products

for such activities will be strictly prohibited.

12. Contractors will be required to cover stockpiled soils and trucks hauling soil, sand,

and other loose materials (or require trucks to maintain at least two feet of

freeboard).

13. Dust sweeping - The construction area and vicinity (access roads, and working areas)

shall be swept with water sweepers on a daily basis or as necessary to ensure there is

no visible dust.

14. All the construction workers and other staff, who get directly exposed to dust, should

necessarily be provided with dust masks.

The project authorities will work closely with representatives from the community living in

the vicinity of project area to identify areas of concern and to mitigate dust-related impacts



effectively (e.g., through direct meetings, utilization of construction management and

inspection program, and/or through the complaint response program).

9.2.3 Noise Levels

The sound will be generated during almost all the construction activities such as tunneling,

blasting, movement of vehicles, operation of construction machines and equipment, repair

and maintenance work, operation of DG sets, etc. Continuous exposure of workers to high

sound levels may result in annoyance, fatigue, and may cause temporary shift of threshold

limit of hearing and even permanent loss of hearing. As per the observation from the

baseline data it was found that there is traffic in some areas as the source of sound. There

are no industries or any other source of noise in the area.

Construction phase will generate noise at various locations in the project area and is likely

to affect residents and construction workers. The simultaneous operation of some

equipment may increase the noise manifolds, however, resultant increase in noise levels

will depend upon location of such equipment with respect to habitation, availability of the

silencers/mufflers, condition of the equipment, losses during transmission, etc. Increase in

vehicular traffic in the area will also contribute to high sound levels in the area.

Construction activities such as tunneling, blasting, etc. also lead to high noise generation.

Sound attenuates with the distance and even if all the attenuation factors are removed,

direct sound levels reduce by 6 dB (A) with every doubling of distance. Further, the sound

level reduces substantially when the wave passes through a barrier. Therefore, if location

of construction equipment is planned keeping in view the safe distance from habitation,

impact can be greatly reduced on large section of population. Workers who are directly

exposed need to use PPE’s to reduce the impact.

9.2.4 Mitigation Measures for Noise Impact

Impacts due to high noise levels can be greatly reduced by adopting mitigation measures,

as discussed below:

Location of the construction equipment to be decided keeping in view the safe distance

from habitation.

Contractors will be required to maintain proper functioning of equipment and comply

with occupational safety and health standards.

All the construction equipment will be required to use available noise suppression

devices and properly maintained mufflers.

Staging of construction equipment and unnecessary idling of equipment within noise

sensitive areas to be avoided whenever possible.

Minimize the use of noise producing equipment during night hours to avoid the

disturbance to locals and wild animals of surrounding area.

Use of temporary sound fences or barriers to be evaluated.

Driver will be trained, to ensure minimum use of horn near habitation, school or other

sensitive features.

Notification will be given to residents within 300 feet of major noise generating

activities. The notification will describe the noise abatement measures that will be

implemented.



Monitoring of noise levels will be conducted during construction phase of the project.

In case of exceeding of pre-determined acceptable noise levels by the machinery; will

require the contractor(s) to stop work and remedy the situation prior to continuing

construction.

Vehicles to be equipped with mufflers recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.

The following Noise Standards for DG sets (15-500 KVA) are recommended for the running

of DG sets during the construction.

The total sound power level of a DG set should be less than, 94+10 log10 (KVA), dB (A).

Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or by

treating the enclosure acoustically.

The Acoustic Enclosure should be made of CRCA sheets of appropriate thickness and

structural/ sheet metal base. The walls of the enclosure should be insulated with fire

retardant foam so as to comply with the 75 dBA at 1m sound levels specified by CPCB,

Ministry of Environment & Forests.

The acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment of the room should be designed for

minimum 25 dB (A) Insertion Loss or for meeting the ambient noise standards,

whichever is on the higher side.

The DG set should also be provided with proper exhaust muffler with insertion loss of

minimum 25 dB (A).

Proper efforts to be made to bring down the noise levels due to the DG set, outside its

premises, within the ambient noise requirements by proper siting and control

measures.

A proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set should be set

and followed in consultation with the DG set manufacturer which would help prevent

noise levels of the DG set from deteriorating with use.

9.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Construction work require large quantities of water to be used in various processing plants

for material preparation; curing purposes, cooling water in equipments, domestic usages in

colonies, etc. wastewater will be generated in various forms processing plants, workshops

and residential areas. Additionally, during the construction work, muck transportation and

transportation of materials; large quantities of suspended particulate matter will be

generated to end up in the water body. As the construction period is long such impacts can

permanently deteriorate the water quality in the area, if adequate mitigation measures are

not adopted.

The following mitigation measures are suggested to be followed during the construction of

the project:

Segregation of different types of wastes at source and avoid their mixing up in the

water of streams.

Accumulation of oil wastes in depressions should be minimized in order to avoid

possible contamination of the ground water system.

Surface runoff from oil handling areas/devices (workshops and DG operation areas)

should be treated for oil separation before discharge into the environment. If oil wastes

are combined with sanitary sewage, oil separation will be necessary at the wastewater

treatment facility.



All effluents containing acid/alkali/organic/toxic wastes should be processed by

treatment methods. The treatment methods may include biological or chemical

processes.

The impact due to suspended solids may be minimized by controlling discharge of

wastes that contain suspended solids; this includes sanitary sewage and other wastes.

Also, all activity that increases erosion or contributes nutrients to water (thus

stimulating algal growth) should be minimized.

For wastes containing high TDS treatment methods include removal of liquid and

disposal of residue by controlled land filling to avoid any possible leaching of the fills.

All surface runoffs around quarries and excavation areas should be properly

channelized and taken care of.

9.4 ACCIDENTAL RISKS

In the hydro-electric projects, the environmental risk assessment is an important aspect.

Larger environmental risks such as floods, landslides, etc. have been adequately covered

along with their management plan at relevant sections of Environmental Management

Plan. Some of the aspects posing accidental risk during construction phase, where work

force and surrounding population may get affected, have been addressed below.

9.4.1 Safety in Explosive Handling

Explosives will be required to be stored at site during construction period. It is proposed to

install a 30 T magazine to cater to requirement of project works. Magazine structure means

a building specially constructed in accordance with a design approved by the Chief

Controller and intended for storage of more than 5 kg of explosives. Distances between

two magazines or between a magazine and other buildings, road, railway, etc. is governed

by the Safety Distances given at Schedule VIII of the Explosives Rules, 1983 and are based

on the category and quantity of explosive material stored. For magazine to store 30 T of

explosive material, following safe distances are applicable:

Quantity in Kg

To and between magazine or magazine office etc.

To and between process bldgs

X Y ZZ X Y ZZ

M/UM M/UM M/UM M/UM M/UM M/UM

30000 28 40 75 28 100 259

Quantity in Kg

To railway, Road, etc. To Dwelling Houses, Offices,

factories, etc.

X Y ZZ X Y ZZ

M/UM M/UM M/UM M/UM M/UM M/UM

30000 29 98 345 60 199 690

NB: M denotes Mounded; UM denotes Unmounded; Distances are in meters

Explosives are divided into four categories according to the risks which they present when

initiated, namely –

Category X – Those explosives, which have a fire or a slight explosion risk or both but the

effect of which will be local.

Category Y – Those explosives, which have a mass fire risk or a moderate explosion risk, but

not the risk of mass explosion.



Category Z – Those explosives, which have a mass explosion risk and major missile effect.

Category ZZ – Those explosives, which have a mass explosion risk and minor missile effect.

Par HE Project falls under category X

If any question arises as to whether any explosive belongs to Category X, Category Y,

Category Z or Category ZZ, the matter shall be referred to the Chief Controller whose

decision shall be final.

In addition to taking license and maintaining safety distances as above, all the precaution

required as the Explosive Rules need to be strictly adhered to during transportation,

storage and handling of explosives.

9.4.2 Safety during Construction

With large scale increase in construction activity of river valley projects, the number of

major accidents during construction stage has increased. Further, increased construction

activity has also created construction related hazards for persons working on the projects.

The degree of safety achieved in project constructions has a direct bearing on the amount

of effort expanded to avoid accidents by those who control the conditions and practices on

the project. In order to avoid accidents it should be the overall responsibility of the project

authorities to provide measures for the safety of all persons working on the projects.

The standards laid down for the safety aspects should be taken during construction work.

Construction activities at the site of a hydro-electric project need to take care of safety

aspect for all the activities in general and for following critical activities in particular:

Storage, handling, transportation and operation of explosives required for blasting and

tunneling activities

Underground construction work including tunneling, excavation and other related

activities

Construction at heights

Fire safety aspects

Cross drainage construction work

Storage, handling, detection and safety measures for gases, chemicals and flammable

liquids

Movement of vehicles on construction site

All persons need to be made aware of the dangerous conditions and risks involved in their

activities. They should be trained to take necessary precautions for their own safety as well

as that of others working at site. This should typically involve following the Safe Operating

Procedure (SOP) wherever applicable, use of Personal Protective Equipment’s such as

helmets, gloves, gum boots, safety harness, etc., remain active and alert without any

influence of alcohol or other intoxicating substances during working hours.

The safety requirement generally vary according to the type of structure, type of

construction methodology, type of strata encountered and number of men and type of

machinery deployed at site, therefore, it is important to develop site specific construction

safety procedures. Such SOPs need to be incorporated in letter and spirit and all the staff

involved need to be sensitized to the importance of safety and trained. A full time safety



manager, will be appointed by the project developer with duties of monitoring and audit

delegated to other staff members on safety aspects.

Apart from procuring the appropriate and adequate number of PPEs it is also important to

maintain sufficient number of first aid boxes and some volunteers trained in giving first aid

treatment. Further, the outsiders coming to site such as drivers, helpers, etc. also need to

be made aware of safety requirement of their activity. This can be achieved by putting

posters carrying safety instructions for the benefit of all and giving verbal instructions at

the entry point also.

Table 9.2 gives list of BIS Standards related to safety aspects during various stages of

construction, installation, erection of different components and appurtenance of river

valley projects, including inspection, observation and maintenance aspects from safety

consideration.

Table 9.2: List of relevant BIS Standards

S.No IS No. Title

1 IS 10386 (Part 1):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 1 General aspects

2 IS 10386 (Part 2):1982

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 2 Amenities, protective clothing and equipment

3 IS 10386 (Part 3):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 3 Plant & machinery

4 IS 10386 (Part 4):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 4 Handling, transportation and storage of explosives

5 IS 10386 (Part 5):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 5 Electrical aspects

6 IS 10386 (Part 6):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 6 Construction

7 IS 10386 (Part 7):1993

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 7 Fire safety aspects

8 IS 10386 (Part 8):1995

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 8 Excavation

9 IS 10386 (Part 9):1998

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 9 Canals and cross drainage works

10 IS 10386 (Part 10):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 10 Storage, handling, detection and safety measures for gases, chemicals and flammable liquids

9.5 ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY AUDIT

It is important to ensure that all the mitigation measures remain in place for the entire

duration of the project. At the beginning of the project, with the help of environmental

experts, SOPs, Work Instructions and formats/templates to keep records of environmental

performance will be developed and updated time to time. Environment performance

monitoring record will be maintained. To ensure the implementation of proposed

activities, SOPs, WIs, etc.; it is proposed that apart from in-house regular rapid

environment and safety audits; a third party audit will be carried out every six months. The

audit scope will be to review in detail all the documents/formats filled up to substantiate

environmental performance of the project; any complaints/concerns received from local

population and developer/contractor’s response; training i parted to workers and staff and results of such programs; records of implementation of various mitigation and

management measures as per approved EIA/EMP reports; results of environmental

monitoring and accident records; physical inspection of the sites and the area; interaction



with workers and staff, etc. Regular audits will ensure that there is continual improvement

in environmental performance of the project.

9.6 COST ESTIMATES

Various mitigation and management measures have been discussed above to reduce the

impacts of air, noise and water pollution and implement safety measures to ensure that

impacts on these counts are reduced to minimum possible during the entire construction

phase. To implement such measures, it is important to prepare a budget of such measures

and include in the project cost so that lack of fund should not constrain their

implementation.

Some of the measures suggested have already been covered under other heads of

environmental management; therefore, an estimate of only additional cost is given below

in Table 9.3.

Table 9.3: Estimated cost for implementation of mitigation and safety measures

Particulars Amount

(Rs. in lakh) Procuring and replenishing the stock of PPEs during the construction phase – Rs. 5 lakhs for first year and then Rs. 1 lakh every year for remaining 4 years

9.00

Training and Awareness programs for local residents, contractors labour, drivers, cleaners, etc. @ Rs. 2.00 lakh per annum for 5 years

10.00

Third party detailed audit (every six months) @ Rs. 10.00 lakh per audit for 5 years

50.00

Total 69.00



Chapter COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION

PLAN 10

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The Par H.E. Project is being constructed in the jurisdiction of Sagalee Forest Divisions. The

total land required for the construction of Par H.E. Project activities is approximately

63.61ha with 39.40 ha of forestland and 3.34 ha land is underground (notional area) (Table

10.1).

Table 10.1: Details of the Land to be acquired for Par H.E. Project

10.2 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME

The objective of the compensatory afforestation programme will be to develop natural

areas in which ecological functions could be maintained on sustainable basis. Therefore

planting of economic important indigenous species would be undertaken. The

compensatory afforestation is proposed to be done mainly in those forest blocks where

degraded land and forest blanks are available for planting. The plantations in the above

forests will be restricted to the areas which lie close to barrage site and colony area of the

project. Suitable sites, depressions and sites along streams will planted up with appropriate

species.

The Forest Conservation Act, 1980 stipulates strict forest protection measures and

procedures (Guide Line 1/08-1 (ii)) for compensatory afforestation on acceptance of

diversion of forestland for non-forestry purposes.

i. If non-forest land is not available, compensatory plantation is to be raised on degraded

forest land to the extent of twice the affected or lost forest area, and

ii. If non-forest land is available, the extent of compensatory plantation will be equivalent

of the affected or lost forest area.

In the present proposal, non- forest land is not available for Compensatory Afforestation.

Accordingly, compensatory Afforestation has been proposed on degraded forest land to

the extent of twice the proposed forest land for diversion. This works out to 78.76 ha

[39.38 hax 2 = 78.76 ha]. Thus, compensatory afforestation is to be taken up on 78.76 ha

of land in the denuded or degraded forest areas. It is also proposed to have avenue

plantation along the proposed roads with iron guard fencing work around the new

plantation with angle iron to maintain the ecological balance of the areas.

The compensatory afforestation is proposed to be undertaken on degraded forest land

identified in consultation with the State Forest Department. The estimated cost of

Compensatory Afforestation programme is Rs.88.62lakh.

S. No Land Type Area (ha)

1 Forest Land 39.40

2 Private land (Agriculture/ Horticulture) 20.87

3 Underground 3.34

Total 63.61



Table 10.2: Cost estimates of Compensatory Afforestation Plan

S. No. Particulars Area (ha) Rate Rs./ha Amount (Rs. in

Lakhs)

1.

Total area for compensatory afforestation as per the notification of Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh currently considered as Rs 112,519/- per Ha (including maintenance charges)

78.76 112,519* 88.62

Total 88.62

*: Rates as per Public Work Department Arunachal Pradesh

10.3 NET PRESENT VALUE (NPV)

The Hon’ble Supre e Court of India has made it mandatory vide its order dated 28.03.2008

for the user agency to compensate for the diversion of forest land for non-forest use for

developmental activities on the recommendations of Central Empowered Committee (CEC)

to make payment of Net Present Value (NPV) of such diverted land so as to utilize this for

getting back in the long run which are lost by such diversion.

For this purpose CEC has classified the forest taking in view the ecological role and value of

the forest and the purpose of the report, 16 major forest types have been further grouped

into 6 ecological classes depending upon their ecological functions.

1 Eco-Class I Consisting of Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests, Tropical Semi Evergreen Forests and Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests

2 Eco-Class II Consisting of Littoral and Swamp Forests

3 Eco-Class III Consisting of Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

4 Eco-Class IV Consisting of Sub-tropical Board Leaved Hill Forests, Sub-Tropical Pine Forests and Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests

5 Eco-Class V Consisting of Sub-tropical Board Leaved Hill Forests, Sub-Tropical Pine Forests and Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests

6 Eco-Class VI Consisting of Montane Wet Temperate Forests, Himalayan Moist Temperate Forests, Himalayan Dry Temperate Forests, Sub Alpine Forest, Moist Alpine Scrub and Dry Alpine Scrub

The net present value per hectare of forest has been fixed based on this data.

Based on this, the NPV was fixed and the following recommendations have been made:

For non-forestry use/diversion of forest land, the NPV may be directed to be deposited in

the Compensatory Afforestation Fund as per the rates given below (in Rs).

Eco-Value class Very Dense Forest Dense Forest Open Forest

Class I 10,43,000 9,39,000 7,30,000

Class II 10,43,000 9,39,000 7,30,000

Class III 8,87,000 8,03,000 6,26,000

Class IV 6,26,000 5,63,000 4,38,000

Class V 9,39,000 8,45,000 6,57,000

Class VI 9,91,000 8,97,000 6,99,000

Total land requirement for diversion for non-forest use i.e. for the construction of Par H.E.

Project activities is 63.61 ha with 39.38 ha of forest land and 3.39 ha underground (Refer

Table 10.1). As the forest in the project area fall in the Eco Class II as being of type Tropical

Semi Evergreen Forest therefore NPV @ Rs.7.30lakhs/ha for above ground and at 50% of

this rate for underground land would be required to be deposited in the Compensatory



Afforestation Fund. The total cost of NPV has been computed as under.

Particulars

Forest Land to be Diverted (ha) (above ground) 39.38 ha

Above ground Forest Land (ha) (underground) 3.39 ha

Eco Class II

NPV to be deposited @Rs. 7.30 lakhs per ha for above ground Rs. 287.47

NPV to be deposited @Rs. 7.30/2 lakhs per ha for underground Rs. 12.38

Total NPV cost (lakhs) Rs299.85

10.4 ABSTRACT OF COST

The total cost of the compensatory afforestation plan, NPV, compensation of trees and

cost of damage to fence and infrastructure is Rs.388.47 lakh. The details are given in

Table 10.3. Table 10.3: Total Cost


(Rs.in lakh)

1 Compensatory Afforestation 88.62

2 Net Present Value (NPV) 299.85

Total 388.47

Total cost of CA and NPV has already been taken in DPR; therefore this is not added to total EMP budget given in chapter 15.

Cost of trees will be additional as per actual assessment



11.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Par HEP is a run-of-the-river project with installed capacity of 52 MW (2X26

MW) on Pare River. The project is being developed by KVK Par Power Pvt. Ltd. and is

located in the vicinity of Kheel & Sagalee village in Papum Pare district of Arunachal

Pradesh. The construction and operation of Par HEP will result in a range of impacts to the

social and human environments of the project area. One of major impact of such

development requiring land acquisition is loss of land of local population in project area.

Such impacts can not be fully mitigated, however, R&R Plan is prepared to ensure that all

PAPs are adequately compensated for loss of assets and assisted to re-establish their

livelihoods.

As is typical of any hydropower project, land would be required for construction of barrage,

powerhouse and other structures; submergence area, muck dumping, quarrying, colony

and construction camps/colonies, etc. Land acquisition impacts the families/communities

that have ownership of land and are using the same for agriculture and other purposes.

Therefore, the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan has been prepared to

comprehensively address the issues arising out of land acquisition, assessment of

land/house/asset coming under acquisition, estimation of extent of loss and compensation

to be offered in line with The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land

Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT_LARR) and State

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy (SRRP), 2008 of Arunachal Pradesh. The R&R plan

has been prepared keeping in view the following objectives:

To compensate families whose land or other assets are acquired for the project.

To create better living conditions and to improve the quality of life of Project Affected

Families in particular and also of other people residing in the project area.

To contribute to the overall development of the project affected areas.

To create good rapport with the local people for long-term relationship and mutual

benefits.

11.2 LAND REQUIREMENT

For the development of Par Hydroelectric Project, land would be acquired for construction

of project components, submergence area, muck dumping, quarrying, construction camps

and colony, etc. Based on the final project layout, land requirement has been finalized as

63.61 ha. Most of the land to be acquired is Unclassified State Forest (USF). However, local

people practice jhum cultivation in the forested area. Component wise land requirement

for Par HEP is given in Table 11.1.

Chapter

11 REHABILITATION AND

RESETTLEMENT PLAN



Table 11.1: Land Requirement of Par H.E. Project

Particulars of Land Use

Pattern Location Village

Category of Land as per Joint Inspection in

Hectares Total

Area in

Ha. USF /

Jhum

Agriculture

/ WRC

Horti-

culture

Quarry /

River

Bed

1

Reservoir / Barrage

Headwork / Approach

Road to Headwork etc.

Rach / Sagalee 26.69 3.99 1.47 4.03 36.18

2

ADIT-1 / Dumping Zone-

2 / Approach Road for

D-2 etc.

Jote 1.6 0 5.63 0 7.23

3

Steel Conduit /

Dumping Zone-3 /

Approach etc.

Langper 1.7 2.21 0 0 3.91

4

Power House /

Penstock / Surge Shaft /

Approach Road etc.

Balapu 4.5 4.59 3 0.86 12.95

5 Head Race Tunnel etc. Rach / Jote /

Langper/Balapu 0 0 0 0 3.34

Total (in Ha.) 34.49 10.79 10.1 4.89 63.61

USF: Unclassified State Forest WRC: Wet Rice Cultivation

11.3 PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES AND FAMILIES

As per the Socio Economic survey, only one Circle comprising 5 villages is likely to be

affected due to acquisition of land for various components of proposed Par hydroelectric

project. In these 5 villages there are 74 households having 132 PAFs. Total affected

population of 358 persons is divided into 195 males and 163 females with average sex ratio

of 836. Village wise number of affected families, affected persons and sex ratio is shown in

the Table 11.2. A map showing project affected villages is given at Figure 11.1. List of

Project Affected Families, along with their detailed information is enclosed as Annexure I.

Table 11.2: List of Project Affected Villages

Sl No

Name of Village

No. of affected Households (HH)

No. of affected Families (PAFs)

No. of affected Population (PAPs)

Total Male Female Sex

Ratio

1 Balapu 20 38 105 63 42 667

2 Jote 21 32 93 48 45 938

3 Langper 9 16 47 25 22 880

4 Rach 22 40 105 53 52 981

5 Sagalee 2 6 8 6 2 333

Total 74 132 358 195 163 836

11.4 RESETTLEMENT & REHABILITATION ACT AND POLICY

In order to provide the adequate compensation to affected families and infrastructure

facilities in the area, Arunachal Pradesh Government has formulated its own Rehabilitation

and Resettlement Policy (2008). The new policy supplements the existing National

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2007 with a few more definitions and

compensatory provisions. Since Arunachal Pradesh is dominated by a large number of

tribes, whose livelihood depends primarily on natural resources, the State Policy,



Figure 11.1: Project Affected Villages



therefore, was prepared considering the aspiration of tribes, their customary right over

forests and water, their culture and customs etc. The main objectives of the State Policy are

to provide appropriate and adequate compensation to affected families against the diversion

of land (especially forest land - Unclassified State Forest), to minimize the displacement, to

provide adequate infrastructure facilities at resettlement sites, to improve the living standard

of affected families and to facilitate the harmonious relationship between project developer

and project affected families. The policy also emphasizes the Social Impact Assessment in

case of the displacement of more than 20 families.

The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT_LARR) has been made effective from January 01, 2014. As

per the clause 24(1) of the Act, in any case of land acquisition proceedings initiated under

the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 where no award under section 11 has been made, then all

provisions of this act relating to the determination of compensation shall apply. Relevant

provisions have been considered while developing R&R package for Project Affected

Families.

For this project, procedure and compensation will be as per the RFCT_LARR 2013 and

following key definitions will be followed:

(a) "Administrator" means an officer appointed for the purpose of rehabilitation and

resettlement of affected families under sub-section (l) of section 43;

(b) "affected area" means such area as may be notified by the appropriate Government

for the purposes of land acquisition;

(c) ’affected fa ily" includes-

(i) a family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired;

(ii) a family which does not own any land but a member or members of such family

may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding

of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be working in the

affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land, whose primary

source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land;

(iii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost any of

their forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional

Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to acquisition of

land;

(iv) family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the

acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and includes

gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such

livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land;

(v) a member of the family who has been assigned land by the State Government

or the Central Government under any of its schemes and such land is under

acquisition;

(vi) a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years or

more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood

for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the acquisition

of such land;

(d) "agricultural land" means land used for the purpose of--



(i) agriculture or horticulture;

(ii) dairy farming, poultry farming, pisciculture, sericulture, seed farming breeding

of livestock or nursery growing medicinal herbs;

(iii) raising of crops, trees, grass or garden produce; and

(iv) land used for the grazing of cattle;

(e) "appropriate Government" means,-

(i) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the territory of, a State, the

State Government:

(ii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within a Union territory (except

Puducherry), the Central Government;

(iii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the Union territory of

Puducherry, the Government of Union territory of Puducherry;

(iv) in relation to acquisition of land for public purpose in more than one State, the

Central Government, in consultation with the concerned State Governments or

Union territories; and

(v) in relation to the acquisition of land for the purpose of the Union as may be

specified by notification, the Central Government:

Provided that in respect of a public purpose in a District for an area not

exceeding such as may be notified by the appropriate Government, the

Collector of such District shall be deemed to be the appropriate Government;

(f) "Authority" means the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority

established under section 5l;

(g) "Collector" means the Collector of a revenue district, and includes a Deputy

Commissioner and any officer specially designated by the appropriate Government to

perform the functions of a Collector under this Act;

(h) "Commissioner'' means the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement

appointed under sub-section (l) of section 44;

(i) "cost of acquisition" includes-

(i) amount of compensation which includes solatium, any enhanced compensation

ordered by the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority

or the Court and interest payable thereon and any other amount determined as

payable to the affected families by such Authority or Court;

(ii) demurrage to be paid for damages caused to the land and standing crops in the

process of acquisition;

(iii) cost of acquisition of land and building for settlement of displaced or adversely

affected families;

(iv) cost of development of infrastructure and amenities at the resettlement areas;

(v) cost of rehabilitation and resettlement as determined in accordance with the

provisions of this Act:

(vi) administrative cost,-

(A) for acquisition of land, including both in the project site and out of project

area lands, not exceeding such percentage of the cost of compensation as

may be specified by the appropriate Government;

(B) for rehabilitation and resettlement of the owners of the land and other

affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed to be acquired

or other families affected by such acquisition;

(vii) cost of undertaking 'Social lmpact Assessment study';



(j) "company" means-

(i) a company as defined in section 3 of the Companies Act, 1956. Other than a

Government company:

(ii) a society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or under any

corresponding law for the time being in force in a State;

(k) "displaced family" means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be

relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area;

(l) "entitled to act" in relation to a person, shall be deemed to include the following

persons, namely:

(i) trustees for other persons beneficially interested with reference to any such case,

and that to the same extent as the person beneficially interested could have

acted if free from disability;

(ii) the guardians of minors and the committees or managers of lunatics to the same

extent as the minors, lunatics or other persons of unsound mind themselves, if

free from disability, could have acted:

Provided that the provisions of Order XXXII of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil

Procedure, I908 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply in the case of persons interested

appearing before a Collector or Authority by a next friend, or by a guardian for the

case, in proceedings under this Act:

(m) "family" includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and minor

sisters dependent on him:

Provided that widows. divorcees and women deserted by families shall be considered

separate families:

Explanation.-An adult of either gender with or without spouse or children or dependents

shall be considered as a separate family for the purposes of this Act.

(n) "holding of land" means the total land held by a person as an owner, occupant or

tenant or otherwise;

(o) "infrastructure project" shall include any one or more of the items specified in clause

(b) of sub-section ( /) of section 2;

(p) "land" includes benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or

permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth:

(q) "landless" means such persons or class of persons who may be,-

(i) considered or specified as such under any State law for the time being in force; or

(ii) in a case of landless not being specified under sub-clause (i), as may be specified by

the appropriate Government;

(r) "land owner" includes any person,-

(i) whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part thereof, in the

records of the authority concerned; or

(ii) any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and Other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights)Act, 2006 or under any

other law for the time being in force; or

(iii) who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the State

including assigned lands: or

(iv) any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or Authority;

(s) "local authority" includes a town planning authority (by whatever name called) set up

under any Iaw for the time being in force, a Panchayat as defined in article 243 and a

Municipality as defined in article 243P, of the Constitution;



(t) "marginal farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to one

hectare or irrigated land holding up to one-half hectare;

(u) "market value" means the value of land determined in accordance with section 26;

(v) "notification" means a notification published in the Gazette of lndia or, as the case may

be, the Gazette of a State and the expression "notify" shall be construed accordingly;

(w) "patta" shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the relevant Central or Slate

Acts or rules or regulations made thereunder;

(x) "person interested" means-

(i) all persons claiming an interest in compensation to be made on account of the

acquisition of land under this Act;

(ii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers, who have lost any

forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest

Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006;

(iii) a person interested in an easement affecting the land;

(iv) persons having tenancy rights under the relevant State laws including share-

croppers by whatever name they may be called; and

(v) any person whose primary source of livelihood is likely to be adversely affected;

(y) "prescribed" means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(z) "project" means a project for which land is being acquired, irrespective of the number of

persons affected;

(za) "public purpose" means the activities specified under sub-section (l) of section 2;

(zb) "Requiring Body" means a company, a body corporate, an institution, or any other

organisation or person for whom land is to be acquired by the appropriate

Government, and includes the appropriate Government, if the acquisition of land is

for such Government either for its own use or for subsequent transfer of such land is

for public purpose to a company, body corporate, an institution, or any other

organisation, as the case may be, under lease, license or through any other mode of

transfer of land;

(zc) "Resettlement Area" means an area where the affected families who have been

displaced as a result of land acquisition are resettled by the appropriate Government;

(zd) "Scheduled Areas,, means the Scheduled Areas as defined in section 2 of the Provisions

of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996;

ze s all far er” eans a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to two hectares

or with an irrigated land holding up to one hectare, but more than the holding of a

marginal farmer.

11.5 R&R PACKAGE FOR PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES

Rehabilitation and Resettlement benefits to be given to the project affected families have

been discussed in Schedule I, II and III of RFCT_LARR. Applicability of the provision of the

Act for R&R benefits is briefly discussed below:

11.5.1 Compensation for Land Owners

The following components shall constitute the minimum compensation package to be

given to those whose land is acquired and to tenants referred to in clause (c) of Section 3 in

a proportion to be decided by the appropriate Government.



Sl.No Component of compensation

package in respect of land

acquired under the Act

Manner of determination of value

1 Market value of land To be determined as provided under section 26.

2 Factor by which the market value

is to be multiplied in the case of

rural areas

1.00 (one) to 2.00 (Two) based on the distance of

project from urban area, as may be notified by the

appropriate Government

3 Factor by which the market value

is to be multiplied in the case of

urban areas

1 (One)

4 Value of assets attached to land or

building

To be determined as provided under section 29

5 Solatium Equivalent to one hundred per cent of the market

value of land mentioned against serial number 1

multiplied by the factor specified against serial

number 2 for rural areas pot serial number 3 for urban

areas plus value of assets attached to land or building

against serial number 4 under column (2)

6 Final award in rural areas Market value of land mentioned against serial number

1 multiplied by the factor specified against serial

number 2 plus value of assets attached to land or

building mentioned against serial number 4 under

column (2) plus solatium mentioned against serial

number 5 under column (2).

7 Final award in urban areas Market value of land mentioned against serial number

1 multiplied by the factor specified against serial

number 3 plus value of assets attached to land or

building mentioned against serial number 4 under

column (2) plus solatium mentioned against serial

number 5 under column (2).

8 Other component, if any, to be

included

11.5.2 Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement

In addition to compensation for land, the second schedule provides following elements of

rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners

and families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired).

S.

No.

Elements of Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Entitlements

Entitlement/ provision

1. Provisions of housing units in

case of displacement

(1) If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house

shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana

specifications. If a house is lost in urban areas, a

constructed house shall be provided, which will be not

less than 50 sq mtrs in plinth area.

(2) The benefits listed above shall also be extended to any

affected family which is without homestead land and

which has been residing in the area continuously for a

period of not less than three years preceding the date

of notification of the affected area and which has been

involuntarily displaced from such area:



S.

No.




Provided that any such family in urban areas which opts

not to take the house offered, shall get a one-time

financial assistance for house construction, which shall

not be less than one lakh fifty thousand rupees:

Provided further that if any affected family in rural areas

so prefers, the equivalent cost of the house may be

offered in lieu of the constructed house:

Provided also that no family affected by acquisition shall

be given more than one house under the provisions of this

Act.

Explanation- The houses in urban areas may, if necessary,

be provided in multi-storied building complexes.

2. Land for Land In the case of irrigation project, as far as possible and in

lieu of compensation to be paid for the land acquired,

each affected family owning agricultural land in the

affected area and whose land has been acquired or lost,

or who has, as a consequence of the acquisition or loss of

land, been reduced to the status of a marginal farmer or

landless, shall be allotted, in the name of each person

included in the records of rights with regard to the

affected family, a minimum of one acre of land in the

command area of the project for which the land is

acquired:

Provided that in every project those persons losing land

and belonging to the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled

Tribes will be provided land equivalent to land acquired or

two and a one-half acres, whichever is lower.

3 Offer for Developed Land In case the land is acquired for urbanization purposes,

twenty per cent of the developed land will be reserved

and offered to land owning project affected families, in

proportion to the area of their land acquired and at a

price equal to the cost of acquisition and the cost of

development.

Provided that in case the land owning project affected

family wishes to avail of this offer, an equivalent amount

will be deducted from the land acquisition compensation

package payable to it.

4 Choice of Annuity or

Employment

The appropriate Government shall ensure that the affected

families are provided with the following options:

(a) Where jobs are created through the project, after

providing suitable training and skill development in the

required field, make provision for employment at a

rate not lower than the minimum wages provided for



S.

No.




in any other law for the time being in force, to at least

one member per affected family in the project or

arrange for a job in such other project as may be

required; or

(b) One time payment of 5 lakh rupees per affected

family; or

(c) Annuity policies that shall pay not less than 2000

rupees per month per family for 20 years, with

appropriate indexation to the consumer price index for

agricultural labourers

5 Subsistence grant for displaced

families for a period of one

year

Each affected family which is displaced from the land

acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance

equivalent to 3000 rupees per month for a period of one

year from the date of award.

In addition to this amount, the schedule castes and the

scheduled tribes displaced from scheduled areas shall

receive and amount equivalent to 50000 rupees.

In cases of displacement from the scheduled areas, as far

as possible, the affected families shall be relocated in a

similar ecological zone, so as to preserve the economic

opportunities, language, culture and community life of the

tribal communities.

6 Transportation cost for displace

families

Each affected family which is displaced shall get a one

time financial assistance of 50000 rupees as

transportation cost for shifting of the family, building

materials, belongings and cattle.

7 Cattle shed / Petty shops cost Each affected family having cattle or having a petty shop

shall get one time financial assistance of such amount as

the appropriate Government may, by notification, specify

subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees for construction of

cattle shed or petty shop as the case may be.

8 One time grant to artisan, small

traders and certain others

Each affected family of an artisan, small traders or self

employed person or an affected family which owned non

agricultural land or commercial, industrial or institutional

structure in the affected area, and which has been

involuntarily displaced from the affected area due to land

acquisition , shall get one time assistance of such amount

as the appropriate Government may, by notification,

specify subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees

9 Fishing rights In cases of irrigation or hydel projects, the affected

families may be allowed fishing rights in the reservoirs, in

such manner as may be prescribed by the appropriate

Government

10 One time Resettlement Each affected family shall be given a onetime



S.

No.




Allowance ‘esettle ent Allowance” of 50000 rupees only

11 Stamp duty and registration fee (1) The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration

of the land or house allotted to the affected families

shall be borne by the Requiring Body.

(2) The land for house allotted to the affected families

shall be free from all encumbrances.

(3) The land or house allotted may be in the joint names

of wife and husband of the affected family.

11.5.3 Housing Benefit and Compensation

Clause No. 8.3.1 of SRRP, 2008 - Any Affected family owing house & whose house has been

acquired or lost shall be allotted free of cost house & plot for the house site to the extent

of actual loss of area of the acquired house but not more than 250 sq.m (approx. 2500 sq.

feet) of land in rural areas or 150 sqm (approx. 1500 sq. feet) in urban area, as the case

may be for each nuclear family. The size and design of the house will be decided by the

State Authority in consultation with the project affected community and the project

authority;

Provided that, in urban areas a house of 100 square meter carpet area may be provided in

lieu thereof. Such a house, if necessary, may be offered in a multistoried building complex.

The family which opt not to take the house offered at the resettlement site, shall get one

time financial assistance for house construction and the amount shall be Rs. 2,00,000/- and

his claim for free of cost plot at resettlement site shall stand forfeited.

11.5.4 Pension for life to vulnerable person

The project authorities shall, at their cost, arrange for annuity policies that will pay a

pension of Rs. 500/- per month for life to the vulnerable affected person as indicated at

paragraph 7.1.6 (iv) of this policy.

(7.1.6(iv) - vulnerable person such as the disabled, destitute, orphans, widows, unmarried

girls, abandoned woman, or person above fifty years of age, who are not provided or

cannot immediately be provided with alternative livelihood and who are not otherwise

covered as part of a family).

11.5.5 Special Provisions

The project developers in case of hydro electric project will provide to each of the project

affected families the benefit of 100 units of electricity per month free of charge for a

period of 10 years from the date of commissioning of a hydro electric project and arrange

this benefit through the concerned distribution company. In case of the affected family not

consuming 100 units of electricity, the cost of balance shall be made available to the family

in cash or kind or combination of both as per the hydropower policy of the State Govt.



11.5.6 Compensation against Diversion of USF and RF

The Deputy commissioner in his capacity as forest settlement officer assisted by land

revenue department and settlement officer, shall work out compensation for the loss of

rights and privileges of the tribal people to collect and use forest produce from USF @ Rs

1,56,000 per Ha for USF area and Rs 78,000 per Ha for Reserved Forest land (if any rights

and privileges are granted by notification constituting RF) for the base year 2008 as on 1-4-

2008.

In addition, in case of diversion of USF, the community shall also be paid compensation

against extinction of their traditional rights over the USF land use @ 25 % of NPV as

determined by GoI from time to time. This compensation to the community is over and

above the NPV paid to CAMPA.

Keeping in view the above provisions, R&R Package has been developed for Project

Affected Families, in consultation with district administration and local representatives;

and same is given at Table 11.3.

Table 11.3: Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for affected families

Clause

No.

Provision as per

"RFCT_LARR Act, 2013"

or

"State Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2008"

(SRRP - 2008) of Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh

No. of

Eligible

nuclear

families /

persons

Rate as per

guidelines /

policies

Cost (for eligible

families) as per

guidelines /

policies

Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for Affected families (as per LA, R&R Act, 2013)

4 Choice of Annuity or Employment

The appropriate Government shall ensure that the affected

families are provided with the following options:

(a) where jobs are created through the project, after providing

suitable training and skill development in the required field,

make provision for employment at a rate not lower than the

minimum wages provided for in any other law for the time

being in force, to at least one member per affected family in

the project or arrange for ajob in such other project as may be

required;

or

(b) one time payment of five lakhs rupees per affected family;

or

(c) annuity policies that shall pay not less than two thousand

rupees per month per family for twenty years, with

appropriate indexation to the Consumer Price Index for

Agricultural Labourers.

132 Rs

500,000.00

one time

payment per

family

(Option - B)

6,60,00,000.00

10 One-time Resettlement Allowance

Each affected family shall be given a one-time "Resettlement

Allowance" of fifty thousand rupees only.

132 50,000.00 66,00,000.00

Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for Affected families (as per SRRP - 2008)

8.12 Pension for Life to Vulnerable Affected Persons

8.12.1 The project authorities shall, at their cost, arrange for annuity

policies that will pay a pension of Rs. 500/- per month for life

to the vulnerable affected person as indicated at paragraph

7.1.6 (iv) of this policy.

(7.1.6 (iv) - vulnerable person such as the disabled, destitute,

orphans, widows, unmarried girls, abandoned woman, or

person above fifty years of age, who are not provided or

cannot immediately be provided with alternative livelihood

and who are not otherwise covered as part of a family)

10 Rs 500/- per

month for a

period of 20

years

12,00,000.00



Clause

No.

Provision as per

"RFCT_LARR Act, 2013"

or

"State Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2008"

(SRRP - 2008) of Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh

No. of

Eligible

nuclear

families /

persons

Rate as per

guidelines /

policies

Cost (for eligible

families) as per

guidelines /

policies

8.14 Special Provision

8.14.5

**

The project developers in case of hydro electric project will

provide to each of the project affected families the benefit of

100 units of electricity per month free of charge for a period of

10 years from the date of commissioning of a hydro electric

project and arrange this benefit through the concerned

distribution company. In case of the affected family not

consuming 100 units of electricity, the cost of balance shall be

made available to the family in cash or kind or combination of

both as per the hydropower policy of the State Govt.

0 100 units of

electricity per

month to

each PAFs

from COD

(@ Levellised

tariff of Rs

6.97 per unit)

0.00

9 Compensation against Diversion of Unclassified State Foress (USF) and Reserve Forests

(ii) The Deputy commissioner in his capacity as forest settlement

officer assisted by land revenue department and settlement

officer, shall work out compensation for the loss of rights and

privileges of the tribal people to collect and use forest produce

from USF @ Rs 1,56,000 per Ha for USF area and Rs 78,000 per

Ha for Reserved Forest land (if any rights and privileges are

granted by notification constituting RF) for the base year 2008

as on 1-4-2008.

-- USF @ Rs

1,56,000/-

per Ha

(Total Land -

34.49 Ha)

53,80,440.00

(iii) In addition, in case of diversion of USF, the community shall

also be paid compensation against extinction of their

traditional rights over the USF land use @ 25 % of NPV as

determined by GoI from time to time. This compensation to

the community is over and above the NPV paid to CAMPA.

-- NPV @ Rs.

9.39 lakh per

hectare

(Total Land -

34.49 Ha)

80,96,528.00

Total 90,932,717.50

Grand Total 9.09 Crore

** The cost has been mentioned in DPR [Volume-I, Part-II, Chapter-17]

11.6 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT FOR R & R IMPLEMENTATION

In order to ensure smooth and effective land acquisition, implementation of R&R

measures, monitoring of R&R operations etc., the SRRP – 2008 lays provision for

appointment for commissioner R&R and Administrator R&R.

The State Government shall appoint an officer of the rank of Commissioner/ Secretary of

that government for R&R in respect of such projects to which this policy (SRRP-2008)

applies. The commissioner shall be responsible for supervising the formulation of R&R

plans/schemes, proper implementation of such plans/schemes and redressal of grievances.

The State Government shall, by notification, appoint in respect of that project, an officer

not below the rank of District Collector of the State Government to be Administrator for

R&R. Subject to the superintendence, directions and control of the appropriate

Government and Commissioner for R&R, the Administrator for R&R shall take all measures

for the rehabilitation and resettlement of all PAFs in respect of that project. The overall

control and superintendence of the formulation of R&R plan and execution of the same

shall rest in the Administration for R&R. The officers and employees shall assist the

administrator for R&R, the appropriate government may provide.



In view of the above, the following institutional arrangement for effective implementation

& monitoring of R&R activities are suggested.

a) Supervisory Body

Commissioner for R&R

Project In Charge of Par HEP

b) Implementation Body

Administrator for R&R

Project In charge

Representatives of village Level Committees (VLC)

Representatives of women of the affected villages

Representatives of Nationalized Bank

Representatives of Forest Department

Representatives of Local NGOs

MLA/MP of the Area

Representative Scheduled Tribes residing in the affected area.

Land Acquisition Officer of the project

Besides the foregoing organizational arrangement liaison should be established by the

administrator for R&R with the other government departments, which will extend support

in the implementation of land acquisition and rehabilitation plans. Specifically, government

organizations like Department of Revenue, Rural Development, Agriculture, Forest,

Horticulture; Rural Industries, etc. can be contacted for dovetailing their plans for the

economic rehabilitation of PAFs. These organizations/ departments shall not only extend

their various development schemes for the economic welfare of the PAFs but would also

provide technical guidance and training to PAFs in carrying out economic activities.

However, the SRRP-2008 indicates R&R Committee at Project level, under the

Chairmanship of Administrator for R&R.

11.7 MONITORING & EVALUATION

Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) must be simultaneous with the implementation of

Rehabilitation Plan. It requires specialized skill for application of general project monitoring

procedures to the process of land acquisition and rehabilitation. Conventional monitoring,

normally carried out by the Government machinery, often misses focus on certain vital

aspects and does not identify certain shortcomings, which may otherwise prove very

important. While the conventional government monitoring will continue, an external M&E

agency will also be engaged to help in proper monitoring of land acquisition and

rehabilitation plans. The main purpose of involving such an agency is to bring the problems

and difficulties faced by the PAFs to the notice of Administrator R&R on a regular basis for

their redress as well as to help in formulating and undertaking corrective measures. The

external Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) agency can submit half yearly reports on the

progress of implementing Rehabilitation Master Plan (RMP) along with suggestions and

corrective measures required for improvement in the implementation of Rehabilitation Plan.

For Land Acquisition and rehabilitation plan, M&E system will consist of:

Administrative monitoring;



Socio-economic performance and

Impact evaluation.

Administrative monitoring will be conventionally carried out by the Land Acquisition Officer

of project authorities, Resettlement Commissioner and other concerned government

agencies/departments. The focus will be on physical (like number of land holders affected,

area identified for allotment to Village Level Committee, etc.) and financial (like

compensation paid, payment to M&E agency, office establishment cost, etc.) parameters.

The socio-economic monitoring, which will be carried out concurrently is the crux of M&E

exercise to provide interim measures based on the field level situations. This along-with

impact evaluation at the end of plan period will be carried out by the M&E agency. While

covering the affected community, monitoring will focus on the vulnerable groups like

women, physically handicapped, etc. The household information collected through the

socio-economic survey will form the benchmarks for comparison. However, these

benchmarks will be supplemented in order to create new reference points against

performance, effects and objectives.

Monitoring and Evaluation Guidelines

Monitoring of the progress of R&R is important because of the sensitivity of these issues.

The objective of monitoring is to assess the progress of resettlement activity, to identify

difficulties, ascertain problem areas, and provide indication for the need of calling

attention to some specific issues at an early stage. Following tasks have to be performed by

the group at different stages of the project:

Establish baseline information on individual PAFs and their pre-project standards of

living, health conditions, nutritional patterns, etc. This should precede the

implementation of R&R package in general after the completion of the project.

The planning of the monitoring studies could cover disbursement of compensation

and grants.

After the completion of the project, a few sensitive indicators using 100% survey

techniques should be undertaken mainly to understand how effective the R&R plan

and project economic development package has been in reality.

Post-Project Monitoring

It is suggested that the monitoring be conducted by an independent agency not connected

with the project. Therefore, an independent consultant having experience in R&R studies in

similar areas, i.e. North-eastern states and not connected with the project can be

appointed for monitoring the project.

Participation of PAFs

Involvement of affected communities in planning and implementation of rehabilitation

programmes according to their felt needs and socio-economic conditions is of vital importance.

To obtain co-operation, participation and feedback, PAFs need to be systematically informed

and consulted during preparation and implementation of R&R plan about their options and

rights. In the proposed project, co-operation and participation of PAFs in this process could be

ensured through their involvement in each of the following stages.



As a part of participatory planning, community meetings should be held on a routine basis

to explain about the project and the benefits of the project. Direct communication with the

PAFs will negate the politicization of the R&R Process. The communication with the PAFs

can be through the Village Level Committee.

The Consultant/Expert Agency will review the rehabilitation and resettlement programme

every year till the completion of the project. A total provision of Rs.75.00 lakh has been

kept in the cost estimate for this purpose.

11.8 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT

In addition to the above mentioned provisions for displaced families and other R & R benefits

for the project affected families, project developer would aim at the improvement in the

living standards of inhabitants in the project area not only by being a catalyst for

development but also by developing infrastructure in the area. The infrastructure

development will be in addition to the rightful compensation to the project affected families.

As large-scale investment is being made in the area by way of construction of hydropower

project, benefits should reach to the local population so that there is remarkable

improvement in their quality of life. Provisions will be made by the project proponent for

the infrastructure development programme in the project area as per the needs of the

local population. Thus the proposed Local Area Development strategy should be

formulated by keeping in view the existing facilities and giving due consideration to the

views of the local people.

Additionally, stress will be given to Local Skill Development so that they can be absorbed in

the project and other allied activities during construction and operation phases of the

project. This way project will bring long term benefits to the local population.

A fund under the name, LADF, will be created for development of infrastructure in the

project area. Shelf of schemes and their execution & monitoring under Local Area

Development Plan will be prepared. This shall be done by a specially constituted Local Area

Development Committee (LADC) chaired by Deputy Commissioner and represented by

Pradhans of concerned Panchayats, nominated project personnel and other concerned

officers of various departments. Following guidelines will be followed to prepare the shelf

of schemes:

(i) Facilities meant for panchayat only will be considered as panchayat level schemes like

cement concrete internal paths, street light, sanitation, rain water harvesting etc.

(ii) Facilities serving more than one Panchayat will be considered as Block Level e.g.

school, cement concrete link road, health centre etc.

(iii) Facilities like Bus Stand, Hospital, College, Training Institute etc. will be covered

under District level scheme.

A budget of Rs. 2 crore is proposed for the entire duration of project construction; this can

be suitably distributed as per the needs and schemes formulated by LADC. Following

activities are proposed under the local area development plan; however exact schemes will

be formulated by LADC.



a) Training Courses for Local Youth:

The eligible youth from local area with preference to project affected families shall be

imparted education and training through well known institutes such as diploma courses, ITI

training, etc. with a view to absorb them in the project construction and operation.

b) Tailoring, Knitting & Embroidery Training Centers:

To create job opportunities & generate income among the locals with preference to project

affected families; tailoring, knitting and embroidery center shall be opened in consultation

with the local panchayats. Necessary equipment along with raw material and instructors

shall be made available.

c) Computer Courses:

Computer training centers at appropriate places in consultation with local panchayats shall

be opened to train eligible candidates both males and females to help them to avail job

opportunities within and outside the project. Infrastructure and equipments for training

courses along with instructor shall be provided.

d) Emergency Medical Response:

Eligible male and female candidates from project affected and other local families shall be

imparted training; and their services shall be utilized in medical centre to be established at

project site. The candidates will be selected locally through a screening program and

preference will be given to candidates from Project Affected Families.

e) Vocational Training

Creating institutions to impart vocational training for acquiring and upgrading technical

skills with a view to enhance employability. Establishing partnerships with District

Administration and various Non Governmental Organizations to assist gainful self-

employment schemes for the unemployed youth in the area, such programs would include:

Organization of training programs in Driving of 4 Wheelers, Welding and fabrication,

TVs, Radio, other electronic appliances mechanism

Training programs on tailoring, embroidery, bamboo crafting to women

Donate sewing machines to woman

f) Nursing/Paramedics Training

Nurses/nursing orderlies/paramedics training for local candidates with a view to employ

them in project hospital/dispensaries

g) Literacy Promotion Programme

Under this programme assistance to the existing schools would be provided

Construction & repairs of Schools buildings located in the affected zone villages

Supply of Furniture, Lighting arrangements, etc.

Distribution of School Uniforms, Books, stationery, bags etc. to students

Arrangements of Sports meets and Sport Training Camps in school

Special efforts will be made for the Promotion of Girl Child education

Introduction of scholarships for girl students in the schools



Special Attention on education, training and rehabilitation of mentally & physically

challenged children/persons will be given. cc

h) General Welfare Activities

Supply of Furniture, Lighting arrangements for Gram Panchayat building of project

vicinity Villages

Construction of rain shelter and bus stand for Community

Supply and Erection of Solar Street Light System in project vicinity villages

Organize camps for importance of hygiene

Training programs for farmers for agriculture techniques

Donations/ funds to various non-governmental organizations for the implementation of

welfare activities

Special provision for the women skill development to develop indigenous handicrafts

and to promote local products

Upliftment of the girl child: This will empower the girl child in all aspects so that she can

become and equal partner with boys on the road of development and progress, to give

priority and attention on the survival, protection and wellbeing, educate the girl child

and increase awareness in the family, increase in health and living standards.

i) Sports Promotion Schemes

Encouraging sports talents by promoting and organizing various sports events. Monthly

stipend must be given for training and dietary expenses along with necessary sporting

equipment. Village level tournaments to be organized under various disciplines to

encourage sports and to identify young talents.

11.9 FINANCIAL PACKAGE

The summary of the financial requirement for implementation of the Rehabilitation and

Resettlement plan and Economic Development Package is Rs.11.84 crore as per the

summary given below at Table 11.4.

Table 11.4: Summary of Budgetary Estimates

S. No. R&R Components Cost (Rs in lakh)

1 Rehabilitation Grant 909.00

2 Monitoring and Evaluation 75.00

3 Local Area Development 200.00

Total 1184.00



12.1 INTRODUCTION

Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan for a project is essential to reduce sedimentation through

initiation/reactivation of instability in the slope within the reservoir rim and in its

immediate upslope due to reservoir operation. It is also essential to reduce instability in

the subsidiary streams of its confluence with the reservoir. As such reservoir treatment

plan denotes stabilization of all landslides present within the reservoir rim and its adjacent

areas and protection of banks of the subsidiary streams.

The information provided in the following sections is based upon the geological

investigations undertaken by DPR consultants for Par HE project and extracted from the

Geological Volume of the same.

12.2 PAR HEP RESERVOIR

Par Hydroelectric Project envisages construction of 26.5m high barrage across Pare river.

The reservoir of Par HEP spreads over an area of 16.53 ha with FRL at El. 848 m. The

reservoir extends further for a length of around 2.0 km, i.e. upstream of the barrage site.

The proposed reservoir will be having gross storage of 1.17 MCM at FRL and live storage of

0.35 MCM between FRL and MDDL at El 848 and El 845m respectively.

Geological map (Figure 12.1) of the reservoir area indicates that the topography of the area

is rugged and the hill slopes on both banks of the river are moderately steep. The right

bank slopes of the river, in general, are steeper as compared to left bank and bedrock is

exposed on both banks. Slopes in the area are covered by slope wash deposits and dense

forest. Geological mapping carried out in the reservoir area indicated that slopes on the

both banks of the river Pare in the reservoir area appear to be stable as no evidences of

slopes instability or presence of active or dormant slides were observed along the reservoir

periphery.

During the operation phase the reservoir levels would fluctuate between 848 m (FRL) and

845m (MDDL), therefore rapid fluctuation of 3m might lead to minor slippages as the

slopes gets saturated by water column and may because to slippage of slopes into the

reservoir. Therefore, even before filling of reservoir the slopes would require strengthening

in order to avoid any slippages into the reservoir. In addition slopes above the MWL

(Maximum Water Level) also would require stabilisation measures to avoid such incidents

due to recharging of slopes.

Even though as stated above there is very little probability of land slips in the reservoir area

a small budget has been earmarked to take care in case of any such activity is noticed at

point of time during operation. A brief of possible measures has been given in the following

sections.

Chapter RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT

PLAN 12



Figure 12.1: Geological map showing proposed reservoir area of Par HEP



12.3 TREATMENT MEASURES

Soil erosion can be controlled by flattening or reducing the slope angle as well as by

stabilizing the slopes. Treatment techniques involve two types of measures to control the

erosion hazard, i.e. Engineering and Biological. Engineering measures consist of

construction of small structures across the slope to reduce slope or to avoid the sliding

motion of landmass. The biological practices consist of vegetation or grass seeding to

stabilize and strengthen the soil mass. Since the application of single technique do not yield

good results, the combination of both Engineering and Biological measures should be used

frequently.

12.3.1 Engineering Measures

12.3.1.1 Gabion Walls

Gabion walls usually are inexpensive and are simple and quick to construct. Due to their

flexibility, they can withstand foundation movement, and they do not require elaborate

foundation preparation. Because of their coarse fill, they are very permeable and thus

provide excellent drainage. Three-tiered walls up to 2.5 m high can be constructed without

much detailed engineering analysis.

12.3.1.2 Slope Stabilisation

Surface erosion and small, shallow slope failures can lead to larger problems. Surface

erosion can be reduced by seeding with grasses and legumes. Planting with shrubs adds

vegetative cover and stronger root systems, which in turn, enhance slope stability. A slope

will be made as stable as possible before seeding and will be of benefit in making the slope

resistant to future erosion and failure. Controlled surface-water drainage, removing cut-

bank overhangs, reducing slope angles and benching should be done before seeding.

Suitability of seeds depends on soil type, climatic conditions, species compatibility, and

species replacement.


The ter s Bioengineering” and Biotechnical slope protection” refers to the use of

vegetation as slope protection to arrest and prevent slope failure or landslide. Biotechnical

slope protection is used to reduce the environmental consequences of landslide. When

used for landslide remediation or mitigation, conventional earth-retaining structures made

of steel or concrete usually are not visually pleasing or nature friendly. These traditional

hard” structures are increasingly being supplanted by vegetated co posite soil/structure bodies that are environmentally friendlier. Common biotechnical systems include geo-nets

anchored by soil nails that hold in place soil seeded with grass and geo-cells with seeded

soils in the interstices.

Biotechnical slope protection consists of two elements i.e. Biotechnical Stabilization and

Soil Bioengineering Stabilization, both of which entail the use of live materials specifically,

biotechnical vegetation stabilization uses mechanical elements (structures) in combination

with biological elements (plants) to prevent and arrest slope failures and erosion.

Mechanical and biological elements must function together in a complementary manner.

Soil bioengineering stabilization, on the other hand, can be regarded as a specialized subset



of biotechnical stabilization in which live plant parts, i.e. roots, stems and branches serve as

the main structural/mechanical elements in the slope protection system. Biotechnical

slope-protection systems blend into the landscape. They emphasize the use of natural,

locally available materials, such as soil, rock, timber and vegetation, in contrast to

manufactured materials such as steel and concrete. Examples of biotechnical vegetation

structures, which commonly incorporate vegetation into the structure itself, include log

and timber cribs, gabion and rock-breast walls, welded wire walls, and reinforced earth.

Additionally streams draining directly into the reservoir will be vulnerable to diurnal

operation of reservoir. For this purpose, it is proposed that just above the FRL level, all the

drains entering the reservoir should be provided with series of gabion checks, stone

pitching, retaining walls coupled with vegetative measures of sufficient dimensions.

12.4 COST ESTIMATES

12.4.1 Geo-Grids

A geo-grid is geo-synthetic material used to reinforce soils and similar materials. Geo-grids

are commonly used to reinforce retaining walls, as well as sub-bases or sub-soils below

roads or structures. Soils pull apart under tension. Compared to soil, geo-grids are strong in

tension. This fact allows them to transfer forces to a larger area of soil than would

otherwise be the case.

In addition Gabion structures, wire mesh, retaining walls and stone pitching measures are

also envisaged to control minor slips and check erosion from small tributary channels.

12.4.2 Vegetative Measures

The cost for checking erosion of slopes by vegetative means has already been included

under budget allocated for development of green belt around reservoir in Chapter 8.

Therefore a lump sum amount of Rs. 30.00 lakhs has been earmarked for undertaking

treatment measures under this activity.



13.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring provides feedback about the actual environmental impacts of a

project after implementation of mitigation and management measures. Monitoring results

help judge the success of mitigation measures in protecting the environment. They are also

used to ensure compliance with environmental standards, and to facilitate any needed

project design or operational changes.

Monitoring shall be performed during all stages of the project (namely: construction,

commissioning, and operation) to ensure that the impacts are no greater than predicted,

and to verify the impact predictions. The monitoring program will indicate where changes

to procedures or operations are required, in order to reduce impacts on the environment

or local population. The monitoring program for the Par HE Project will be undertaken to

meet the following objectives:

To monitor the environmental conditions of the Pare river;

To check on whether mitigation and benefit enhancement measures have actually been

adopted, and are proving effective in practice;

To provide information on the actual nature and extent of key impacts and the

effectiveness of mitigation and benefit enhancement measures which, through a feedback

mechanism, can improve the planning and execution of future, similar projects.

13.2 WATER QUALITY

The water quality monitoring should be carried out in seasonal intervals i.e. four times a

year. Three sampling sites have been identified along with parameters to be monitored, as

detailed in Table 13.1. The total cost for analysis the samples work out to be Rs.4.00 lakhs

per year. The monitoring is proposed to be for a period of 5 years of construction phase.

Table 13.1: Water Quality Monitoring Schedule

Physical & Chemical Parameters Sampling Location in Construction Phase Monitoring

Temperature, Electrical Conductivity,

Turbidity, pH, DO, BOD, TDS, Total

Hardness, Total alkalinity, Chloride,

Nitrate, Phosphate, Total coliforms,

fecal coliforms

Upstream of Barrage site Once in 3

months 4

times a year

Barrage Site

Powerhouse site

13.3 AIR QUALITY

The ambient air quality monitoring during construction phase will be carried out as per the

requirement of State Pollution Control Board. Every year monitoring is proposed to be

done for the following three seasons;

• Winter

Chapter

13

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PLAN



• Pre - monsoon

• Post – monsoon

The frequency of monitoring could be twice a week for four consecutive weeks at each

station for each season (Table 13.2). The parameters to be monitored are PM10, PM2.5,

Sulphurdioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOx). Every year, ambient air quality is to be

monitored for (3 stations x 2 days/week x 4 weeks x 3 seasons) 72 days. Total cost of Rs.

6.00 lakh/year has been earmarked for this purpose.

Table 13.2: Air Quality Monitoring Schedule

Air Quality Sampling Location Monitoring

SO2, NOx,

PM10, PM2.5

Sagalee town (upstream of barrage site) Winter

Pre - monsoon

Post - monsoon

Near proposed barrage axis

Proposed powerhouse area

13.4 NOISE

Noise emissions from vehicular movement, operation of various construction equipments

may be monitored during construction phase at major construction sites. The frequency of

monitoring could be once in a month. For monitoring of noise generators, an Integrating

Sound Level Meter will be required for which an amount of Rs. 1.00 lakh per year has been

earmarked.

13.5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING

The monitoring of various activities suggested under Biodiversity conservation, Fisheries

management, etc. like ecological surveys for composition of flora and fauna, Survey &

observation Density of vegetation Survival rate of species planted, and Status/ Survival rate

of bio-engineering and engineering structures for controlling soil erosion. For this an

amount of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs per year has been earmarked (Table 13.3). Under this

programme the survival rate and recruitment of the seedlings planted in the plots taken up

afforestation programme would be monitored through annual sampling either by belt

transect method or circular plot method. Not only the survival and recruitment percentage

but their height and other growth parameters would also be monitored on annual basis.

13.6 MUCK DUMPING

In addition to the air quality, water quality and noise quality during the construction phase,

management of construction debris and muck arising out of the earth work involved in the

hydro projects is also a major environmental issue. Adopting appropriate and well-

designed engineering structures for retaining the construction debris and muck is very

crucial and this needs to be monitored regularly both for stability of the dump sites and

their vulnerability to stress failures due to various factors such as erodability, strong water

currents and earth pressures. Regular monitoring of the muck dumping will be carried out

by Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (APSPCB).


A sum of Rs. 90.00 lakh have been allocated to implement various activities and

programmes envisaged under EMP, the details are given in Table 13.3. The detailed matrix



of EMP listing all the activities to monitored and implementing agency has been given in

Table 13.4.

Table 13.3: Cost Estimates for Environmental Monitoring Programme

S. No. Activities Cost (Rs. lakh)

1 Monitoring of physico-chemical

parameters

Water quality 20.00

Air quality 30.00

Noise 5.00

2 Ecological studies 10.00

3 Meeting with stakeholders and Awareness

Programme @Rs.3.00 lakhs per year for 5 years 15.00

4 Report preparation, miscellaneous expenses @

Rs.2.00 lakhs per year 10.00

TOTAL 90.00



Table 13.4: Matrix of Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sl. No. Aspect Source of Impact Monitoring Methods & Parameters Frequency Executing

Agency

Monitoring

Agency

1.0 Construction Phase

1.1 Local manpower

absorption Construction works

Contractor’s report No. of people working in the project

Monthly KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB

1.2 Erosion and landslides

Excavation, disposal, cut & fill

and land clearing activities for

access roads, disposal

Survey & observation Extent and

degree of landslides and erosion Monthly

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB

1.3 Biodiversity

Land clearing activities fauna in

the project area for access

roads, colonies

Composition of flora and fauna Twice in a

year

State Forest

Dept.

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

1.4 Revegetation &

Afforestation Land clearing, disposal works

Survey & observation Density of

vegetation Survival rate of species

planted

Every six

months

State Forest

Dept.

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

1.5 Soil erosion

control measures

Excavation, landslides, cut & fill

for road construction

Status/ Survival rate of bio-engineering

and engineering structures for

controlling soil erosion

Twice in a

year

State Forest

Dept.

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

1.6 Water Quality

Excavation, disposal, sewage

disposal, land clearing activities

and other chemical parameters

Surveys & sample collection and field

measurements Turbidity, pH, T.D.S.,

D.O., Total coliform and E. coli

Monthly KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB

1.7 Air Quality

Operation of DG sets,

transportation of muck, road

construction, mobilization of

material, running of crushers

Survey & observation Levels of PM10,

PM 2.5, SO2, NOx Monthly

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB

1.8 Public Health Dust, noise, influx to labour Regular medical checkups and camps Monthly KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

Public Health

Dept.

1.9 Health Delivery System

Status of water and vector borne

diseases, improvement observed, if

any, status of women and child health

Twice in a

year

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

Public Health

Dept.

1.10 Fish Management

Impact of project construction on fish,

and aquatic life, if any Status of

infrastructure developed for fish

management like hatcheries

Once every

Season

State Fisheries

Directorate

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.



1.11

Restoration of Muck

Disposal sites,

construction areas

Status of protection measures,

sausage/ gabion walls, etc. at the

dumping sites.

Whether dumping is done so as to

avoid spillage of muck into the river,

especially during rains Leveling and

slope stabilization works at dumping

sites. Status of afforestation/ turfing

works on

the dumping sites

Twice a year

Contractors

& KVK Par

Power Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB.

2.0 Operation Phase

2.1

Water Quality and

Quantity (for irrigation

& domestic use)

Reservoir water regulation

Diversion of water for power

generation

Surveys, sample collection & field

measurement Water discharge d/s of

barrage water quality (turbidity,

coliform, bacteria and others

Fortnightly

during the

lean period

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB.

2.2 Fish production Reservoir regulation Survey & observation Monthly State Fisheries

Directorate

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

2.3 Aquatic weeds Surveys & sample collection Kinds of

species Seasonal

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB.

2.4 Catchment conditions Deforestation Survey & observation of Barren areas

for Afforestation Every year Forest Dept.

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

2.5 Accidents Sudden discharge of water for

power generation Surveillance Monthly

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

Meteorological

Department

2.6 Disaster Heavy rainfall, flash flood

situation

Surveillance and disaster management

exercises, Regular information to

people

Twice a year

State

Meteorological

Dept.

KVK Par Power

Pvt. Ltd.

SPCB: State Pollution Control Board



14.1 DAM BREAK PHENOMENON

Dam break may be summarized as the partial or catastrophic failure of a dam leading to

the uncontrolled release of water. Such an event can have a major impact on the land and

communities downstream of the breached structure. A dam break may result in a flood

wave up to tens of meters deep travelling along a valley at quite high speeds. The impact of

such a wave on developed areas can be sufficient to completely destroy infrastructure.

With such destructive force comes an inevitable loss of life, if advance warning and

evacuation was not possible.

14.2 NEED FOR DAM BREAK MODELING

The extreme nature of dam break floods means that flow conditions will far exceed the

magnitude of most natural flood events. Under these conditions, flow will behave

differently to conditions assumed for Normal River flow modeling and areas will be

inundated, that are not normally considered. This makes dam break modeling a separate

study for the risk management and emergency action plan.

The objective of dam break modeling or flood routing is to simulate the movement of a

dam break flood wave along a valley or indeed any area downstream that would flood as a

result of dam failure. The key information required at any point of interest within this flood

zone is generally:

Travel time of flood water

Peak water level – extent of inundation

Peak discharge

Duration of flooding

The nature, accuracy and format of information produced from a dam break analysis will

be influenced by the end application of the data.

Emergency Planning

To reasonably prepare an emergency plan, it will be necessary for the dam break analysis

to provide:

Inundation maps at a scale sufficient to determine the extent of and duration of

flooding

Timing of the arrival and peak of the flood wave

Development Control

Development control will focus mainly on the extent of possible inundation resulting from

different failure scenarios. Consideration may also be given to the characteristics of the

population at risk.

Chapter

14 DAM BREAK MODELING



14.3 PRESENT DAM BREAK MODELING STUDY

The present study for the Par H.E. Project comprises of the following hydrodynamic

simulations due to occurrence of:

SPF with Dam break with initial reservoir level at FRL of the dam

SPF without Dam break with initial reservoir level at FRL

SPF without dam in place (virgin condition)

The study comprises of:

1. Prediction of outflow hydrograph due to dam breach

2. Routing of dam breach flood hydrograph through the downstream valley to get the

maximum water level and discharge along with time of travel at different locations

of the river downstream of the dam

3. Routing the design flood hydrograph through the reservoir and downstream valley

without dam breach to get the maximum discharge and water level at different

locations of the river downstream of the dam

4. Channel routing the design flood hydrograph through the downstream valley in the

virgin condition of River i.e. without Dam to get the maximum discharge and water

level at different locations of the river downstream of the dam

14.4 INTRODUCTION TO DAM BREAK MODELING

Generally, dam break modeling can be carried out by either i) scaled physical hydraulic

models, or ii) mathematical simulation using computer. A modern tool to deal with this

problem is the mathematical model, which is most cost effective and reasonably solves the

governing flow equations of continuity and momentum by computer simulation.

Mathematical modeling of dam breach floods can be carried out by either one dimensional

analysis or two dimensional analysis. In one dimensional analysis, the information about

the magnitude of flood, i.e., discharge and water levels, variation of these with time and

velocity of flow through breach can be had in the direction of flow. In the case of two

dimensional analysis, the additional information about the inundated area, variation of

surface elevation and velocities in two dimension can also be assessed.

One dimensional analysis is generally accepted, when valley is long and narrow and the

flood wave characteristics over a large distance from the dam are of main interest. On the

other hand, when the valley widens considerably downstream of dam and large area is

likely to be flooded, two dimensional analysis is necessary. In the instant case, as these

valleys are long and the flood wave characteristics over a large distance from the dam are

of main interest, one dimensional modeling was adopted.

14.5 HYDRODYNAMIC MODELING

The essence of dam break modeling is hydrodynamic modeling, which involves finding

solution of two partial differential equations originally derived by Barre De Saint Venant in

1871. The equations are:

i. Conservation of mass (continuity) equation

∂Q/∂X + ∂ A + A0 / ∂t - q = 0

ii. Conservation of momentum equation



∂Q/∂t + ∂ Q2/A /∂X + g A ∂h/∂X ) + Sf + Sc ) = 0

where, Q = discharge;

A = active flow area;

A0 = inactive storage area;

h = water surface elevation;

q= lateral outflow;

x = distance along waterway;

t = time;

Sf = friction slope;

Sc = expansion contraction slope and

g = gravitational acceleration.

14.6 SELECTION OF MODEL

Selection of an appropriate model to undertake dam break flood routing is essential to

ensure the right balance between modeling accuracy and cost (both in terms of software

cost and time spent in developing & running the model). In the instant case, MIKE 11

model developed by Danish Hydraulic Institute has been selected for the present study

because of its wide acceptability in India and abroad.

14.7 MIKE 11 MODEL

The core of the MIKE 11 system consists of the HD (hydrodynamic) module, which is

capable of simulating unsteady flows in a network of open channels. The results of a HD

simulation consist of time series of water levels and discharges. MIKE 11 hydrodynamic

module is an implicit, finite difference model for unsteady flow computation. The model

can describe sub-critical as well as supercritical flow conditions through a numerical

description, which is altered according to the local flow conditions in time and space.

Advanced computational modules are included for description of flow over hydraulic

structures, including possibilities to describe structure operation. The formulations can be

applied for looped networks and quasi two-dimensional flow simulation on flood plains.

The computational scheme is applicable for vertically homogeneous flow conditions

extending from steep river flows to tidal influenced tributaries.

The following three approaches simulate branches as well as looped systems.

i) Kinematic wave approach: The flow is calculated from the assumption of balance

between the friction and gravity forces. The simplification implies that the

Kinematic wave approach cannot simulate backwater effects.

ii) Diffusive wave approach: In addition to the friction and gravity forces, the

hydrostatic gradient is included in this description. This allows the user to take

downstream boundaries into account, and thus, simulate backwater effects.

iii) Dynamic wave approach: Using the full momentum equation, including

acceleration forces, the user is able to simulate fast transients, tidal flows, etc., in

the system.

Depending on the type of problem, the appropriate description can be chosen. The

dynamic and diffusive wave descriptions differ from kinematic wave description by being



capable of calculating backwater effects. The solution algorithm for the different flow

descriptions is identical in the inner programme structure, implying that the user does not

have to distinguish between the different computational levels, when running the

program. In the instant case, dynamic wave approach was adopted for a better simulation.

Hydrodynamic module utilizes a space staggered grid consisting of alternating h and Q

points, i.e., points where water levels (h) and discharges (Q) are computed sequentially.

Topographic data are entered at the h points, and discharge relations are evaluated at Q

points. During simulations, the complete non-linear equations of open channel flow are

solved numerically at the grid points at specified time intervals for the given boundary

conditions.

14.7.1 Solution Technique

In order to obtain a stable solution to the finite difference scheme, two conditions viz. (i)

Velocity condition and (ii) Courant condition have to be satisfied.

(i) Velocity condition: V.∆t/∆ ≤ 1-2

(ii) Courant condition: Cr = V+√ g.d .∆t /∆ ≤ 0-15

Cr is the Courant number, v is the cross-sectional mean velocity, g is the acceleration due to

gravity, d is the mean depth, ∆t is the time step, ∆x is the space step (the distance between

adjacent h-points)

The most important considerations determining the selection of space and time steps for a

particular model application are the expected wave lengths and duration of the wave

period, and the ability to adequately resolve the channel topography. The space step

length must be chosen ensuring a sufficient number of points along the channel axis to

resolve the expected waves. The wavelength is determined by the wave period and the

speed of propagation. A second concern is the adequate resolution of rapid changes in

topography along the channel axis, and this may require extra grid points. The time step

must be selected so that all expected significant wave periods are adequately resolved in

time. As the duration of tidal waves is generally shorter than flood waves, the time step of

a hydrodynamic model, which simulates tidal flows requires a shorter time step than that

used in flood wave computations.

The solution to the combined system of equations at each time step is performed in a

computational grid consisting of alternative Q-point and h-point, i.e. points where the

discharge Q” and water level h” respectively, are co puted at each ti e step. A typical layout of channel section with computational net is shown in Figure 14.1.

Figure 14.1: Layout of channel section with computational net



The computational grid is generated by the model on the basis of the user requirements.

Q-points are always placed midway between neighbouring h-points, while the distance

between h-point may differ. The discharge will, as a rule, be defined as positive in the

positive x-direction (increasing chainage).

14.7.2 Boundary conditions in general

The boundary conditions in MIKE 11 are distinguished between external and internal

boundary conditions. Internal boundary conditions are (i) links at nodal points, (ii)

structures, (iii) internal inflows, and (iv) wind friction. External boundary conditions may

consist of (i) constant values for h or Q, (ii) time varying values for h or Q, and (iii) relation

between h and Q.

Generally, model boundaries should be chosen at points, where either water level or

discharge measurements are available so that the model is used for predictive purposes. It

is important that the selected boundary locations lie outside the range of influences of any

anticipated changes in the hydraulic system.

The structure description combines a wide range of elements covering weirs, narrow cross-

sections, flood plains, reservoirs operations, etc., and which can be regarded as an internal

boundary condition. The description is obtained by replacing the momentum equation with

an h-Q-h relation or an h-Q relation. The grid to be used to describe a structure will consist

of h-point on both side, and a Q-point at the structure.

Lateral inflows can also be accommodated in MIKE 11 Hydrodynamic module (HD). The

lateral inflows are specified at h-points, and are included in the continuity description.

14.7.3 Topographical requirement and discretization

MIKE 11 HD is a physical modeling system, and hence, data related to the detailed physical

characteristics of the study area must be obtained, if realistic results are to be expected.

Topographic data are necessary to provide an adequate geometrical and topographical

description of the river system, flood plains, and all important structures.

First, the layout of the channel network is determined, and all significant channels

identified, including the locations of the main channel confluences and bifurcations. Flood

cells subject to inundation must be delimited, and the network of discharge exchange

between the flood cells and the main river channels need to be identified.

Cross-sections are required at regular intervals along the river. These must extend up to

the river bank to encompass any natural or man-made river embankments. In the model

schematization, the available cross-sections are placed at h-points. The cross-sections

should be representative of the entire channel reach between the adjacent Q-points.

Hence, channels which exhibit highly irregular cross-sectional variations require denser

grid, and hence, have greater data requirements.

The equations of one dimensional flow assume a horizontal water level surface across the

channel section. Where flow occurs over wide flood plains, which are separated from the

main river channel by natural levees or manmade embankments, a purely one dimensional

description is no longer adequate. The description of such areas, called flood cells, is



readily accommodated by MIKE 11 module through linking of the individual cells via an

appropriate discharge formulation. For example, where the flood cell boundary constitutes

a road or flood embankment, the discharge relation describing the exchange of flows

between the cells by overtopping of the embankment is a simple weir formulation. Where

flood cells are interconnected by road culverts, the standard culvert formulation of MIKE

11 HD may be used.

Longitudinal profiles along the flood cell embankments, which lie directly adjacent to the

main river are also required to establish the locations and levels at which overbank spilling

may occur. Similar profiles are required along the embankments or roads, which separate

the individual flood cells, if overbank spilling is possible. Topographic input for flood cells

consists of a flooded area / water level elevation relation, such that the storage

characteristics for each cell may be identified.

Possible sources of data for the topographical input include contour maps, hydrographic

charts, aerial photographs, satellite imagery, etc. However, in the majority of cases,

sufficiently detailed information can only be obtained from controlled field surveys. It is

essential that all topographical data levels relate to a common fixed reference level,

preferably mean sea level.

Besides topographic data, hydrometric data are necessary to enable the model to be

calibrated against actual events, and thus, provide a basis for verification of the chosen

schematization. Hydrometric data are also required at the model boundaries for any

subsequent operation of the model. The main types of hydrometric data required are

water levels and discharges.

14.8 MIKE 11 MODEL SET-UP

The Dam Break Module in MIKE 11 simulates the outflow hydrograph resulting from the

failure of a dam. The model set-up consists of a single or several channels, reservoirs, dam

break structures and other auxiliary dam structures such as spillways, bottom outlets etc.

As the flood propagation due to the dam break will be of highly unsteady nature, the river

course needs to be described accurately through the use of as many cross-sections as

possible, particularly where the cross-section is changing rapidly. Further, the cross-

sections should extend as far as possible to cover the highest modelled water level, which

normally will be in excess of the highest recorded flood level. If the modelled water level

exceeds the highest level in the cross-section for a particular location, MIKE 11 will

extrapolate the processed Data as a vertical wall, and this will give conservative results.

14.8.1 River channel set-up

The river channel set-up for dam break modeling is the same as for the HD model except

that the dam break structure is located in a separate reservoir branch, which contains 3

calculation points, i.e., two h-points and one Q-point. If a spillway is added to the dam, it

can be described as a separate branch with 3 calculation points. The dam and spillways are

located at a Q-point. The river set-up with a dam and, with dam and spillway are shown in

Figure 14.2 and Figure 14.3 respectively.



Figure 14.2 & 14.3: River set up with dam and spillway

14.8.2 Description of reservoir and appurtenant structures

Reservoir

To obtain an accurate description of the reservoir storage characteristics, the reservoir is

normally modelled as a single h-point in the model. This will usually correspond to the

upstream boundary of the model, where also the inflow hydrograph is also specified.

The description of the reservoir storage is entered in the processed data. The surface

storage area of the dam is described as a function of the water level and it is entered as

additional flooded area. The lowest water level given for the reservoir should be

somewhere below the final breach elevation of the dam.

The cross-sectional area is set to a large finite value and is used only for calculating the

inflow head loss into the breach. The inflow head loss can be calculated as:

∆H = Vs2

/2g) Ci [1-(As / Ares )]

Where, Vs = Velocity through the breach



Ci = Inflow head loss coefficient

As = Flow area through the breach, and

Ares = Cross-sectional area of the reservoir

In order to obtain a reasonable head loss description it is only necessary that Ares >> As so

that [1-(As /Ares)] = 1. The hydraulic radius is set to any non-zero value.

The total surface area of the reservoir is calculated as:

Atotal = b. ∆ + Additional flooded area

Since the total surface area is already described by the additional flooded area, the first

term should be equal to zero. Therefore, the width b should be set to zero.

Dam

At the Q point, where the dam break structure is located, the momentum equation is

replaced by an equation which describes the flow through the structure. As the

momentum equation is not used at the Q point, the ∆ – step is of no relevance. The

a i u ∆ for the river branch, where the da is to be placed, should therefore be

greater than the distance between two cross-sections in the reservoir branch. So, no cross-

section is interpolated between the actual cross-sections.

Spillways and other structures

At the node, where two branches meet the surface flooded area is taken as the sum of the

individual flooded areas specified at the h-points. Therefore, if the reservoir storage has

already been specified at the reservoir h-point, the spillway h-point should not contain any

flooded areas. Both the width b, and the additional flooded area” should be set to zero and other parameters such as the cross-sectional area and hydraulic radius should be the

same as for the reservoir.

14.8.3 Boundary conditions for dam break modeling

The boundary conditions must be specified at both upstream and downstream limits of the

model. The upstream boundary will generally be an inflow into the reservoir at the first

reservoir h-point. The downstream boundary will generally be a stage-discharge

relationship at the last cross section of the set up.

14.9 SPECIFICATIONS OF DAM BREAK STRUCTURES

The following information relating to dam break structures need to be specified:

(i) Geometrical specifications

(ii) Breach characteristics

(iii) Failure moment, and

(iv) Failure mode

14.9.1 Breach development

Earth and Rockfill dams usually do not collapse instantaneously, but they develop

breaches, which increase gradually. The failure time may vary between a few minutes up to

a few hours, depending on amongst other, the dam geometry and the construction



material. The development of the breach determines the breach outflow hydrograph, and

an accurate description of the breach develop ent is, therefore, re uired in near field”

da breach studies. In the far-field” studies, an accurate flood routing procedure is of more importance, because the outflow variation is rapidly damped out as the flood

propagates downstream.

14.9.2 Failure modes

The dam break module of MIKE 11 allows selection of one of various breach development

modes. Either linear failure mechanism or an erosion based formulation may be selected.

The linear failure mode assumes a linear increase in the breach dimensions in time

between specified limits. In the erosion based mode, the increase in breach dimensions is

calculated from the prevailing hydraulic conditions in the breach, and from the given

geometrical data. For both modes, limits of the final breach width and level are specified.

These may be determined, for example, by the original valley embankments.

a) Linear failure modes

The necessary data required to fully specify a linear dam failure are shown in Figure 14.4.

In addition, the user specifies the duration of the breach development and whether the

failure is to commence at a given time, or is initiated by overtopping of the dam. This

facility has applications in simulating the cascading failure of several dams located on the

same river.

Figure 14.4: Breach parameters for linear mode

b) Erosion based failure

The enlargement of the breach in earth fill dams from erosion of the dam core material

may also be determined from sediment transport considerations. Erosion based breach

formulations are based on sediment continuity equation for the breach. Numerous

sediment transport formulae are available, of which two have been implemented in the

breach formulation, being those of Engelund-Hansen (1967), and Meyer-Peter and Muller

(1947). Modeling of the variation of the width of the breach is more difficult to relate to

the classical theories of sediment transport. Due to the development of a wall boundary

layer along the often very steep side walls of the breach, the theories for bed load and

suspended load do not apply. As an approximation, the sediment transport at the sloping



walls is assumed to be proportional to that in the central part of the breach. The

coefficient of proportionality (side erosion index) is of the order of 0.5 – 1.0.

14.10 INITIAL CONDITIONS

Though in many cases, dam failure may occur on a dry river bed downstream of the dam,

but such conditions are not possible in MIKE 11, which require a finite depth of water, in

order to ensure the continuity” of the finite difference algorith . Therefore, before a dam break is actually simulated, it is necessary to create a steady state hot-start” file, which can be used for all subsequent dam break simulation. This file is created by:

(i) Giving a lateral inflow at the first h-point in the river

(ii) Setting the inflow into the reservoir to zero, and

(iii) Specifying the dam break structure to fail by overtopping, ensuring that the dam

crest level is greater than the specified reservoir level.

Initial conditions (water level and discharge) must be specified in HD parameter file,

including the reservoir level, at which the dam break simulation should commence. The

set-up should be run until a steady state condition is reached (i.e., Q=constant=lateral

inflow up to the downstream boundary).

14.11 DAM BREAK SIMULATIONS

The dam break simulation may be carried out using the hotstart file generated as

mentioned above, specifying the upstream boundary as the inflow hydrograph. The time

step depends upon the slope of the river bed and should be selected of the order of 0.5 to

5 minutes according to the slope.

14.12 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

The salient features of the Project are given below;

I. Location

i) State Arunachal Pradesh

ii) District Papum Pare

iii) River Pare

Latitude 9 ° 0’ ” E

Longitude 7° ’ ” N

II. Hydrology

i) Total catchment area 420 sq.km

ii) Maximum design flood 3060 cumec

iii) SPF 3060 cumec

III. Reservoir

i) FRL El. 848 m

ii) MWL El. 849.5 m

iii) MDDL El. 845 m

iv) Water spread area at FRL 16.53 ha

v) Total storage 1.17 M Cum

vi) Active Storage 0.35 M Cum

IV. Barrage

i) Length at barrage 168.85 m



ii) Top of barrage El. 850 m

iii) Average river bed level 823.627 m

V. Spillway

i) Number 4

ii) Crest elevation El. 823.5 m

iii) Gate Type and Size Radial gates; 6.5 m (W) x 10.6 m (H) & 15 m radius

VI. Power house

i) Type Surface

ii) Installed capacity 52 MW

iii) Type of turbine Francis

14.13 INPUT DATA REQUIREMENT

Dam break flood analysis requires a range of data to depict accurately to the extent

possible the topography and hydraulic conditions of the river course and dam break

phenomenon. The important data required are;

(i) Cross sections of the river from dam site and up to location downstream of the dam

to which the study is required

(ii) Elevation-surface area relationship of the reservoir

(iii) Rating curve of spillway and sluices

(iv) Salient features of the all hydraulic structures at the dam site and also in the study

reach of the river

(v) Design flood hydrograph

(vi) Stage-discharge relationship at the last river cross section of the study area

(vii) Manning’s roughness coefficient for different reaches of the river under study

(viii) Rating curve of all the hydraulic structures in the study reach of the river

For the present study, the following data supplied has been used;

14.13.1 River cross sections

For dam break studies of Par HE Project, the River for a length of about 12436 m

downstream of the barrage site i.e. upto downstream proposed project Toru HEP have

been represented in the model by numerous cross sections taken at a suitable interval. In

the case of extreme floods the flood water spreads beyond the normal course of the river,

where the resistance to flow will be high due to presence of bushes, vegetation etc.

Considering the above the Manning's roughness coefficient for the entire study reach of

the river has been taken as 0.050.

14.13.2 Reservoir and dam

The reservoir has been represented in the model by a separate reservoir branch and its

elevation-surface area relation, which has been specified at Chainage 0” k of the reservoir branch, is given in Table 14.1. The barrage has been placed at Chainage 500 m of

the reservoir branch and dam breach parameters specified therein.



Table 14.1 : Elevation-Area relationship of the reservoir

Elevation

(m) Area (Sqm)

Area

(Hect.)

Volume

(m3)

Cumulative

Volume (m3)

Cumulative

Volume (MCM)

824 0.00 0.00 0 0 0.00

826 6488.68 0.65 4326 4326 0.00

828 12611.98 1.26 18765 23090 0.02

830 17807.96 1.78 30271 53361 0.05

832 25280.54 2.53 42871 96232 0.10

834 34216.91 3.42 59272 155505 0.16

836 42620.05 4.26 76683 232188 0.23

838 53167.52 5.32 95593 327781 0.33

840 62676.41 6.27 115714 443495 0.44

842 71557.53 7.16 134136 577631 0.58

844 85589.04 8.56 156937 734568 0.73

845 94439.47 9.44 89978 824546 0.82

846 103289.91 10.33 98832 923378 0.92

848 144353.02 16.53 246500 1169878 1.17

850 196840.12 19.68 339839 1509717 1.51

Figure 14.5: Elevation-Area-Capacity Curve

14.13.3 Spillway

The spillway has been represented in the model by number and size of spillway gates. The

same has been specified at Chainage 500 m of the spillway branch.

Design Flood Hydrograph

The design flood hydrograph which is the SPF for the present case has been used as for the

upstrea boundary of the da break odel set up. The sa e applied at chainage 0” km

of the reservoir branch in the model set up, is given in Table 14.2.



Table 14.2: Design Flood Hydrograph (SPF)

Time Inflow

Hr Cumec

0 21

1 22

2 26

3 32

4 44

5 61

6 82

7 120

8 191

9 302

10 448

11 587

12 679

13 624

14 550

15 535

16 626

17 735

18 848

19 1013

20 1284

21 1692

22 2223

23 2728

24 3060

25 2756

26 2279

27 1822

28 1350

29 965

30 679

31 463

32 301

33 195

34 126

35 81

36 51

37 32

38 26

39 23

40 21

41 21

14.13.4 Downstream boundary

In order to avoid its influence in the study reach normally the downstream boundary

should be applied at a distant location from the last river cross section of study reach. The

sa e has been worked out using Manning’s e uation and applied at a location 12436 m

downstream for dam site, as given in Table 14.3.



Table 14.3: Stage-discharge relationship - downstream boundary of

MIKE11 model set up

Stage (m) Discharge (cumec)

584.00 0.00

584.08 0.09

584.62 9.25

585.16 36.60

585.69 85.25

586.77 254.85

587.84 524.71

588.92 898.83

589.99 1384.63

591.07 1993.53

592.14 2739.72

593.22 3630.78

594.29 4674.92

595.36 5879.91

596.44 7251.70

597.51 8799.27

598.59 10532.92

599.66 12468.44

600.74 14623.69

601.81 17016.58

601.86 17133.14

602.94 19807.56

604.01 22770.94

605.09 26015.06

606.17 29536.01

607.24 33333.70

608.32 37409.31

609.40 41765.04

610.47 46403.90

611.55 51329.23

612.63 56546.47

613.70 62065.01

614.78 67898.30

615.86 74058.28

616.93 80555.93

618.01 87409.86

619.09 94643.74

14.13.5 Upstream Elevation View

Upstream Elevation view of the dam has been shown below:



14.14 SELECTION OF DAM BREACH PARAMETERS

Estimation of the dam break flood will depend on time of failure, extent of overtopping

before failure, size, shape and time of the breach formation, etc., which are called dam

breach parameters. The breach characteristics that are needed as input to the existing dam

break models are i) Initial and final breach width; ii) Shape of the breach; iii) Time duration

of breach development, and iv) Reservoir level at time of start of breach. The predominant

mechanism of breach formation is, to a large extent, dependent on the type of dam and

the cause due to which the dam failed.

A study of the different dam failures indicates that earthen or rockfill dams never collapse

instantaneously as concrete dams which breach by sudden collapse. Earthen or rockfill

dams develop breaches which increase gradually. The breaching time may vary from a few

minutes to a few hours, depending on amongst other the dam geometry and the

construction material. The development of the breach largely determines the reservoir

outflow hydrograph, and a reasonable description of the breach development is therefore

required in near field dam break models. In far field models a reasonable flood routing

procedure is of more importance, because the outflow variation is rapidly damped out as

the flood wave propagates downstream.

The way earthen or rockfill dam starts to breach can be specified as one of the following

failure modes:

- Linear failure, ie the increase in breach dimensions is assumed to occur linearly over a

given time (the time of breach development)

- Erosion based failure, ie the increase in the breach depth is calculated from a classical

sediment transport formula. The increase in breach width is calculated as the increase

in breach depth multiplied by side index.

In present case, upstream elevation view can be considered as a composite section

consisting of gated portion and earthen embankments which have been considered as

failure zone. Linear failure has been adopted in the present case; breach of trapezoidal

shape has been considered with a side slope of 1 V: 1.5 H. End shape of the breach should

reflect the bounds imposed by the valley bathymetry accordingly the value has been taken.

Breach starts from top of dam when water is at FRL ie 848 m and reaches level of 823.5 in

20 minutes developing breach in trapezoidal form and with final breach width of 16 m.

Accordingly the breach parameter given in Table 14.4 has been selected for the dam break

study.

Table 14.4: Breach parameters

Breach Level (m) Final

Breach

Width

(m)

Breach

Slope

Breach

Development Time

(Minutes)

Remarks

Initial Final

848 823.5 16 1 V: 1.5

H

20 The final breach level at El 823.5

has been taken



14.15 CRITICAL CONDITIONS FOR DAM BREAK STUDY

The critical condition for a Dam/Barrage break study is when the reservoir is at FRL and

design flood hydrograph (SPF) is impinged. Accordingly, first the reservoir routing is carried

out by impinging the SPF in to the reservoir, assuming that the water level in reservoir is at

FRL and the spillway gates are fully open. During the reservoir routing the MDDL is

restricted corresponding level. But in the present case, since the reservoir is very small with

an area of 16.53 ha and a live storage of 0.35 MCM, this exercise is not necessary and

hence it can be assumed that the maximum water level reached in the reservoir shall occur

at 24 hr after the application of SPF. Hence for the hypothetical case of Dam/Barrage break

simulation and also to get the maximum Dam/Barrage breach flood peak it would be

appropriate to assume the starting of the breach, when the reservoir level is at FRL.

14.16 DAM BREAK SIMULATION (BREACH WIDTH 16 M, BREACH DEPTH 26.5 M,

BREACH DEVELOPMENT TIME 20 MINUTES)

Taking the above breach parameter and critical condition of para 5.2 the dam break

condition has been simulated. In the simulation the dam has been assumed to breach 24

hour after the impingement of the SPF, when the water level in the reservoir is at EL 848 m

after the impingement of the SPF. The dam breach flood hydrograph just downstream of

the dam is given in Figure 14.6.

Figure 14.6: The dam breach flood hydrograph

Note: The dates shown on the time axis of the plot are relative dates as used in MIKE11 model

The peak of the dam breach flood just downstream of the dam is 3952.274 cumec which

includes about 3060 cumec due to SPF itself. Hence the contribution of reservoir storage in

the dam breach flood peak is 892.274 cumec. The maximum discharge, water level and

their time of occurrence at different locations of the River downstream of the dams are

given in Table 14.5 and 14.6 respectively.



Table 14.5: Maximum discharge due to dam breach flood (breach bottom width 16 m and breach depth

26.5 m)

The breach has been assumed to start on 2-1-2015 00:00:00 hours

Chainage (m) d/s

of dam

Maximum

discharge

(cumec)

Time of occurrence

(Date:hours:Minutes:Seconds)

PAR 125.00 3952.27 02-01-2015 00:18:40

PAR 375.00 3951.98 02-01-2015 00:18:49

PAR 625.00 3951.11 02-01-2015 00:19:05

PAR 875.00 3949.96 02-01-2015 00:19:19

PAR 1125.00 3948.58 02-01-2015 00:19:40

PAR 1375.00 3947.36 02-01-2015 00:19:54

PAR 1625.00 3946.17 02-01-2015 00:20:14

PAR 1875.00 3945.76 02-01-2015 00:20:25

PAR 2125.00 3945.24 02-01-2015 00:20:39

PAR 2375.00 3944.68 02-01-2015 00:20:49

PAR 2625.00 3944.08 02-01-2015 00:21:05

PAR 2875.00 3943.32 02-01-2015 00:21:20

PAR 3125.00 3941.92 02-01-2015 00:21:39

PAR 3375.00 3941.11 02-01-2015 00:21:50

PAR 3625.00 3931.89 02-01-2015 00:22:20

PAR 3875.00 3924.01 02-01-2015 00:22:50

PAR 4125.00 3919.64 02-01-2015 00:23:15

PAR 4375.00 3916.30 02-01-2015 00:23:34

PAR 4625.00 3913.27 02-01-2015 00:23:54

PAR 4875.00 3908.60 02-01-2015 00:24:20

PAR 5125.00 3895.77 02-01-2015 00:24:50

PAR 5375.00 3889.49 02-01-2015 00:25:10

PAR 5625.00 3885.96 02-01-2015 00:25:35

PAR 5875.00 3883.03 02-01-2015 00:25:54

PAR 6125.00 3879.05 02-01-2015 00:26:15

PAR 6375.00 3874.86 02-01-2015 00:26:35

PAR 6625.00 3850.19 02-01-2015 00:27:14

PAR 6875.00 3834.42 02-01-2015 00:27:49

PAR 7125.00 3819.98 02-01-2015 00:28:30

PAR 7375.00 3805.79 02-01-2015 00:28:55

PAR 7625.00 3795.62 02-01-2015 00:29:30

PAR 7875.00 3791.38 02-01-2015 00:29:55

PAR 8125.00 3789.51 02-01-2015 00:30:15

PAR 8375.00 3788.94 02-01-2015 00:30:25

PAR 8625.00 3788.02 02-01-2015 00:30:39

PAR 8875.00 3786.67 02-01-2015 00:30:59

PAR 9125.00 3783.20 02-01-2015 00:31:24

PAR 9375.00 3779.55 02-01-2015 00:31:50

PAR 9625.00 3775.82 02-01-2015 00:32:15

PAR 9875.00 3772.63 02-01-2015 00:32:40

PAR 10125.00 3771.27 02-01-2015 00:32:59

PAR 10375.00 3769.08 02-01-2015 00:33:19

PAR 10625.00 3766.36 02-01-2015 00:33:40



PAR 10875.00 3763.65 02-01-2015 00:34:00

PAR 11125.00 3760.54 02-01-2015 00:34:24

PAR 11375.00 3758.16 02-01-2015 00:34:44

PAR 11625.00 3756.40 02-01-2015 00:35:05

PAR 11875.00 3754.81 02-01-2015 00:35:25

PAR 12109.00 3753.87 02-01-2015 00:35:39

PAR 12327.00 3753.20 02-01-2015 00:35:55

Table 14.6: Maximum water level due to dam breach flood breach bottom width 16m

and breach depth 26.5 m)

The breach has been assumed to start on 2-1-2015 00:00:00 hours

Chainage (m) d/s

of dam

Bed Level (m) Maximum

discharge

(cumec)

Time of occurrence


PAR 0.00 823.63 830.40 02-01-2015 00:18:35

PAR 250.00 * 823.21 02-01-2015 00:18:45

PAR 500.00 810.03 816.90 02-01-2015 00:19:00

PAR 750.00 * 810.34 02-01-2015 00:19:19

PAR 1000.00 798.24 804.46 02-01-2015 00:19:35

PAR 1250.00 * 799.39 02-01-2015 00:19:54

PAR 1500.00 789.19 793.68 02-01-2015 00:20:09

PAR 1750.00 * 784.90 02-01-2015 00:20:25

PAR 2000.00 769.21 775.30 02-01-2015 00:20:35

PAR 2250.00 * 765.01 02-01-2015 00:20:49

PAR 2500.00 749.54 754.73 02-01-2015 00:21:00

PAR 2750.00 * 744.77 02-01-2015 00:21:14

PAR 3000.00 729.96 735.40 02-01-2015 00:21:34

PAR 3250.00 * 729.68 02-01-2015 00:21:50

PAR 3500.00 720.00 724.01 02-01-2015 00:22:30

PAR 3750.00 * 721.83 02-01-2015 00:22:55

PAR 4000.00 711.08 719.50 02-01-2015 00:23:15

PAR 4250.00 * 717.11 02-01-2015 00:23:34

PAR 4500.00 709.38 714.29 02-01-2015 00:23:54

PAR 4750.00 * 709.44 02-01-2015 00:24:20

PAR 5000.00 699.81 706.82 02-01-2015 00:24:59

PAR 5250.00 * 706.19 02-01-2015 00:25:19

PAR 5500.00 698.77 705.04 02-01-2015 00:25:35

PAR 5750.00 * 703.73 02-01-2015 00:25:54

PAR 6000.00 697.73 702.33 02-01-2015 00:26:15

PAR 6250.00 * 697.95 02-01-2015 00:26:40

PAR 6500.00 690.01 694.53 02-01-2015 00:27:35

PAR 6750.00 * 693.70 02-01-2015 00:28:05

PAR 7000.00 688.00 692.42 02-01-2015 00:28:35

PAR 7250.00 * 691.29 02-01-2015 00:29:25

PAR 7500.00 683.95 690.39 02-01-2015 00:29:34

PAR 7750.00 * 687.50 02-01-2015 00:29:55

PAR 8000.00 677.96 684.06 02-01-2015 00:30:15

PAR 8250.00 * 679.89 02-01-2015 00:30:25

PAR 8500.00 668.01 675.32 02-01-2015 00:30:39



PAR 8750.00 * 668.70 02-01-2015 00:30:55

PAR 9000.00 657.14 662.09 02-01-2015 00:31:24

PAR 9250.00 * 657.70 02-01-2015 00:31:50

PAR 9500.00 647.77 653.22 02-01-2015 00:32:15

PAR 9750.00 * 648.27 02-01-2015 00:32:40

PAR 10000.00 635.95 642.94 02-01-2015 00:32:54

PAR 10250.00 * 637.42 02-01-2015 00:33:19

PAR 10500.00 626.04 632.61 02-01-2015 00:33:40

PAR 10750.00 * 628.54 02-01-2015 00:34:05

PAR 11000.00 618.00 625.14 02-01-2015 00:34:24

PAR 11250.00 * 622.31 02-01-2015 00:34:44

PAR 11500.00 613.00 618.81 02-01-2015 00:35:05

PAR 11750.00 * 612.54 02-01-2015 00:35:25

PAR 12000.00 598.41 605.92 02-01-2015 00:35:39

PAR 12218.00 * 599.34 02-01-2015 00:35

PAR 12436.00 584.00 593.34 02-01-2015 00:36

* cross sections interpolated by MIKE11

From the Table 14.6 it can be seen that the rise in water level along the reach of the river is

about 4.01 m to 9.34 m.

14.17 MAXIMUM DISCHARGES AND WATER LEVELS IN RIVER DUE TO OCCURRENCE

OF SPF WITHOUT DAM BREACH

To know the maximum discharge and water levels at different locations of River

downstream of the dam due to occurrence of SPF, when reservoir is at FRL, but without

any dam breach, the simulation has been run. The maximum discharge and water level

obtained at the different locations along the river reach is given in Table 14.7 and 14.8

respectively.

Table 14.7: Maximum discharge due to occurrence of SPF without dam breach

The SPF has been impinged in the reservoir on 02-01-2015 00:00:00 hr

Chainage (m) d/s of dam

Maximum discharge (cumec)

Time of occurrence (Date:hours:Minutes:Seconds)

PAR 125.00 3054.19 02-01-2015 00:01:09

PAR 375.00 3054.16 02-01-2015 00:01:20

PAR 625.00 3054.05 02-01-2015 00:01:40

PAR 875.00 3053.90 02-01-2015 00:01:59

PAR 1125.00 3053.73 02-01-2015 00:02:20

PAR 1375.00 3053.58 02-01-2015 00:02:40

PAR 1625.00 3053.45 02-01-2015 00:02:59

PAR 1875.00 3053.41 02-01-2015 00:03:10

PAR 2125.00 3053.35 02-01-2015 00:03:24

PAR 2375.00 3053.29 02-01-2015 00:03:40

PAR 2625.00 3053.22 02-01-2015 00:04:00

PAR 2875.00 3053.14 02-01-2015 00:04:14

PAR 3125.00 3052.99 02-01-2015 00:04:35



PAR 3375.00 3052.93 02-01-2015 00:04:49

PAR 3625.00 3052.17 02-01-2015 00:05:25

PAR 3875.00 3051.57 02-01-2015 00:06:05

PAR 4125.00 3051.26 02-01-2015 00:06:30

PAR 4375.00 3051.04 02-01-2015 00:06:55

PAR 4625.00 3050.87 02-01-2015 00:07:20

PAR 4875.00 3050.60 02-01-2015 00:07:50

PAR 5125.00 3049.78 02-01-2015 00:08:29

PAR 5375.00 3049.41 02-01-2015 00:08:59

PAR 5625.00 3049.22 02-01-2015 00:09:29

PAR 5875.00 3049.07 02-01-2015 00:09:50

PAR 6125.00 3048.90 02-01-2015 00:10:15

PAR 6375.00 3048.79 02-01-2015 00:10:35

PAR 6625.00 3047.43 02-01-2015 00:11:35

PAR 6875.00 3046.58 02-01-2015 00:12:14

PAR 7125.00 3045.74 02-01-2015 00:13:05

PAR 7375.00 3044.76 02-01-2015 00:13:44

PAR 7625.00 3044.13 02-01-2015 00:14:39

PAR 7875.00 3043.98 02-01-2015 00:15:09

PAR 8125.00 3043.92 02-01-2015 00:15:29

PAR 8375.00 3043.90 02-01-2015 00:15:45

PAR 8625.00 3043.86 02-01-2015 00:15:59

PAR 8875.00 3043.81 02-01-2015 00:16:20

PAR 9125.00 3043.68 02-01-2015 00:16:50

PAR 9375.00 3043.55 02-01-2015 00:17:20

PAR 9625.00 3043.38 02-01-2015 00:17:49

PAR 9875.00 3043.25 02-01-2015 00:18:19

PAR 10125.00 3043.20 02-01-2015 00:18:40

PAR 10375.00 3043.09 02-01-2015 00:19:05

PAR 10625.00 3042.99 02-01-2015 00:19:30

PAR 10875.00 3042.90 02-01-2015 00:19:49

PAR 11125.00 3042.78 02-01-2015 00:20:14

PAR 11375.00 3042.69 02-01-2015 00:20:39

PAR 11625.00 3042.63 02-01-2015 00:21:00

PAR 11875.00 3042.58 02-01-2015 00:21:20

PAR 12109.00 3042.54 02-01-2015 00:21:39

PAR 12327.00 3042.52 02-01-2015 00:21:55

Table 14.8: Maximum water level due to occurrence of SPF without dam breach

The SPF has been impinged in the reservoir on 02-01-2015 00:00:00 hr

Chainage (m) d/s

of dam

Bed Level (m) Maximum

water

level (m)

Time of occurrence

(Date:hours:Minutes:

Seconds)

PAR 0.00 823.63 829.60 02-01-2015 00:00:59

PAR 250.00 * 822.39 02-01-2015 00:01:09

PAR 500.00 810.03 816.02 02-01-2015 00:01:29

PAR 750.00 * 809.52 02-01-2015 00:01:54

PAR 1000.00 798.24 803.73 02-01-2015 00:02:15



PAR 1250.00 * 798.72 02-01-2015 00:02:40

PAR 1500.00 789.19 793.10 02-01-2015 00:02:49

PAR 1750.00 * 784.18 02-01-2015 00:03:05

PAR 2000.00 769.21 774.55 02-01-2015 00:03:15

PAR 2250.00 * 764.30 02-01-2015 00:03:29

PAR 2500.00 749.54 754.05 02-01-2015 00:03:49

PAR 2750.00 * 744.10 02-01-2015 00:04:05

PAR 3000.00 729.96 734.75 02-01-2015 00:04:24

PAR 3250.00 * 729.12 02-01-2015 00:04:40

PAR 3500.00 720.00 723.42 02-01-2015 00:05:25

PAR 3750.00 * 721.15 02-01-2015 00:06:05

PAR 4000.00 711.08 718.70 02-01-2015 00:06:25

PAR 4250.00 * 716.42 02-01-2015 00:06:50

PAR 4500.00 709.38 713.66 02-01-2015 00:07:14

PAR 4750.00 * 708.75 02-01-2015 00:07:39

PAR 5000.00 699.81 706.05 02-01-2015 00:08:39

PAR 5250.00 * 705.47 02-01-2015 00:08:59

PAR 5500.00 698.77 704.41 02-01-2015 00:09:15

PAR 5750.00 * 703.17 02-01-2015 00:09:45

PAR 6000.00 697.73 701.86 02-01-2015 00:09

PAR 6250.00 * 697.47 02-01-2015 00:10

PAR 6500.00 690.01 694.02 02-01-2015 00:11

PAR 6750.00 * 693.22 02-01-2015 00:12

PAR 7000.00 688.00 691.95 02-01-2015 00:13

PAR 7250.00 * 690.77 02-01-2015 00:14

PAR 7500.00 683.95 689.92 02-01-2015 00:14

PAR 7750.00 * 686.87 02-01-2015 00:14

PAR 8000.00 677.96 683.44 02-01-2015 00:15

PAR 8250.00 * 679.21 02-01-2015 00:15

PAR 8500.00 668.01 674.64 02-01-2015 00:15

PAR 8750.00 * 668.18 02-01-2015 00:16

PAR 9000.00 657.14 661.60 02-01-2015 00:16

PAR 9250.00 * 657.22 02-01-2015 00:16

PAR 9500.00 647.77 652.73 02-01-2015 00:17

PAR 9750.00 * 647.68 02-01-2015 00:18

PAR 10000.00 635.95 642.29 02-01-2015 00:18

PAR 10250.00 * 636.92 02-01-2015 00:19

PAR 10500.00 626.04 632.01 02-01-2015 00:19

PAR 10750.00 * 627.89 02-01-2015 00:19

PAR 11000.00 618.00 624.44 02-01-2015 00:20

PAR 11250.00 * 621.66 02-01-2015 00:20

PAR 11500.00 613.00 618.24 02-01-2015 00:20

PAR 11750.00 * 611.92 02-01-2015 00:21

PAR 12000.00 598.41 605.25 02-01-2015 00:21

PAR 12218.00 * 598.59 02-01-2015 00:21

PAR 12436.00 584.00 592.51 02-01-2015 00:21




From the Table 14.7 it can be seen that the rise in water level along the reach of the river is

about 3.42 m to 8.51 m.

14.18 MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL IN THE VIRGIN CONDITION OF THE RIVER DUE TO

OCCURRENCE OF SPF

To know the maximum discharge and water level due to occurrence of SPF in the virgin

condition of the River the necessary simulation has been run. In this case, the SPF has been

i pinged at chainage 0” of the River (just d/s of dam site) without considering the dam.

The maximum discharge and water level obtained at the different locations along the river

reach is given in Table 14.9 and 14.10 respectively.

Table 14.9: Maximum discharge due to occurrence of SPF in virgin river condition

The “PF has ee i pi ged at hai age 0 of River o 02-1-2015 at 00:00:00 hr

Chainage (m) d/s of dam


Time of occurrence (Date:hours:Minutes:Seconds)

PAR 125.00 3059.60 02-01-2015 00:00:09

PAR 375.00 3059.40 02-01-2015 00:00:15

PAR 625.00 3058.93 02-01-2015 00:00:29

PAR 875.00 3058.44 02-01-2015 00:00:50

PAR 1125.00 3057.97 02-01-2015 00:01:09

PAR 1375.00 3057.59 02-01-2015 00:01:29

PAR 1625.00 3057.28 02-01-2015 00:01:45

PAR 1875.00 3057.20 02-01-2015 00:01:59

PAR 2125.00 3057.07 02-01-2015 00:02:15

PAR 2375.00 3056.94 02-01-2015 00:02:29

PAR 2625.00 3056.81 02-01-2015 00:02:45

PAR 2875.00 3056.66 02-01-2015 00:02:59

PAR 3125.00 3056.39 02-01-2015 00:03:19

PAR 3375.00 3056.29 02-01-2015 00:03:35

PAR 3625.00 3055.25 02-01-2015 00:04:10

PAR 3875.00 3054.43 02-01-2015 00:04:40

PAR 4125.00 3054.00 02-01-2015 00:05:09

PAR 4375.00 3053.69 02-01-2015 00:05:35

PAR 4625.00 3053.45 02-01-2015 00:06:00

PAR 4875.00 3053.11 02-01-2015 00:06:25

PAR 5125.00 3052.13 02-01-2015 00:07:04

PAR 5375.00 3051.67 02-01-2015 00:07:30

PAR 5625.00 3051.42 02-01-2015 00:07:59

PAR 5875.00 3051.23 02-01-2015 00:08:20

PAR 6125.00 3051.01 02-01-2015 00:08:50

PAR 6375.00 3050.89 02-01-2015 00:09:10

PAR 6625.00 3049.35 02-01-2015 00:10:05

PAR 6875.00 3048.38 02-01-2015 00:10:49

PAR 7125.00 3047.44 02-01-2015 00:11:35

PAR 7375.00 3046.32 02-01-2015 00:12:14

PAR 7625.00 3045.62 02-01-2015 00:13:09

PAR 7875.00 3045.45 02-01-2015 00:13:39

PAR 8125.00 3045.38 02-01-2015 00:14:04

PAR 8375.00 3045.36 02-01-2015 00:14:14

PAR 8625.00 3045.32 02-01-2015 00:14:30

PAR 8875.00 3045.26 02-01-2015 00:14:55

PAR 9125.00 3045.12 02-01-2015 00:15:20

PAR 9375.00 3044.97 02-01-2015 00:15:50

PAR 9625.00 3044.78 02-01-2015 00:16:20

PAR 9875.00 3044.63 02-01-2015 00:16:50



PAR 10125.00 3044.58 02-01-2015 00:17:10

PAR 10375.00 3044.46 02-01-2015 00:17:35

PAR 10625.00 3044.35 02-01-2015 00:17:59

PAR 10875.00 3044.25 02-01-2015 00:18:24

PAR 11125.00 3044.11 02-01-2015 00:18:49

PAR 11375.00 3044.02 02-01-2015 00:19:10

PAR 11625.00 3043.96 02-01-2015 00:19:30

PAR 11875.00 3043.90 02-01-2015 00:19:54

PAR 12109.00 3043.86 02-01-2015 00:20:09

PAR 12327.00 3043.83 02-01-2015 00:20:25

Table 14.10: Maximum water level due to occurrence of SPF in virgin river condition

The “PF has ee i pi ged at hai age 0 of River o 02-1-2015 at

00:00:00 hr

Chainage (m)

d/s of dam

Bed

Level

(m)

Maximum

water

level (m)

Time of occurrence


PAR 0.00 823.63 829.60 02-01-2015 00:00:04

PAR 250.00 * 822.40 02-01-2015 00:00:15

PAR 500.00 810.03 816.03 02-01-2015 00:00:29

PAR 750.00 * 809.52 02-01-2015 00:00:45

PAR 1000.00 798.24 803.74 02-01-2015 00:01:04

PAR 1250.00 * 798.73 02-01-2015 00:01:20

PAR 1500.00 789.19 793.10 02-01-2015 00:01:40

PAR 1750.00 * 784.18 02-01-2015 00:01:50

PAR 2000.00 769.21 774.56 02-01-2015 00:02:10

PAR 2250.00 * 764.31 02-01-2015 00:02:20

PAR 2500.00 749.54 754.05 02-01-2015 00:02:35

PAR 2750.00 * 744.11 02-01-2015 00:02:54

PAR 3000.00 729.96 734.76 02-01-2015 00:03:15

PAR 3250.00 * 729.12 02-01-2015 00:03:29

PAR 3500.00 720.00 723.42 02-01-2015 00:04:10

PAR 3750.00 * 721.16 02-01-2015 00:04:44

PAR 4000.00 711.08 718.71 02-01-2015 00:05:05

PAR 4250.00 * 716.42 02-01-2015 00:05:35

PAR 4500.00 709.38 713.66 02-01-2015 00:05:55

PAR 4750.00 * 708.75 02-01-2015 00:06:20

PAR 5000.00 699.81 706.06 02-01-2015 00:07:14

PAR 5250.00 * 705.47 02-01-2015 00:07:30

PAR 5500.00 698.77 704.41 02-01-2015 00:07:55

PAR 5750.00 * 703.18 02-01-2015 00:08:15

PAR 6000.00 697.73 701.86 02-01-2015 00:08:39

PAR 6250.00 * 697.47 02-01-2015 00:09:04

PAR 6500.00 690.01 694.02 02-01-2015 00:10:19

PAR 6750.00 * 693.22 02-01-2015 00:11:05

PAR 7000.00 688.00 691.95 02-01-2015 00:12:00

PAR 7250.00 * 690.78 02-01-2015 00:13:00

PAR 7500.00 683.95 689.92 02-01-2015 00:13:09

PAR 7750.00 * 686.87 02-01-2015 00:13:35

PAR 8000.00 677.96 683.44 02-01-2015 00:13:50

PAR 8250.00 * 679.21 02-01-2015 00:14:04

PAR 8500.00 668.01 674.64 02-01-2015 00:14:20

PAR 8750.00 * 668.18 02-01-2015 00:14:30

PAR 9000.00 657.14 661.60 02-01-2015 00:15:04

PAR 9250.00 * 657.22 02-01-2015 00:15:29



PAR 9500.00 647.77 652.73 02-01-2015 00:16:09

PAR 9750.00 * 647.69 02-01-2015 00:16:34

PAR 10000.00 635.95 642.30 02-01-2015 00:16:54

PAR 10250.00 * 636.92 02-01-2015 00:17:24

PAR 10500.00 626.04 632.01 02-01-2015 00:17:45

PAR 10750.00 * 627.89 02-01-2015 00:18:10

PAR 11000.00 618.00 624.45 02-01-2015 00:18:45

PAR 11250.00 * 621.66 02-01-2015 00:18:54

PAR 11500.00 613.00 618.24 02-01-2015 00:19:30

PAR 11750.00 * 611.92 02-01-2015 00:19:49

PAR 12000.00 598.41 605.25 02-01-2015 00:19:54

PAR 12218.00 * 598.59 02-01-2015 00:20:19

PAR 12436.00 584.00 592.51 02-01-2015 00:20:19


The rise in water level along the reach of the river downstream of the dam is about 3.42 m

to 8.51 m.

14.19 COMPARISON OF MAXIMUM DISCHARGE AND WATER LEVEL

For the different hydrodynamic scenario simulated so far, the maximum discharge and

water level occurring at different locations of River downstream of dam have been

compared in Table 14.11 and 14.12 respectively.

Table 14.11: Comparison of maximum discharge obtained in different cases

Chainage (m) d/s of

dam


SPF and

dam

breach

SPF

without

dam

breach

SPF in

virgin

condition

(Table

14.5)

(Table

14.9) (Table

14.7)

PAR 125.00 3952.27 3054.19 3059.60

PAR 375.00 3951.98 3054.16 3059.40

PAR 625.00 3951.11 3054.05 3058.93

PAR 875.00 3949.96 3053.90 3058.44

PAR 1125.00 3948.58 3053.73 3057.97

PAR 1375.00 3947.36 3053.58 3057.59

PAR 1625.00 3946.17 3053.45 3057.28

PAR 1875.00 3945.76 3053.41 3057.20

PAR 2125.00 3945.24 3053.35 3057.07

PAR 2375.00 3944.68 3053.29 3056.94

PAR 2625.00 3944.08 3053.22 3056.81

PAR 2875.00 3943.32 3053.14 3056.66

PAR 3125.00 3941.92 3052.99 3056.39

PAR 3375.00 3941.11 3052.93 3056.29

PAR 3625.00 3931.89 3052.17 3055.25

PAR 3875.00 3924.01 3051.57 3054.43

PAR 4125.00 3919.64 3051.26 3054.00

PAR 4375.00 3916.30 3051.04 3053.69

PAR 4625.00 3913.27 3050.87 3053.45

PAR 4875.00 3908.60 3050.60 3053.11

PAR 5125.00 3895.77 3049.78 3052.13



PAR 5375.00 3889.49 3049.41 3051.67

PAR 5625.00 3885.96 3049.22 3051.42

PAR 5875.00 3883.03 3049.07 3051.23

PAR 6125.00 3879.05 3048.90 3051.01

PAR 6375.00 3874.86 3048.79 3050.89

PAR 6625.00 3850.19 3047.43 3049.35

PAR 6875.00 3834.42 3046.58 3048.38

PAR 7125.00 3819.98 3045.74 3047.44

PAR 7375.00 3805.79 3044.76 3046.32

PAR 7625.00 3795.62 3044.13 3045.62

PAR 7875.00 3791.38 3043.98 3045.45

PAR 8125.00 3789.51 3043.92 3045.38

PAR 8375.00 3788.94 3043.90 3045.36

PAR 8625.00 3788.02 3043.86 3045.32

PAR 8875.00 3786.67 3043.81 3045.26

PAR 9125.00 3783.20 3043.68 3045.12

PAR 9375.00 3779.55 3043.55 3044.97

PAR 9625.00 3775.82 3043.38 3044.78

PAR 9875.00 3772.63 3043.25 3044.63

PAR 10125.00 3771.27 3043.20 3044.58

PAR 10375.00 3769.08 3043.09 3044.46

PAR 10625.00 3766.36 3042.99 3044.35

PAR 10875.00 3763.65 3042.90 3044.25

PAR 11125.00 3760.54 3042.78 3044.11

PAR 11375.00 3758.16 3042.69 3044.02

PAR 11625.00 3756.40 3042.63 3043.96

PAR 11875.00 3754.81 3042.58 3043.90

PAR 12109.00 3753.87 3042.54 3043.86

PAR 12327.00 3753.20 3042.52 3043.83

Table 14.12: Comparison of maximum water level obtained in different cases

Chainage (m) d/s of

dam

Bed Level

(m)

Maximum water level (m)

SPF and

dam

breach

SPF

without

SPF in

virgin

condition

(Table

14.6)

(Table

14.8)

(Table

14.10)

PAR 0.00 823.63 830.40 829.60 829.60

PAR 250.00 * 823.21 822.39 822.40

PAR 500.00 810.03 816.90 816.02 816.03

PAR 750.00 * 810.34 809.52 809.52

PAR 1000.00 798.24 804.46 803.73 803.74

PAR 1250.00 * 799.39 798.72 798.73

PAR 1500.00 789.19 793.68 793.10 793.10

PAR 1750.00 * 784.90 784.18 784.18

PAR 2000.00 769.21 775.30 774.55 774.56

PAR 2250.00 * 765.01 764.30 764.31

PAR 2500.00 749.54 754.73 754.05 754.05

PAR 2750.00 * 744.77 744.10 744.11

PAR 3000.00 729.96 735.40 734.75 734.76

PAR 3250.00 * 729.68 729.12 729.12

PAR 3500.00 720.00 724.01 723.42 723.42

PAR 3750.00 * 721.83 721.15 721.16

PAR 4000.00 711.08 719.50 718.70 718.71



PAR 4250.00 * 717.11 716.42 716.42

PAR 4500.00 709.38 714.29 713.66 713.66

PAR 4750.00 * 709.44 708.75 708.75

PAR 5000.00 699.81 706.82 706.05 706.06

PAR 5250.00 * 706.19 705.47 705.47

PAR 5500.00 698.77 705.04 704.41 704.41

PAR 5750.00 * 703.73 703.17 703.18

PAR 6000.00 697.73 702.33 701.86 701.86

PAR 6250.00 * 697.95 697.47 697.47

PAR 6500.00 690.01 694.53 694.02 694.02

PAR 6750.00 * 693.70 693.22 693.22

PAR 7000.00 688.00 692.42 691.95 691.95

PAR 7250.00 * 691.29 690.77 690.78

PAR 7500.00 683.95 690.39 689.92 689.92

PAR 7750.00 * 687.50 686.87 686.87

PAR 8000.00 677.96 684.06 683.44 683.44

PAR 8250.00 * 679.89 679.21 679.21

PAR 8500.00 668.01 675.32 674.64 674.64

PAR 8750.00 * 668.70 668.18 668.18

PAR 9000.00 657.14 662.09 661.60 661.60

PAR 9250.00 * 657.70 657.22 657.22

PAR 9500.00 647.77 653.22 652.73 652.73

PAR 9750.00 * 648.27 647.68 647.69

PAR 10000.00 635.95 642.94 642.29 642.30

PAR 10250.00 * 637.42 636.92 636.92

PAR 10500.00 626.04 632.61 632.01 632.01

PAR 10750.00 * 628.54 627.89 627.89

PAR 11000.00 618.00 625.14 624.44 624.45

PAR 11250.00 * 622.31 621.66 621.66

PAR 11500.00 613.00 618.81 618.24 618.24

PAR 11750.00 * 612.54 611.92 611.92

PAR 12000.00 598.41 605.92 605.25 605.25

PAR 12218.00 * 599.34 598.59 598.59

PAR 12436.00 584.00 593.34 592.51 592.51


From the Table 14.12, it can be concluded that:

i) The rise in water level along the river reach in dam breach condition is only about 0.47

m to 0.88 m more in comparison to non dam breach condition (col. 3 &4)

ii) There is not much difference between SPF peak and water level along the river reach in

both conditions (non dam breach condition and virgin river condition).

The water levels given in Table 14.11 can be used for the preparation of inundation map.

The tables of few cross sections of the River used have been given in Table 14.12. The

maximum water level at these cross sections due to dam breach flood has also been

superimposed over them.

14.20 DAM BREACH FLOOD HYDROGRAPH

The dam breach flood hydrograph of Figure 14.6 has been reproduced in the tabular form

and the same are given in Table 14.13 . The peak of the hydrograph is 3952.27cumec.



Table 14.13: Dam breach Flood hydrograph just d/s of dam

Time Discharge

(cumec) (Date: hours : minutes:seconds)

01-01-2015 01:00:00 21.95

01-01-2015 02:00:00 25.55

01-01-2015 03:00:00 31.36

01-01-2015 04:00:00 42.79

01-01-2015 05:00:00 59.38

01-01-2015 06:00:00 80.27

01-01-2015 07:00:00 117.03

01-01-2015 08:00:00 185.67

01-01-2015 09:00:00 294.59

01-01-2015 10:00:00 438.42

01-01-2015 11:00:00 577.96

01-01-2015 12:00:00 673.04

01-01-2015 13:00:00 627.57

01-01-2015 14:00:00 554.82

01-01-2015 15:00:00 535.98

01-01-2015 16:00:00 620.09

01-01-2015 17:00:00 727.90

01-01-2015 18:00:00 840.85

01-01-2015 19:00:00 1002.25

01-01-2015 20:00:00 1265.30

01-01-2015 21:00:00 1674.64

01-01-2015 22:00:00 2158.84

01-01-2015 23:00:00 2631.12

02-01-2015 00:00:00 2999.90

02-01-2015 00:18:40 3952.27

02-01-2015 01:00:00 2765.89

02-01-2015 02:00:00 2300.19

02-01-2015 03:00:00 1842.01

02-01-2015 04:00:00 1371.37

02-01-2015 05:00:00 982.29

02-01-2015 06:00:00 693.38

02-01-2015 07:00:00 474.32

02-01-2015 08:00:00 309.92

02-01-2015 09:00:00 201.24

02-01-2015 10:00:00 130.73

02-01-2015 11:00:00 84.33

02-01-2015 12:00:00 53.68

02-01-2015 13:00:00 33.89

02-01-2015 14:00:00 26.64

02-01-2015 15:00:00 23.33

02-01-2015 16:00:00 21.23

02-01-2015 17:00:00 21.00



Table 14.14: Cross-Sections

0 m

500 m

1000 m

1500 m

2000 m Distance Elevation (m)

Distance Elevation (m)




-130 849.18

-80 879.442

-75 837.929

-105 818.531

-135 819.796

-125 847.414

-75 875.609

-70 835.402

-100 816.77

-130 817.934

-120 846.196

-70 871.776

-65 832.875

-95 815.009

-125 816.071

-115 844.996

-65 867.943

-60 830.348

-90 813.249

-120 814.209

-110 843.716

-60 864.492

-55 827.821

-85 811.488

-115 812.346

-105 842.5

-55 861.178

-50 825.229

-80 809.727

-110 810.5

-100 841.272

-50 855.379

-45 822.53

-75 807.966

-105 808.723

-95 839.799

-45 848.21

-40 819.698

-70 806.206

-100 806.946

-90 838.456

-40 841.291

-35 814.903

-65 804.155

-95 805.169

-85 837.054

-35 835.928

-30 810.038

-60 802.076

-90 803.392

-80 835.507

-30 829.411

-25 805.128

-55 799.998

-85 801.615

-75 833.773

-25 822.752

-20 802.861

-50 798.109

-80 799.8

-70 832.223

-20 815.329

-15 799.958

-45 796.22

-75 797.604

-65 831.218

-15 810.029

-10 799.768

-40 794.331

-70 795.408

-60 830.31

-10 810.158

-5 799.569

-35 792.242

-65 793.213

-55 829.222

-5 810.283

0 799.347

-30 789.985

-60 790.844

-50 828.122

0 810.4

5 799.125

-25 789.879

-55 788.146

-45 827.237

5 810.518

10 798.902

-20 789.772

-50 785.448

-40 826.315

10 810.447

15 798.68

-15 789.666

-45 782.75

-35 825.403

15 810.323

20 798.457

-10 789.56

-40 780.052

-30 824.495

20 810.207

25 798.235

-5 789.462

-35 777.311

-25 823.922

25 810.091

30 798.379

0 789.366

-30 774.57

-20 823.747

30 810.59

35 798.601

5 789.269

-25 771.829

-15 823.627

35 812.945

40 798.824

10 789.185

-20 769.933

-10 823.657

40 815.064

45 799.046

15 789.193

-15 769.752

-5 823.987

45 817.183

50 799.269

20 789.276

-10 769.571

0 823.738

50 819.302

55 799.492

25 789.359

-5 769.391

5 823.898

55 822.656

60 799.714

30 789.442

0 769.21

10 825.138

60 826.618

65 799.977

35 789.525

5 769.28

15 831.544

65 830.627

70 803.236

40 789.608

10 769.462

20 839.491

70 837.417

75 807.399

45 789.693

15 769.643

25 843.709

80 811.569

50 789.777

20 769.825

30 848.539

85 815.739

55 789.861

25 769.975

90 819.909

60 789.945

30 772.312



95 823.482

65 790.49

35 775.087

100 827.041

70 791.833

40 777.863

105 830.393

75 793.13

45 780.973

110 833.608

80 794.426

50 785.181

115 836.823

85 795.723

55 789.353

90 797.02

60 793.525

95 798.316

65 797.697

100 799.613

2500 m

3000 m

3500 m

4000 m

4500 m






-150 799.901

-265 769.19

-65 746.837

-140 724.065

-290 749.922

-145 797.324

-260 766.465

-60 742.984

-135 724.142

-285 749.262

-140 794.536

-255 763.74

-55 738.224

-130 724.22

-280 748.601

-135 791.749

-250 761.015

-50 733.416

-125 724.031

-275 747.875

-130 788.961

-245 759.496

-45 728.816

-120 723.82

-270 747.13

-125 786.174

-240 758.728

-40 724.216

-115 723.61

-265 746.386

-120 783.386

-235 757.998

-35 720

-110 723.399

-260 745.607

-115 780.598

-230 757.267

-30 720

-105 723.188

-255 744.738

-110 778.434

-225 756.536

-25 720

-100 722.978

-250 743.869

-105 776.404

-220 755.806

-20 720

-95 722.767

-245 742.999

-100 774.374

-215 755.075

-15 720

-90 722.444

-240 742.13

-95 772.344

-210 754.344

-10 720

-85 722.12

-235 741.261

-90 770.314

-205 753.613

-5 720

-80 721.795

-230 740.392

-85 768.284

-200 752.883

0 720

-75 721.471

-225 739.737

-80 766.254

-195 752.152

5 720

-70 721.147

-220 739.259

-75 764.224

-190 751.421

10 720

-65 720.818

-215 738.78

-70 762.194

-185 750.691

15 720

-60 720.227

-210 738.278

-65 760.164

-180 749.976

20 720

-55 719.836

-205 737.393

-60 758.295

-175 749.547

25 720

-50 719.095

-200 736.509

-55 756.441

-170 748.943

30 720

-45 718.354

-195 735.545

-50 754.091

-165 748.119

35 720

-40 717.49

-190 734.575

-45 751.404

-160 747.294

40 720

-35 716.264

-185 733.605

-40 749.962

-155 746.47

45 720

-30 715.245

-180 732.634



-35 749.882

-150 745.645

50 720

-25 714.196

-175 731.664

-30 749.803

-145 744.887

55 720

-20 713.098

-170 730.694

-25 749.723

-140 744.316

60 720

-15 712.418

-165 729.723

-20 749.643

-135 743.745

65 720

-10 712.298

-160 728.753

-15 749.586

-130 743.175

70 720

-5 711.281

-155 727.783

-10 749.535

-125 742.604

75 720

0 711.076

-150 726.812

-5 749.6

-120 742.033

80 720

5 711.099

-145 725.842

0 749.666

-115 741.462

85 720

10 711.316

-140 724.872

5 749.731

-110 740.891

90 720

15 711.639

-135 723.901

10 749.799

-105 740.321

95 720

20 711.961

-130 722.931

15 749.867

-100 739.67

100 720

25 712.316

-125 721.961

20 749.968

-95 738.94

105 720

30 713.146

-120 720.99

25 752.533

-90 738.21

110 720

35 713.977

-115 720.02

30 757.089

-85 737.481

115 720

40 714.807

-110 718.91

35 761.149

-80 736.751

120 720

45 715.637

-105 717.796

40 764.333

-75 736.021

125 720

50 716.468

-100 716.683

45 767.516

-70 735.291

130 720

55 717.298

-95 715.57

50 770.699

-65 734.562

135 720

60 718.128

-90 714.42

55 773.883

-60 733.832

140 720

65 718.958

-85 713.192

60 777.066

-55 733.102

145 720

70 719.789

-80 711.964

65 780.254

-50 732.345

150 720

75 721.359

-75 710.736

70 783.386

-45 731.585

155 720

80 723.182

-70 709.965

75 786.518

-40 730.826

160 720

85 725.004

-65 709.879

80 789.65

-35 730.067

165 720

90 726.827

-60 709.792

85 792.782

-30 729.897

170 720

95 728.65

-55 709.712

90 795.914

-25 729.974

175 720

-50 709.635

95 799.046

-20 729.766

180 720

-45 709.558

-15 729.962

185 723.21

-40 709.501

-10 729.958

190 726.545

-35 709.445

-5 729.957

195 729.88

-30 709.388

0 729.962

200 733.177

-25 709.379

5 729.967

205 736.472

-20 709.432

10 729.974

210 739.051

-15 709.489

15 729.987

215 740.73

-10 709.549



20 730.108

220 742.036

-5 709.609

25 731.002

225 743.343

0 709.669

30 731.896

230 744.649

5 709.729

35 732.79

235 745.955

10 709.789

40 734.09

240 747.262

15 709.848

45 735.646

245 748.568

20 709.908

50 737.201

250 749.875

25 709.968

55 738.757

30 711.408

60 740.711

35 714.422

65 744.251

40 717.436

70 747.791

45 720.942

75 751.331

50 724.733

80 754.872

55 729.793

85 758.256

60 734.853

90 761.444

65 739.913

95 763.592

70 743.873

100 765.375

75 747.814

105 767.122

80 851.754

110 768.869

85 755.695

90 759.333

5000 m

5500 m

6000 m

6500 m

7000 m

Distance

Elevation

(m)

Distance

Elevation

(m)

Distance

Elevation

(m)

Distance

Elevation

(m)

Distance

Elevation

(m)

-135 749.724

-235 749.269

-285 749.903

-385 747.931

-195 745.838

-130 747.037

-230 747.362

-280 749.023

-380 745.703

-190 739.93

-125 744.35

-225 745.455

-275 748.144

-375 743.475

-185 735.549

-120 741.659

-220 743.547

-270 747.264

-370 741.247

-180 731.169

-115 738.497

-215 741.64

-265 746.384

-365 739.202

-175 726.788

-110 735.546

-210 739.77

-260 745.504

-360 737.39

-170 722.382

-105 732.72

-205 738.128

-255 744.625

-355 735.579

-165 718.248

-100 729.894

-200 736.486

-250 743.745

-350 733.767

-160 714.522

-95 727.068

-195 734.844

-245 742.865

-345 731.955

-155 710.624



-90 724.242

-190 733.202

-240 741.985

-340 730.143

-150 706.726

-85 721.416

-185 731.56

-235 741.106

-335 728.331

-145 702.827

-80 717.438

-180 729.918

-230 740.226

-330 726.519

-140 699.738

-75 712.301

-175 728.292

-225 739.166

-325 724.71

-135 698.786

-70 707.536

-170 726.794

-220 737.911

-320 722.938

-130 697.834

-65 704.196

-165 725.296

-215 736.655

-315 721.153

-125 696.881

-60 700.857

-160 723.798

-210 735.399

-310 719.253

-120 695.929

-55 699.989

-155 722.3

-205 734.144

-305 717.364

-115 694.976

-50 699.975

-150 720.802

-200 732.888

-300 715.476

-110 694.168

-45 699.96

-145 719.467

-195 731.633

-295 713.587

-105 693.409

-40 699.946

-140 718.32

-190 730.377

-290 711.754

-100 692.651

-35 699.931

-135 717.173

-185 729.122

-285 7109.936

-95 691.892

-30 699.917

-130 716.026

-180 727.866

-280 708.121

-90 691.134

-25 699.902

-125 714.879

-175 726.611

-275 706.306

-85 690.376

-20 699.888

-120 713.731

-170 725.355

-270 704.491

-80 690.208

-15 699.873

-115 712.584

-165 724.099

-265 702.676

-75 690.619

-10 699.859

-110 711.437

-160 722.844

-260 701.028

-70 691.03

-5 699.844

-105 710.29

-155 721.588

-255 699.96

-65 690.81

0 699.83

-100 709.143

-150 720.333

-250 699.837

-60 690.522

5 699.823

-95 707.996

-145 718.666

-245 699.709

-55 690.234

10 699.818

-90 706.848

-140 716.852

-240 699.419

-50 689.959

15 699.812

-85 705.701

-135 715.038

-235 699.067

-45 689.724

20 699.82

-80 704.554

-130 713.223

-230 698.714

-40 689.494

25 699.833

-75 703.488

-125 711.409

-225 698.362

-35 689.267

30 699.845

-70 702.439

-120 709.594

-220 698.01

-30 689.041

35 699.858

-65 701.389

-115 707.745

-215 697.667

-25 688.815

40 699.871

-60 700.339

-110 705.788

-210 697.347

-20 688.519

45 699.884

-55 699.933

-105 703.83

-205 697.028

-15 688.368

50 699.897

-50 699.834

-100 701.872

-200 696.709

-10 688.145

55 699.909

-45 699.733

-95 699.994

-195 696.39

-5 688.001

60 699.922

-40 699.626

-90 699.864

-190 696.07

0 688.004

65 699.935

-35 699.519

-85 699.734

-185 695.751

5 688.026

70 699.948

-30 699.512

-80 699.604

-180 695.432

10 688.072

75 699.961

-25 699.305

-75 699.474

-175 695.112

15 688.118



80 699.973

-20 699.198

-70 699.344

-170 694.793

20 688.163

85 699.986

-15 699.091

-65 699.214

-165 694.474

25 688.2019

90 699.999

-10 698.984

-60 699.083

-160 694.069

30 688.251

95 703.174

-5 698.876

-55 698.953

-155 693.569

35 688.286

100 706.672

0 698.769

-50 698.823

-150 693.068

40 688.321

105 710.169

5 698.822

-45 698.693

-145 692.568

45 688.355

110 713.666

10 698.923

-40 698.563

-140 692.068

50 688.39

115 717.164

15 699.03

-35 698.438

-135 691.568

55 688.437

120 720.464

20 699.137

-30 698.313

-130 691.067

60 688.492

125 722.916

25 699.245

-25 698.189

-125 690.567

65 688.548

130 725.369

30 699.352

-20 698.064

-120 690.067

70 688.603

135 727.821

35 699.46

-15 697.939

-115 690.006

75 688.659

140 730.36

40 699.567

-10 697.815

-110 690.013

80 688.714

145 733.418

45 699.674

-5 697.732

-105 690.02

85 688.77

150 736.476

50 699.782

0 697.862

-100 690.027

90 688.825

155 739.534

55 699.889

5 697.992

-95 690.034

95 688.884

160 742.954

60 699.997

10 698.122

-90 690.041

100 688.944

165 746.438

65 703.239

15 698.252

-85 690.048

105 689.004

170 749.037

70 706.585

20 698.381

-80 690.055

110 689.064

75 709.931

25 698.511

-75 690.062

115 689.124

80 713.225

30 698.641

-70 690.069

120 689.184

85 716.394

35 698.71

-65 690.076

125 689.244

90 719.563

40 698.901

-60 690.083

130 689.304

95 722.884

45 699.031

-55 690.09

135 689.363

100 726.269

50 699.161

-50 690.097

140 689.423

105 729.654

55 699.291

-45 690.104

145 689.483

110 733.038

60 699.421

-40 690.111

150 689.543

115 736.423

65 699.551

-35 690.117

155 689.603

120 729.808

70 699.681

-30 690.123

160 689.663

125 742.51

75 699.811

-25 690.129

165 689.723

130 745.172

80 699.941

-20 690.135

170 689.783

135 747.834

85 701.054

-15 690.141

175 689.843

90 702.991

-10 690.147

180 689.903

95 704.928

-5 690.153

185 689.958



100 706.865

0 690.147

190 689.981

105 708.01

5 690.14

195 690.139

110 710.358

10 690.134

200 691.177

115 711.822

15 690.127

205 692.215

120 713.287

20 690.121

210 693.295

125 714.752

25 690.115

215 694.575

130 716.216

30 690.108

220 695.855

135 717.681

35 690.102

225 697.134

140 719.146

40 690.095

230 698.414

145 721.285

45 690.089

235 699.694

150 724.369

50 690.083

240 701.715

155 727.452

55 690.077

245 703.933

160 730.57

60 690.072

250 706.151

165 733.731

65 690.066

255 708.369

170 736.893

70 690.061

260 710.587

175 740.06

75 690.055

265 712.805

180 743.494

80 690.49

270 715.023

185 746.929

85 690.044

275 717.395

90 690.039

280 720.017

95 690.032

285 721.581

100 690.026

290 723.145

105 690.019

295 724.708

110 690.012

300 726.272

115 690.005

305 727.836

120 690.132

310 729.4

125 690.614

315 730.964

130 691.097

320 732.528

135 691.58

325 734.06

140 692.062

330 735.526

145 692.545

335 736.991

150 693.028

340 738.457

155 693.51

345 739.923

160 693.993

350 741.313

165 694.476

355 742.699



170 694.958

360 744.085

175 695.308

365 745.471

180 695.571

370 746.857

185 695.834

375 748.243

190 696.098

380 749.628

195 696.361

200 696.779

205 697.204

210 697.63

215 698.055

220 698.481

225 698.906

230 699.332

235 699.757

240 701.118

245 703.726

250 706.333

255 708.94

260 711.547

265 714.168

270 716.795

275 719.422

280 721.602

285 723.656

290 725.728

295 727.927

300 730.126

305 732.325

310 734.524

315 736.723

320 738.922

325 740.958

330 742.838

335 744.718



340 746.598

345 748.214

350 749.777

7500 m

8000 m

8500 m

9000 m

9500 m






-315 698.284

-120 710.395

-55 695.139

-320 699.345

-110 697.36

-310 696.053

-115 708.21

-50 692.431

-315 697.605

-105 691.566

-305 695.596

-110 706.797

-45 690.065

-310 695.875

-100 685.724

-300 695.191

-105 705.391

-40 687.845

-305 694.16

-95 679.926

-295 694.786

-100 704.286

-35 685.359

-300 692.449

-90 674.16

-290 694.449

-95 702.285

-30 682.706

-295 690.552

-85 668.575

-285 694.445

-90 700.606

-25 680.037

-290 689.037

-80 663.034

-280 694.468

-85 700.985

-20 669.999

-285 687.787

-75 657.652

-275 694.274

-80 703.641

-15 668.977

-280 686.549

-70 654.201

-270 693.861

-75 706.027

-10 668.032

-275 685.3

-65 652.099

-265 693.552

-70 706.126

-5 668.005

-270 684.066

-60 652.035

-260 693.307

-65 703.537

0 668.132

-265 682.854

-55 651.759

-255 692.977

-60 700.183

5 668.302

-260 681.608

-50 651.03

-250 692.69

-55 696.749

10 668.669

-255 680.329

-45 650.302

-245 692.342

-50 693.443

15 669.111

-250 679.024

-40 649.533

-240 692.118

-45 690.21

20 669.649

-245 677.664

-35 648.921

-235 691.797

-40 687.418

25 670.487

-240 676.198

-30 648.341

-230 691.497

-35 684.727

30 671.714

-235 675.492

-25 648.016

-225 691.196

-30 682.088

35 672.438

-230 674.912

-20 647.96

-220 690.895

-25 679.711

40 673.394

-225 674.332

-15 647.914

-215 690.388

-20 678.211

45 674.416

-220 673.733

-10 647.873

-210 689.994

-15 678.165

50 675.268

-215 673.189

-5 647.829

-205 689.976

-10 678.066

55 676.18

-210 672.631

0 647.788

-200 689.966

-5 677.996

60 677.872

-205 672.075

5 647.773

-195 689.822

0 677.99

65 679.56

-200 671.538

10 647.842

-190 689.657

5 677.984

70 681.292

-195 671.005

15 647.91

-185 689.492

10 677.989

75 683.033

-190 670.472

20 647.977



-180 689.326

15 677.968

80 684.647

-185 669.937

25 649.774

-175 689.161

20 677.958

85 686.153

-180 669.386

30 651.185

-170 688.996

25 678.113

90 688.129

-175 668.84

35 651.331

-165 688.831

30 678.864

95 690.154

-170 668.302

40 651.187

-160 688.666

35 679.623

100 691.952

-165 667.751

45 651.042

-155 688.5

40 680.222

105 692.867

-160 667.194

50 650.846

-150 688.335

45 680.662

110 693.75

-155 666.639

55 650.573

-145 688.177

50 681.102

115 694.604

-150 666.093

60 650.335

-140 688.046

55 681.543

120 695.445

-145 665.516

65 650.117

-135 688

60 681.984

-140 664.987

70 650.214

-130 687.999

65 683.3

-135 664.608

75 650.675

-125 687.999

70 684.773

-130 664.229

80 651.136

-120 687.999

75 686.35

-125 663.934

85 651.597

-115 687.998

80 687.99

-120 663.769

90 652.058

-110 687.998

85 689.597

-115 663.606

95 652.519

-105 687.998

90 691.201

-110 663.442

100 652.979

-100 687.998

95 692.811

-105 663.272

105 653.44

-95 687.998

100 694.421

-100 663.077

110 653.901

-90 687.998

105 696.015

-95 662.849

115 654.362

-85 687.999

110 697.446

-90 662.593

120 654.823

-80 687.999

115 698.734

-85 662.337

125 655.284

-75 687.999

120 699.842

-80 662.083

130 655.744

-70 688

125 700.778

-75 661.702

135 656.205

-65 688.001

130 701.627

-70 661.268

140 656.666

-60 688.001

135 702.203

-65 660.833

145 657.127

-55 688.002

140 702.592

-60 660.4

150 657.588

-50 688.001

145 702.965

-55 659.965

155 658.027

-45 688.001

150 703.359

-50 659.525

160 658.33

-40 688

155 703.799

-45 659.095

165 658.633

-35 687.206

160 704.142

-40 658.664

170 659.318

-30 686.352

165 704.345

-35 658.236

175 660.373

-25 685.466

170 704.574

-30 657.905

180 663.192

-20 684.495

175 704.79

-25 657.698

185 666.012

-15 683.991

180 704.909

-20 657.601

190 668.833



-10 683.975

185 705.05

-15 657.438

195 671.743

-5 683.961

190 705.213

-10 657.278

200 674.502

0 683.947

195 705.389

-5 657.24

205 677.066

5 683.957

200 705.577

0 657.201

210 679.629

10 683.972

205 705.765

5 657.162

215 682.354

15 683.987

210 705.953

10 657.141

220 685.087

20 684.171

15 657.151

225 687.807

25 686.003

20 657.161

230 690.565

30 687.845

25 657.171

235 693.48

35 689.7

30 657.382

240 696.131

40 691.548

35 657.637

245 698.224

45 693.415

40 657.945

50 695.279

45 658.165

55 697.181

50 658.395

60 699.083

55 658.625

60 658.855

65 659.096

70 659.343

75 659.59

80 659.837

85 661.056

90 664.168

95 667.105

100 668.818

105 670.882

110 673.723

115 676.565

120 679.074

125 681.915

130 685.821

135 689.727

140 692.518

145 695.226

150 697.933



10000 m

10500 m

11000 m

11500 m

12000 m

12436 m (Turu Dam Axis)







-320 699.017

-140 699.572

-100 633.024

-100 629.646

-100 617.985

-110 618.944

-315 697.523

-135 698.592

-95 633.24

-95 628.744

-95 617.137

-105 617.809

-310 696.022

-130 697.55

-90 633.475

-90 627.743

-90 616.314

-100 616.99

-305 694.593

-125 694.967

-85 633.753

-85 626.74

-85 615.496

-95 616.148

-300 693.181

-120 691.687

-80 633.954

-80 625.692

-80 614.631

-90 615.017

-295 691.939

-115 687.296

-75 633.958

-75 624.608

-75 613.992

-85 613.264

-290 690.693

-110 682.616

-70 633.977

-70 623.924

-70 613.126

-80 610.731

-285 689.438

-105 677.935

-65 633.997

-65 622.839

-65 612.247

-75 608.178

-280 688.221

-100 673.25

-60 632.364

-60 621.761

-60 610.957

-70 605.613

-275 686.99

-95 668.526

-55 630.217

-55 620.716

-55 609.384

-65 603.175

-270 685.663

-90 663.833

-50 627.796

-50 619.614

-50 607.74

-60 601.81

-265 684.485

-85 659.118

-45 625.299

-45 618.197

-45 606.076

-55 601.81

-260 683.211

-80 654.064

-40 623.061

-40 616.752

-40 604.503

-50 601.026

-255 681.968

-75 648.757

-35 620.857

-35 615.553

-35 602.976

-45 600.246

-250 680.764

-70 644.037

-30 618.558

-30 614.947

-30 601.653

-40 599.361

-245 679.667

-65 639.555

-25 618

-25 614.319

-25 600.337

-35 598.446

-240 678.527

-60 637.002

-20 618

-20 613.853

-20 599.994

-30 597.327

-235 677.007

-55 635.31

-15 618

-15 613.677

-15 599.988

-25 595.583

-230 675.265

-50 631.977

-10 618

-10 613.539

-10 599.398

-20 592.373

-225 673.552

-45 628

-5 618

-5 613.401

-5 598.406

-15 588.981

-220 671.917

-40 629.356

0 618

0 613.263

0 598.433

-10 585.987

-215 670.322

-35 629.33

5 618

5 613.129

5 599.142

-5 584.62

-210 668.738

-30 628.139

10 618.136

10 612.995

10 599.872

0 584

-205 666.867

-25 627.751

15 618.483

15 613.045

15 601.566

5 584.081

-200 665.035

-20 627.481

20 618.864

20 613.284

20 603.392

10 584.811

-195 663.443

-15 627.211

25 619.246

25 613.562

25 604.587

15 585.621

-190 661.795

-10 626.946

30 619.627

30 613.842

30 605.829

20 586.911

-185 660.099

-5 626.691

35 620.029

35 614

35 606.236

25 588.627

-180 656.763

0 626.435

40 621.281

40 615.458

40 606.475

30 589.931

-175 654.624

5 626.18

45 622.553

45 617.196

45 606.769

35 590.858

-170 653.246

10 626.036

50 623.861

50 618.172

50 607.12

40 592.155

-165 651.833

15 626.425

55 625.252

55 618.51

55 607.472

45 593.443



-160 650.23

20 626.815

60 626.898

60 618.848

60 607.823

50 594.815

-155 649.133

25 627.188

65 628.819

65 619.368

65 608.465

55 596.476

-150 648.301

30 627.542

70 630.313

70 620.408

70 609.402

60 598.348

-145 647.424

35 627.896

75 631.012

75 622.379

75 610.353

65 600.332

-140 646.597

40 628.74

80 631.746

80 624.707

80 611.329

70 602.288

-135 646.066

45 629.76

85 626.003

85 612.321

75 604.264

-130 645.852

50 630.554

90 626.186

90 613.377

80 606.24

-125 645.512

55 631.313

95 627.246

95 614.57

85 608.227

-120 645.204

60 632.263

100 628.722

100 615.83

90 610.173

-115 644.883

65 635.119

95 611.751

-110 644.682

70 637.797

100 612.842

-105 644.609

75 638.675

105 613.922

-100 644.535

80 639.399

110 615.236

-95 644.457

85 640.832

115 616.588

-90 644.376

90 642.439

120 617.934

-85 644.295

95 644.047

125 619.088

-80 644.211

100 645.654

-75 644.02

105 647.261

-70 643.995

110 648.763

-65 643.901

115 650.197

-60 643.553

120 651.399

-55 643.204

125 652.601

-50 642.856

130 653.802

-45 642.507

135 655.004

-40 642.172

140 656.206

-35 641.251

145 657.407

-30 639.685

150 658.609

-25 638.113

155 659.571

-20 636.442

160 660.49

-15 635.959

165 661.481

-10 635.948

170 662.473

-5 635.96

175 663.464

0 635.987

180 664.455

5 636.031

185 665.447



10 636.425

190 666.296

15 636.965

195 667.091

20 637.505

200 667.886

25 638.024

205 668.681

30 639.745

210 669.477

35 642.368

40 644.549

45 647.102

50 649.361

55 651.621

60 655.85

65 659.136

70 661.384

75 663.928

80 666.472

85 669.017

90 670.911

95 672.412

100 673.913

105 675.414

110 676.916

115 678.417

120 679.94

125 681.595

130 683.256

135 684.916

140 686.576

145 688.236

150 689.588

155 691.158

160 693.096

165 695.034

170 697.113

175 699.273



14.21 PREPARATION OF INUNDATION MAP

An inundation map (Figure 14.7) is a map depicting the d/s areas vulnerable to inundation

by the Dam break flood. The MIKE11 model computes maximum flood elevation at each

original or interpolated cross-section. In present case, the cross-sections are available up to

12436 m d/s of Dam. The profile of water levels below the Dam at all cross-sections

(original and interpolated) is given as Table 14.6. From this profile, at locations below the

Dam & their subsequent markings on the topographic maps, it can be seen which areas are

likely to be submerged in case of Dam break.

It is clear from the inundation map that in case of Dam break, the flood will be confined

within the gorge only and though there would be inundation of few lower areas adjacent to

the river and Nimte village but by and large no settlement or area will be affected.



Figure 14.7: Inundation Map



14.22 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

In order to cope with the probable disaster a comprehensive and integrated Disaster

Management Plan (DMP) should be prepared which is participative and people oriented.

The concise management system should incorporate both pre-and post-disaster responses

with the sole aim of being prepared for prevention and mitigation with lessening loss of life

and property due to natural as well as man-made disasters.

The main objectives of DMP are as follows:

• Establish early warnings and alert system

• Assessment of the damage potential

• Formulation of Emergency Action plan

• Emergency organization and constitution of first response/action teams.

• Defining roles and responsibilities of key personnel responsible for Disaster Response

• Training of the personnel for disaster events

• Setting up of procedures for mitigation

• Mapping of safe access routes and safe locations

• Formulation of Emergency Action Plan

• Dissemination of information to public

14.22.1 Vulnerability Assessment of project

From the result of Dam Break Modeling it is evident that up to about 12436 m d/s of the

Dam i.e. upto Turu project location, time required in reaching the flood wave elevation to

the maximum is little more than half an hour. It hardly leaves any possibility of any rescue

or evacuation. Since the time available is very short, the Disaster Management Plan should

concentrate on preventive actions. Also as evident from the inundation map, a flood wave

remains confined to the narrow gorge only and doesn’t affect adjacent areas to the river course except Nimte; Disaster Management Plan is more of a precautionary measure.

It may also be noted that spillway capacity of immediate downstream project Turu is 3134

cumec while dambreak flood in event of failure of dam is of the order of 3750 cumec which

may cause overtopping at Turu location. Hence it would be advisable to carry out a

comprehensive dambreak modelling for all three projects proposed in cascade i.e. Par,

Turu and Dardu to assess dambreak flood volumes at each location and mechanism to

manage same. However, a broad framework for DMP has been presented here.

14.22.1.1 Surveillance & Monitoring

The surveillance and monitoring programs are required to be implemented during design

and investigation, construction, early operation period and operation and maintenance

phases of the life cycle of the Dam. An affective flood forecasting system is required by

establishing hourly gauge reading at suitable upstream locations with real time

communication at the top. An effective Dam safety surveillance, monitoring and

observation along with periodic inspection, safety reviews and evaluation must be put in

place. These programs will be implemented in five phases in the life cycle of a Dam viz.,

i) Design and investigation phase,

ii) Construction phase,

iii) First reservoir filling,

iv) Early operation period, and



v) Operation and maintenance phase.

Surveillance and monitoring programmes are required to be implemented during design

and investigation, construction, first reservoir filling, early operation period and operation

& maintenance phases of the life cycle of Dam. It is desirable that all gates, electricity,

public announcement system, power generator backups etc. are thoroughly checked

before arrival of the monsoon. As it is clear from the results that u/s water level has

significant effect on the Dam break flood, the following flood conditions may be considered

for different level of alertness:

1) If u/s water level reaches at top of the Dam, it may be considered as an emergency. At

this point only a few minutes are available for taking any action. All the staff from the

Dam site should be alerted to move to a safe place. The district administration and the

corporation’s head office shall be infor ed about the possibility of Dam failure.

2) If u/s water level rises above the Dam top and Dam begins to fail, it may be considered

as a disaster condition. At this stage, nothing can be done, apart from informing in an

appropriate manner the relevant authorities. Information in this regard should be given

to the head office and district administration.

i) If upstream water level is at or below FRL and flood is of the order of 20% to 30% of

SPF, it may be considered as normal flood condition and normal routine may be

maintained.

ii) If upstream water level is rising above FRL, it may be considered as Level-1

emergency. In this condition at least few gates must be kept fully operational. All

concerned officials should be alerted so that they may reach at the Dam site to take

suitable actions. Preventive actions may be carried out simultaneously. A suitable

warning and notification procedure may be laid. The local officials should be

informed about the situation.

iii) If upstream water level reaches above MWL and still rising, it may be considered as

Level-2 emergency. It is seen from the results that around four hour is available to

carry out suitable action at this condition. All communication systems and safety

measures should be operational now. Public announcement system or centralized

siren system may be used. A flood warning may be issued to the public downstream

so that they may reach a higher and safe place.

iv) If upstream water level reaches at the top of the Dam, it may be considered as

Level-3 emergency. At this point only a few minutes are available for taking any

action. All the staff from the Dam site should be alerted to move to a safe place.

The district level office and the corporation’s head office should be infor ed about the possibility of Dam failure.

v) If upstream water level is rising above the Dam top and Dam has started to fail. It

may be considered as a disaster condition. Any information in this regard should be

immediately provided to civil administration for necessary rescue operations.

Therefore in case of any disaster resulting from dam break the following steps are planned:

• In the event of any unusual weather phenomena, alarm should be sounded in the project

and all the operations and machines in operation should be automatically tripped.

• During the unusually high rainfall constant vigil should be kept on the slopes in the

vicinity of project structures for any possible sliding or slippage. If anything is



detected appropriate measures should be taken to take preventive action for

checking damage to the hill slope down under.

• Requisite training of the project staff should be done apprising them of first aid

practices and what actions are required to be taken following a natural disaster.

14.22.2 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) for Project

A Disaster Management Plan essentially consists of Disaster Response Plan, Contingency

Plans and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). A well-coordinated Disaster Response

Plan, which akes best use of the organisation’s co bined e pertise and resources, is essential for efficient and successful disaster response. During an actual emergency, rapid

and effective action is required. For this to happen, disaster response and contingency

plans must be in place before a disaster strikes along with the necessary resources. If

appropriate action is not taken or if the response is delayed, lives may be needlessly lost.

14.22.2.1 Disaster Response Plan

Though many details remain unknown until an actual disaster occurs nevertheless, it is

essential to prepare a preliminary disaster plan, which should include:

• an overview of all available resources;

• identification of emergency shelter sites;

• relief activity planning, including the identification of suppliers, warehouses and

transportation means;

• identification of emergency water sources;

• establishment of chains of command and communication procedures;

• training of response personnel;

• community education and awareness-raising activities about what to do in case of

an emergency; and,

• identification and implementation of key mitigation and early-warning activities.

14.22.2.2 Contingency Plan

The Contingency Plan comprises of the following:

• Emergency assessment

• Continuity of operations during an emergency

• Rescue and medical assistance

• Health services

• Water, sanitation and hygiene promotion

• Food and nutrition

• Relief

• Shelter

• Protection, safety and security

• Logistics and transport

• Information technology (IT) and telecommunications

• Communication and reporting

• Monitoring and evaluation

14.22.2.3 Awareness and Emergency Preparedness

Emergency preparedness requires the identification of the emergency response

participants and to establish their roles, resources and concerns. It requires evaluation of



the risks and hazards that may result in emergency situations in the community, review of

participants emergency plan for adequacy relative to a coordinated response, including the

adequacy of communication plans. The following points need to be reviewed under this:

Identification of the required response tasks not covered by the existing plans

Matching of these tasks to the resources available at the sites

Making the changes necessary to improve existing plans , integrating the same into

an overall emergency response and communication plan and gain agreement

Committing of the integrated plan to writing and obtain approvals from local

governments

Establishing procedures for periodic testing, review and updating of the plan

Communicating the integrated plan to the general community.

14.22.2.4 Emergency Action Plan (EAP)

The Emergency Action Plan shall include all the potential indicators of disasters, since the

primary concern is for timely and reliable identification and evaluation of potential

emergency. Once the Emergency situation is foreseen, the Emergency Action Plan may be

put in operation, which may include:

• Areas likely to be inundated and evacuated with priorities to be notified.

• Safe routes to be used for evacuation. Such routes have to be identified, discussed

and planned sufficiently in advance for proper implementation of the Plan.

• Means of transportation.

• Traffic Control.

• Shelters for evacuees.

• Procedures for care and security of property from evacuated areas from anti-social

elements.

• Instructions regarding assignment of specific functions and responsibilities of

various members of evacuation teams

This plan presents warning and notification procedures to be followed in case of potential

disaster. The purpose is to provide timely warning to nearby residents and alert key

personnel responsible for taking action in case of an emergency. For this Early Warning

Systems (EWS) like sirens should be installed at key locations in the project area. In this

project 2 sirens are proposed one at dam site and one at powerhouse site.

14.22.2.5 Emergency Response Cell (ERC)

The Emergency Response Cell (ERC) at project should be constituted by the Project

Implementation Unit (PIU) which would be responsible for implementation of Emergency

Action Plan (EAP). The PM will be assisted by Project Emergency Coordinator (PEC) and

Emergency Management Group (EMG) at PIU. The Administrative and Procedural Aspects

of Emergency Action Plan shall consist of a flowchart depicting the names, addresses and

telephone numbers of the responsible officials.

14.22.2.6 Functions & Responsibilities of PEC & EMG

In the event of potential emergency, the observer at the site is required to report it to the PM,

PEC and EMG at PIU through a wireless system, if available, or by the fastest communication

system available. The PM shall be responsible for contacting the Civil Administration. In order



to oversee all the operations required to tackle the emergency situations, a centralized control

room could be set up by the project authorities near dam site.

Each person would be made aware of his/her responsibilities/ duties and the importance of

work assigned under the Emergency Action Plan. All the villages falling under the flood

prone zone or on the margins would be connected through wireless communication

system with backup of standby telephone lines.

14.22.2.7 Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

In order to coordinate all the actions to be taken in case of disaster Emergency Control

Centre (ECC) or Crisis Management Centre (CMC) should be at the centre of operations to

handle the emergency which will give directions and execution orders. The ECC will be

equipped with resources to receive and transmit information and directions from the PEC.

The PIU should ensure that the ECC starts activating other systems without any delay once

the hazard is declared. A pre-designated room located at a safe location will be converted

as ECC. It should have the following equipment and paraphernalia:

• At least two landline telephones (one incoming and the other one out going fitted

with simultaneous/ selective broadcasting systems) connected through an EPBAX.

• Wireless Communication System/ Radio equipment (VHF/ Walkie Talkies/mobiles).

• Vulnerable Area maps marking risk prone zones, assembly points, alternate

evacuation routes, safe areas, rehabilitation centers, etc.

• Telephone directory of emergency response system and that of important district

and PIUs.

• An inventory of all emergency equipment and personnel for evacuation, personnel

protection, medical aid, etc., under the plan as well as with government agencies in

the district.

• List of ambulances, base medical facilities, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, etc.

• Copies of Disaster Management Plan

14.22.2.8 Communication System

In addition to setting up of alert and warning systems, emergency communication systems

also need to be established for effective communications within the identified affected

zones. For this an up-to-date telephone directory of key personnel concerned with the

emergency should be prepared and made available to all concerned. In order to coordinate

efficiently various communications, a communication coordinator (skilled telephone

operator or PA) may be appointed at the time of emergency for maintaining a log book for

the messages received in/ out and actions taken. Standby power backup and maintenance

of communication equipment should be given utmost importance.

An efficient communication system and a downstream warning system are absolutely

essential for the success of an emergency plan especially in the present case because of

inadequacy of time. The difference between a high flood and a Dam break situation shall

be made clear to the downstream people. All of the villages falling under the flooding zone

or on margins are required to be connected through wireless system backed by stand-by

telephone lines. In this project 2 sirens are proposed one at dam site and one at

powerhouse site. In addition a centralized siren system is to be installed at project



headquarters so that in event of a warning, all villages in the project area and at vulnerable

locations can be alerted through early warning system discussed already.

i) Merits of Satellite Communication System

Keeping the disaster scenario in mind, any terrestrial system such as land lines, etc. is likely to

be the first casualty in earthquakes or floods. The restoration of such systems is time

consuming. Moreover the maintenance of such lines becomes a great problem in emergency

even for the technical personnel who are required to reach the site of fault, which may be

struck by the disaster. So the system cannot be put back into operation soon. The fault

repairs and restoration of communication services are usually not possible for a considerable

period of time after the calamity has struck. Moreover, it is critical that the communication

systems are restored at the earliest so that relief/medical teams and other personnel can be

arranged at the earliest possible time. All the subsidiary help depends solely on the

communication system. As this criteria is paramount, existing systems such as telephones

and telex, etc. are practically of little use in case of such events and situations. Similarly,

microwave links are expected to be down due to collapse of towers, etc. Restoration of

towers and alignment of equipment is again a time consuming activity.

Keeping in view the urgency of services and their dependability during emergency relevant

to the disaster conditions, satellite based systems present an ideal solution. The satellite

based system usually comprises following components.

i) A small dish of approximately one meter diameter

ii) Associated radio equipment

iii) A power source

The deployment of the system is not dependent on the restoration of land routes. The

existing satellite based communication systems are designed in such a manner that they

are able to withstand fairly high degree of demanding environmental conditions. Secondly,

the restoration of the satellite based system can be undertaken by carrying maintenance

personnel and equipment by helicopters at a very short notice. Even the fresh systems

could be inducted in a matter of an hour or so because most of these are designed for

transportability by air. The deployment takes usually less than an hour. The power

requirements are not large and can be met by sources such as UPS/batteries/ generators.

An efficient and reliable communications system is required for the success of disaster

management plan. The proposed communications systems must essentially integrate the

following into an Emergency Communication System:

• An Alert System

• A warning or control system

• An Emergency communication system

14.22.2.9 Emergency Alert System

An emergency alert is to be provided to the public immediately after sensing the hazard,

based on the first response (FR) received from any source. Chief Emergency Coordinator

should activate emergency Control Centre, and the Emergency Alert may be disseminated.

Initially, attempts be made to control or localise the event in the first instance by looking



into all technical aspects of the hazard and if necessary activate the needed emergency

action groups to localize the event as a first response measure. If it is not possible to

control the emergency, on- site emergency be declared and response action be initiated in

accordance with the plan.

14.22.2.10 Emergency Warning and Control System

Based on the report of Emergency alert, the emergency is to be notified. If the Principal

Emergency Coordinator (PEC) determines that the disaster is inevitable and is likely to

adversely affect the public in the project area, he triggers the Emergency Control Centre

and activates emergency response under on-site plan. He also immediately notifies

accordingly the District Collector about the situation.

Therefore in the process of notification, the concerned regulatory authorities are alerted

and public is to be alerted by appropriate warning systems such as sirens, alarms and

broadcasts.

Each type of emergency has to be given a code for easy identification of the type of

emergency as also for notifying and seeking the support from various agencies. Suggested

warning systems of sirens are as follows:

• Disaster Warning : High pitched continuous wailing siren

• All clear : Long continuous note

These alarms/ sirens should be deployed such that the all affected zones are covered.

Communication devices like Radio, Walkie-talkie and Paging system are extremely useful

for during emergency situations, for which predetermined codes need to be developed.

14.22.2.11 Health & Medical Response System

In the event of emergency health care personnel like doctors, surgeons; hospitals and

ambulances have a vital part to play as they comprise an integral part of medical and

health emergency plan. The medical response plan is required to cater for immediate

pooling of all available medical resources and provide emergency medical treatment to the

victims of the incident. A coordinated utilisation of all available local medical resources in

the affected areas as well as the additional resources should be mobilized under the overall

charge of the on-site plan.

14.22.2.12 Training

Even a very well prepared Disaster Management Plan cannot be effective unless

accompanied by training program that include periodical exercises and mock drills.

Any such training programme should have the following:

• Appraising of concerned personnel with the content and implementation procedure

of the DMP

• Training of personnel for specific response which are assigned particular duties with

special skills

• Arrange periodic workshops to introduce personnel to new equipment, techniques,

and detailing concepts of operation

• Updating of concerned personnel of changes in the plan or procedures, if any

• Checking and testing the preparedness of response personnel



• Testing the validity, effectiveness, timing, and content of the plan and

implementing procedures

• Testing the emergency equipment

• Update and modify the plan/ strategy on the basis of the experience acquired

through exercises and drills

• Maintain cooperative capability within first response team and with other

response/ mutual aid and agencies

• Maintain good emergency response capability

14.22.2.13 Mock Drills & Exercises

As discussed in preceding paragraph above that during training of personnel, Mock Drills

and exercises are vital to emergency preparedness. Mock scenario involves enactment of

the implementation of the response actions performed during the crisis. There are two

types of exercises are recommended for implementation according to the situation:

• Brainstorming in office with tabletop drills or exercises prove very useful for

orientation purpose. During this the emergency response organization is presented

with a situation to be resolved under different hypothetical situations that can

develop

• Actual On-site Exercises are the more comprehensive to test the entire response

organization set up including communication with all response functionaries.

Above mentioned exercises are recommended to be conducted at least once in a year, wherein

members of first response team could be actively involved. Any deficiencies that may be found

during such exercises of the plan and procedures should be corrected immediately.

14.22.2.14 Public Information System

It is important to give timely information to the public at large in order to prevent panic

and rumours during a crisis following an accident. It is the duty of PIU to inform the

affected people, public and media representatives about the situation from time to time

and the response of the emergency authority to the crisis. The emergency public

information could be carried out as follows.

Pre- crisis

The Pre-crisis situation will include the dissemination of information regrading the safety

procedure/s to be followed during an emergency through posters, talks and mass media in

local language. The literature like leaflets containing Do's/ Dont's should be circulated to

educate the affected population.

Crisis Period

During the crisis situation the dissemination of information about the nature of the

incident, actions taken and instructions to the public about protective measures to be

taken, evacuation, etc. are the important steps to be followed.

Post- crisis

Immediately once the crisis is over all the attention should now be focused on information

concerning restoration of essential services, movement/restrictions, etc.

The tasks of the public information system now would be:



• Quick dissemination of emergency instructions to the personnel and public

• To receive all calls from people in distress to obtain current information from the

ECC and respond immediately

• To obtain current information from the ECC

• Prepare briefs/ news release for media, and

• To keep an update about the casualties from the hospitals

14.22.2.15 Information Dissemination and Safety Procedures & Plan

The community participation is an important element in implementation of any Emergency

Preparedness plan, as it can foster understanding amongst the people of the area and help

in managing and controlling emergency situations.

The public at large are in not conversant with the Early Warning System (EWS) i.e. warning

signals and protective actions. During any crisis the local people often run hither thither to

seek confirmation of the hazard from neighbourhood and the media, which takes time.

Therefore for any warning system, to be effective, it must act as a trigger to initiate a

preplanned protective action by the locals in the area. The awareness efforts conducted by

local planning committees, the public need to be made aware of protective options like

sheltering within their work places and evacuation.

The following information should be made available to the public:

• The likely hazards that can occur in their vicinity

• The type of warning system like sirens employed to alert them, in case of a disaster

• The protective action/s that should be adopted in different situations of emergency

• The knowledge of the escape routes and assembly points, in case of evacuation

from disaster affected areas/ zones

14.22.2.16 Safety Procedures & Plan

In case of any disaster situation Emergency Officer should immediately intimate the ERC. The

safety of men & materials and especially women and child during construction and operation

phases is the area of concern. Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction,

operation and maintenance phases, safety policy with the following regulations need to be

adopted with special priority given to the women and child at the work site.

• To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work.

• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the

design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment.

• To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to employees.

• To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and

clothing, and to ensure their proper use.

• To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work

which are known to be potential hazardous to health or safety.

• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making

necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up

to date knowledge.

• To provide appropriate facilities of First aid and promote treatment for injuries and

illness at work.



• To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to

employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is

given to these matters.

The following measures can be taken to avoid the loss of lives and property:

To establish an effective Dam Safety Surveillance and monitoring program including

rapid analysis and interpretation of instrumentation and observation data; periodic

inspection and safety reviews/evaluation by an independent panel of experts.

To formulate and implement an Emergency Action Plan to minimize to the

maximum extent possible, the probable loss of life and damage to property in the

event of failure of Dam.

14.22.2.17 Evacuation Plans

Emergency Action Plan includes evacuation plans and procedures for implementation

based on local needs. These are:

Demarcation/prioritization of areas to be evacuated.

Notification procedures and evacuation instructions.

Safe routes, transport and traffic control.

Shelter areas

Functions and responsibilities of members of evacuation team.

The flood prone zone in the event of break of Dam shall be marked properly at the village

locations with adequate factor of safety. As the flood wave takes sufficient time in reaching

these villages, its populace shall be informed well in time through wireless and sirens etc.

so that people may climb on hills or to some elevated place beyond the flood zone which

has been marked.

The Evacuation Team would comprise of:

i) D.M./ his Nominated Officer (To peacefully relocate the people to places at higher

elevation with state administration)

ii) Engineer-in-Charge of the Project (Team Leader)

iii) S.P./Nominated Police Officer (To maintain law and order)

iv) C.M.O. of the area (To tackle morbidity of affected people)

v) Sarpanch/ Affected Village Representative to execute the resettlement operation with

the aid of state machinery and project proponents

vi) Sub-committees at village level

The Engineer-in-Charge will be responsible for the entire operation including prompt

determination of the flood situation from time to time. Once the red alert is declared the

whole state machinery will come into swing and will start evacuating people in the

inundation areas delineated in the inundation map. For successful execution, annually

Demo exercise will be done. DM is to monitor the entire operation.

14.22.2.18 Notifications

Notification procedures are an integral part of any emergency action plan. Separate

procedures shall be established for slowly and rapidly developed situations and failure.

Notifications will include communications of either an alert situation or an alert situation



followed by a warning situation. An alert situation will indicate that although failure or

flooding is not imminent, a more serious situation can occur unless conditions improve. A

warning situation will indicate that flooding is imminent as a result of an impending failure

of the Dam. It will normally include an order for evacuation of delineated inundation areas.

For a regular watch on the flood level situation, it is necessary that two or more people

man the flood cell so that an alternative person is available for notification round the clock.

In addition, a few guidelines to be generally followed by the inhabitants of flood prone

areas, which form part of public awareness for disaster mitigation include:

Listen to the radio for advance information and advice.

Disconnect all electrical appliances and move all valuable personal and household

goods and all clothing out of reach of flood water.

Move vehicles, farm animals and movable goods to the highest ground nearby.

Move all dangerous pollutants and insecticides out of reach of water.

Do not enter flood waters on foot, if it can be avoided.

14.22.3 Financial Outlay for Installation of VSAT Communication System

The cost of deployment and maintenance of a telecommunication system in disaster prone

areas is not as important as the availability, reliability and quick restoration of the system.

The cost of both satellite bandwidth and the ground components of the satellite

communication system has been decreasing rapidly like that of V-SAT (Very Small Aperture

Terminal) based systems supporting a couple of voice and data channels. Some highly

superior communication systems in VSAT without time delay are marketed by National

agencies like HECL, HFCL and HCL Comet. There are two different types of systems with the

above mentioned capabilities available in the market viz. SCPCDAMA and TDMA. However,

the first one named SCPCDAMA has been recommended for the project. Two such systems

would be installed at suitable upstream and downstream locations. The estimated cost of

installation of such a communication system has been given in Table 14.15.

14.23 COST ESTIMATES FOR DISASTER MANAGEMENT

The estimated total cost of execution of disaster management plan including the

equipment would be Rs. 63.0 lakhs and it is given in Table 14.15.

Table 14.15: Estimated cost of setting up of a satellite communication system & disaster management plan

S. No. Particulars Amount Rs. in Lakh

A. Capital Expenditure 1 Installation of alert systems, 2 sirens, setting up of Central Control

Room, etc. 20.00

2 Setting up of communication system 5.00 3 Setting up of Emergency Response Organisation 8.00 4 Public Information System 3.00

Total - A 36.00 B. Recurring Expenditure

5 Training & Miscellaneous 2.00 6 Maintenance of alert systems and other equipment @Rs. 1.00 lakh

per annum for 25 years (project life cycle) 25.00

Total - B 27.00 Grand Total A+B 63.00



Chapter PUBLIC CONSULTATION ISSUES AND

RESPONSE 15

Public Hearing for the PAR HEP was conducted by Arunachal Pradesh State Pollution

Control Board (APSPCB) on October 14, 2015 at Nimte Village Football Ground, under

Sagalee Circle of Papum Pare District Arunachal Pradesh. Meeting was chaired by

Additional Deputy Commissioner, Sagalee, Papum Pare District and attended by many

other government officials of the various government departments. Proceedings of the

Public Hearing have been prepared by APSPCB and are enclosed as a separate document.

Major issues of environmental concerns emerged during the Public consultation process

have been tabulated below along with the response of the project proponent for ready

reference.

Issues/queries raised by Project Affected Families (PAFs)/ Public and clarifications given by

project proponent.

Sl. No Questions/Queries Raised Clarification given by project proponent

1 Downstream Issue – insufficient

water due to diversion of water.

Approx. 20% water will be available in lean

season 25% in pre monsoon and 30% during

monsoon as per MoEF&CC approved values

given in ToR.

During monsoon, of the entire river flow, only a

maximum of 34.19 cumecs will be required for

full generation. Remaining discharges shall be

spilt over from the barrage.

According to MoEF&CC guidelines we will release

sufficient water in different seasons for the

survival of fishes and aquatic fauna.

2 Downstream issue – flooding

during water release from gates.

Walls and dykes will be strengthened and built

where ever necessary to prevent flooding of low-

lying areas.

3 Downstream issue – wet rice

cultivation may be affected due

to diversion of water.

Wet Rice Cultivation problem has come to our

notice during Public Awareness meeting.

Existing Canals will be deepened / strengthened

to ensure adequate availability of water for

irrigation.

4

Commencement of Corporate

Social Responsibility (CSR)

activities.

DPR of Par HEP has been approved by GoAP.

Environment, forest and wildlife clearances are

awaited. CSR activities will commence in full

swing during construction and post

commissioning of the project and will continue

through the lifecycle of the project.



5 Instances where company has

done CSR activities.

Donated Rs. 1 lakh for medical facilities at

Community Health Center (CHC) Sagalee.

Also contributed for tree plantation on

Environment Day.

6 Local Area Development fund –

how will LADP funds will be

spent?

LADP fund will be directly deposited with DC

office, Yupia. Opinion of Sub divisional

administration and local civic bodies will be

taken before spending LADP funds.

7 What are the major activities

planned with LADP funds?

Provision of one ambulance for the entire

affected area is made in EMP report. Medical

and educational institutions will be upgraded.

8 LADP funds – 1 paisa per unit

sold or 1% of energy sold?

The MoA with GoAP was signed in 2007. There

was an amendment in Hydro Power Policy in

2008. We are in talks with Commissioner- Power

regarding and if a change is mandated, we will

abide by the same.

9 Project alignment – why is road

alignment changed at Balapu

village?

Alignment of approach road to Powerhouse was

changed keeping in view of the trans-Arunachal

highway’s align ent.

10 Does surge shaft pose any threat

to neighboring habitations?

Location of all components are made after

thorough geological study of the area. Surge

Shaft is always made in rock. It will not affect any

land nearby.

11 Disaster management – stability

of barrage during earthquakes?

A Site specific seismic design parameter study

was done by IIT, Roorkee, based on which all

project components have been designed.

12 Disaster Management – what are

other disaster management

plans? Are they available for

public access?

Disaster management plan is extensively dealt

with in EMP report. Executive Summary (in

Nyishi and English) and EIA&EMP reports are

made available at DC office, ADC office and on

SPCB’s website.

13 What are the measures taken to

avoid accidents due to water

release from gates?

All safety measures like sirens, announcements

will be done without fail. Sign boards will be

placed at vulnerable habitation areas.

14 What are the R&R Plans

followed?

All R&R activities will be done as per SRRP 2008

as well as new Land Acquisition Act 2013.

15 As there are no families

displaced, what about the

facilities mentioned in R&R plan?

Even though no one is displaced, we provided for

upgrading existing Health Centers and schools

after taking local administration into confidence.

16 When will employment of local We have 5 local employees (1 Dy. Mgr, 1



people start? Engineer, 2 G&D persons, 1 caretaker) out of 11

regular employees. Priority will be given to local

population if found suitable.

17 Are equal employment

opportunities given for land

affected people and project

affected people?

All persons affected directly or indirectly will be

given equal opportunity. All unskilled work force

required during investigations was hired from

project affected villages.

18 What are the benefits for project

affected people?

Land compensation will be paid to land owners.

But entire Project affected region will be entitled

to all the benefits as per EMP report.

19 What are the measures taken for

flood control?

Barrage has been designed for Standard Project

Flood, which is approved by AHEC, IIT Roorkee.

We have taken cross sections downstream of

barrage site. The results show that there is no

risk of inundation of low lying residential areas.

Still all precautionary measures will be provided

as mentioned in EMP report.



Chapter COST ESTIMATES 16

Cost for Implementing Environmental Management Plan

S. No. Management Plans Amount

(Rs.in lakh)

1 Biodiversity Conservation &Wildlife Management Plan 165.00

2 Catchment Area Treatment Plan 338.03

3 Fisheries Development Plan 88.39

4 Solid Waste Management Plan 122.50

5 Public Health Delivery System 130.00

6 Energy Conservation Measures 162.00

7 Muck Dumping Plan 364.86

8 Landscaping, Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan 87.70

9 Air & Water Management Plan 69.00

10 Compensatory Afforestation Plan** -

11 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan 1184.00

12 Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan 30.00

13 Environmental Monitoring Program 90.00

14 Dam Break Modeling 63.00

Total 2894.48

*Excluding the Cost of trees

**Total cost of CA and NPV has already been taken in DPR

Annexure-I

LIST OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation

With Head Age Gender Religion Cast

Marital

Status

Highest level of

Education Occupation Vulnerable

Sagalee

1

1 Taba Tada Self 35 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Sagalee 1 Taba Yassap Wife 28 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Sagalee 2 Taba Nyukum Son 20 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Sagalee 3 Taba Nyulo Son 28 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Sagalee 1 Taba Lapung Son 16 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Sagalee 2

4 Techi Yaje Self 50 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate

Household

industry workers Widow

Sagalee 5 Techi Nabo Son 42 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Sagalee 6 Techi Ayang Son 39 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu

3

7 Tadar Kaga Self 35 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 7 Tadar Yadam Wife 30 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 7 Tadar Taram Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 7 Tadar Ape Daughter 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 7 Tadar Aka Daughter 10 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 7 Tadar Nanum Daughter 8 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 7 Tadar Atung Son 6 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu

4

8 Tana Roy Self 60 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 8 Tana Yapo Wife 50 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 9 Tana Netor Son 25 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 8 Tana Tangam Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 8 Tana Meri Daughter 14 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 8 Tana Takam Son 13 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 8 Tana Mary Daughter 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 8 Tana Yapa Son 11 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu

5

9 Tana Sania Self 45 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Politician

Balapu 9 Tana Moriam Wife 38 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Politician

Balapu 10 Tana Vijay Son 28 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 11 Tana Paul Son 25 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Balapu 12 Tana Jon Son 20 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Balapu 9 Tana Teni Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 9 Tana Muj Son 14 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Balapu 9 Tana Nyane Daughter 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu

6

13 Tana Lota Self 35 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 13 Tana Yogum Wife 33 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 13 Tana Kuli Son 14 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Balapu 13 Tana Tassap Son 11 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 13 Tana Takar Son 9 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 13 Tana Nib Son 4 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu

7

14 Tadar Tadap Self 27 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Farmer

Balapu 14 Tadar Aniya Wife 26 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 14 Tadar Tahi Son 13 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 14 Tadar Tat Son 11 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 14 Tadar Para Dagtu Daughter 9 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu

8

15 Tana Raham Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 15 Tana Yotu Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 15 Tana Yon Son 3 M Christian ST No Illiterate Student

Balapu

9

16 Tam Yania Self 45 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer Widow

Balapu 17 Tam Taru Son 26 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu 18 Tam Kuniang Son 25 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu 19 Tam Yager Daughter 20 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 12

Household

industry workers

Balapu 20 Tam Laling Son 18 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Balapu

10

21 Tana Lali Self 60 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 21 Tana Magri Wife 60 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 22 Tana Sania Son 45 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 23 Tana Sobi Tara Son 40 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Service

Balapu 24 Tana Tulong Son 35 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Service

Balapu 25 Tana Marak Son 30 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Service Disabled

Balapu 26 Tana Pena Son 26 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu

11

27 Tam Kuniang Self 25 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu 27 Tam Menu Wife 22 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 27 Tam Kima Daughter 5 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 27 Tam Kake Daughter 2 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Balapu

12

28 Nabam Atung Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Post graduate Service

Balapu 28 Nabam Maya Wife 27 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 10

Household

industry workers

Balapu 28 Nabam Puchung Daughter 7 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 28 Nabam Achung Son 2 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Balapu

13

29 Tana Sobi Tara Self 40 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu 29 Tana Yolan Wife 33 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Student

Balapu 29 Tana Kina Daughter 18 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 29 Tana Rini Daughter 15 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Balapu 29 Tana Una Daughter 13 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu

14

30 Tana Nana Self 46 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 30 Tana Laina Wife 39 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 31 Tana Peter Son 22 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Balapu 31 Tana Paul Son 20 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Balapu 30 Tana Kaku Son 9 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 30 Tana Aggu Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 30 Tana Rotu Son 6 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 30 Tana Daniel Son 4 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Farmer

Balapu 30 Tana Takia Son 18 M Christian ST No

Illiterate

Household

industry workers

Balapu

15

32 Tana Vijay Self 29 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Balapu 32 Tana Gita Wife 28 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 10

Household

industry workers

Balapu 32 Tana Nuna Daughter 7 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 32 Tana Anum Daughter 5 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 16 33 Tana Taram Self 22 M Christian ST No Graduate Farmer

Balapu 17 34 Tana Pakhi Self 22 M Christian ST No Graduate Business

Balapu

18

35 Tadar Tubing Self 50 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 35 Tadar Yata Wife 45 F Christian ST W Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 36 Tadar Tadap Son 30 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 37 Tadar Nega Son 25 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 38 Tadar Takiang Daughter 20 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Balapu 19 39 Tam Meka Techi Self 22 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 12

Household

industry workers

Balapu 39 Techi Chuki Husband 33 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu

20

40 Nabam Yami Self 35 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Balapu 40 Nabam Laya Husband 40 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Balapu 41 Nabam Api Daughter 21 F Christian ST No Graduate Student

Balapu 42 Nabam Ani Daughter 19 F Christian ST No Graduate Student

Balapu 40 Nabam Tayeng Son 17 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Balapu 40 Nabam Bado Son 16 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Balapu 40 Nabam Taya Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu

21

43 Tana Tatu Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 43 Tana Name Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 43 Tana Thomas Son 7 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 43 Tana Nane Daughter 4 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Balapu 22 44 Tadar Taping Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Balapu 44 Tadar Taha Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Balapu 44 Tadar Thomas Son 9 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 44 Tadar John Son 7 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 44 Tadar Magdali Daughter 5 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Balapu 44 Tadar Tison Son 2 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Rach

23

45 Taba Anu Self 55 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 45 Taba Yatung Wife 45 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 45 Taba Yater Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 46 Taba Chome Daughter 27 F Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 47 Taba Rua Son 25 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 48 Taba Tua Son 23 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 49 Taba Piya Daughter 18 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 45 Taba Dua Son 3 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 NA

Rach 45 Taba Lua Son 1 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 NA

Rach

24

50 Taba Hinda Self 36 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 50 Taba Yata Wife 30 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 50 Taba Tadir Son 17 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 50 Taba Riham Son 16 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 50 Taba Mechung Daughter 17 F Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 50 Taba Memin Daughter 10 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 50 Taba Punam Daughter 6 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 50 Taba Anam Daughter 5 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 50 Taba Derkam Daughter 2 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Rach

25

51 Taba Haniya Self 50 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Politician

Rach 51 Taba Yami Wife 40 F Christian ST Yes Graduate Farmer

Rach 52 Taba Sokap Son 26 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 53 Taba Nakap Son 22 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 54 Taba Jarmin Daughter 19 F Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 51 Taba Puniya Daughter 15 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach

26

55 Ngurang Nissam Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Post graduate Service

Rach 55 Ngurang Nami Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 55 Ngurang Tania Son 5 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 27 56 Ngurang Bishula Self 28 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 28

57 Ngurang Runghi Self 26 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 57 Ngurang Yamer Wife 24 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 29

58 Ngurang Aabbu Self 36 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Rach 58 Ngurang Ampung Wife 30 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Rach 58 Ngurang Anyo Daughter 17 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 58 Ngurang Akin Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 58 Ngurangjerenia Daughter 13 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 58 Ngurang Kaha Son 10 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach

30

59 Ngurang Taga Self 41 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Rach 59 Ngurang Metu Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 59 Ngurang Tarang Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 59 Ngurang Meching Daughter 13 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 59 Ngurang Tasar Son 11 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach

31

60 Ngurang Takar Self 39 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Rach 60 Ngurang Amcha Wife 33 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 60 Ngurang Yasum Daughter 13 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 60 Ngurang Yayum Daughter 1 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Rach

32

61 Ngurang Takang Self 38 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 61 Ngurang Jardum Wife 30 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 61 Ngurang Majar Daughter 10 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 61 Ngurang Mech Daughter 5 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 61 Ngurang Tadap Son 2 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Rach

33

62 Tadar Nana Self 31 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Rach 62 Tadar Umma Wife 28 F Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Rach 62 Tadar Babu Daughter 9 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach

34

63 Tadar Tagin Self 42 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 63 Tadar Meyo Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 64 Tadar Bhai Son 22 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 65 Tadar Angila Daughter 20 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 63 Tadar Gaga Son 18 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 63 Tadar Leming Son 3 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Rach

35

66 Tadar Lilung Self 45 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Farmer

Rach 66 Tadar Mecha Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 66 Tadar Devid Son 19 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 66 Tadar Daniel Son 14 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 66 Tadar Yanu Daughter 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach

36

67 Taba Ayo Self 40 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Business

Rach 67 Taba Yania Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Graduate Business

Rach 67 Taba Marta Daughter 14 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 67 Taba Jernia Daughter 13 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 67 Taba Nikum Son 4 M Christian ST No Illiterate Student

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Rach

37

68 Ngurang Tana Self 42 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 68 Ngurang Yajap Wife 40 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 69 Ngurang Nanu Son 20 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 69 Ngurang Tapum Son 16 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 69 Ngurang Take Son 9 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 69 Ngurang Tupchi Daughter 5 F Christian ST No

Illiterate

Household

industry workers

Rach

38

70 Nabam Nokap /

Nabam Tate Self 22 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 70 Nabam Tate Husband 35 F Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Rach 71 Nabam Yatup Daughter 19 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 70 Nabam Jarmin Daughter 17 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach

39

72 Ngurang Tadung Self 27 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 72 Ngurang Sangte Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 72 Ngurang Mikum Son 3 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Rach

40

73 Ngurang Yali Self 54 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer Widow

Rach 74 Ngurang Bishula Son 35 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 75 Ngurang Runghi Son 32 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach

62

76 Nabam Takang Self 65 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Rach 76 Nabam Yater Wife 50 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Rach 77 Nabam Nega Son 25 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach

63

78 Chera Bonga Self 42 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 78 Chera Yasap Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Rach 78 Chera Ani Daughter 17 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 78 Chera Ake Daughter 9 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach 78 Chera Kuku Daughter 7 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach 78 Chera Pikumpilu Daughter 6 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Rach

64

79 Ngurang Kaku Self 40 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Business

Rach 79 Ngurang Nyajung Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Politician

Rach 80 Ngurang Nisam Son 20 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 80 Ngurang Tagum Son 19 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Rach 80 Ngurang Nene Daughter 18 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Rach 79 Ngurang Meyum Daughter 17 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Rach

65

81 Ngurang Yape /

Ngurang Charing Self 52 F Christian ST Yes

Illiterate Farmer

Rach 81 Ngurang Changring Husband 53 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Rach 82 Ngurang Tukap Son 40 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Service

Rach 83 Ngurang Sania Son 39 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Rach 84 Ngurang Thomas Son 38 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Jote

41

85 Taba Takar Self 22 M Christian ST Yes Post graduate Service

Jote 85 Taba Yami Wife 19 F Christian ST Yes

Graduate

Household

industry workers

Jote

42

86 Taba John Self 32 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Farmer

Jote 86 Taba Miransi Wife 29 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 12

Household

industry workers

Jote 86 Taba July Daughter 5 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 86 Taba Jasmin Daughter 3 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Jote

43

87 Taba Tadik Self 38 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 87 Taba Niki Wife 30 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Jote 88 Taba Tabang Son 20 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Jote 87 Taba Taller Son 18 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote 87 Taba Yapa Daughter 14 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 87 Taba Domink Son 12 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 87 Taba Tika Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote

44

89 Taba Tullo Self 41 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Jote 89 Taba Rija Wife 29 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 89 Taba Alpana Daughter 14 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 89 Taba Tapum Son 10 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote

45

90 Taw Tadik Self 42 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 90 Taw Neme Wife 32 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 91 Taw Nega Son 23 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Jote 92 Taw Tapum Son 20 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Jote 93 Taw Ane Daughter 18 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote

46

94 Ngurang Yagu Self 35 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer Widow

Jote 95 Ngurang Mthew Son 23 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Jote 96 Ngurang Yayo Daughter 20 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote 94 Nurang Vijay Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote 94 Nurang Tiku Daughter 8 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 47

97 Taba Taring Self 26 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Farmer

Jote 97 Taba Anu Wife 24 F Christian ST Yes Graduate Student

Jote

48

98 Taba Tahi Self 24 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 98 Taba Yaha Wife 22 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Jote 98 Taba Tuku Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 98 Taba Mahsang Daughter 6 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 49 99 Taba Tagi Self 38 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer Disabled

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Jote 99 Taba Yabung Wife 28 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 99 Taba Juli Daughter 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student Disabled

Jote 99 Taba Juna Daughter 10 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 99 Taba Tayo Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 99 Taba John Son 6 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 99 Taba Juna Son 3 M Christian ST No Illiterate Student

Jote 50

100 Taba Taya Self 24 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Student

Jote 100 Taba Rinya Wife 22 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Student

Jote

51

101 Taba Tama Self 45 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 101 Taba Yare Wife 40 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 102 Taba Piter Son 22 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Jote 103 Taba James Son 20 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student Disabled

Jote 104 Taba Osum Daughter 18 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote

52

105 Ngurang Taring Self 36 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 105 Ngurang Yana Wife 36 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 105 Ngurang Kuku Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 105 Ngurang Apung Daughter 3 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Jote 53 106 Taba King Self 19 M Christian ST No Graduate Business

Jote 54

107 Taba Luke Self 20 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Business

Jote 107 Taba Mepang Wife 19 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 NA

Jote 55

108 Smt. Taba Pera Self 32 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer Widow

Jote 108 Taba Maniya Son 12 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote

56

109 Taba Alla Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 109 Taba Nigma Wife 26 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 109 Taba Maniya Son 12 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 NA

Jote 109 Taba Titung Son 10 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 NA

Jote

57

110 Taba Nega Self 30 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Jote 110 Taba Puring Wife 26 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 5 Farmer

Jote 110 Taba NAcha Daughter 8 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 110 Taba Char Son 2 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Jote

58

111 Taba Tacha Self 32 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 12 Service

Jote 111 Taba ANAm Wife 29 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 10

Household

industry workers

Jote 111 Taba Oni Daughter 9 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 111 Taba Tini Daughter 7 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 111 Taba Toni Son 6 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 111 Taba Bele Son 3 M Christian ST No Illiterate Student

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Jote

59

112 Taba NAku Self 34 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Jote 112 Taba SoNA Wife 29 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 12

Household

industry workers

Jote 112 Taba Kenedy Son 14 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote 112 Taba Riya Daughter 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote 112 Taba Emoreul Son 10 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 112 Taba Angle Daughter 8 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote 112 Taba Isreal Son 6 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Jote

60

113 Taba Taji Self 62 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Jote 113 Taba Yakhe Wife 46 F Christian ST Yes

Illiterate

Household

industry workers

Jote 114 Taba Loma Son 18 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Jote 113 Taba Amik Daughter 16 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Jote

61

115 Taba Koko Self 27 M Christian ST Yes Graduate Service

Jote 115 Taba Sep Wife 24 F Christian ST Yes

Upto class 12

Household

industry workers

Jote 115 Taba Yader Sister 12 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Jote 116 Taba Hera Mother 63 F Christian ST Yes

Illiterate

Household

industry workers

Langper

66

117 Ngurang Tami Self 50 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 117 Ngurang Yame Wife 35 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 117 Ngurang Jarenita Daughter 1 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Langper

67

118 Tasu NAkap Self 33 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Langper 118 Tasu Yakum Wife 28 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 118 Tasu Abo Son 10 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 118 Tasu NAgung Son 7 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 118 Tasu Taya Son 1 M Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Langper

68

119 Tasu Sonu Self 45 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 119 Tasu Yania Wife 40 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 120 Tasu Kojum Son 20 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Student

Langper 119 Tasu Dale Daughter 16 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper

69

121 Ngurang Tania Self 35 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Langper 121 Ngurang Makap Wife 30 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 121 Ngurang Rajel Son 17 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 121 Ngurang Soal Son 14 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 121 Ngurang Veronika Daughter 10 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 121 Ngurang Tapung Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 70 122 Nabam Kama/ Self 35 F Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer Widow

Annexure-I

Village HH

No PAF

Name of The

Family Member

Relation


Marital

Status

Highest level of


Nabam Yarup

Langper 122 Nabam Kama Son 20 M Christian ST No Illiterate Farmer

Langper 122 Nabam Marka Daughter 10 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 122 Nabam Nagu Daughter 7 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper

71

123 Nabam Nigla Self 42 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Langper 123 Nabam Yalo Wife 38 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 124 Nabam Atio Son 21 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 125 Nabam Nagung Son 18 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 123 Nabam Goarge Son 15 M Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 123 Nabam Anna Daughter 11 F Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper

72

126 Tasu Ranka Self 49 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 126 Tasu Naku Wife 39 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 127 Tasu Nega Son 22 M Christian ST No Graduate Student

Langper 128 Tasu Ishak Son 19 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Langper 126 Tasu Sara Daughter 16 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 126 Tasu Mark Son 8 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper

73

129 Nabam Tana Self 46 M Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 129 Nabam NAku Wife 38 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 130 Nabam Rupa Daughter 21 F Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Langper 131 Nabam Jamo Son 19 M Christian ST No Upto class 12 Student

Langper 129 Nabam Elizabeth Daughter 15 F Christian ST No Upto class 10 Student

Langper 129 Nabam Franchis Son 12 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 129 Nabam Michael Son 10 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper

74

132 Nabam Nega Self 28 M Christian ST Yes Upto class 10 Farmer

Langper 132 Nabam Nina Wife 25 F Christian ST Yes Illiterate Farmer

Langper 132 Nabam Nara Son 5 M Christian ST No Upto class 5 Student

Langper 132 Nabam Omi Daughter 3 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

Langper 132 Nabam Devi Daughter 0.2 F Christian ST No Illiterate NA

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for PAR … · ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for PAR H. E....

Documents

Transcript of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for PAR … · ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT for PAR H. E....